HomeMy WebLinkAbout025684 - Construction-Related - Contract - Prime Construction Company, Inc.CITY SECRETARY � -t—�,' / � � ��� � •
CONTF3AC � NO . r f� �a��°�
THE CITY QF FORT WORTH, TLXAS
ROSELAIOID/MARINE TI�EA'I"E�
KEN1o1ETH ��Rl�
MAYOR
��Ri��i�T�i
,� ��-�---
--���
� Cs?Nt2ACIait'S 6ONt►1lI�S C�:.
� C�3Y 8K Q�iiR1f
CI1Y MAKA��&'S 0fA�E
E�GI���;�f6 DlV.
i/Pt�' - Fil� C0l�1f
B�� TERRELL
CITY MANAGER
;
� � ' ,rF :y
:� f''' ' � —_ - -� �. — - =�
�`� i -
; 7 t_., ��.^ :'.-"'--� ��-��,�r�;-'� 1;�s -
�.���� � _- � ��.�;� ��
; �, J' ' L,� d�� ` ;
� i r ' � --- ��� i _i � .�,,:. ,� ..�
—� �- bIAR1\ll'lllA�ShR -� �,r E I ` :�Ig
t.'r ,� � �'� �S—^� y�-� -- �J
i:�� d.� � I �_ ' 1=;Cfm�'�=i:� - �i'�,
� � �—��— �'+�� -^�I— ���F� �� I �
HUGO MALANGA, P. E.
DIRECTOR, TIZANSPORTATION AND PUBI.IC VVORKS
RAMON GUA_JARDO
ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER
Corgar� Assoc��tes, In�.
�ecember 16, 1999
�
��������i'�"� �'1������
� 0� �C� GG� � ° ���
�, ��:'��J, ���,
City of Fo��t Wortli, Tetias
Ml�yOY �.��lC� COI4��ICiI CO��l��1l�y[1C�tI0�l
DATE REFERENCE NUMBER LOG NAME PAGE
2/22/00 C_17879 20PRIME 1 of 3
SUBJECT AWARD OF CONSTRUCTI N CONTRACT TO PRIME CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,
INC. FOR THE RENOVATION OF THE ROSELAND THEATER; USE OF CDBG
FUNDS FOR INTERIM FINANCING
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to:
1. Execute a construction contract with Prime Construction Company, Inc. for renovation of the
Roseland Theater, including all four bid alternates, in the amount of $686,492 with a contract
duration of 140 calendar days; and
2. Allocate up to a total of $686,492 from the Mercado Economic Development Initiative (EDI) grant
provided by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) for this project; and
3. Transfer and allocate a total not to exceed $291,000 in Community Development Block Grant
(CDBG) unprogrammed funds as interim funding for this project, pending a drawdown of EDI funds
sufficient to cover the total contract amount for the Roseland Theatre project.
DISCUSSION:
The Roseland Theater was constructed in the 1920's and is located in the Mercado Historical District.
During it's life, the theater has been called the Roseland Theater, the Rose Theater (1928) and finally
the M�rine Theater (1945). All three names wil{ be displayed once the renovations are complete. The
adjacent buiiding, originally a delicatessen, has been purchased by the City and will be incorporated
into the theater to provide dressing and rest rooms and a reception area. The renovated theater will
provide a centerpiece for the developing Mercado Historical District.
On March 11, 1999 (M&C C-24805), Corgan Associates, Inc. was selected for design of the project and
prepared the construction documents. The project consists of the renovation of the Roseland Theater
and adjacent delicatessen at 1438-40 North Main Street.
The proposals included a base bid and four alternates to pravide flexibility in award:
• The base bid includes the replacement of the roof, and renovation of the interior of the building,
including American Disabilities Act restrooms in the adjacent building;
• Alternate No. 1 includes the reuse of the historic ceramic tile detail at the front entry;
• Alternate No. 2 provides acoustical wall panels;
• Alternate No. 3 provides theater seating; and
• Alternate No. 4 provides stage curtains and track.
The project was advertised for bid in the Commercial Recorder on December 23 and 30, 1999. On
January 27, 2000, the following bids were received:
C�ty of Foj�t Woj•tli, Texccs
MC�yOY GL�I� COI��iCll COjf�lr��114�11��.f10�1
DATE REFERENCE NUMBER LOG N.AME PAGE
2/22/00 C_� 7879 20PRIME 2 of 3
SUBJECT AWARD OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO PRIME CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,
INC. FOR THE RENOVATION OF THE ROSELAND THEATER; USE OF CDBG
FUNDS FOR INTERIM FINANCING
Bidder Base Bid Alt. No.1 Alt. No. 2 Alt. No. 3 Alt. No. 4 Days
Prime Construction Companv, Inc.
Woodrose Company, Inc.
Southcrest Corporation
Phoenix ( Restoration & Construction, Ltd.
Modern Contractors
Joe R. Jones Construction, Inc.
Creative 4 Construction & Management, Inc
Keck & Company Contractors, Inc.
$635,770
$665,185
$700,777
$732,000
$790,000
$813,521
$848,615
$865,780
The architect's estimate for the base bid was $670,000.
$1,430
6,247
-500
0
-2,000
7,000
4,000
3,255
7 080
11,496
23,800
8,000
0
1 1,950
8,000
15,280
�33,176
51,000
30,160
33,000
39,000
49,255
33,000
35,950
9 036
12,500
8,600
8,000
11,000
8,407
11,800
13,598
140
180
300
210
220
200
240
240
Prime Construction Company, Inc, is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to
31 % M/WBE participation. The City's goal on this project is 30°/o.
The architect reviewed the qualifications of the apparent low bidder and recommends award to Prime
Construction Company, Inc.
The funding for the project will come from an EDI grant awarded to the City by HUD in December, 1997
in the amount of $1,000,000. The ED� grant is contingent upon the City applying and receiving
approval for drawing down $5,000,000 in Section 108 loan guarantees for the Mercado project. This
EDI grant is available from HUD on a ratio of one dollar for every five dollars in Section 108 loan
guarantees drawn down by the City. As of February, 2000 the City has drawn $2.325 million for the
Mercado project under the Section 108 loan guarantee program. Thrs entitles the City to draw
$465,000 from #he EDI line of credit. Future draws can occur, but only after additional Section 108
funds are drawn down. It is proposed that $291,000 in CDBG unprogrammed funds be used to
complete the financing at this time for the Roseland Theatre. Under the guidelines for the EDI grant,
the CDBG funds can be reimbursed once the City draws additional Sectron 108 funds and subsequently
draws additional EDI grant funds.
A comment period was held from January 8, 2000 to February 8, 2000 in accordance with Title 24, Part
91, Section 105 of the Code of Federal Regulation as an amendment to the Consolidated Action Plan
adopted by the City for Fiscal Year 1999-2000.
The Roseland Theater is in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2.
City of F�rt WoYt1z, Texas
M�.yOY ���IG� COId�iCll CD��ri�fluYllC�tl01�1
DATE REFERENCE NUMBER LOG NAME PAGE
2/22/00 C_17879 20PRIME 3 of 3
SUBJECT AWARD OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO PRIME CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,
INC. FOR THE RENOVATION OF THE ROSELAND THEATER; USE OF CDBG
FUNDS FOR INTERIM FINANCING
FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION:
The Finance Director certifies that funds are available in the current operating budget, as appropriated,
of the Grants Fund.
RG:k
Submitted fur Ciry Managcr's
Office by:
Ramon Guajardo
Originating Department He�id:
Elugo Mal<<nea
Additional lnformatiun Cont�ct:
Hugo Malanga
I FUND I ACCOUNT
I (to)
�
6191 I
CENTER I r1�1OliNT I CITI' SECRETARY
I
7801 I (Irom) APP12OVED 2/22/00
1) GR76 539120 013206117010 $686,492.00
3) GR76 539120 013206112920 $109,374 00 1
I 3) GR76 539120 013206122910 $118,393.00 i
I 3) GR76 539120 013206127800 $ 63,233.00 I
7801 I �
SECTION 01010
� u u : . �����
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SiJMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project; Work covered by Contract Documents.
2. Contracts.
3. �X�ork by O��ner.
4. Owner furnished Documents.
S. Owner furnished products.
6. Contractor use of site and premises.
7. Future work.
8. Work Sequence.
1.2 �X'ORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. �X/ork of this Contract comprises general construction includin� mechanical and
electrical remodeling renovation and selective demolition of The Roseland Theater
located at 1428-30 N. Main Street for The City of Pon Wonh, Owner.
1.3 CONTRACT METHOD
A. Construct Work under single lump sum segregated contract. Project is ta.� exempt and
Contract will be executed with separate contract sums for materials and services to
comply with requirements of 1991 Te�as House Bill 11.
B. Contract for this Project will be City of Fort Worth, Construction Contract and shall
include General Conditions of the Contract for Construction as bound in this manual.
C. Items noted "NIC" (Not in Contract) will be furnished and installed by Owner.
D. Owner will enter into separate contracts for furnishing and installation:
1. Hazardous waste removal.
E. Work executed on this Project prior to, during or after completion of Work of this
Contract, which is excluded from this Contract, is as follows:
1. Wiring of data, telephone, and communications installed within
building.
2. Asbestos Abatement.
3. Security System.
4. Computer and A.V. Cabling.
1.4 OWNER = FURNISHED DOCUMENTS
A. These documents are not part of the Contract Documents and are included by reference
only. Contract may include other Owner-Furnished Documents not herein listed.
1 December 1999 01010 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
52
53
B. By offering a Proposal, Contractor accepts responsibility for conclusions drawn from
Oa�ner-furnished documents. By executing the Agreement, Contractor accepts
responsibility for subsequent action taken based upon his conclusions.
C. These documents take precedence over the Contract Documents Specifications with
regard to e�isting above-ground and subsurface conditions.
1.5 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Products furnished and paid for by Owner for installation by Contractor, are described
as follows:
1. Light Fixtures as indicated on schedule.
B. OR�ner's Responsibilities:
l. Arran�e for and deliver necessary shop drawings, product data and samples to
Contractor.
2 Arrange and pay for product delivery to site.
3. On delivery, examine products jointly with Contractor.
4. Submit claims for transportation damage.
S. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items.
6. Rrrange for manufacturer's warranties, bonds, service or inspections as required.
C. Contractor's Responsibilities: �
1. Designate delivery dates for each product in Construction Schedule for Owner's
approval.
2. Review shop drawings, product data and samples; submit to Architect with
notification of any discrepancies or problems anticipated in use of product.
3. [[ Remove and store existing products to be reused. ]]
4. Receive and unload products at site.
5. Examine products jointly with Owner for completeness and for damage.
6. Handle, store, install and finish products.
7. Protect items from dannage or exposure to elements.
8. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE PREMISES
A. Contractor shall have complete and exclusive use of immediate premises of Project site.
B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Architect and Owner. Contractor shall
be responsible for monitoring use of premises by employees and sub-contractors.
C. Access routes for delivery of materials and equipment shall be as indicated on drawings.
Do not use access routes other than those indicated without permission of Architect.
D. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this
Contract, stored on project site. Store materials and products only in those areas
indicated for staging.
E. Move stored products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of
Owner or separate contractor, or as required by Architect. Do not unnecessarily
encumber project site with materials and equipment.
1 December 1999 01010 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1 F. Staging and material stora�e shall be limited to areas indicated by Architect. Obtain
2 specific permission from Architect for use of other areas for storage and staging.
3
4 G. Do not overload e�;isting or new structures with weight that would compromise safety.
5 ��erify design loads for structure if necessary prior to loading structure.
H. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations.
Protect sidewalks, pavements, curbs and utilities subject to dama�e by a�ork under this
Contract. Repair or replace any e�isting work damaged by Contractor.
Parkin� areas for Contractor's personnel shall be as indicated by Architect and shall be
acceptable to Owner.
1.7 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Minimum disruption of operation and use of adjacent facilities and access to those
facilities is required. Cooperation with Owner to minimize inconvenience is essential.
B. Construct Work to minimize public inconvenience. Do not close off public use of
facilities until completion of one stage of construction will provide alternative usage.
C. Owner may require certain work to be performed after normal working hours or on
holidays or weekends. �
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. Owner requires, under terms of this Contract, that all products and inaterials proposed
for use have been thoroughly investigated by Contractor, to ensure that products and
materials containing asbestos will not under any circumstances be furnished, used, or
installed.
B. Contractor, by executing this Contract, accepts responsibility for prohibiting materials
or products containing asbestos from being used on this Project.
C. Should Contractor furnish, use, or install any products or materials containing asbestos,
knoaringly or otherwise, Owner will consider that Contractor has not met
requirements of this Contract.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01010 - 3 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 010?5
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Applications for Payment to Architect in accordance with schedule established by
Conditions of Contract, and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor.
2. Schedule of Values allocated to varir ;�s ponions of Work in accordance a�ith
schedule established in this Section. tJpon request of Architect, support values
with data which substantiate correctness.
3. Unit Prices.
4. Chanbe Order Procedures.
1.? SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Preparation:
1. Coordinate preparation of Schedule of Values with preparation of Construction
Progress Schedule.
2. Correlate line items in Schedule of Values with other required administrative�
schedules and forms, including following:
a. Construction Progress Schedule, in CPM or bar chart format.
b. Application for Payment forin.
c. List of subcontractors.
d. Schedule of alternates.
e. List of products.
f. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
g. Schedule of submittals.
3. Submit initial Schedule of Values to Architect within 14 days of Notice to Proceed.
4. Submit revised Schedule of Values at earliest possible date, but no later than
minimum of 20 days before scheduled date ot Initial Application for Payment.
B. Form and Content:
1. Arrange Schedule of Values on 8-1/2" x 11" tabular form on white paper in format
acceptable to Architect.
2. Use bar chart or CPM chart as guide to establish format; compile information based
on completed tasks.
3. Project Identification:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
f. Owner's contract designation.
4. Provide columns to indicate following for each item listed:
a. Generic name.
b. Specific task description.
c. Chan�e Orders numbers that have affected value.
d. Dollar value.
1 December 1999 0102� - 1 CAI 99088.00
,
1
�
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
e. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total
100 percent.
Follow table of contents of Project Manual as format for listing component items;
identify each line item with number and title of respective major section of
specifications.
Provide breakdown of Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress repons.
Break principal subcontract amounts down into several line items by completed
task in various locations.
For each major line item, list sub-values of major products or operations under
item.
Round amounts off to nearest whole dollar, total of all listed values shall equal total
Contract Sum.
For each part of Work where Application for Payment includes materials or
equipment purchased, fabricated, and stored, but not yet installed, include separate
line items on Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent
stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of Work.
C. Margins of Cost:
1. Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, only to extent that
such items will be listed individually in Applications for Payment.
2. Each item in Schedule of Values and Application for Payment shall be complete,
including its total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit
3.
4.
marbin.
At Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not
direct costs of actual work-in-place may be shown as separate line items in Schedule
of Values.
Purnish line item cost for each of following general cost items:
a. Bonds.
b. Insurance.
c. Field supervision and layout.
d. Temporary facilities and controls.
e. Testing.
D. Resubmittal:
1. After review by Architect, revise and resubmit schedule as necessary.
2. Resubmit revised schedule monthly in same manner.
E. Subschedule of Unit Material Values:
l. Submit subschedule of unit costs and quantities for following:
a. Products specified under unit cost allowance specified in Section
01020.
b. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products.
2. Form and Content:
a. Form of submittal shall parallel that of Schedule of Values, with each item
identified same as line item in Schedule of Values.
b. Unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an alloa�ance for normal waste.
3. Unit values for materials shall be broken down as follows:
a. Cost of material, delivered and unloaded at Project Site, with taxes paid.
b. Installatzon costs, includin� overhead and profit.
4. Installed unit value multiplied by quantity listed shall equal cost of that item in
Schedule of Values.
5. After review by Architect, revise and resubmit subschedules as necessary.
1 December 1999
01025 - 2
CAI 99088.00
6. Resubmit revised subschedules monthly in same manner.
1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Progress payments shall be made as Work proceeds at intervals stated in Contract.
B. Work covered by Pro�ress Payments shall, at time of payment, become property of
Owner.
C. Form of Application for Payment will be notarized AIA Document G702 - Application
and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA Document G703 - Continuation
Sheet, submitted in quadruplicate.
D. Contractor shall submit to Architect a�ithin 15 days of execution of Owner -Contractor
Agreement proposed sample of Lien Waiver and Bills Paid Affidavit forms for review
and acceptance by Architect for use on this Contract.
E. Conditions governing re�ular schedule for applications, payment, and retainage are as
stated in Contract.
F. Monthly Applications for Payment shall include Waivers of Liens for all Work
included in previous months' Application for Payment. Waiver of Liens for
subcontractors and materialmen shall be total amount paid prior to previous month's
Application for Payment.
G. �k�ith each Application for Payment, Contractor shall certify that such Application for
Payment represents just estimate of cost reimbursable to Contractor under terms of
Contract, and shall also certify that there are not any Mechanics' or Materialmens'
Liens outstanding at date of Application for Payment, that all due and payable bills with
respect to Work have been paid to date or shall be paid from proceeds of Application
for Payment, and that there is no known basis for tiling of Mechanics' or Materialmens'
Liens against surety in connection with Work, and that Waivers and Bills Paid Affidavit
forms from subcontractors and materialmen have been, or will be, obtained in form
specified in Contract.
H. Preparation of Application:
1. Format and data required:
a. Submit itemized applications on AIA Document G702 - Application and
Certification for Payment Form, a�ith AIA Document G703 Continuation
Forms.
b. Provide itemized data on continuation sheets with format, schedules, line
iteins, and values stipulated in Schedule of Values and acceptable to Architect.
2. Application Forin:
a. Fill in required information, including Change Orders executed prior to date of
submittal of applications.
b. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on
continuation sheets.
c. Execute certification with si�nature of responsible officer of Contract firm.
3. Contitluation Sheets:
a. Fill in total list of scheduled component items of Work with item number and
scheduled dollar value for each item.
b. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when Work has
been performed or products stored.
1 December 1999 01025 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
�4
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
�7
48
49
50
51
52
53
c. Round off values to nearest dollar or as specified for Schedule of Values.
d. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission at end of
continuation sheets.
e. List by Chan�e Order number and description as for original component item
of �/ork.
I. Initial (First) Application for Payment:
1. Contractor to submit to Architect within 15 days of eaecution of Owner-
Contractor Agreement proposed sample of Lien Waiver and Bills Paid Affidavit
forms for review and acceptance by Owner for use on this Contract.
2. Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal
of first Application for Payment include, but are not limited to, the following:
3. List of subcontractors, with indications of MBE or WBE Owner firms.
a. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
b. Schedule of Values.
c. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
d. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
e. Copies of building permits.
f. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
performance of Work.
�. Initial progress report.
h. Report of Pre-Construction meeting.
i. Certificates of Insurance and insurance policies.
j. Additional items as required in General Conditions.
J. Typical Monthly Application for Payment:
1. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous Applications for
Pa}'ments reviewed by Architect and paid by Owner.
2. Review pencil copy of Application for Payment with Architect at last scheduled job
meeting each month, or at other agreeable time as can be scheduled.
3. Subinit monthly Application for Payment on 15th day of each month.
4. Period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is period
endina 15 days prior to date for each progress payment and starting day following
end o�proceeding period.
5. Worlc covered by Progress Payments shall, at time of payment, become property of
Owner.
6. Form of Application for Payment will be on specified forms, submitted in
quadruplicate.
7. Complete each entry on forms, including notarization and execution by person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor.
8. Incomplete Applications for Payment will be returned without action.
9. Entries shall match data of Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
10. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made.
11. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
prior to last day of construction period covered by application.
12. Transmit e�ecuted copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by means
ensuring receipt within 24 hours.
13. Transmit each copy with complete transmittal form listin� attachments, and
recording appropriate information related to Application in acceptable manner.
14. Waiver of Liens:
a. With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of inechanics liens from
each contractor, subcontractor and materialman who may be lawfully entitled
1 December 1999
01025 - 4
CAI 99088.00
to file mechanics lien arisin� out of Contract, and related to Work covered by
payment application.
b. Submit a�aivers of lien on forms, and in manner, acceptable to Architect.
c. Waiver of liens shall be total paid prior to previous month's Application for
Payment.
15. �Ylith each Application for Payment, Contractor certifies the folloR-ing:
a. Application for Payment represents just estimate of cost reimbursable to
Contractor under terms of Contract.
b. That there are not any Mechanics' or Materialmens' Liens outstanding at date
of this Application for Payment.
c. That all due and payable bills with respect to the Work have been paid to date
or shall be paid from proceeds of that Application for Payment.
d. That there is no known basis for filing of any Mechanics' or Materialmens'
Liens against surety in connection with Work, and that Waivers and Bills Paid
Affidavit forms from subcontractors �nd materialmen have been, or a�ill be,
obtained in form s�ecified in Contract.
16. Progress pa •nents wilt be made in accordance with General Conditions.
K. Application for 1'ayrnent at Substantial Completion:
1. Following issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit Application
for Payment with following administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with application:
2. Proper training of Owner's personnel.
3. ccupancy permits and similar required approvals.
4. :;Iarr�nties and maintenance agreements.
5. Test, just, and balance records.
6. Main�:. nance instructions.
7. Start-up perEormance reports.
8. Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
9. Final cleaning.
10. Application tor reduction of retainage, and Consent of Surety.
11. Advise on shiking insurance coverage.
12. Final progress photographs.
13. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Cenificate of
Substantial Completion.
14. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Oa-ner.
15. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
16. Removal of surplus �ilaterials, rubbish, and similar elements.
17. Additional items as required by General Conditions.
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Unit price is defined as amount stated in construction Contract as price for each unit of
measurement for materials or services.
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. Submit to Architect within 1� days of eaecution of Owner-Contractor Agreement
name of individual authorized to accept changes on behalf of Contractor, and shall be
responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in Work.
B. Change Order forms will be furnished and issued by Architect.
1 December 1999 01025 - 5 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
�9
50
51
C. Contractor pocumentation of Changes:
1. Maintain detailed records of Work done on accounting basis acceptable to Architect
and Owner.
2. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes.
3. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow
evaluation of quotation.
4. On request, provide additional data to support computations:
a. Quantities of products, labor and equipment.
b. Insurance and bonds.
c. O��erhead and profit.
d. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
�. Support each request for additional costs, and for Work proposed on time and
material basis, with description of products, equipment, cost of labor and
subcontracts, completely documented.
6. Computation for changes in �X/ork will be computed in one of manners described
in Conditions of the Contract.
D. Initiation of Changes:
1. Architect may submit Proposal Request which includes detailed description of
change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications.
2. Contractor may initiate proposed change by submittal of request to Architect
describing proposed change with statement of reason for change, and proposed
effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and statement
of effect on Work of separate contractors.
3. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01630.
�-. Subinission of such requests and receipt of same by Architect does not inean
acceptance or approval of proposed change.
E. Authorization:
1. Owner may request, through Architect, Construction Chan�e Directive, in
vvriting, instructing Contractor to proceed with changes of all or in part of Work,
for subsequent inclusion in Change Order that is pending.
2. Directive will propose basis for necessary adjustments, if any, to Contract Sum or
Time.
3. All chan�es that affect Contract Sum or Contract Time will require Change Order
signed by Owner and Architect.
4. Contractor's signature indicates agreement.
5. Any other orders, written or oral, by Owner through Architect or by Architect
shall be treated as Change Order only if Contractor gives Owner proper written
notice as described in Conditions of Contract.
6. Promptly e�ecute change in Work only upon receipt of approved Change Order or
Owner's written Construction Change Directive.
F. Execution:
1. Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in
Conditions of Contract.
2. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record
each authorized Change Order as separate line item and adjust Contract Sum as
shown on Change Order.
1 December 1999
01025 - 6
CAI 99088.00
3. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect any chanQe in Contract Time, revise
subschedules to adjust times for other items of Work a�fected by Change, and
resubmit Schedule.
4. Promptly enter Chan�es in Project Record Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01025 - 7 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01030
ALTERI�TATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identification of each Alternate by number, and description of basic changes to be
incorporated into Work.
2. Submission procedures.
3. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time.
1.? REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit Alternates with full description of proposed Alternative and affect on adjacent
or related components.
B. Alternates quoted on Bid Form will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's
option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner-Contractor Agreement.
C. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate Work of each
Alternative.
D. Proposal may not be altered except as specified in addendums.
1.3 SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATIVES
A. State the amount to be added to or to be deducted from the Base Bid for Alternates
described below and list in Bid Form document or any supplement to it, which requests
a difference in Bid Price by adding to or deducting from Base Bid price.
B. Bid will be evaluated on Base Bid price. After determination of preferred lowest bidder,
consideration will be given to Alternates and Bid Price adjustments.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1: Remove existing `Roseland' name in ceramic tile at Theater Entry and
reinstall with new ceramic tile. Refer to detai103405-A1 for layout. (In lieu of reusing
existing)
1 December 1999 01030 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
B. Alternate No. 2: Provide and install Acoustical Wall Panels per Interior Elevations 01
& 02/A7.1 and 02/A7.2 and Specification Section 09520.
C. Alternate No. 3: Provide and install theater seating per drawin� 01/A.1 and
Specification Section 12700.
D. Alternate No. 4: Provide and install stage curtain and track per drawin� and
Specification Section 11062.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01030 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
2?
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
SECTION 01041
PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General Project coordination of different Contract phases, trades and disciplines.
2. General coordination of construction site operations with operations of Owner.
1.2 GENERAL COORDINATION
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of tTarious Sections of Specifications to
assure efficient and orderl;T sequence of installation of construction elements with
provisions for accommodating items furnished by Owner to be installed by Contractor.
B. Coordinate construction operations included under different sections of Project Manual
that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
C. Coordinate sequence of Work to accornmodate partial Owner occupancy as specified in
Section 01010.
D. Contractor shall review and coordinate requirements of Divisions 15 and 16 in Project
Manual and MEP drawings with other Work. Report discrepancies to Architect.
E. Contractor shall maintain services of major subcontractors throughout duration of
Contract, except as required by provisions of Conditions of Contract. Contractor shall
notify Architect in writing of intention to replace subcontractors, outlining reasons for
action and naming proposed replacement subcontractor.
F. Replacement of Minority or Women's Business Enterprises sub-contractors or suppliers
must be requested through the Construction Manager to the MWBE Coordination
Office.
G. Each subcontractor shall ensure that devices and equipment installed under their
subcontract is operational. Subcontractor shall inform Contractor when completion
and operation of their system is dependent on Work of other trades. Arbitrate and
resolve coordination conflicts bet�creen subcontractors to ensure complete and
operational systems.
H. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of Work of subcontracto� s, and for
recording subcontractor insta)��tion data on Project Record Drawings in accordance
with Section 01700.
I. Contractor shall coordir.ate installation of Owner-furnished equipment as scheduled on
Section 01010. Cost of receiving, handlin�, and storage of Owner-furnished equipment
shall be included in Contract Sum and shall result in no additional cost to Owner.
J. Communications to Owner from Contractor regardin� Contract requirements shall be
through the Construction Manager.
1 December 1999 01041 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
?�
? �,
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
1.3 COORDINATION MEETINGS
A. In addition to Progress Meetings scheduled in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold
coordination meetings and pre-installation meetings with Contractor's personnel,
subcontractors, materialmen, and Architect, as necessary, to assure coordination of
different trades and disciplines.
B. Contractor shall schedule coordination and pre-installation meetings with Owner,
Architect, Contractor and supplier to discuss hardware installation. Meeting shall
initially be called within 30 days of Contract award.
C. When necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party outlining special
procedures required tor coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports,
and attendance at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate
contractors �vhen coordination of their work is required.
D. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other
construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of Work. Such
administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of schedules.
2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Project close-out procedures.
1.4 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule and coordinate submittals.
B. Coordinate Work of various trades having interdependent responsibilities for installing,
connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.
C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating
elements, effect on Work of other trades, and on Work scheduled for early completion.
1.5 COORDINATION OF SPACE AND INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
A. Coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of equipment, elevators,
escalators, walks, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or other Work that is indicated
diagrammatically on Drawin�s. Follow routings shown for tubes, pipes, ducts,
conduits, and other items as closely as practical, with due alloa�ance tor available
physical space. Make runs parallel with lines of building, except where not feasible by
construction. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,
for Owner maintenance, and for repairs.
B. Except as otherwise indicated in finished areas, conceal ducts, pipes, wiring, and other
non-iinish items within construction. Coordinate locations of concealed and eaposed
items with finish elements.
C. Vi�here availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to
ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair.
1 December 1999 01041 - 2 CAI 99088.00
D. Coordinate with architectural reflected ceiling plans exact location and dimensionin� of
exposed items and items which occur within hung ceilings. In event of conflict, request
clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with fabrication or installation.
E. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of Work. Each subcontractor shall be
responsible for coordination of their respective Work with the Work of the Contractor
and other trades. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Section C1340.
F. `X�here installation of one part of �X/ork is dependent on installation of other
components, either before or after it's own installation, schedule construction activities
in sequence required to obtain best results.
G. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation,
including accepted Bid alternates, Owner-sup�lied Contractor-installed items, a�ork by
others, and installation of products purchased with allowances.
1.6 COORDINATION OF FINISHES
A. Identify each room by name and number as it appears on Finish Schedules by posting
room identification sign outside each room at main entry to each room. Identification
shall be clearly visible, legible, and attached without damaging surface.
B. Post accepted finishes scheduled for each room on each door or frame in manner that
does not damage or stain surface. Use copy of accepted finish schedule that clearly
identifies each finish and location of finishes for that particular room or area.
C. Room identification signs and finish schedules shall remain posted until permanent
interior signage has been installed and finishes have been reviewed by Architect, unless
otherwise directed.
D. Where mounting heights are not indicated, refer decisions to Architect prior to
installation.
1J COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of Work of separate phases and sections in
preparation for Substantial Completion of portioiis of Work designated for Owner
partial occupancy as designated in Section 01010.
B. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by requirements of
individual Specification Sections re�arding correction of defective Work and Work not
in accordance with Contract Documents. Minimize disruption of Oa�ner's operations.
C. Assemble and coordinate Closeout submittals in accordance with Section 01700.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1 December 1999 01041 - 3 CAI 99088.00
2 Not Used.
� END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01041 - 4 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Requirements and limitations of cutting and patching of Work.
2. Execute cutting, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill,
required to complete Work or to:
a. Make its several parts fit together properly.
b. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
c. Remove and replace defective a�ork.
d. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract
Documents.
e. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
f. l��ake routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of
mechanical, electrical and plumbing Work.
g. Uncover work that has been covered prior to Architect's required observation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written request to Architect in advance of eaecuting cutting or alteration, other
than required by Contract Documents, which affects:
1. Work of Owner or any separate contractor.
2. Structural value or integrity of any element of Project.
3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements or
systems.
4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.
5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements, and adjacent Mecado Alley.
B. Request shall include:
1. Identification of Project.
2. Location and description of affected R�ork.
3. Necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. Effect on work of Owner or any separate contractor, or on structural or
weatherproof integrity of Project.
5. Description of proposed work:
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Trades who will execute work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
e. Cost proposal when applicable.
6. Alternatives to cuttin� and patching.
7. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
C. Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of products from original
installation, Contractor shall submit request for substitution as specified in Section
01630.
1 December 1999 01045 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
27
2s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
�2
53
D. Submit ��ritten notice to Architect designating date and time work will be uncovered or
altered.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Vi/here warranties are in force for ehisting work, coordinate cutting and patching work
a�ith manufacturer and installer of warranted product to avoid voiding warranty.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved.
B. Should conditions of work or schedule indicate change of products from original
installation, submit request for substitution as specified in Section 01630.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during cutting, patching, excavating, and backfilling.
B. After uncovering work, e�amine conditions affecting installation of Products, or
performance of work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing. Do not
proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or integrity
of affected portion of Work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other ponions of Project from damage.
C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed
by cutting and patching a�ork.
D. Maintain eacavations free from water.
3.3 DUST CONTROL
A. Provide positive methods of dust control and apply dust control materials to minimize
raising dust from cutting and patching operations.
B. Conform to requirements for temporary barriers, enclosures and controls described in
Section 01500.
3.4 PERFORMANCE
�
1 December 1999
01045 - 2
} � _ _ �.�, �..� .
- � -- • -
CAI 99088.00
_ _� � . ___ _
A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other work,
and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs.
B. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply
with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
C. Restore work which has been cut or removed. Install new products to provide Work in
accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
D. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through
surfaces. Where fire-rated separations are penetrated, fill space around pipe or insert
with material with physical characteristics equivalent to fire-resistance requirement of
penetrated surface.
E. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
2. For assembly, refinish entire unit.
F. Employ ori�inal installer or fabricator of work performed under this Contract to
pertorm cutting and patching for:
1. �X/eather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01C45 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
�1
52
�3
SECTION 01050
FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
field engineering services.
1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Land Surveyor: Registered in the State of Texas and acceptable to Architect.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name, address, and telephone number of La�id Surveyor before starting survey
work.
B. On request of Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of survey.
C. Submit copy of registered site drawing and certificate si�ned by Land Surveyor that
elevations and locations of Work are in conformance arith Contract Documents.
1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
B. On completion of foundation walls and major site improvements, prepare certified
survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site
work.
C. Record data on Project Record Documents in accordance with requirements of Section
01720.
D. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Advise Architect when deviations
that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1\Tot Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to startin� a�ork.
B. Verify grades, lines, levels, and dimensions indicated.
1 December 1999
01050 - 1
CAI 99088.00
�
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
C. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered.
3.? SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. Contractor shall locate and protect sun�ey control and reference points.
B. Control datum for survey is that established by Owner provided survey.
C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work. Preserve permanent reference
points durin� construction.
D. Promptly repon to Architect loss or destruction of reference point or relocation
required because of changes in grades or other reasons.
E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no
changes a�ithout prior written notice to Architect.
3.3 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide field engineering services. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
B. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established
control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.
C. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar
appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil
placement; utility locations, siopes, and invert elevations.
D. Periodically verify layouts by same means.
END OF SECTION
LJ
��
�
�
1 December 1999
01050 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01060
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Additional information with le�al implications regarding applicable �overning
laws and jurisdictions can be found in Conditions of Contract.
B. Codes:
1. Where references are made on Draa�ings or Specifications to codes, they shall be
considered an integral part of the Contract Documents as minimum standards.
Nothing contained in Contract Documents shall be so construed as to be in conflict
with any law, bylaw or regulation of municipal, State, Federal or other authorities
having jurisdiction.
2. I'erform Work in compliance «-ith:
a. Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition with City of Fort �/orth Amendments .
b. Uniform Fire Code, 1997 Edition with City of Fort Worth Ainendments.
c. International Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition with City of Fort Worth
Amendments.
d. International Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition with City of Fort Worth
Amendments.
e. National Electric Code. 1996 Edition.
f. National, state and local barrier free codes, laws and ordinances.
�. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code and other applicable NFPA Standards.
C. Fire Ratings:
1. Where material, component, or assembly is required to be fire rated, fire rating
shall be determined or listed by one of following testing agencies or other a�encies
acceptable to governing authorities having jurisdiction.
a. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
b. Factory ?�Iutual Laboratories.
c. National Board of Fire Underwriters.
d. Warnock Hersey.
2. Where reference is made to only one testing authority, equivalent fire ratin� as
determined or listed by another agency is acceptable if approved by applicable
governing authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Contractor shall, without additional expense to Owner, obtain necessary licenses and
permits, and be responsible for complyin� with any Federal, state, county, and
municipal laa�s, codes, and regulations applicable to performance of Work, including,
but not limited to, any laws or regulations requiring use of licensed contractors to
perform parts of �X�ork.
E. Environmental Requirements: Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable
local, state, and federal air and water quality standards with all pollution control laws;
and R-ith such rules, re�ulations and directives as may be lawfully issued for the
protection of the environment in the areas surrounding the confines of this contract.
1 December 1999 01060 - 1 CAI 99088.00
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
F. Occupancy Permit: The General Contractor shall be responsible for securin� a
Certificate of Occupancy permit at completion of project and shall deliver such permit
to Owner. Final Payment shall be retained until permit has been received by Ou�ner. ]]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01060 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01090
REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. "Directed", "Designated", "Selected", "Requested", "Authorized", "Permitted", or a�ords
of similar import: Direction, designation, selection, or similar action of Architect is
intended.
B. "Require" and words of similar import: As required to complete Work and as required
by Architect.
C. "Perform": Contractor, at his oa�n expense, shall perform operations necessary to
complete Work, including furnishing of necessary labor, tools and equipment, and
further including and installing of materials indicated, specified or required to complete
p; i-formance.
D. "Provide": Contractor, at his own expense, shall furnish and install Work complete in
place and ready for use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools,
equipment and transportation. Definitions apply same to future, present and past,
tenses, except word "provide" may mean "contingent upon" where context is apparent.
E. "Other acceptable manufacturer", "equal", "acceptable equal", "equivalent", or words of
similar import: It shall be understood that words are followed by expression "in sole
opinion of Architect" even though words may not appear in print.
F. "Acceptance", "acceptable", or words of similar impon: Acceptance, acceptable or
similar words shall be by Architect.
G. "At no extra cost to Owner", "With no extra compensation to Contractor", "At
Contractor's own expense", or words of similar import: Terms shall be understood to
mean that Contractor shall perform or provide specified operation of Work at no
increase to Contract Sum stated in executed Contract.
H. "NIC": Work of this Project which is not being performed or provided as part of
Contract; term shall mean "Not in This Contract" or "Not Part of Work to be
Performed or Provided by Contractor". "NIC" work is indicated as aid to Contractor
in scheduling amount of time and materials necessary for completion of Contract.
I. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on Draa�ings, or other
Paragraphs or Schedules in Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract
Documents. Where term "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used, it is
to help locate reference; no limitation on location is intended except as specifically
noted.
J. "Accepted", where used in conjunction with Architect's action on Contractor's
submittals, and requests, is limited to responsibilities and duties of Architect stated in
General and Supplementary Conditions. Approval does not release Contractor from
responsibility to fulfill Contract Document requirements, unless otherwise provided in
Contract Documents.
1 December 1999 01090 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
?�
26
27
�s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
K. "Re�ulacion" includes laws, statutes, ordinances, and lawful orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within construction
industry that control performance of Work, whether they are lawfully imposed by
authorities having jurisdiction or not.
L. "Furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to Project Site, ready for unloading,
unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
M. "Install" is used to describe operations at Project Site including actual "unloadin�,
unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension,
finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations.
N. "Installer" is entity engaged by Contractor, either as employee, subcontractor or sub-
subcontractor for performance of particular construction activity, including installation,
erection, application and similar operations. Installers are required to be eaperienced in
operations they are engaged to perform. Term "experienced", when used with term
"installer", means having minimum five previous projects similar in size and scope to
this Project, and familiar with precautions required, and has complied with
requirements of authority having jurisdiction.
O. "Project Site" is space available to Contractor for performance of Work, either
e�clusively or in conjunction with others performing construction as part of Project.
Extent of Project Site is shown on Contract Drawings, and may or may not be identical
with description of land upon which Project is to be built.
P. "'Testing Laboratory" is independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or
tests, either at Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on, and if required, to interpret
results of those inspections or tests.
1.2 SPECIFICATION SENTENCE STRUCTURE
A. Specifications are written in modified brief style. In general, words "the", "a", "an",
"shall", "shall be", and "all" are not used. Requirements indicated and specified apply to
all work of same kind, class, and type even though word "all" is not stated.
B. Siinple imperative mood of sentence structure is used in Specification Sections which
places verb as first word in sentence. Where "perform", "provide", "install", "erect",
"furnish", "connect", "test", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood
that words include meanings of phrase "Contractor Shall..." before words.
C. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in Specifications are
intended as aid in locating and recognizin� various requirements in Specifications.
Titles do not define, limit or otherwise restrict Specifications text. Capitalizing of
words in text does not signify or mean that words convey special or unique meanings
having precedence over other parts of Contract Documents. Specification te�t shall
govern over titling and shall be understood to be interpreted as a whole.
1.3 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
A. Organization of Project Manual and Contract DraR�in�s are not intended to control or
to lessen responsibility of Contractor in dividing W'ork among his subcontractors, or in
establishing extent of Work to be performed by any trade.
1 December 1999 01090 -? CAI 99088.00
s
1.4 SYMBOLS
A. Graphic symbols used in Contract Documents are those symbols recognized in
construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted, syrrbols are
those defined in "Architectural Graphics Standards", published by John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., Eiahth Edition.
B. Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical draa�ings are �enerally aligned aTith
symbols recominended by ASHRAE. Where appropriate, mechanical and electrical
syinbols are supplemented by more specific symbols recommended by technical
associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE, and similar organizations. Request
clarification from Architect if symbols are unfamiliar.
1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Reference Standard-Abbrevations
1. Reference standards are referred to in Specification Sections by basic designation
only.
2. Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in Contract Documents, they shall
mean reco�nized name of trade association, standards generating organization,
a�.:thority havin� jurisdiction, or other organization applicable to context of
r� quirement.
3. Refer to "Encyclopedia of Associations", published by Gale Research
Company, available in most public libraries, to reference unfamiliar
organization acronyms or abbreviations.
B. Publications of organizations and societies listed in individual Specification Sections
shall be considered integral part of Contract Docuinents to extent referenced. Work
shall be elecuted in accordance with Reference Standard requirements and Contract
Document requirements.
C. tiX/hen conflict exists between requirements of reference standards and Contract
Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding.
D. Publications are referred to in text by basic designation only with organizations and
societies referenced by abbreviations indicated.
E. When standard is referred to in individual Specification Section but is not listed by title
and date, it shall be considered to be latest edition with supplements or amendments at
date of Project Manual issue.
F. Make available at Project site copies of reference standards as required, or as Architect
or Oa�ner may request. Maintain copies at project site throughout construction period.
Submit copies, organized as instt-ucted by Architect, at Project Closeout as part of
Project Record Documents.
1.6 ORGANIZATION, SOCIETY AND OTHER STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS
A. Publications of organizations, societies, institutes, federal and local agencies and other
similar associations may be referred to in Contract Documents by following
abbre�Tiated designations:
1 December 1999 01090 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
�2
�3
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
AA Aluminum Association
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Associaticn
AAES American Association of Engineering Societies
AAN American Association of Nurserymen
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AGA American Gas Association
AHA American Hardboard Association
AIA American Institute of Architects
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APFA American Pipe Fittings Association
APA American Plywood Association
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and
ACEI Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects
ASME Arnerican Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers
ASS� American Society of Sanitary Engineerin�
.ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ASCA American Spray Coaters Association
ASA American Subcontractors Association
AWWA Americans Water Works Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWPA American Wood Preserver's Association
APA Architectural Precast Association
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
AI Asphalt Institute
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
BIA Brick Institute of America
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Assoc.
CTI Ceramic Tile Institute
CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
CS Commercial Standards
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
CTI Cooling Tower Institute
CDA Copper Development Association
DHI Door & Hardware Institute
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
1 December 1999
01090 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1 FS Federal Specifications
2 F�MA Flat Glass Marketing Association
3 FSCSI Food Service Consultants Society International
4 GA Gypsum Association
� HPMA HardR�ood Plywood Manufacturers Association
6 IES Illuminating Engineering Society
7 ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America
8 IPCEA Industrial Power Cable Engineers Association
9 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
0 ISA Instrument Society of America
1 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
? IILP International Institute for Lath 8� Plaster
3 IAPMO International Institute of Plumbin� and
4 Mechanical Officials
� IETA International Electrical Testing Association, Inc.
6 IWA International Waterproofing Association
7 MSSVFI Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the
8 Valve & Fitting Industry
9 I�'IIA Marble Institute of America
0 ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
1 MIL Military Specification
2 I\TAPA National Asphalt Pavement Association
3 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal
4 Manufacturers
S N?�FM National Association of Fan Manufacturers
e NBS National Bureau of Standards
7 NCPWB (MCAA) National Certified Pipe Welders Bureau
8 (Mechanical Contractors Association of America)
9 NEC National Electric Code
0 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
1 1�TFC National Fire Code
? I�7FPA National Fire Protection Association
3 NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
4 NSF National Sanitation Foundation
� NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association
6 NW�✓DA I�Tational Wood Window and Door Association
7 PDI Piurnbing and Drainage Institute
8 PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute
9 PCA Portland Cement Association
�0 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
1 PS Product Standards
2 SIGMA Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association
3 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
4 National Association
� SPRI Single Ply Roofing Institute
6 SECCI Southern Building Code Congress International
7 SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
8 SJI Steel Joist Institute
9 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
�0 TCA Tile Council of America
�1 TDOT Texas State Department of Transportation
�2 UL Underwriters Laboratories
�3 UBC Uniiorm Building Code
1 December 1999 01090 - 5 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
USDA United States Department of Agriculture
USDC United States Department of Commerce
USPS United States Postal Service
WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute
WWPA Woven Wire Products Association
1.7 ABBKEVIATIONS
A. Language used on drawings and in specifications is of the abbreviated type in certain
instances and implies words and meanings as listed in the Construction Specification
Institute Publication TD2.4, "Abbreviations".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01090 - 6
CAI 99088.00
1
�
�
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
�3
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Architect shall schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress
meetings, and specially called meetings and conferences throughout progress of
Work.
a. Prepare agenda for meetings.
b. Distribute written notice of each meeting four working days minimum in
advance of ineeting date.
c. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
d. Preside at meetings.
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of each represents.
3. Architect R�ill attend meetings to ascertain that Work is e�pedited consistent with
Contract Documents and construction schedules.
4. Architect a�ill record attendees and minutes of ineeting, includin� si�nificant
proceedinas and decisions. Architect will reproduce and distribute copies of �
minutes a�ter each meeting to attendees and to parties affected by decisions made at
meeting.
1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. I're-construction meeting will be held at construction job site prior to beginning of
work at time designated by Architect, but not later than 15 days after date of Notice to
Proceed.
B. Representatives of Owner, Architect and Contractor, Contractor's Superintendent, and
major subcontractors shall be present.
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Major subcontractors and suppliers.
2. Tentative construction schedule.
3. Critical work sequencing and phasing of construction.
4. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
�. Designation of responsible personnel.
6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, proposal requests, submittals, color
coordination, change orders and applications for payment.
7. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.
8. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
9. Review of Shop Drawin�s.
10. Use of premises.
11. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids.
1?. Temporary utilities.
13. Security procedures.
14. Housekeepina procedures.
15. Discussion of project quality control procedures and requirements.
1 December 1999
01200 - 1
CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
Sl
52
73
1.3
A
PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS
Schedule re�ular periodic progress meetings at project field office, as required.
B. Hold additional meetings as necessary by progress of construction activity.
C. Representatives of Architect and his consultants as needed, Owner's project
representative as needed, Contractor's Superintendent and major subcontractors as
appropriate to agenda, shall be present.
D. Minimum Agenda:
1. Review and accept memorandum of previous meeting.
2. Review of work progress since previous meeting.
3. Field observations, problems, conflicts.
4. Problems which impede Construction Schedule.
5. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.
6. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule.
7. Revisions to Construction Schedule.
8. Progress schedule for succeeding work period.
9. Coordination of schedules.
10. Review submittal schedules and status of submittals.
11. Maintenance of quality standards.
12. Pending changes and substitutions.
13. Review proposed changes for effect on construction schedule, on completion, date
znd effect on other contracts of Project.
14. Other applicable business.
E. Additional progress meetings shall be held by Contractor at project field office as
required.
1.4 PRE-ROOFING CONFERENCES
A. Schedule minimum of two scheduled roofing system conferences prior to
commencement of installation.
B. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Not less than eight weeks prior to scheduled
commencement of roofing application, convene preliminary roofing conference at
Project site.
1. Attendance is required by Architect, Contractor, roofing installer, and every party
who is concerned with work, required to coordinate with work or to protect work
including mechanical and sheet metal trades.
2. Architect shall provide each pany in attendance with copy of ineeting minutes
from conference.
3. Review requirements for work and conditions which could possibly interfere with
successful performance of work.
4. Minimum Agenda:
a. Review Project Manual and Drawings.
b. Establish installation schedules and sequence.
c. Coordinate work with in-place and subsequent construction.
d. Review weather and working conditions.
e. Review material stora�e locations and equipment set-up locations.
f. Review status of roofing submittals.
1 December 1999
01200 - 2
CAI 99088.00
g. Review installation procedures:
11 Substrate requirements.
2) Insulation installation.
31 Membrane installation.
�) Surfacing requirements, including phasing, a�ater cutoffs, and walkway
pads.
�) Roof terminations, flashings, and roof drain requirements.
6) Review mechanical equipment placement, supports and height
requirements.
71 Review e�amination, testing and quality control procedures.
8) Review protection requirements far construction period beyond roofing
installation.
9) Window washing procedures.
5. Conduct tour of roof deck and report on possible problem areas.
C. Pre-Application Roofing Conference: Not less than one week or more than three
weeks prior to scheduled commencement of roofing application, convene pre-
application roofing conference at Project site.
1. Attendance is required by Architect, Contractor, roofing installer, and every party
who is concerned with work, requii•ed to coordinate with work or to protect work
including mechanical and sheet metal trades.
2. Architect will provide each party in attendance with copy of ineeting minutes from
conference. �
3. Minimutn Agenda:
a. Review accepted submittals.
b. Review any outstanding material problems.
c. Review minutes of Preliminary Roofing Conference.
d. Discuss installation schedules and sequence, and any revisions that have
occurred.
e. Review equipment set-up and on-site storage.
f. Review readiness of deck for application:
11 Certification in place.
21 E�amination of substrate by all in attendance.
3) Drains installed.
4) Curbs, nailers, penetrations, perimeter, equipment.
g. Review system installation, discuss each component and requirements.
h. Review weather and working conditions, and procedures for daily or inclement
weather cut-offs.
i. Review protection requirements after installation.
j. Review testing requirements and procedures involved.
k. Discuss requirements for warranties and bonds.
4. Conduct tour of roof deck, if necessary, to review any remainin� problems and to
verify readiness.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I�Tot Used.
1 December 1999 01200 - 3 CAI 99088.00
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01200 - 4 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Is
19
20
21
��
23
?4
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
-�6
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUi�1MARY
A. Section Includes: Adininistrative and procedural requirements for schedules required
for proper performance of the Work.
1.2 FORMAT
A. Prepare Schedules as horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of
Work or operation, identifying first worl� day of each week, or prepare net�vork
analysis system using critical path method, as outlined in The Associated General
Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A
Manual for General Contractors".
B. Sequence of Listings: Chronological order of start of each item of ��ork.
C. Scale and Spacin�: To provide space for notations and revisions.
D. Sheet Size: Multiples of S-1/2" x 11".
1.3 CONTENT
A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for be�innin� and
completion of each element of construction.
B. Identify each item by specification Section number.
C. Provide sub-schedules for each stage of �X/ork identified in Section 01010.
D. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of entire Schedule.
E. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work
completed, as of first day of each month.
F. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawii�gs, product data, and
samples, including Owner furnished products, and dates reviea-ed submittals will be
required from Architect. Indicate decision data for selection of finishes.
G. Indicate delivery dates for Owner furnished products.
H. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values.
1.4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of
each activity.
1 December 1999 01310 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
�s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major chan�es in scope, and other
identifiable changes.
C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on
Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its eftect.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial Schedules within 15 days after date Award of Contract. After reviea�,
resubinit required revised data within 10 days.
B. Submit revised Pro�ress Schedules with each Application for Payment.
C. Submit number of opaque reproductions arhich Contractor requires, plus two copies
which will be retained by Architect.
1.6 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers,
and other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections
indicated in Schedules.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3- EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01310 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
?3
?4
25
26
?7
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
47
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
�3
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PR�DUCT DATA AI�TD SAMPLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: This section includes administrative and pr�ec .. al requirements for
submittal of Shop Drawings, Coordination Drawings, Prodii�- `�ata, Samples, and
Administrative Submittals, to verify that products, materia�s and systems proposed for
use comply with provisions of the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor Review:
1. Review submittals prior to transmittal.
2. Apply Contractor's stamp to submittals, initialed or signed by authorized person
and dated, certifyina review of submittal, verification of products, field
measurements and �eld construction criteria, and coordination of information
within submittal with requirements of work and of Contract Documents.
3. Submittals without Contractor's stamp and submittals which, in Architect's or
Owner's opinion are incomplete, contain numerous errors, or have not been
checked or have only been checked superficially, will be returned without
comments. Delays shall be Contractor's responsibility.
4. Clearly note proposed deviations from Contract Documents or submittals.
5. Contractor shall be responsible for quantities and dimensions shown on submittals.
B. Submission Requirements:
1. Architect will process submittals as quickly as possible. Submittals of certain finish,
texture and color items requiring selection by Architect may be retained until
necessary samples from other submittals have been submitted so Architect can
coordinate selections.
?. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved scnedule and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in Work. Submittals shall be made to Architect by
Contractor only.
3. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples for structural, mechanical and
electrical items directly to consulting engineer with copy of transmittal sent to
Architect. Upon completion of review, consulting engineer will send shop
drawings, product data and samples to Architect.
4. Number of Submittals Required:
a. Shop Drawings: Submit one reproducible transparency (sepia) and five opaque
reproductions (prints); submit one additional opaque reproduction for civil,
structural, mechanical, electrical or landscaping work.
b. Product Data: Submit copies Contractor requires, plus two copies that will be
retained by Architect.
c. Samples: Submit samples of items requested in each specification section;
submit minimum of three samples for each item.
5. Submittals shall contain:
a. Date of submission and dates of previous submissions.
b. Project title and number.
c. Contract identification.
1 December 1999
01340 - 1
CAI 99088.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1�
1�
16
17
is
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
51
5?
d. Names of Contractor, Supplier, Manufacturer.
e. Identification of product, with specification section number.
f. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
�. Relation to adjacent or critical features of Work or materials.
h. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
i. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
j. Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
k. Additional information as required by Contract Documents.
1. 8" x 3" blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps.
m. Concractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal,
verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and
coordination of information within submittal with requirements of Work and
of Contract Documents.
6. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of
Contract Documents is not relieved by Architect's review of submittals unless
Archztect gives specific written acceptance of specific deviations.
C. Resubmission Requirements:
1. Make corrections or changes in submittals required by Architect, mark number of
submission, and resubmit as required until accepted.
2. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
a. Revise initial drawin�s or data, and resubmit as specified for initial submittal.
b. Indicate changes which have been made other than those requested by
Architect.
c. Mark number of submission and resubmit until accepted.
3. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial suhmittal. Remove samples
a�hich are "rejected" or designated "resubmit".
D. Architect Duties:
1. Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance with schedule.
Re��iew for conformity to requirements of Contract Documents and design intent.
2. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility, and is
not considered part of the Architect's review and indication of action taken.
a. Final Unrestricted Release: When submittal is marked "No Exception Taken,'
that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it
complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will
depend upon that compliance.
b. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittal is marked "Comments
Included", that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed
provided it complies with both the Architect's notations or corrections on the
submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance well
depend upon that compliance.
c. Returned for Resubmittal: �1hen submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit",
do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new
submittal in accordance with the Architects notations or corrections; resubmit
without delay.
1) Do not permit submittals marked "Revise and Resubmit to be used at the
project site or elsewhere where construction is in progress.
d. Submit Specified Item: When submitted is marked "Rejected" do not proceed
with that part of the work as submission does not conform to requirements of
Contract Documents and that any resubmission will not be considered.
1 December 1999
01340 - 2
� --
CAI 99088.00
Prepare and submit new submittal meeting requirements of Contract
Documents.
e. Other Action: When submittal is marked "No Review Required" it is
primarily for information or record purposes, for special processin�, or other
Contractor activity.
3. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
4. Review of submittals is only for conformance with design concept of Project and
compliance with information given in Contract Docuznents. Contractor is
responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at job site, inforrnation
that pertains solely to fabrication process or to techniques of construction and for
coordination of work of all trades. Acceptance shall not relieve Contractor of
responsibility for deviation from requirements of Contract Documents.
E. Distribution:
1. Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data which have
been reviewed by Architect and do not require revisions.
a. Job site file.
b. Project Record Documents file.
c. Other affected contractors.
d. Subcontractors.
e. Supplier or Fabricator.
2. Distribute accepted samples as directed by Architect.
F. Shop Drawings:
1. Present drawings in clear and thorough manner.
2. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown
on Contract Drawings.
3. Consecutively number shop drawings for each section of work. Retain numbering
system throughout revisions.
4. Show detail, materials, dimensions, thicknesses, methods of assembly, attachments,
relationship to adjoining Work and other pertinent data and information.
5. Verify dimensions and field conditions. Clearly indicate field dimensions and field
conditions.
6. Check and coordinate shop drawings of section or trade with requirements of other
sections or trades as related and as required for proper and complete installation of
work.
7. Prepare composite shop drawings and installation layouts when necessary or
requested to depict proposed solutions for tight field conditions. Coordinate in
field and arith affected subcontractors for proper relationship to work of other
trades based on field conditions.
G. Product Data:
1. Preparation:
a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
b. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
c. Show dimensions and clearances required.
d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
e. Indicate specified finish.
2. Manufacturer's Standard Schematic Drawings and Diagrams:
a. Modif�� drawin�s and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to
Vt�o rk.
b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable
to Work.
1 December 1999 01340 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
H. Samples:
1. Provide minimum three office samples of sufficient size to clearly illustrate
functional characteristics of product, a�ith integrally related parts and attachment
devices; and full range of color, texture and pattern.
?. Project Record Document Samples:
a. Items requiring submittal for color, tekrture or finish selection shall be included
in Record Document Finish Manual required by Section 01720.
b. Sample of selected color, texture or finish shall be provided on 4" a 4" sample
chip, suitable for adhering to cardboard page in Record Document Manual.
c. Record sample shall match actual material installed.
d. Contractor shall prepare record samples, assemble on pages, and submit in
accordance with requirements of Section 01720.
e. Contractor shall submit two copies of Record Document Finish Manuals.
Coordination Drawings:
1. Prepare coordination drawings to indicate how work shown by separate civil,
structural, mechanical and electrical shop drawings shall be interfaced, intermeshed
and sequenced for installation.
2. Three weeks before materials are fabricated or work begun, submit to Architect
complete coordination drawings in form of reproducible sepia transparencies.
Prepare using 1/4" minimum scale with congested areas and sections through shafts
at 3/8" minimum scale. Submit total sleevin�, piping, ductwork, li�hting, sprinkler
and HVAC coordination drawings.
3. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of Work.
4. ��old coordination meeting with trades attending to coordinate Work of trades for
each mechanical or electrical area. After coordination and corrections, each trade
shall sign originals of composite shop drawings. Submit composite shop drawings
to Architect for review indicate conflicts that could not be resolved in coordination
meeting. After review by Architect, prepare shop drawings for each separate trade.
5. Coordinate with architectural ceiling plans exact location and dimensioning of
items which occur within hung ceilings. In event of conflict, request clarification
from Architect as to correct locations of items in question.
6. Prepare coordination drawings as follows:
a. Structural subcontractor shall prepare original transparencies indicating
structural work, certify drawings with signature of authorized person, and
forward to Contractor.
b. Civil subcontractor shall indicate civil work, including utility relocations,
R�ithin property lines on same original transparencies, certify drawings with
signature of authorized person, and forward to Contractor.
c. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning subcontractor shall indicate heating,
ventilating and air conditioning equipment, ductwork and piping on same
original transparencies, certify drawings arith signature of authorized person,
and forward to Contractor.
d. Plumbing subcontractor shall indicate plumbing lines and equipment, including
fire protection system on same original transparencies, certify drawings with
signature of authorized person, and forward to Contractor.
e. Electrical subcontractor shall indicate electrical equipment and conduit lines on
same ori�inal transparencies, certify drawings with signature of authorized
person, and forward to Contractor.
7. Contractor shall resolve conflicts, certify transparencies with signature of
authorized person, and submit transparencies to Architect.
�
1 December 1999
01340 - 4
CAI 99088.00
8. Coordination draa�ings are for Architect's and Contractor's use durin�
construction and shall not be construed as replacin� shop drawing or other Project
Record Document required by Contract Documents.
9. Architect's revie�v of coordination drawings shall not relieve Contractor from
overall responsibility for coordination of work performed pursuant to Contract or
from other r: quirements of Contract.
10. Electronic media copies of CAD architectural or enbineering data may be
purchased from the Architect for the express purpose of preparation of in-house
coordination drawings and/or to use as the basis for preparing the contractor and
sub-contractor shop drawings by e�ecuting the required Release Form and
reimbursing the Architect and Engineers for their time.
Provision of this CAD data is subject to both the terms described here and on the Release
Form. It is offered at the Architect's sole discretion, and may be withheld by the Architect
for any reason he deems appropriate. A copy of the Contractor request form and fee schedule
are available, upon request.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01340 - 5 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01440
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Contractor's general quality control.
2. Manufacturer's field services, coordinated by Contractor.
1.2 GEI�TERAL QUALITY CONTROL
A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, rnanufacturers, products, services, site
conditions, and workmanship to assure work of specified quality.
B. Examine each phase of Worlc and have defective conditions corrected before starting
subsequent operations which Rrould cover or are dependent upon R�ork in question.
C. ��Uhere visual examination is not sufficient, such as in verifying slope of roof deck for
proper drainage, use instruments with qualified operators to examine work.
D. Utzlize Owner's testin� laboratory when services are necessary to assist Contractor in
evaluating quality.
1.3 WORKMANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified
requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
B. Utilize qualified personnel to produce workmanship of specified quality.
G Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration and racking.
D. Provide finishes to match accepted samples.
l.� MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIOI�TS
A. When required by individual specification Section, submit manufacturer's current
printed instructions, in quantity required for product data, for delivery, storage,
assembly, installation, startup, adjusting and finishing, as necessary.
B. Comply with instructions in �ull detail, including each step in sequence. Should
instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect
before proceeding.
1.5 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
1 December 1999 01440 - 1 CAI 99088.00
S
1 A. When required by individual specification Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in
? duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
3
4 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
5
6 A. When specified in respective specification Sections, require supply or manufacturer to
7 provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and
8 installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, testin�, adjusting and
9 balancing of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate recommendations.
10
11 B. Representatives shall submit a�ritten report to Architect listing observations and
12 recommendations.
13
14
15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
16
17 Not Used.
18
19
20 PART 3 - EXECUTION
21
22 Not Used.
23
?4
25
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01440 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for temporary services and facilities including but not
limited to the followin�:
1. Temporary Utilities:
a. Water service and distribution.
b. Lighting.
c. Electrical power service and distribution.
d. Teleohone and facsimile senTice.
e. Storm and sanitary sew�ers.
2. Temporary construction and support facilities:
a. Temporary heat.
b. Fzeld offices and storage sheds.
c. Sanitary facilities, including drinkin� water.
d. Temporary enclosures.
3. Security and protection facilities:
a. Temporary fire protection.
b. Barricades, warning signs, and lights.
1.2 REFERENCE
A. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical.
2. NFPA 70E - Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces.
3. NFPA 241 - Safeguardin� Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations.
1.3 USE OF EXISTING FACILITIES
A. General Cor,tractor to designate an area in the designated eaisting space to be used for
field office and for storage until such time that the space must be finished out and
completed.
B. Contractor's employees shall not use permanent facilities.
PART 2 - GENERAL
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials may be nea� or used, adequate in capacity for required usage, must not create
unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
B. Provide warning signs to help prevent damage and injury.
C. Should it become necessary to temporarily remove safety items, replace item
immediately, in conforinance with applicable regulations.
1 December 1999 01500 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
2?
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
D. l�Joad materials used in barricades and barriers within building and in material storage
areas shall be fire-retardant.
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
A. Contractor shall pay for temporary poa�er used during construction. Arrange with
utility company to provide service required for power and lighting of facilities and for
construction operations.
B. Install circuit and branch ariring, with weather-resistant area distribution boxes located
so that power and li�hting is available throughout construction by use of
construction-type power cords.
C. Provide adequate artificial lighting for areas of work when natural light is not adequate
for work, and for areas accessible to public.
D. Provide construction lighting throughout construction areas as necessary to maintain
safety and security. Maintain lighting on daily basis, including weekends, holidays, and
foul-weather days so construction site is adequately lighted at all times.
2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A. Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental
conditions to facilitate progress of Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for
installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to
ternperature or humidity.
B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to
disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or
gases. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or no�ious substance.
C. Portable heaters shall be standard units complete with controls.
D. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal, and for fuel consumed.
E. Open flame heating equipment is not permissible under any circumstances.
2.4 TEMPORARY WATER
A. Contractor shall pay for temporary water used for construction purposes from existing
buildin�.
B. Pay costs for installation, maintenance and removal.
C. Verify availability, quantity and type of water in existing buildin�. Pay for any
additional service or requirements for construction activities not available in existin�
buildin�.
D. Make temporary connections to existing buildin� at locations approved by proper
authority. Install meters to record water used for construction.
1 December 1999 01500 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
?1
�?
23
��
25
26
�7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
71
52
E. Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throu�hout
construction by use of hoses. Protect piping and fittings against freezing.
2.5 TEMPORARY TELEPHOI�TE SERVICE
A. Arran�e with local telephone service company, provide direct line telephone service at
construction site for use of personnel and emplo}-ees. Service required:
1. One direct line instrurlent in Contractor's Field Office.
2. Otller instruments at option of Contractor, or as required by reaulations.
3. One Fax machine.
B. Pay costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for local calls.
Toll charges shall be paid by party a�ho places call.
2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide temporary sanitary facilities outside of eaisting building for use of Contractor's
employees.
B. Provide chemical-type sanitary facilities in compliance with applicable health laws, and
State and local regulations and ordinances.
C. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures.
2.7 TEMPORARY SE�X/ER AND DRA1N CONNECTIONS
A. When existing sewers have to be taken up or removed, provide and maintain temporary
outlets and connections for public or private drains and sewers.
B. Take care of sewage and drainage which �vill be received from these drains and sewers.
Provide and maintain, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or diversions.
C. Construct troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary. Dispose of drainage and sewage
received from temporary connections until permanent connections are built and in
service.
D. Keep existing sewers and connections in service and maintained under Contract, except
where specified or ordered to be abandoned by Owner.
E. Dispose of water or sewage in satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and
that Work under construction will adequately be protected.
2.8 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. During construction, provide temporary fire protection in accordance R-ith local Fire
Department Protection Code and applicable �overning authorities.
B. Take necessary precautions in welding or cutting operations to keep work area free of
combustible materials. Do not use welding equ�pment around flammable liquids or
vapors.
1 December 1999 01500 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
S?
53
C. Keep weldin� and cutting equipment outdoors wherever possible. Remove a�elding and
cutting equipment wherever practical from buildin� daily.
D. At completion of work operations, examine work and adjacent area for hazards. When
work operation is near building opening, eaamine areas above, below or adjacent to
work area for hazards.
E. Do not open, turn off, interfere with, attach any pipe or hose to, or connect anything
with any existing fire hydrant, stop valves, or stop clock, or tap any water main
a�ithout prior a�ritten permission of proper authority or owner.
2.9 SCAFFOLDING
A. Provide scaffolding, ramps, runwa}'s, platforms, guardrails, stairs and ladders as required
by job conditions.
2.10 LIFTING AND HOISTING
A. Provide hoists, cranes or other lifts as required for material handling.
B. Determine need, provide appropriate equipment, coordinate installation and location
with Architect and Owner.
2.11 CONSTRUCTION AND INSPECTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids, inspection aids and equipment required by personnel and to
facilitate eaecution of Work.
2.12 BARRICADES
A. General Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining barricading permits.
B. Provide barriers to prevent public entry, to provide for Owner's use of site, and to
protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage.
C. Cover trenches and holes when not in use. Erect barriers at sharp changes in plane of
more than 3 feet.
2.13 CONSTRUCTION FENCE
A. Prior to start of Work at Project site, install enclosure fence with locked entrance gates.
B. Provide construction fence around material storage and construction areas to prevent
unauthorized access at front of building.
1. Construct 8' - 0" high chain link fence of 2" a 2" mesh maaimum; galvanized steel
angle iron or pipe post; securely anchored line, corner and gate posts.
2. Provide lockable gates, padlocked during nonworking hours.
3. Locate personnel gates, as necessary, to provide controlled entry from construction
parking to construction area.
4. General Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining barricading permits.
1 December 1999
01500 - 4
CAI 99088.00
2.14 TEMI'OR. �RY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporar�- weathertight enclosures of e�-terior walls for successive areas of
building as work progresses as necessary to maintain acceptable working conditions.
B. Provide weather protection for interior materials, allow for effective temporary heating,
and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
C. Provide temporary eaterior doors with hardware and padlocks. Other enclosures shall
be removable as necessary for work and handling of materials.
2.1 S FIELD OFFICES
A. Provide and maintain temporar}� field office during entire construction period for use of
Contractor, and periodic use of Owner's Representative and Architect. This area may
be within the existing building.
B. Field office shall have secure entrance door with one key for each occupant.
C. Heating and Air Conditioning: Provide as dictated by outside temperature.
D. Fire Extinguisher: Furnish appropriate type at each office and each storage area.
2.16 STORAGE AREA
A. Construct to protect products stored a�ithin. Size for storage requirements of products
in individual Sections. Allow for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for
examination of products.
B. Heat and ventilate as needed to maintain products in accordance with Contract
Documents. Light adequately for maintenance and examination of products.
C. Store products that could be damaged by environmental conditions. Replace if
damaged by storage conditions.
2.17 DRINKING WATER
A. Furnish potable water for personnel connected with Work.
B. Pipe or transport to keep clean and fresh.
C. Provide drinking v,�ater in suitable containers or dispensers and paper cups located in
close proximity to where w•ork is in progress.
D. Provide field offices with bottled drinking a�ater, dispenser and coolin� apparatus.
Contractor shall pay for service; maintain daily and remove when offices ai•e removed.
2.18 TEMPORARY SECURITY
A. Provide temporary security as necessary to protect project site, e�istin� building, and
Contractor's sta�ing areas during construction.
1 December 1999 01500 - 5 CAI 99088.00
�
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
�2
23
24
25
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine site and review conditions and factors which affect construction procedures
and construction facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities a�hich may
be affected by execution of �Uork.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide drainage away from buildings.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with applicahle requirements of each Specification Section.
B. Install facilities of neat and reasonable, uniform appearance, structurally adequate for
required purposes. Maintain during entire construction period.
C. Prior to start of Work at project site, install enclosure fence with locked entrance gates.
General Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all barricading permits.
D. Install office spaces ready for occupancy 15 days after date fixed in Notice to Proceed.
Construct or locate construction offices and sheds on proper foundation, with utility
connections, provide steps and landing at entrances. Locate construction offices and
sheds as directed by Architect.
E. Locate thermometer in convenient location, out of direct sunlight.
F. Keep working and storage areas free from standing water. Do not pump or drain water
onto adjacent property. Distribute discharge to prevent erosion.
3.4 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain and clean construction office, sheds, furnishings, and equipment as required.
B. Maintain approach walks free of mud, water, and snow.
C. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems
as work progress requires.
3.5 DEBRIS CONTROL
A. Maintain areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris and litter.
B. Initiate and maintain specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction
site, stora�e and parking areas, or along access roads and haul routes.
1. Furnish on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and haul routes.
3. Periodically eaamine traffic areas to enforce requirements.
4. Remove waste material, debris and rubbish from site daily.
5. Do not drop or throw materials from heights.
6. Lower waste materials in controlled manner with as few handlings as possible.
�
�
�
�
�
I
1 December 1999
01500 - 6
CAI 99088.00
C. Hazards Control:
1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers.
2. Remove containers from premises daily.
3. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.
4. Pro�-ide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.
D. Conduct disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laa=s.
E. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site. Do not dispose of
wastes into streams or waterways. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.
3.6 DUST CONTROL
A. Provade positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raisin� dust
from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust
from dispersing into atmosphere.
B. Wet down materials and rubbish to prevent bloR�ing dust.
3.7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage
from cuts and fills, and from borrow and a�aste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and
sedimentation.
B. Hold areas of bare soil exposed at one time to minimum. Provide temporary control
measures such as berms, dikes, and drains.
C. Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays
which will erode.
D. Periodically examine earthwork to detect any evidence of start of erosion, apply
corrective measures as required by erosion control.
3.8 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water
or atmosphere by dischar�e of noaious substances from construction operations.
B. Perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage and to remove
contaminated soil or liquids. Excavate and dispose of contaminated earth off site and
replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
C. Prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes,
effluence, cheinicals or other substances adjacent to streams or in sanitary or storm
sewers.
D. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of
chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of poliutants into atmosphere.
1 December 1999 01500 - 7 CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
3.9 REMOVAL
A. Remove temporary materials and equipment when no longer required and when
acceptable to Architect.
B. Remove construction office, sheds, and barriers including foundations and contents at
completion of project.
C. Grade site to required elevation and clean area.
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or temporary facilities.
3.11 ADJUSTING
A. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or original condition.
B. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified condition.
C. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps.
END OF SECTION
�
� 1 December 1999 01500 - S
I
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01560
CONSTRUCTION CLEtZNING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Cleanin� and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish durin�
construction.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
l. Hazard Control: Store volatile waste in covered metal containers and remove from
premises daily.
?. Pollution Control: Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply arith local
codes, ordinances, and anti-pollution laa�s.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT �
A. Provide acceptable covered containers for deposit of waste materials, debris and
rubbish.
B. Use only cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health and property, and
which will not dama�e surfaces.
C. Use only those cleanin� materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be
cleaned.
D. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces reconnmended by cleaning material
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute d,:ily "broom-clean" construction cleaning to keep Work, site and adjacent
properties free from accumulations of waste materials, nibbish and debris. Maintain site
in a clean and orderly condition including the followin�:
1. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, and other closed or
remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
2. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finisl�ing and
continue cleaning to eliminate any conditions that could effect final finishing.
3. Provide on-site dump containers for collection of waste materials, rubbish and
debris.
1 December 1999 01560 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
4. Do not allow a�aste materials, rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an
unsightly and hazardous condition. Provide additional collection and dispose of
debris whenever periodic schedule is inadequate to prevent accumulation.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
B. At not less than every week during progress of �X%ork, clean up site and access, and
le�ally dispose of waste materials, rubbish, and debris away from site.
C. Do not overload trucks to prevent spillage on access and haul routes. Periodically
examine traffic areas and maintain clear routes.
3.2 DUST CONTROL
A. Sprinkle dusty debris with water.
B. Vacuum clean interior building areas, including floors, ledges, pipes, ducts, and other
places where dust can accumulate, in conjunction with gypsum board installation and
all sanding operations, and when ready to receive finish painting.
C. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis until building is ready for acceptance
or occupancy.
D. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process
will not fall on a�et and newly painted surfaces.
E. Clean all floors prior to installation of final floor coverings.
3.3 DISPOSAL
A. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site daily and dispose off-site.
B. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or
sanitary se��er. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible
waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly.
C. Do not hold materials more than 7 days durin� normal weather or 3 days when
temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F.
D. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary R�aste materials separately from other
waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in lawful manner.
E. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. Do not burn or bury rubbish and
waste material on Project site.
F. Disposal of waste in Owner's containers on site is not permitted.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01560 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
SECTION 01600
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements governing the selection
of products for use in the I'roject.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials specified are to a define standard of quality or performance and to establish
basis for evaluation of proposals and substitutions.
B. Comply with individual Specification Sections and referenced standards as minimum
requirements.
C. Compatibility: When given the option of selecting between ta�o or more products,
product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if
previously selected products were also options.
D. Components required to be supplied in quantity within Specification Section shall be of
same manufacturer and shall be interchangeable.
E. Nameplates and Labels: Eacept for required labels and operating data, do not attach or
imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trade marks on surfaces of products
which �ill be exposed to view in occupied spaces [[ including elevators ]] or on the
e�terior:
l. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where
required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface approved by
Architect and governin� authorities.
2. Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or
power-operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface which is
inconspicuous in occupied spaces.
1.3 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with
manufacturers printed instruct�ons, obtain and distribute copies of instructions to
parties involved in installation, including two copies to Architect, prior to commencing
work.
B. Maintain one set of complete instructions at job site durin� installation and until
complete.
C. Maintain copies for Project Record Documents.
D. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with
manufacturer's instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
1 December 1999 01600 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
�
�
�
1
?
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
E. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's
instructions, notify Architect in writing for funher instructions. Do not proceed alith
work without clear instructions.
F. Perfor�rn �'ork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit
preparatory steps of installation procedures unless specifically modified or exempted by
Contract Documents.
1.4 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of Work, for items designated in Specification Sections, an
authorized representative of each manufacturer of materials or equipment installed
under work of that Section shall examine installation and operation of his materials,
system and equipment to determine they are correctly installed and operating properly.
B. Examination and testing shall be accomplished for work which will be concealed during
execution of Work, after completion of installation and prior to concealment and for
Work which will not be concealed, at completion of Work.
C. Each representative shall submit signed statement to Owner, through Contractor,
cenifying to his examination and to correct installation and proper operation of
materials, systems or equipment. Certification shall list items included.
,
D. Contractor shall transmit certifications to Architect at or prior to Final Acceptance
Inspection. Transmittal shall include list of certifications included.
1.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules. Coordinate
to avoid conflict with work and conditions at site. Avoid congesting traffic.
B. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or
packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible.
C. Immediately upon delivery, examine shipments to assure compliance with requirements
of Contract Documents and accepted submittals and that products are properly
protected and undamaged.
D. Promptly remove unsatisfactory materials from site.
E. Furnish equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or
dama�e to products or packaging.
1.6 STORAGE
A. Store materials subject to dama�e from e�cposure to weather in weathertight stora�e
facilities of suitable size a�ith floors raised above ground. Storage facilities may be new
or used; but shall be serviceable, adequate for intended purpose, and shall not violate
codes or regulations.
B. Materials not subject to weather damage may be stored on blocks off ground.
1 December 1999 01600 - 2 CAI 99088.00
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C. Store fabricated products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, seals and
labels intact and legible. Store products subject to damage by elements in weathertibht
enclosures. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support fabricated
products above ground. Protection products from soilin� and staining.
D. Prcvide humidity control and ventilation for sensitive products. Maintain temperature
and humidity within ran�es required by manufacturer's instrucrions.
E. Cover materials which are subject to deterioration with breathable, impervious sheet
covering providing adequate ventilation to avoid condensation.
F. Store unpacked and loose products on shelves, in bins, or in neat group of like items.
G. Store loosed granular materials in a�ell-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing
with foreign matter and cover during inclement weather. Store cementitious and clay
products clear of earth or concrete floors, away from walls.
H. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water.
I. Arrange storage in manner to permit easy access for inspections.
J. Protect metal from damage, dirt or dampness. Furnish flat, solid support for sheet
products during storage. �
K. Store paints in assigned room or area kept under lock and key.
L. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. Remove oil, rags
and other combustible materials daily and take precautions to prevent fire hazards.
M. Do not load structure during construction by storing materials with load greater than
sti•ucture is calculated to support safely.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long-term storage, provide manufacturer's
service instructions shown on e�terior of package.
B. Service equipment on a regular basis as recommended by manufacturer. Maintain log of
maintenance services. Submit log as Project Record Document in accordance with
requirements of Section 01720.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION
A. Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents
and are unused at time of installation unless approved in writing by the Architect:
1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other
items needed for a complete installation.
?. Design, fabricate, assemble and install products in accordance with engineering and
shop practices normal to trade.
1 December 1999 01600 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
?2
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
3. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard interchangeable sizes and
gages. Two or more items ot same kind shall be identical by same manufacturer.
4. Products shall be suitable for intended purpose and effect.
5. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to
unless variations are specifically accepted in writing.
6. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is
designed or is specified.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract
Documents and governing re�ulations, not by previous Project experience.
1. Proprietary Specifications Requirements: Where only a single product or
manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. NO SUBSTITUTIONS
WILL BE PERMITTED.
2. Semiproprietary Specifications Requirements: Where two or more products or
manufacturers are named and the "Substitution" paragraphs have not been
referenced, provide one of the products indicated. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL
BE PERMITTED.
3. Non-Proprietary Specifications Requirements: Where two or more products or
manufacturers are named and the "Substitution" paragraph has been included,
provide one of the named products, manufacturers or comply with the Contract
Documents requirements for substitutions.
4. Performance Specifications Requirements: where specifications require compliance
with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these
requirements, and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application `
indicated.
5. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where specifications require
compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that
complies with the code, standard or regulations specified.
6. Visual Matching: Where specifications require a visual matching an established
sample or existing material, the Architect's decisions will be final on whether a
proposed product matches satisfactorily.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Make periodic examinations of stored materials to verify that products are maintained
under specified conditions and are free from damage or deterioration.
B. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer's product stora�e requirements.
C. Verify that manufacturer required environmental conditions are maintained
continually.
D. Verify that surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected and that
any weathering of finishes is within acceptable tolerances under requirements of
Contract Documents.
3.? PROTECTION
A. Furnish protection a�ainst weather. Cover building openings to protect interior of
building from weather.
1 December 1999 01600 - 4 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
22
23
B. Maintain work, materials, apparatus and fi�tures free from dama�e.
C. Protect items having factor}T finish to prevent damage to finish and equipment.
D. At end of day's work, cover new R�ork likely to be damaged or othern�ise protect as
necessary.
E. After installation, secure substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products
from dan�::ge from traffic and subsequent construction operations.
F. Remove protection when no longer needed. Upon completion of R�ork, remove storage
facilities trom site.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Do not use mater-ials in work which have deteriorated, become dama�ed or are
otherwise unfit for use.
B. Replace stored items damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls.
END OF SECTION
ti
1 December 1999
01600 - S
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
�2
�3
SECTION 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SliA�IMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Options in selection of products.
2. Product lists.
3. Requests for substitutions of products.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Request for changes in products, materials, equipment and methods of
construction required by Contract Documents after award of the Contract are
consider•ed request for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested by Bidders durii:a the bidding period, and accepted prior to
award of Contract, are considered as included in the Contract Documents, and are
not subject to requirements specified in this Section.
2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract
Documents.
3. Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and
orders issued by governing authorities.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Where materials or equipment are specified by trade or brand name, it is not intended
to oinit equivalent products of another manufacturer, except where specifically noted.
B. Materials s�ecified are to define standard of quality or performance and to establish
basis for evaluation of proposals.
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST
A. ��ithin 30 days after award of Contract, submit to Architect five copies of complete list
of major Products which are proposed for installation.
B. Tabulate products by Specification Section number, title, and Article number.
C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product:
1. Name and address of manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalo�ue desi�nation.
4. Manufacturer's Data including reference standards and performance test data.
D. Architect will reply promptly in a=ritin� statin� whether there is a reasonable objection
to listed items. Failure to object to a listed item shall not constitute waiver of
requirements of Contract Documents.
1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS
1 December 1999
01630 - 1
CAI 99088.00
�
1
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
?�
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
A. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product and manufacturer
meetin� standards.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product
and manufacturer named which complies with Specifications.
C. When products are specified by only one manufacturer's model or performance criteria
with reference to other acceptable manufacturers, other manufacturer's products must
meet minimum performance criteria specified or meet quality of model specified.
Products submitted by other acceptable manufacturer's must conform to dimensional
requirements of listed products and systems, or Contractor shall provide modifications
to construction.
D. For products specified by naming one product or indicating option of selecting
equivalent products by statin� "or equal", "or other approved manufacturer", or other
similar language, submit request as required for substitutions for any product of any
manufacturer not specifically named.
E. For products specified by naming only one product followed by statement "no
substitutions", or other similar lan�ua�e, there is no option.
1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Architect will consider written requests only from Contractor for substitution of
products in place of those specified.
B. Within period of 15 days after award of Contract, Architect will consider formal
requests from Contractor for substitution of Products in place of those specified. After
end of that period, requests will be considered only if product is no longer
manufactured.
C. Submit separate request for each substitution:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
requirements stated in Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's Literature: Identify with product description, reference
standards, and performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and date
of each installation.
2. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product specified and list
significant variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. Indicate the effect of proposed
substitution on overall Contract Time.
4. What difference, if any, will be made in Contract Sum for each substitution, should
it be accepted.
5. Changes required in other elements of V�'ork and to construction performed by
Owner or separate Contractors, if any, to accommodate proposeci substitution.
6. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable.
7. When requested, test data from independent testing laboratory to show compliance
with performance characteristics specified.
8. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
�
1 December 1999
01630 - 2
CAI 99088.00
D. Properties including, but not limited to following, w�ill be considered as applicable:
1. Physical dimension requirements to satisfy space limitations.
2. Static and dynamic weight limitations, structural properties.
3. Audible noise levels.
4. Vibration generation.
5. Interchangeabilit} of parts or components.
6. Accessibility for maintenance, possible removal or replacement.
7. Colors, te�tures and compatibility with other materials, products, assemblies and
components.
8. Equipment capacities and performance characteristics.
E. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawin�s or product data submittals without
forrial request from Contractor.
2. They are requested directly by subcontractor or supplier.
3. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or Contract
time.
4. Additional cost to Owner is involved.
F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of
Architect.
G. Burden of proof of inerits of proposed substitute is upon proposer. Architect's decision
of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution will be final.
H. If proposed substitution is not accepted, provide specified product or materials.
Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for any expenses incurred by Owner or
Architect for chan�es to Contract Documents required by accepted Contractor
i-equested substitutions.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution Contractor represents that:
1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or
superior in all respects to that specified.
2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitution as for product specified.
3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, and wiil make
such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects.
4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may
subsequently become apparent.
�. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not costs
under separate contracts.
1.8 ARCHITECT DUTIES
A. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions.
B. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
C. Notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution.
1 December 1999 01630 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
�
D. Review of Architect, acceptance or failure to take exceptions to substitutions or other �
review documents, shall not relieve Contractor of his responsibility for item actually
meetin� performance or other requirements of Contract Documents. �
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
,
1 December 1999
01630 - 4
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01670
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMnRY
A. Section Includes: Instruction and demonstration of operation of each system to
Owner's designated representatives.
1.2 II�TSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to date of final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated
operatin� and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of
products, equiFment and systems.
B. Arrange for services of qualified manufacturer's representatives a�ho is knowledgeable
about the Project to fully instruct Owner's personnel on specialized portions of
installation, including but not limited to refrigeration machines, HVAC equipment,
boilers, automatic controls, water treatment and electrical systems.
C. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute basis of instruction. Review
contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain alt aspects of operations and
maintenance including but not limited to start-up, daily operation, control, adjustment,
trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance and shut-down of each item of equipment.
D. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation; return at first change of season
for changeover from air conditioning to heating, or from heating to air conditioning.
E. Submit complete record of instructions as part of maintenance instructions and data
book given to Owner. For each instructional period, supply following data:
1. Date.
?. System or equipment involved.
3. Names of persons givin� instructions.
4. Other persons present.
F. Amount of time to be devoted to instructional sessions shall be reasonable and
consistent with size and complexity of equipment.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 01670 - 1 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 01700
CONTR.ACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Administrati��e and procedural requirements for project closeout,
includin� but not limited to:
1. Substantial Completion.
2. Inspection procedures.
3. Closeout submittals.
4. Payments and release of liens.
�. Post construction eaaminations.
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When Contractor considers Work is substantially complete, submit to Architect:
1. �Vritten certification that Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially
complete.
2. List of items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete construction and
reasons the Work is not connplete.
B. �'ithin seven calendar days after receipt of such certificate, Architect will make
examination to determine status of completion.
C. Should Architect determine that Work is not substantially complete:
1. Architect will promptly notify Contractor in ��riting, givin� reasons.
2. Contractor shall reinedy deficiencies in Work, and send second written notice of
substantial completion to Architect.
3. Architect will re-examine Work.
D. �X�hen Architect concurs that Work is substantially complete, he will:
1. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704, accompanied by
Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by
Architect.
2. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of
responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate.
E. After Work is substantially complete, Contractor shall:
1. Allow Owner occupancy of Project under provisions stated in Certificate of
Substantial Completion.
2. Obtain and submit Cenificate of Occupancy, operating certificates and similar
releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work.
3. Complete work listed for completion or correction within designated form.
4. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
S. Perform final cleaning in accordance with 01710.
6. Make final chan�e-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. Advise
Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions.
1.3 FINAL INSPECTION
1 December 1999 01700 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
2�
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
3?
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
A. When Contractor considers Work is complete, submit written certification that:
1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. �X�ork has been examined for compliance and completed in accordance with
Contract Documents.
3. Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of Owner's representative and
are operational.
4. �Y�ork is completed and ready for final e�:amination.
B. Architect will make examination to verify status of completion within seven calendar
days after receipt of such certification.
C. Should Architect consider that Work is incomplete or defective:
1. Architect will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or
defective work.
2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy stated deficiencies, and send
second written certification to Architect that Work is complete.
3. Architect a�ill re-examine Work.
D. When Architect finds that Work is acceptable under Contract Documents, he shall
request Contractor to make closeout submittals.
1.4 REINSPECTION FEES
A. Should Architect perform re-e�aminations due to failure of Work to comply with
claims of status of completion made by Contractor:
1. OR�ner will compensate Architect for such additional services.
2. O�i�ner will deduct amount of such compensation from final payment to
Contractor.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities:
1. Certificate of Occupancy.
2. Certificates of Inspection: Mechanical and Electrical systems as required by
respective sections.
B. Project Record Documents: Comply with Section 01720.
C. Operating and Maintenance Data: Comply with Section 01730.
D. Warranties and Bonds: Comply with Section 01740.
E. Spare Parts and Maintenance Material:
1. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in
each specification section in addition to that required for completion of Work.
2. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site, store properly, and obtain receipt
prior to final payment.
F. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations.
1.6 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS AND RELEASE OF LIENS
�
1 December 1999
01700 - 2
�
CAI 99088.00
A. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: AIA G706.
B. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA G706A.
C. Attachment to Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens:
1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G707.
2. Contractor's Release or ��aiver of Liens.
3. Separate releases of waivers of liens from subcontractors, suppliers and others with
lien rights against property of OaTner, together �vith list of those parties.
D. Submittals shall be duly executed before delivery to Owner.
1.7 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. S�ibmit final statement of accounting to Architect.
B. Statement shall reflect adjustments to Contract Sum:
l. Original Contract Sum.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders.
b. Allowances.
c. Unit Prices.
d. Deductions for uncorrected Work.
e. Penalties and Bonuses.
f. Deductions for liquidated damages.
g. D�ductions for re-examination payments.
n. C zher adjustments.
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted.
4. Previous payments.
5. Sum remaining due.
C. Architect will prepare final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to Contract
Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders.
1.8 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Contractor shall submit final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures
and requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract.
1.9 ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT
A. I�To adjustments to Contract requested by Contractor will be allowed if assened after
execution of Final Payment of Contract.
1.10 POST-CONSTRUCTION EXAMINATION
A. Prior to expiration of one year from Date of Substantial Completion, Owner will make
visual examination of Project in company of Contractor to determine whether further
correction of �XTork is required in accordance with provisions of Contract.
B. Oa�ner will promptly notify Contractor, in writin�, of any observed deficiencies.
1 December 1999 01700 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
?2
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
51
52
53
SECTION 01710
F1NAL CLEANII�TG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at
Substantial Completion.
1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleanin� and waste disposal operations in full
compliance with federal and local environmental and anti-pollution regulations,
ordinances and laws.
1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in
storm or sanitary drains.
2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish or other waste material on the premises will
not be permitted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleanin� Agents:
1. Use cleaning materials and a�ents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator
of surface to be cleaned.
2. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property, or
that might dama�e finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General:
1. Complying with manufacturer's instructions clean each surface or unit of Work to
the condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and maintenance
program using experienced workers or professional cleaners.
2. Complete cleaning operations and conduct an examination of all Work areas with
Owner and Architect before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial
Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project.
B. Remove grease, petro-chemical spills, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fin;erprints,
labels, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and eaterior surfaces.
C. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including plenums, shafts,
trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces.
D. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces.
1 December 1999
01710 - 1
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
?7
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
E. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
F. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
G. Clean plumbing fiatures to a sanitary condition, free of stains.
H. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
I.
J
Clean resilient flooring, ceramic tile flooring, and carpeting as recommended by
manufacturers.
Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. Replace broken
or scratched glass.
K. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
L. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems:
1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during
construction.
2. Clean e�posed surfaces of diffusers, registers and grills.
3. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
M. Clean li�ht fixtures, lamps, gloves, reflectors and replace burned out bulbs and defective
starters.
N. Clean food service equipment to a sanitary condition, ready and acceptable for its
intended use.
O. Clean roof areas of debris; flush roof drainage system with water until clear.
P. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01710 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
S
6
7
�
9
10
11
1?
13
1�
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
�.7
26
'•27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
-�7
-� S
49
50
, 51
S?
53
SECTION 017?0
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUIv1MARY
A. Sec� : �n Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Do�ucnents includin� but not limited to the following:
1. Marked-up copies of Contract Documents including field records for variable and
concealed conditions.
2. Marked-up copies of submittals, shop drawings, product data, and samples.
3. Newly prepared drawings.
1.? MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. For duration of Project, maintain at job site following:
1. One copy of Drawin�s, Specifications, Addenda, shop draw in�s, product data,
miscellaneous requested submittal data, change orders and other modifications to
Contract, field orders, field tests or written instructions.
2. One copy of transmittal letters. ,
3. One set of samples.
B. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples.
3. Do not permit record documents to be used for construction purposes.
C. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI 16-division format.
D. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, le�ible condition and in good order. Do not use
record documents for construction purposes.
E. I�1ake documents and samples available at all times for e�amination by Architect.
F. Incomplete or out of order documents and samples will be grounds for not approvin�
application for payment.
G. Provide felt tip marking pens for recordin� information in color code desi�nated by
Architect.
H. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat lar�e princed letters. Keep record
documents current. Record information concurrently a-ith construction progress. Do
not conceal any arork until required information is recorded.
1.3 RECORD DRAWNGS
A. Obtain from Architect and pay for reproduction costs of reproducible sepias and blue
line prints for keeping accurate records.
1 December 1999 01720 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
3
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
B. Legibly mark, in color code designated by Architect actual construction on designated
Record Draa�ing prints on a daily basis.
1. Dimensional change to Drawings.
2. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
3. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.
4. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
5. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced to visible and accessible features of structure.
6. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
7. Actual equipment locations.
$. Duct size and routing.
9. Field changes of dimension and detail.
10. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
11. Details not on original contract drawings.
12. References to related shop drawings and modifications.
13. Note construction change directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers and similar identification.
C. Contractor shall retain competent drafting services, as necessary, for transfer of "mark-
up notations" from information recorded during construction.
D. Permanent Record Drawings shall be created on 3-mil "wash-off" sepia mylar
reproductions made at Contractor's expense from Architect's original drawings which
shall be made available to commercial reprographics service at appropriate time.
1. After completing the preparation of transparency record drawings, print 3 blue-line
prints of each Drawing whether or not changes and additional information were
recorded.
2. Organize record transparencies, prints, and original marked-up set of prints into
sets and place sets in tube-type Drawing containers with project identification on
end caps.
3. Submit the marked-up record set, transparencies and 2 copy sets to the Architect
for distribution to the Owner. The Architect will retain one copy set.
E. Remove title block and seal from all documents as directed by the Architect.
F. Contractor shall submit Record Document draa�ings to Architect for review and
acceptance 30 days prior to final closeout.
G. Make revisions and additions as indicated by Architect.
1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA
A. Legibly mark up in color code designated by Architect each Specification Section to
record the following:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, model name and number, supplier and installer of each
product and item of equipment actually installed.
?. Changes made by change order of field order.
3. Other matters not originally specified.
1.5 RECORD SAMPLES
�
�
1 December 1999
01720 - 2
CAI 99088.00
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
�.4
1�
1 €�
17
1S
19
?�
21
��
?3
7 �}
?j
��
;�
?g
�g
�a
�I
�?
33
3�
35
36
�7
38
39
4�
�1
�?
�3
4�
4�
46
�7
4S
�9
��
�1
_- � �
53
A. Przor to date of Substantial Complecion the Owner, Architect and Contractor shall
meet to determine which Sample submittals shall be transmitted to Owner for record
purposes.
1. Comply with Architects instructions for packaging, identification markin�, and
delivery to Owner.
2. Dispose of other Samples in manner specified for disposal of surplus and a�aste
materials.
1.6 SUBNiITTALS
A. At Contract closeout, sign each final record drawing and cover of record specifications
stating that documents are complete and accurate, deliver Project Record Documents to
Architect for review and transmittal to Owner.
B. Accompany submittal v,lith transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date.
2. Project title and number.
3. Conti-actor's name and address.
4. Title and number of each Record Document.
5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized represenLative.
C. Submit follo�ving quantities of Record Documents:
1. One complete and full sets of Project Record Drawin�s on mylar.
?. T�vo complete and full sets of Project Record Drawin�s on blueline print paper.
1.7 NEWLY PREPARED DRAI�VINGS
A. I\Tewly Prepared Record Drawin�s: Prepare new drawin�s instead of followin�
procedures specified for preparation of Record Drawin�s where new drawin�s are
required by a Chan�e Order issued as a result of acceptance of an alternate, substztution,
o r other modification, and the Architect determines that neither the ori�inal Contract
Dra��ings nor the S}iop Drawings are suitable to show the actual installation.
1. Consult the Architect for proper scale and scope of detailin� and notations required
to record the actual physical installation and its relaLion to other construction.
?. ��hen completed and accepted, inte�rate newly prepared Drawin�s with procedures
specified for organzzin�, copyin�, binding and submittal of Record Drawings.
1.8 BURDEN OF ACCURACY
A. Contractor shall bear all costs of dama�es of any nature incurred by Owner due to
inaccuracies or incompleteness of submitted Record Documents for a period of time
follo�ving Substantial Completion as defined by Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1 December 1999
01720 - 3
CAI 99C8S.00
1
3
4
�
6
7
8
�
3.1 RECORDING
A. Post changes and modifications to the Documents as they occur. Do not wait until the �
end of the project. Architect will periodically review record documents to assure �
compliance.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
017?0 - �
CAI 990SS.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
is
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
�-5
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
�3
SECTION C1730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMA�IARY
A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements the preparation and
submital for operating and maintenance manuals including the following:
1. Operating and maintenance manuals for building systems or equipment.
?. Instruction manual covering the care, preservation and maintenance of architectural
products and finishes.
3. Instruction of Owner's operating personnel in operation and maintenance of
building systems and equipment.
1.? FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare instructional manuals and data bound in commercial quality 3-rin� binders:
1. Organize with index tabs according to sequence of Specification Sections.
2. Identify each volume with type or printed title as instructed by Architect.
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUALS
A. Arrange typewritten table of contents for each volume, in systematic order:
1. List of each product required to be included with name, address, and telephone
number of:
a. Subcontractor or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
2. Identifying each product by product name and other identifying symbols.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are peninent to specific product with product
clearly identified.
2. Delete references to inapplicable information.
3. Annotate each sheet to clearly identify specific product or part installed, and data
applicable to installation.
C. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate relations of
component parts of equipment and systems and control and flow dia�rams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
correct illustration of completed installation.
D. `XTritten Text: As required to supplement product data for particular installation to
provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, organized in a consistent
format ar:d in logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
E. Recommended Spare Parts: Furnish a list of recommended spare parts for each
equipment item that will be needed to support that item of equipment for a 12 month
period. Spare parts list shall contain the following information:
1 December 1999 01730 - 1 CAI 99088.00
'
1
2
3
4
5
6
b
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
2?
23
24
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
S1
52
53
1.4
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Parts Descriptions.
Manufacturer's Part Number.
Shelf Life.
Recommended Quantity.
Unit Price.
Name and address of the part manufacturer.
Name and address of a local supplier for the pan.
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS MANUAL REQUIREMENTS
Submit three copies of completed manuals in final form.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, en�ineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instz-uctions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations. �
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
�. Sei-vicing and lubrication schedule, including list of lubricants required.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, price lists, illustrations, assembly drawings and
diagrams required for maintenance, predicted life of parts subject to wear and items
recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each subcontractor's coordination drawings including as-installed color coded
piping diagrams.
10. Chans of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve.
11. Water treatment procedures and tests.
12. Final balancing reports for mechanical systems.
13. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
14. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Circuit directories of panelboards.
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
�
�
�
�
1 December 1999
01730 - 2
CAI 99088.00
4. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operatin� instructions.
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
D. Include warnings of detrimental maintenance practices.
E. Prepare and include additional data when need for such data becomes apparent during
instruction of Owner's personnel or as require�� under peninent Specification Section.
F. Refer to individual Sections of Project Manual for additional requirements for operating
and maintenance data.
G. Provide complete information for products and equipment specified in:
1. Division 14: Conveying Systems.
2. Division 15: Mechanical Systems.
3. Division 16: Electrical Systems.
1.5 ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS MANUAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit three copies of complete inanual in final form.
B. Refer to individual Sections of Project Manual for submittal requirements.
C. Content: Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products, catalog numbers,
sizes, and composition; and finish desi�nations.
D. Information required for re-ordering.
E. Instructions for care and maintenance.
1. Manufacturer's recommended lubricants.
?. Manufacturer's recommendations for types of cleaning agents and methods.
3. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product.
4. Recommended maintenance and cleaning schedule.
F. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recomrnended quantities to be maintained in storage.
1.6 ARCHITECTURAL FINISH�S MANUAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Contractor is to provide finish information and samples of actual materials installed in
Project. Provide separate line item for each t}�pe of finish installed. Attach small sample
1 December 1999 01730 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�i
1
2
3
4
�
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
?3
24
?5
26
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
of each finish that matches finish installed. Provide information on manufacturer,
catalog number, finish designation, or any other information necessary for Owner to
match finish in the future.
C. Refer to individual Sectzons of Project Manual for submittal requirements.
D. Contractor will provide heavy, cardboard pages printed in required page format,
approved by Architect, to attach samples and information to for assembly into
notebook format.
E. Contractor shall compile information and samples for Manual on Architectural Finishes
throu�hout construction period to simplify assembly at Project close-out.
1.7 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit one copy of completed data in final form 30 days prior to demonstrations of
equipment.
B. Copy will be returned approved or with comments for revisions.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form within 10 days prior
to equipment demonstrations and prior to final inspection or acceptance.
1.8 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspection, instruct the Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and
maintenance of products equipment and systems. Provide instruction at mutually
a�reed upon times.
l. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction during
other seasons.
Z. Use operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment or system as
the basis of instruction. Review contents in detail to explain all aspects of operation
and maintenance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01730 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
2�
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
51
52
1.4 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemble warranties, bonds, service contracts and maintenance contracts, executed by
each of respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors.
B. Number of original signed copies required: Two each.
C. Table of Contents: I�Teatly typed, in orderly sequence and provide complete
information for each item.
1. Product or work item.
2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number.
3. Scope.
4. Date of beginning of each warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract.
6. Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect validity of warranty or bond.
7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
1.5 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare in duplicate packets.
B. Format:
1. Size 8-'/z" x 11", punch sheets for standard 3-ring binder.
2. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders.
3. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND
BONDS".
4. List:
a. Title of Project.
b. Name of Contractor.
C. Binders: Commercial quality, 3-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
1.6 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Submit warranties to Architect prior to date certified for Substantial Completion or on
date specified in Architect Certificate of Substantial Completion:
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the
Owner submit properly executed warranties to Architect within fifteen days of
completion of that designated portion of the Work.
2. For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond Date of
Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after
acceptance, listing date ot acceptance as start of warranty period.
3. All warranties begin from date of Substantial completion.
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, service contracts and maintenance contracts as specified in
each respective Specification Section.
1 December 1999 01740 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1
�
�
��
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
B. Refer to each individual Section of Project Manual for specific warranty and bond
submittal requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
EI�TD OF SECTION
1 December 1999
01740 - 3
CAI 99088.0�
1 SECTION 01750
�
3 EXTRA MATERIALS
4
5 PART 1 - GENERAL
6
7 1.1 SUMMARY
8
9 A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for stockin� of e�tra
0 material.
B. Divisions 2- 16: Specific quantities of extra material required by individual
specifications sections.
1.2 PRODUCTS REQUIRED
A. Provide quantities of extra materials specified in individual specification sections to
Owner, in addition to q:�antities required for completion of Work.
B. Products to be identical to those installed in Work. Include quantities in original
purchase from supplier or manufacturer to avoid variations in manufacture.
1.3 STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE
A. Temporarily store e�tra materials with products to be installed in Work, under
provision of Section 01600, or in other location acceptable to Owner.
B. When adequate, secure storage facilities available at Site, capable of maintaining
conditions required for storage and not required for Contract Work or storage; e�tra
materials may be stored in available space.
C. Maintain e�;tra materials in manufacturer's unopened original containers with labels
intact and legible, until delivery to Owner.
1.4 DELIVERY
A. Coordinate final delivery of e�tra materiais with Owner prior to Substantial
Completion.
B. Deliver, unload, store, and account for specified quantities of ehrtra materials in presence
of Owner's representative.
C. Oa�ner will indicate final placement in buildin� of ea-tra materials.
D. Obtain written acceptance from Owner's representative of receipt of specified quantities
of e4tra materials.
E. For portions of Work accepted and occupied by Oa�ner prior to Substantial
Completion, deliver proportional quantity of spare parts and maintenance materials if
requested by Owner. Record quantities delivered with Owner's representative.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 017�0 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
?4
��
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
4-
48
49
50
51
52
53
SECTION 02070
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
�
B
�.�
[.Yi���u : :
A. Section Includes:
1. Removal of designated buildin� equipment and fiatures.
?. Removal of designated construction, including cutting away, breaking out and
removing portions of e�;isting pavirig.
3. Identification of utilities.
4. Legal offsite disposal of demolition materials.
5. Salva�e of products for reuse or return to Owner.
SUBMITTALS
A. Permits: Submit permits, notices and cenificates authorizing demolition work,
necessary for utility work, and for transportation and disposal of debris.
B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities,
subsurface obstructions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Obtain required perinits from authorities.
2. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with utility
company requirements. Coordinate work with Owner.
3. Do not close or obstruct egress width to exits.
4. Comply with applicable procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated
materials.
D. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Conditions of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual conditions of
iterns or structures to be demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for biddin� purposes will be maintained
by Owner insofar as practicable. However, minor variations within structure may
occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective
demolition work or by Owner's maintenance work.
B. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable
value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work pro�resses. Transport
salvaged items from site as they are removed.
1. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted.
C. Environmental Controls: Use demolition rnethods to limit dust and dirt migration
complying with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
E. SCHEDULING
1 December 1999 02070 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
�3
A. Perform a�ork between hours established with Owner and Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PREPARATION
A. Verify nature and eatent of demolition required. Review phasing requirements, access
and egress of forces, equipment and debris removal.
B. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers at required locations. Erect and
maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise.
C. Protect e�isting structural members to remain. Prevent movement of structure.
Provide required bracing and shoring. Provide temporary shoring wherever present
supports are removed or weakened.
D. Protect existing materials exterior paving, adjacent and existing building, which are not
to be deinolished.
E. Mark location of utilities.
F. Prior to removal of sections of eaisting roofing, provide protection from falling objects
over entrances and apron which are to be kept open.
G. When disposing of debris and removed materials on exterior of building, provide
substantial chutes to convey materials directly to ground.
B. DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with existing or adjacent building areas
and to cause as little inconvenience to Owner and employees of occupying buildings as
possible. Do not interfere with use of adjacent public streets.
B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger. Notify Architect.
Do not resume operations until directed.
C. Maintain protected e�ress and access to Work.
D. Do not burn or bury materials on site. No explosive or blastin� will be allowed for
demolition.
1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with
applicable regulations, laa�s, and ordinances concei•ning removal, handling and
protective against exposure or environmental pollution.
E. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fiartures from soila�e or damage when
demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed.
1 December 1999 02070 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
?5
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
45
46
47
48
49
50
�1
S?
53
C. DEMOLITION
A. Disconnect, and cap and identify designated utilities u�ithin demolition areas.
B. Perform demolition in an orderly and careful manner.
C. Perform cutting and remo��al a�ork to remove minimum necessary. Cut finish surfaces
by methods to terminate surfaces in straight line at natural point of division. Sawcut
surfaces to minimum depth of 2" long lines where material is to be removed.
D. Do not drop materials on floor slab which will cause dama�e to slab or structure.
E. Except for salvaged material, remove demolished materials from site as work progresses.
Dispose of demolished materials off-site at approved legal disposal locations. Under no
circumstance allow debris to accumulate.
D. SALVAGED MATERIALS
E
A. Carefully remove for reinstallation materials and equipment indicated. Identify to
Owner existing damage prior to removal.
B. Thoroughly clean eaisting materials scheduled to be relocated.
C. Store items salvaged for reuse or return to Owner at project site where directed by
Architect. Cover materials and store off ground.
D. Protect salvaged items to ensure reuse in same conditions as at time of salvage.
E. Incorporate salvaged or existing materials in new construction only as indicated or as
directed by Architect.
P. Materials not scheduled to be reused or Owner's property shall become Contractor's
property and shall be removed from premises.
ADJUSTING
A. Remove partitions and temporary work. Repair damaged surfaces to match adjacent
surfaces.
B. Repair demolition performed in eacess of that required. Use materials acceptable to
Architect.
C. Refinish or replace e�istin� construction to be left in place R-hich is damaged by
demolition operations. Repair shall return item to equivalent condition as before
damaQe.
F. CLEANII�TG
A. Leave areas in clean condition.
G. SCHEDULE
1 December 1999
0?070 - 3
CAI 99088.00
�
3
4
5
6
8
9
A. Remove, store and protect followin� materials and equipment for reuse.
1. Tile `Roseland' si�n at entry.
2. Any eaposed brick or �lazed tile affected by renovation. Clean and store for reuse. �
B. Refer to drawings for additional demolition requirements.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
02070 - 4
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 02520
PORTLAl�� CEMENT CONCRETE WALKS AND DRAINS
PART 1 - GE��RAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. L?rawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specifcation Sections, apply to this section.
I.2 SUMMARY
A. Extent of portland cement concrete walks and drains is shown on dra���ings, including walkways and
pavement.
1.3 QUAI,ITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with local governing regulations if more stringent than herein specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Forn1s: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and streneth to resist movement durin� concrete
placement and to retain horizontal a�id vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of
distortion and defects.
1. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required.
B. Coat fornls with a nonstaining fonn release a�ent that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete.
C. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-dra�rm steel wire fabric, ASTM A 185.
1. Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
D. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
E. Expansion Joint Materials: Use preformed expansion joint fillers and sealers.
2.2 CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN, AND TESTING
A. Comply with Standard Specifications of the Texas Department of Transportation - High«�ay Ditizsion
for concrete mix design, sampling and testing, and quality control and as herein specified.
B. Design mix to produce normal-weight concrete consisting of portland cement, a�gregate,
water-reducing or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer), air-entraining admixture,
and water to produce the following properties:
1. Compressive Str�ength: 3000 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated;
i
1 December 1999 0?520 - 1 CAI 99088.00 I
��a
'{�
?
3
4
6
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
?3
24
25
? �,
?�
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
52
?.
3
1
Modulus of Concrete Rupture: 600 psi, minimum at 28 days. �
Slump Limits: 8 inches minimum for concrete containing high- range water-reducing admixture
(superplasticizer); 3 inches for other concrete.
Air Content: 5 to 8 percent. ��
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Remove loose material frorn compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional compaction.
Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
3.2 FORM CONSTRUCTION
A. Set forms to required �nades and lines, braced and secured. Install forms to allow continuous progress
of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
B. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances:
1. Top of forms not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
2. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from
concrete without damage.
D. Slope sidewalks at 1/4 inch per foot in the direction of drainage.
3.3 REINFORCEMENT
A. Locate, place and support reinforcement as shown on the drawings, using standard materials for
supporting reinforcing steel.
3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Do not place concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten subbase
if required to provide a unifornl dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete
around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment.
B. Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms
and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies,
reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation.
Consolidate w�ith care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices.
C. Use bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened
concrete surfaces.
D. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation beri�veen transverse joints as far as possible. If
interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint.
I December 1999
02520 - 2
CAI 99088.00
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Construct expansion, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction joints true to ]ine with
face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline,
unless othervvise indicated.
B. When joining existing structures, place iransverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) �oints, sectioning
concrete into areas as shown on drawings. Construct weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at ]east
1/4 concrete thickness, as follows:
Sawed Joints: Form weakened-plane joints with powered saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-nmmed blades. Cut joints into hardened c����rete as soon as surface will
not be torn, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action.
D. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement
operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion
joints.
1. Construct joints as shown or, if not shown, use standard metal key�vay-section forms.
2. Where load transfer-slip dowel devices are used, install so that one end of each dowel bar is free
to move.
E. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch
basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, and other fixed objects, unless othen�-ise indicated.
Locate expansion joints at 50 feet o.c. for each pavement lane unless otherwise indicated.
F. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below
finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. If no joint sealer, place top of joint filler flush with
finished concrete surface.
G. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full v��idth being placed wherever possible. Where more
than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together.
H. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement «�th a metal cap or other temporary material.
Remove protection after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint.
Fillers and Sealants: Comply with requirements of applicable Division 7 sections for preparation of
joints, materials, installation, and performance.
3.6 CONCRETE FIlVISHING
A. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Use hand
methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and
produce uniform texture.
B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10-ft. straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to
remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish.
1 December 1999 02520 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�
2
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
IS
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3G
37
C. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round �
to 1/2-inch radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface.
D. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete
troweling and finish surface as follows:
1. Broom finish by drawing a fine-hair broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of
traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line.
2. Burlap finish by dragging a seamless strip of damp burlap across concrete, perpendicular to line
of traffic. Repeat operation to provide a�nitty texture.
E. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of
joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major
defects, as directed by Architect/Engineer.
3.7 CURING
A. Protect and cure finished concrete paving with membrane-forming curing and sealing compound or
approved moist-curing methods.
3.8 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS
A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by ArchitectlEngineer.
B. Drill test cores where directed by Architect/Engineer when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks
or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with poRland cement concrete
bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive.
C. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14
days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible
by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
D. Sweep concrete pavement and w�ash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just
before final inspection.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
02520 - 4
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORM«�ORI�
PART1 GENERAL
] .1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. For�m�rork for cast-in place concrete, ���ith shoring, bracin� and anchorage.
B. Openin�,=s for other ���ork.
C. Form accessories.
D. Form stripping.
l.? PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Supply of concrete accessories for placement
by this section. ,
B. Section 051?0 - Structural Steel: Supply of stee] anchorage plates for placement by
this section.
l.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-I'lace Concrete.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Form�-ork.
U. PS l- Construction and Industrial Plywood.
l.� DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Desi� 1, engineer and construct fonnwork, shoring and bracin� to conform to code
requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension.
03100-1
�
1
l .6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
�
A. Perform Work in accordance �i�ith ACI 347, 30l and 318. �
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
] .7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conforn� to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of
form���ork.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate this Section �vith other Sections of lvork which require attachment of
components to formwork.
B. If fonnwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over
reinforcement before proceeding, request instructions from ArchitectlEngineer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
?.1 FOR11� MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Provide form material �vith sufficient thickness to
withstand pressure of newly-placed concrete without bow or deflection. Use ply��ood
complying �a�ith U.S. Product Standards PS-1 "B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete
Foril�," Class 1.
`li B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Fonn concrete surfaces which �vill be
une�posed in finished structure v��ith plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable
ti material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit.
2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Fonn Ties: Snap-off type, �alvanized metal, adjustabie length, cone type, free of
defects that could leave holes larger than 1-1/4 inch in concrete surface.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil ��vhich �vill not stain concrete, or absorb
moisture.
I�� C. Corners: Chamfer, rigid plastic or wood strip type; size as indicated on Contract
1'
Dra���ngs.
I
� D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient
strength and character to maintain fonnwork in place ti��hile placing concrete.
' 03100-2
PART 3 E}iECUTIO�T
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding �vith fortm��ork. Ensure that
dimensions a��-ree ���ith dra���ings.
3.? EARTH FORMS
A. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing
concrete. Dimensional tolerance for earth fonned grade beams are -1/2" and + 1-1,'2". ''
If conditions exist that prevent maintaining dimensional tolerances (i.e., caving soils}
provide auxiliary forming materials as specified in para�:raph 2.1. '
3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Erect fonm�ork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance
��-ith requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of fonm��ork. Shore or stren��then formwork
subject to over stressing by construction loads.
C. Arrange and assemble fonnwork to pennit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage
concrete during stripping.
D. Align joints and make ���atertight. Keep fonn joints to a minimum.
E. Obtain approval before framinb openings in structural members which are not
indicated on Dra��ings.
F. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of beams ���here indicated on Architectural
Dra��ings.
3.4 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release a�ent on forim��ork in accordance ���ith manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, ancharing devices, and embedded items.
C. Do not apply fonn release agent ��-here concrete surfaces ��71i receive special finishes
or applied coverin�s ���hich are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated
forms vvith clean «�ater. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
03100.3
3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings �vhere required for items to be embedded in passing through
concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate ���ith work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets,
recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other Work.
D. Install accessories in accordance ��ith manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and
plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in form��vork where required to facilitate cleaning
and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of fonns to allo��v flushing water to drain.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush ���ith inside face of forms,
and neatly fitted so joints ���ill not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.6 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean fonns as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter ��ithin forms.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with ���ater or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure
that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
3.8 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove fonns or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient stren��th to carry
its own «-eight and imposed loads.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish
concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact ��ith fresh concrete ���ill
not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
END OF SECTION
03100-4
SECTION 03200
CO1�CRETE RELNFORCE117ENT
PART 1 GE�TERAL
l.l SECTION INCLUDES
� A. Reinforcing steel bars and accessories for cast-in-place concrete.
� l .2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03100 - Concrete Forin���ork.
B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
l.3 REFERE,NCES
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual.
D. ANSI/AWS D 1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
E. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Piain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
F. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute - Manual of Practice.
G. CRS[ 63 - Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars.
H. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and
Nomenclature.
1.4 SUBMITTAI,S
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 �00.
B. Shop Dra«ings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcin�
steel, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. y
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: CeRify that products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
03200-1
i
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63, 65 and Manual of Practice, ACI 301, ACI
SP-66 and ACI 318.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.
1.G COORDINATION
A. Coordinate �vith placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work.
PART 2 PRODLICTS
?.l REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade; defonned billet steel bars
unfinished.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Tie Wire: Minimum l6 gage annealed type.
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of
reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on
bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture.
C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed
Concrete Surfaces: Plastic coated steel t}�pe; size and shape as required.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice.
B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on dra���ings, at point of minimum stress.
Revie�� location of splices ��ith Architect;'Engineer
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from
required position.
03200-2
B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.
C. Accommodate placement of formed openin�s.
D. Conform to ACI 318 for concrete cover over reinforcement.
3.? FIELD QUALITY COI�TTROL
A. Field inspection ���ill be performed under provisions of Section 01400.
END OF SECTION
03200-3
��
�
K. ASTM C494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. �
L. ASTM C6l 8- FI}� Ash and Ra��� or Calcined Natural Pozzalan for use as a Mineral �
Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
1.� SUBMITTALS �
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. I
B. Product Data: Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admiatures.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface �
required ���ith adjacent Work.
1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS �
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. �
B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components ���hich are
concealed from view. �
1.7 QUAL[T'Y ASSURANCE �
A. Perroi�il� Work in accordance ����th ACI 301.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. �
C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. �
D. Conform to ACI 305R ���hen concreting during hot ��veather.
E. Conform to ACI 306R ���hen concreting during cold weather �
�� PART 2 PRODIICTS �
N
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
I �
A. Cement: ASTM C I 50, Type I- Normal.
{ B. Fine and Coarse Ag�-re�7ates: ASTM C33. �
f
� C. Vl�ater. Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
C �
�, D. Fl}� Ash: Class C or F.
03300-2
2.? ADMIX"I'URES
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C?60.
B. Chemical: ASTM C494 Type A- ��Jater Reducing or Type D- Water Reducing and
Retarding.
C. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.l°o chloride ions are not I
permitted.
?.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Membrane-Formiilg Curing Compound: ASTM C�09, T}�pe I.
B. Chemical f-Iardener: Colorless aqueous solution containin� a blend of magnesium
fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate comUined «�ith a���etting agent, containing not less
than ? lbs. of fluosilicates per gallon. Product%manufacturer; one of the folloY�-ing:
Surfhard; Euclid Chemical Co.
Lapidolith; Sonneborn - Rexnord
Saniseal; Master Builders
Burk-O-Lith; The Burke Co.
C. Bondin� Compound: Polyvinyl acetate or acrvlic base, re«�ettable nrpe.
Product/manufacturer; one of the follo«�ing:
T-40 Bonding Agent; Dayrton Superior Corp.
VVeldcrete; Larsen Products
EucoWeld; Euclid Chemical Co.
Sonocrete; Sonneborn-Contech
� D. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic a�gre�ate,
cement, ���ater reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum
� cornpressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 da}�s.
E. Vapor Barrier: Provide vapor barrier cover over sub�rade materials. Use only
� materials «�hich are resistant to decay when tested in accordance ���ith ASTM E 154
Vapor barrier shall be 6 mil black polyethylene f71m.
F. Re-surfacing Material: Provide Arde�: K-15 as distributed b_y Arde�, Inc. (phone:
? l 4-867-�616).
G. Expansion Joint Filler: Non asphaltic n-pe, ASTM D 1752, Tvpe l.
?.4 YROPOKTIONING A1�TD DESIGN OF MIXES
i
03300-3
i
�
B. Prepare design mix for concrete, to produce a minimum 28 day compressive streng-th
of 3000 psi. Fly ash shall be limited to 2�°�0 of total cement plus fly ash ��ei<�ht. Use
an independent testin� facility acceptable to the Architect for preparing and reporting
proposed mix desi�ns.
C. Submit ���ritten reports to the Architect of each proposed mi� for each class concrete
at least I S da��s prior to start of «�ork. Do not be�in concrete production until mi�es
have been revie���ed by the Archiiect.
D. Admixtures:
�
Use air-entraining admilture in exterior eaposed concrete. Add air-entraining
admi�ture at the cnanufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point
of placement having air content of 2 to 4 percent.
2. Use ���ater-reducing admixtures in all concrete in strict compliance t��ith the
manufacturer's directions. Use amounts of admiltures as recommended by the
manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing.
E. Slump Limits: Proportion and desirn mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of
placement of not less than 4" and not more than 6".
2.� CONCRETE M[XING:
A. Keady-Mi� Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein
specified.
B. During hot weather, or under conditions contributin� to rapid setting of concrete, a
shorter mi�ing time than specified in ASTM C 94 ma}� be required. When the air
temperature is Uet���een 8� de�nees F. and 90 degrees F., reduce the mixing and
delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 7� minutes, and when the air temperature is above
90 degrees F., reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 EXECLJTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01010.
I3. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into
concrete are accurate]}� placed, positioned securely, and ���ill not cause hardship in
placing concrete.
U3300-4
3.? PREPARATION
A. Prepare pre�'iously placed concrete b}� cleaning ���ith steel brush and applying bonding
a�ent in accordance «�ith manufacturer's instructions.
B. In locations ��here ne��� concrete is do��rell�d to eaisting ���orl:, drill holes in eaistin<T
concrete and set steel do���els ��rith epoxy �nout.
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance «�ith AC1304.
B. Notify ArchitectlEn�ineer minimum ?4 hours prior to commencement of operations.
C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction
joints, and anchorage devices are not disturbed during concrete placement
D. Install vapor barrier under interior s1aUs on vrade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and
seal ���atertight by taping edges and ends.
E. Repair vapor barrier dama�ed during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair ��ith
��apor barrier material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal ���atertight.
fi. Install construction joint de��ices in coordination ���ith floor slab pattern placement
sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by ��et concrete.
G. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air
temperature, and test samples taken.
H. Place concrete continuously between predetermined e�pansion, control, and
construction joints.
I. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not pennit cold joints to occur.
1. Screed floors and slabs on �nade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1;4
inch in 10 ft.
�.4 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Pro��ide formed concrete surfaces to be left expased ��•ith smooth rubbed finish.
B. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance ���ith ACI 3Q 1.
03300-5
�
C. Steel tro��vel surfaces �i�hich ���ill receive ca etin , resilient floorin�, seamless �
rP � �
flooring, thin set quam� tile or thin set ceramic tile. �
D. Steel tro���el surfaces ���hich are scheduled to be exposed.
E. In areas ���ith iloor drains, pitch surfaces unifonnly to drains at ],'8 inch per foot over a
radius of 3 feet from drain.
3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot
or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Maintain concrete ��-ith minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for
period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308.
3.6 FI�.LD QUALITY COI�TTROL
A. Field inspection and testing «�ill be performed in accordance with ACI 30l and under
provisions of Section 01400.
B. Pro� ide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed finn.
; C. Submit proposed �nia design of each class of concrete to Architect for review 15 days
� prior to commencement of Work.
I
D. Tests of cement and ag��regates may be performed to ensure conformance with
specified requirements.
E. Concrete shali be sampled and tested for quality control during the placement of
concrete, as follo���s:
1
�
Slump: ASTM C 143: One test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and
one for each set of compressive strength test specimens.
Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for
each compressive stren�th test. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured
test specimens.
�. Compressive Stren�th Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each �0 cu. yds. or
fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed in an}� day or for each ?,�00 sq. ft.
of surface area placed; 1 specimen tested at 7 days, 2 specimens tested at 28
datirs, and remaining specimen held for future testin��, if required. Report test
03300-6
results in «Titing to the Architect and the Contractor on the same day that tests
are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project
identificati�n name and number, date of concrete placement, name of
Contractor, name of concrete supplier and truck number, name of concrete
testing service, concrete tt�pe and class, location of concrete batch in the
structure, desi�n compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and
materials; compressive breaking strcn�,�th and n�pe of break for both 7-da}- tests
and 28-day tests.
4. Additional Tests: The testing service �i�ill make additional tests of in-place
concrete ���hen test results indicate specified concrete strenQths and other
characteristics have not been attained. Test to determine adequacy of concrete
�i�ill be b}� cored c}-linders complying «�ith ASTM C 42. Contractor shall pay for
such test conducted, and any other additional testing as may be required, ��hen
unacceptable concrete is verified.
3.7 PATCHING
A. Allo«� Architect�'En��ineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of
fortns.
B. Ezcessive hone}�comU or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notif}�
Architect/Engineer upon discovery.
C. Patch imperfectioiis as directed.
�.8 DEFECT'IVE CONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not confonning to required lines, details, dimensions,
tolerances or sp�cified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete «�ill be detennined by the
Architecti'Engineer.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace eaposed concrete except upon express
direction of Architect/Engineer for each individual area.
END OF SECTION
03300-7
�
�
SECTION 04�00
BRIC�i MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION II�TCLUDES
A. `Xjater and Chemical cleaning of exterior surfaces.
B. Replacement of masonry units.
C. Repointing mortar joints.
D. Repair of dama�ed masonry.
1.2 RELATED SECTIOI�TS
A. Section 01710 - Final Cleaning.
B. Section 04?00 - �rick Masonry.
C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
D. Section 09900 - Painting.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ACI �30 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
B. ACI �30.1 - Specifications For Masonry Structures.
C. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended
Practices and Guide Specification for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.
D. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended
Practices and Guide Specification for Hot �leather Masonry Construction.
E. U.S. Dept. of Interior publication, Keet�ir�; It Clean, as bound in Attachment No.
1 of this Project Manual.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340.
B. Product Data: I'rovide data on cleaning compounds and cleanin� solutions.
C. Samples: Submit four samples of face brick units to illustrate color, teature and
eltremes of color ran�e to match existing.
D. A�Ianufactur-er's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter
conditions requiring special attention.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform ��i/ork in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1.
1 December 1999 04500 - 1 CAI 99088.00 �■
I
i
2
3
4
5
6
�
s
9
io
ii
la
13
14
15
16
i�
18
19
ao
zi
aa
23
24
as
26
a�
aa
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
�o
41
42
43
1.6
1.7
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Restorer: Company specializing in masonry restoration a�ith minimum three
years documented e�perience.
MOCKUP
A. Provide mockup of restored masonry under the direction of the Architect.
B. Clean a 10 � 10 ft panel of wall to determine extent of cleaning.
C. Repeat, using same cleaning methods until acceptable.
D. Locate u�here directed.
E. Acceptable panel and method of procedure will become the standard for work of
this section.
PRE-II�TSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section, under provisions
of Section 01200.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section.
C. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures, and coordination with
related work.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, Al\TD HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section
01600.
B. Deliver masonry neatly stacked and tied on pallets. Store clear of �round with
adequate waterproof covering.
C. Store restoration cleaner materials in manufacturer's packagin�.
1.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from dama�e or
disfiguration.
B. Immediately remove stains, efflorescence, or other excess resulting from the work
of this section.
l.l l ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Cold �/eather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Guide
Specification for Cold �'eather Masonry Construction.
B. Maintain materials and surroundin� air temperature to ma�imum 90 degrees F(32
degrees C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
C. Hot Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Guide
1 December 1999
04500 - ?
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?p
21
��
23
24
��
26
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
�3
SECTION 04510
MASONRY CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Protection to adjacent surfaces, cleanin� of existing masonry surfaces
a�ith chemical treatment, and removal of ��ashed off residue.
1.2 REFERENCE
A. AI\TSI A41.1 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit cleaning procedures and protection methods to Architect prior
to commencing cleanin�.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Five years documented successful experience in masonry
cleaning with minimun� of five similar size jobs usin� similar methods.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with regulations governing scaffolding,
chetnical cleaning, and protection of adjacent properties,
1.5 MOCK-UP
A. Clean 10'-0" x 10'-0" panel of wall, in presence of Architect, to obtain desired level of
cleanliness.
B. Acceptable test panel may be used in work.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. When temperature drops below 40 degrees F, comply with cold weather procedures
specified in ANSI A41.1.
B. VVhen wind is over 10 mph, do not use steam or pressurized waterblast or other process
creating air-borne mist, dust, or dirt.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Substitutions: Comply v✓ith Section 01630.
I
��
1 December 1999
�
04510 - 1
CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
?2
23
?4
2�
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
3�
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
�7
48
49
2? MATERIALS
A. Restoration Cleaner:
1. Liquid blend of inhibited acidic ingredients and wetting agents formulated as
carbon solubilizer formulated for cleaning existin� masonry; type that will not etch
or dama�e masonry.
?. Acceptable Product: Sure Klean Restoration Cleaner by ProSoCo, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Carefully remove and store fixtures, fittings, finishing hardware, and existing accessories
as necessary prior to commencing cleaning operations.
B. Close off and mask adjacent areas, materials and surfaces susceptible to damage.
C. Protect windows, doorways, trim and other surfaces from damage.
D. Build-up sands dams or in some other acceptable manner divert flowing a�ater from
cleaning processes to e�terior drains.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Apply chemical cleaning products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Remove cleanin� residue with cold water rinse in accordance with cleaning product
rnanufacturer's instructions. Rinse cleaned masonry surfaces with water pressure of 400
to 600 psi.
C. Seal masonry surface with water repellent as specified in Section 07180.
3.3 CLEANING
A. As work proceeds, remove excess smears, splatters, droppings, stains, efflorescence,
unsightly condition, or surface damage.
B. Clean adjacent and adjoining surfaces of marks arising out of Work of this Section.
C. Sa�eep sand, dirt, debris and rubbish. Remove from site daily.
3.4 SCHEDULING
A. Perform cleaning operations bet��een hours of 8:00 AM and 4:30 PM daily.
END OF SECTION
�
�
�
�
�
1 Dececnber 1999
04.�10-2
CAI 99088.00
Specifications for Hot `t/eather Masonry Construction.
1.12 SEQUENCING
A. Sequence R-ork under the provisions of Section 01010.
B. Perform repointing and sealant work before cleaning masonry surfaces.
C. Clean building from top to bottom, a�ith the bottom kept wet during cleaning of
areas above to avoid streakin�.
1.13 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule work under the provisions of Section 01310.
B. Perform cleanin� and washing of exterior masonry to coordinate with Owner's
project schedulin�.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 A�IANUFACTURERS
A. The Hotsy Corporation, Deter�ent Division. Product: Blue Thunder,
MSDS No. 54050A.
B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630.
2.2 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Cleaning A�ent: Detergent Sodium Tripoly Phosphate, CAS No. 77�8-29-4;
Sodium Metasilicate, CAS no. 6834-92-0; Water, CAS No. 7732-18-5. Mixture of
one part per 300.
?.3 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, non-staining.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Mortar Aggregate, ASTM C144. Grading shall match e�isting.
D. Water: Clean and potable.
2.-� MASONRY MATERIALS
A. Bt•ick: Salvage brick from areas ��here openin�s are scheduled for re-use elsewhere.
PART 3 EXECUTION �'
1 December 1999 04�00 - 3 CAI 99C88.00
�
i
a
3
4
s
6
�
s
9
10
ii
ia
13
14
15
16
i�
is
19
ao
zi
aa
23
24
25
26
27
ae
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.�
EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces to be cleaned and restored are read<< for a�ork of this section.
PREPARATION
A. Carefully remove and store fihtures, fittings, finishing harda�are, and accessories.
B. Close off, mask, and board up areas, materials and surfaces not receivin� work of
this section to protect from damage.
REBUILDING
A. Cut out damaged and deteriorated masonry with care in a manner to prevent
damage to any adjacent remaining materials.
B. Support structure as necessary in advance of cutting out units.
C. Cut away loose or unsound adjoining masonry, mortar, and stone to provide firm
and solid bearing for new work.
D. Build in new masonry units following procedures for new work specified in
Section 04210.
E. Mortar Mia: Colored and proportioned to match existing work as approved by
Architect.
F. �nsure that anchors, ties, reinforcing, stone cramps and dowels, and flashings are
correctly located and built in.
G Install built in masonry and stone work to match and align with existing, v,Tith
joints and coursing true and level, faces plumb and in line. Build in all openin�s,
accessories and fittings.
REPOINTING
A. Cut out loose or disintegrated mortar in joints to minimum'/z inch depth or until
sound mortar is reached.
B. Do not use power tools.
C. Do not damage masonry units.
D. When cutting is complete, remove dust and loose material by brushing.
E. Premoisten joint and apply mortar as specified in this section. Pack tightly in
mahimum 1/4 inch layers. Form a smooth, compact joint to match eaisting.
F. Moist cure for 7? hours.
CLEANING EXISTII�TG MASONRY
A. Cleaning Detergent: Spray clean masonry surfaces at locations with approved
deter�ent solution in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Saturate
1 December 1999 04500 - 4 CAI 99088.00
�
�
�
masonry a�ith clean water and flush loose mortar and dirt. Water pressure for
inasonry cleaning to not exceed 400psi.
3.5 CLEANING NE�X� MASOl\TRY
A. �'erify mortar is fully set and cured.
B. Clean surfaces and remove large particles with wood scrapers, brass or n}�lon wire
brushes.
C. Scrub walls with approved detergent solution using stiff brush. Thorou�hly rinse
and a-ash off cleanin� solution, dirt and mortar crumbs usin� clean, pressurized
water.
3.6 RESTORATION CLEANIl�TG
3.7
A. Clean surfaces and remove large particles with v✓ood scrapers or non-ferrous a�ire
brush.
B. Hand spray masonry with restoration cleaner, mixed into solution in accordance
R�ith manufacturer's instr-uctions.
C. Provide a second application if required by preliminary test of sample area.
D. Allow sufficient time for solution to remain on masonry and agitate with soft fiber
brush or sponge.
E. Rinse from the bottom up with potable a•ater applied at 400psi and at a rate of 6
gal/min.
CLEANING
A As work proceeds and on completion, remove e�cess mortar, smears, droppin�s.
B. Clean surroundin� surfaces.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 04�00 -� CAI 99088.00
SECTION 06100
ROLiGH CARPE'�7R�'
PART 1 GE\'ERAL
1. ] SECTION INCLUDES
A. Structural floor, ���all, and roof framin�.
B. Floor and roof decking.
C. Preservative treatment of wood.
D. Fire retardant treatment of ���ood.
E. Miscellaneous framin� and sheathing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Soft�t�ood Lumber Standards.
B. APA: American Plywood Association.
C AVl%PA (American Wood Presen�ers Association) Cl - All Timber Products
Presen�ative Treatment by Pressure Process.
D. AVVPA (American Wood Presen�ers Association) C20 - Structural Lumber Fire
Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process.
E. NFPA: National Forest Products Association.
F. VITWPA: Western Wood Products Association_
�
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or e�:ceed specified
requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSUR4NCE
A. Perform Work in accordance «�ith the following a�encies:
06100-1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.l FRAMING
A. Set structural memb�rs levei and plumb, in correct position.
B. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracin`� :, � maintain
structure safe, plumb, and in true ali��nment until completion of erection �;.�i�i
installation of pennanent bracing.
C. Place horizontal members flat, cro���n side up.
D. Construct framing members full length ���ithout splices.
3.? FLOOR DECKING
A. Secure floor decl:ing perpendicular to floor framing with end joints staggered and
sheet ends over finn bearing. Attach �vith glue and nails.
3.3 ROOF DECKING AND SHEARWALL SHEATHING
A. Refer to General Notes on Structural Drawin�s for placement and attachment.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Framing Members: 1;4 inch from true position, maximum.
B. Surface Flatness of Floor: lr4 inch in 10 feet maaimum, and ]/? inch mahimum in 30
feet.
END OF SECTIO�V'
06100-3
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2Q
?1
��
?3
24
?5
26
�7
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
4?
4S
49
50
S1
S?
53
SECTION 06415
SOLID SliRFACING PLASTIC FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
l.l SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
l. Shop or mill fabricated solid surfaced polymer countertops.
2. Hardware and attachment accessories.
1? REFERENCES
A. AWI (Architectural VJood Work Institute) - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards.
B. ANSI.A 208.L - Mat Fonned Wood Particleboard.
C. BHMA A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware.
D. NEMA (I�'ational Electric Manufacturers Association) LD3 - Hi�h Pressure Decorative
Laminates.
E. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Exposed Surfaces:
1. Surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed.
2. Bottoms of cases more than 4'-0" above finish floor.
3. Back and edges of hinged doors exposed when opened.
B. Semi-Exposed Surfaces:
1. Surfaces that become visible when drawers and doors are open.
2. Tops of cases 6'-0" or more above finish floor.
C. Concealed Surfaces: Surfaces not visible after installation.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Desi�n Requirements:
1. Design requirements shown by the drawings are intended to show design intent,
establish basic dimensions of units, profiles, and sight lines of inembers.
2. Within these limitations this Contractor is responsible for the design of the entire
cabinet system, including its' attachment to the structure and shall make whatever
modifications of and additions to the details as may be required to fulfill the
performance requirements.
B. Performance Requirements: Provide mill���ork in accordance with Architectural
Woodwork Institute (AWI) Quality Standards, Premium Custom Grade.
1. Casework and Countenops: AWI Section 400 A, B, and C.
?. Miscellaneous Work: AWI Section 700.
1 December 1999 06415 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�l
1
2
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
?3
24
�5
?6
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
3?
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
1.5 SUBAIITTALS
A. Shop Drawin�s:
1. Draw profiles, sections, and views of items specifically manufactured for this a�ork,
at scale lar�e enough to permit checkin� for desi�n conformity.
?. Show sizes, quantities, markin�s, materials, wood species, finishes and accessories.
3. Include assembly and installation draa�ings to show methods of fastenin�, bracin�,
jointin� and connecting to work of other trades.
B. Samples:
1. Shop prepare one typical cabinet front required for job, complete with hardware
and applied finishes.
2. Sample units will be eaamined to ascertain degree of quality and conformity to
AWI standards specified in this Section.
3. Samples may be used as part of work when conforming to requirements indicated
and with permission of Architect.
4. Solid sample finished on one side and one edge.
�. 1?" x 12" plastic laminate of each type specified.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver millwork items until wet trades, including concrete plaster, tile and painting
are completed in same area.
B. If cabinets must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas which meet
the specified environmental conditions.
C
1.7
Protect cabinets during delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soila�e, and
deterioration.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install cabinets until HVAC system has been balanced
to anticipated temperature and humidity expected in the finished areas «�here these
materials will be finally located. HVAC system shall remain in continuous operation until
final acceptance by Owner.
B. Field Measurements:
1. Verify dimensions with accurate field measurement before fabrication wherever
a�ork adjoins other work that precedes it in construction.
?. Allow for trimming and fitting of cabinet work and trim as may be required.
3. Do not erect or install cabinet work in areas which still require work by other
trades which might cause dama�e or disfigure work.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work with other trades affected by installation.
1.9 V��ARRANTY
�
J
�
��
1 December 1999
06415 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
�
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2C
21
??
23
24
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
�-4
45
46
47
4�
�9
50
51
52
�3
A. Furnish warranty with provisions for making good or replacing, at no cost to O«�ner,
cabinetwork and other millwork items r�-hich exhibit defects in inaterial and worlcmanship
«�ithin a period of two years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MA?�UFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Plastic Laminate Manufacturers:
1. Formica Corporation.
2. I\Tevamar Corporation.
3. �t'ilson Art International
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
?.2 MATERIALS
A. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1 composed of wood chips, hi�h density, high watetproof resin
binder, and selected in accordance with AWI standards, sanded faces.
B. Soft��ood Lumber: PS 20 of any sound species.
C. Solid Surface Acrylic Resin
l. ASTM G-21 and G-22,'/z" thick.
2. Color and Patterns:
a. Wilson Art International `Gibralter' Solid Surfacing. Color as selected by
Architect with Gibraltar Edge �GB-11 and Backsplash.
D. Backer Sheets: 0.028" thick high pressure paper base laininate without decorative finish.
E. Adhesive: FS-MMM-A-130 contact adhesive. Type as recommended by AWI to suit
application.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate cabinetwork to comply with AWI Premium Custom Grade standards.
B. Moisture Content: Kiln-dry interior millwork to averaye not more than 7 to 10 percent.
C. Before proceeding ��ith millwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain
measurements and verify dimensions of shop drawing details for accurate fit.
D. Machine and sand millwork to comply v��ith requirements of AWI for specified ��-ade.
E. Assemble in mill in as large units as practicable to minimize field cuttin� and fitting.
F. Shop assemble cabinet«�ork items for delivery to site in sizes easily handled to ensure
passa�e ftu-ough building opening.
G. Mill apply face ed�e and backin� laminates �vith heat activated using presses. Contact
adhesive shal] not be pennitted.
1 December 1999 06415 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�
,
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
25
26
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
a�s
49
70
S1
5?
�3
H. ��v'hen necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting.
Provide trim for scribing and site cutting.
I. Apply plastic laminate in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes.
Face laminates to overlap ed�e laminates, edge laminates to overlap backing sheets.
J. Fonn corners and joints hairline ti�ht. Slightly bevel arises. Cap exposed edges with
plastic laminate. �
K. Use exposed fastening devices or nails only when unavoidable; arrange neatly.
L. Mechanically fasten splash backs and aprons to counter tops with concealed steel brackets
at 16" on center maximum.
M. Provide cutouts for inserts, appliances, outlet boxes and other fiatures and fittings. Verify
locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions.
N. Provide 1/2" minimum thick drawer bottom sheet for drawers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install work in accordance with AWI Premium Custom Grade standards.
B. Set and secure cabinet���ork items in place rigid, plumb and square. Shim as required with
conccaled shims.
C. Use fixture attachments designed for wall mounted components.
D. Anchor cabinet and counter bases to floor using angles and anchorages.
E. Counter-sink semi-concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount components and
conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding finish.
F. Place flush with surrounding surfaces.
G. Carefully scribe cabinetwork which is against other building materials leaving gaps of
1/32" maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose.
H. Install cabinet hard�-are.
3.? ADJUSTING
A. Adjust moving and operating parts to function smoothly and correctly.
3.3 SCHEDULE
A. Backer Sheets: Unexposed surfaces not finish v��ith hi�h pressure plastic laminate.
3.4 CLEANING
1 December 1999
06415 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1 A. Clean case�a�ork, counters, shelves, hardware, fittin�s and fixtures.
� �
3
4 END OF SECTIO1
5
6
1 December 1999 0641 �- � CAI 99088.00
sECTlo�r c�lso
�'ATER REPELLENTS
PART 1 - GE�.TERAL
1.1 SUAZMr.RY
A. Section Includes: Clear R�ater repellent coating on brick and exterior cement plaster.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM C 67 - Samplin� and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile.
2. AST'v1 C 140 - Samplin� and Testin� Concrete Masonry Units.
3. ASTM D 1653 - Moisture Vapor Permeability of Organic Coating Films.
4. ASTM D 1734 -
5. ASTM E 96 - �Y�ater Vapor Transmission c','Iaterials.
6. ASTM E 514 - Water Penetration and Leaka�e Through Masonry.
7. ASTM G�3 - Li�ht and Water Eaposure Apparatus for E�posure of Nonmetallic
Materials.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements - Laboratory Tests: Improvernent of 90% over untreated
materials «�hen tested in accordance with the following tests, modified as noted:
1. ASTM C 67, 2� hour water absorption, run test on similar or identical specimen as
the project.
2. ASTM C 140, 2� hour a�ater absorption, run test on similar or identical specimen
as the project.
3. ASTM D 1653, compare % breathable to untreated specimen, usin� �lass cloth or
siliceous filter as substrate.
4. ASTM E 96, compare % breathable to untreated specimen, use ASTM D 1734
panels as substrate.
�. ASTM E � 14, measure of reduction in leakage in 4 hours, untreated a�all should
leak a ininimum of 2 liters/hour-concrete masonry 5 liters/hour.
6. ASTM G 53, 2500 hour-s weathering, use both brick and mortar specimens.
B. Performance Requirements - Field Test: Improvement of 80% of the treated area over
the untreated area for ?0 minutes of absorption time usin� a RILEM uptake or a field
ASTA�I E 514 test.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical sheets, descriptive literature,
specifications, and application instructions include data stating materials are
recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Samples: Submit 1?" x 12" sample of each t}>pe sealer on actual substrate that R-ill be
used on Project at rate of application R�ith repellent applied to one-half of each sample.
1 Deceinber 1998 G7180 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
?6
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
C. Quality Control Submittals: Submit manufacturer's certificate of conformance with
specification requirements and that proper amount of material a�as shipped to Project
site.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Minimum t��o years experience; approved by manufacturer
B. Mock-Ups:
1. Appl}' liquid a�ater repellent to approximately 100 sq.ft. substrate material which
matches actual job conditions.
2. Verif�� that substrate is coated with sufficient repellent to effectively repel moisture
from surface.
3. Verify that application of water repellent materials to substrate material a=ill
produce no surface stains.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original sealed containers marked with manufacturer's name, brand
narne, and type of material.
B. Mark percentage of resin on label of each container.
C. Store materials in area where temperatures are not less than S0 de�rees F or over 85
de�rees F.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Proceed with sealing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions
v��ill permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special VUarranty: Provide written warranty signed by Contractor, manufacturer and
applicator agreeing defective materials and workmanship, including, but not limited to,
discoloration, moisture penetration for a period of five years.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
?.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Anti Hydro Company, Inc.
?. Hydrozo, Inc.
3. Pecora Corporation.
4. ProSoCo, Inc.
5. QSC Products, Ltd., Quaker Sealants and Coatings Company.
6. HULS America
B. Substitutions: Comply a-ith Section 01630.
1 December 1998
07180 - ?
CAI 99088.00
?.2 MATERIALS
A. Water Repellent CoatinQ: - Type 1:
1. Clear, penetratin� oligomeric alkyl-alko�y siloxane water repellent compound.
?. Active Substance Content: 6.7 percent.
3. Acceptable 1'roduct:
a. Klere-Seal 908-SX by Pecora Corporation.
b. �X�eather Seal Siloaane by ProSoCo, Inc.
c. QSC 508-6 by QSC Products, Ltd.
B. Cleaner: As recommended by water repellent manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Protection:
1. Protect adjoining aTork including sealant bond surfaces, from spilla�e or blow-over
of a�ater repellent.
?. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass a�here there is the
possibility of the �-ater repellent being deposited on surfaces.
3. Cover live plans and grass.
B. Surface Preparation:
1. Verify that grouted joints found to be unsound, hollow, or otherwise defective
R�ork have been raked out and regrouted.
2. Do not apply �-ater repellent sealer until sealant have been installed and fully cured.
Water repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and
compatibility have been tested and ��erified using substrate water repellent and
sealant inaterial identical to those used in the work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces to remove dust, dirt, oil, waa, efflorescence and other foreign materials
in accordance with v��ater repellent manufacturer's instructions.
B. Allow three days drying time folloa�ing washing do��n of substrate surfaces.
C. Prepare surfaces as recommended by water repellent manufacturer.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Test Application:
1. Prior to application of repellent run RILEM uptake test at locations selected by
Architect on surface material and mortar joints for 20 minutes absorption time and
record results.
2. Prior to performin� water repellent a�ork, including bulk purchase or delit�ery of
products, prepare a small application in an unobtrusive location and in a manner
acceptable to the Architect to demonstrate the final effect (visual, ph3�sical, and
chemical) of planned installation. Proceed with a�ork only after Architect accepts
test application or as otherwise directed.
1 December 1998 07180 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
l�
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
�4
25
?6
27
�s
29
30
31
32
33
B. Apply repellent in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations at application rate
used to meet specified laboratory tests results.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. After repellent has cured for seven days run RILEM uptake tests at locations selected by
Architect.
1. Test surface material and mortar joints.
?. Acceptable results are an improvement of 8Q% of the treated area over the untreated
area for 20 minutes of absorption time.
B. Re-coat surface areas not meeting a-ater absorption improvement rate specified.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean spillage and oeerspray from adjacent surfaces as recommended by a�ater repellent
manufacturer.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect plants and ve�etation which mi�ht be affected by water repellent fumes or
alkalinity of materials.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces of aluminum and �lass.
3J SCHEDULE
A. Brick: Type 2.
B. Exterior Plaster: Type 5
END OF SECTION
�
1 December 1998 07180 - 4 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
?�
?6
27
?s
?9
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
3�
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
SECTIOI�T C7270
THROUGH-PENETRATION PROTECTION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUM?��ARY
A. Section Includes: Provide firestopping to seal gaps and penetrations at fire-rated or
sinoke barrier walls, floors, and ceilings to match fire/smoke rating indicated in
Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testin� and Materials:
1. ASTM E 84 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. ASTM E 119 - Fire Test of Building Construction and Materials.
3. ASTM E 814 - Methods for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops.
B. Underovriters Laboratories:
1. UL Building Materials Directory: Through-Penetration Firestops Systems (?�NEZ)
and Fill, Void or Cavity Materials (YHHW).
2. liL 7?3 - Standard Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
I�laterials.
3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
2. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.
3. NFPA 255 - Method of Testing of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Material.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Through-penetration Protection System: Specific building materials or assernblies of
material thut form a system desi�ned to prevent the spread of fire through openings or
gaps made in fire-resistance-rated floors and walls to accommodate the passa�e of
combustible and noncombustible items such as ducts, pipes, tubes, conduit, vents, wires,
and electrical cables.
B. F Rating: Period of time for which the through-penetration protection system prevents
the passage of flames and hot gases to the une�posed side of an assembly and passes the
hose stream test in accordance with ASTM E 814.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Regulatory A�ency Requirements:
l. Products, execution, and thickness shall conform to approved Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. desi�n as published in the U.L. Classified Fire Resistance
I�irecto ry.
1 December 1999 07?70 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
?3
Z4
��
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
71
�2
2. Firestopping system designs shall be as tested and cenified to attain specified fire
resistance ratings equal to that of construction being penetrated in accordance with
ASTM E-814 and UL 1479.
B. Statement of Application: Contractor assumes overall responsibility to assure that all
assemblies, components and parts shown or required within work of this Section shall
compl}T with the Contract Documents.
1. All components, specified or required to satisfactory complete installation are
compatible with each other and with conditions of installation.
?. Overall effective integration and correctness of individual parts and a�hole of
s}- stem.
3. Compatibility with adjoining substrates, materials, and work by other trades.
4. There shall be no material failure due to improper design and fabrication of work
in this Section. All materials are to fully perform to the normal life e�pectancy of
the building.
1.� SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawin�s:
l. Submit shop drawin�s showing each condition requiring penetration seals in
dictating proposed UL systems materials, anchorage, methods of installation, and
actual adjacent construction.
2. Submit copies of each U.L. design selected for each required fire/smoke resistance
rating, including a certificate that each U.L. design selected will provide scheduled
fire resistance rating in accordance with governin� codes.
B. Product Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, recommendations,
installation instructions, laboratory test reports, and maintenance data for each type of
material required; include letter indicating that each material complies with
requirements and is recommended for applications shown.
C. Certificate: Submit manufacturer's letter of certification, or certified laboratory test
report that the materials meet the requirements specified in ASTM E 814 and are so
classified in the UL Fire Resistance Directory or listed in the Wat-nock Hersey
International Listings Directory.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer's Products: Obtain primary fire/smoke stopping materials from only
one manufacturer for entire project, to �reatest extent possible. Provide accessories
and secondary materials not available from primary material manufacturer from
sources which are recommended by manufacturer of primary fire/smoke stoppin�
materials.
?. Applicator Qualifications: Subcontract fire/smoke stopping work to a SINGLE
FIRM specializing in this type of a�ork, with a minimum of 3 years experience
comparable to work shown and specified, and a�ho is approved by manufacturer of
firei:�moke materials selected for this Section.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Fire resistant firestop materials shall be fire tested and rated in accordance with
ASTM E 119 and E 814, includin� hose stream test. Fire tests shall be conducted at
1 December 1999 07270 - 2 CAI 99088.00
a minimum 0.01 inches HzO Positi��e Pressure. Materials shall ha�-e a F Ratin�
equal to the surrounding assembly or as specified by City� and State code agency.
2. Materials shall meet the requirements of NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code and NFPA
70 - National Electric Code.
C. Pre-Installation Conference: Meet �rith Manufacturer's representative, Fire/Smoke
Stopping Subcontractor and related trade subcontractor at site to revieR� fire/smoke
stoppin�, procedures and coordination nTith other trades. Notify Architect as to date,
time and place of ineeting.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HAI\?DLING
A. Jeliver firestopping tnaterials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name, brand, type, grade, label identifying contents
and U.L. label where applicable.
B. Store materials in a dry, well vented space, under cover and off the ground in
accordance with manufactures RTritten instructions.
C. Conspicuously mark "Rejected" on materials which have been damaged and remove
from site.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Furnish adequate ventilation to dissipate carrier solvent before, during and after its
application. Furnish forced air ventilation durin� installation if required by
manufacturer.
B. When prevailin� outdoor temperature is 40� and falling maintain an interior substrate
temperature of 40� for 24 hours before, during and for 3 days after application.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.1 MAI\TUFACTURER
A. Acceptable Sealant A�anufact�irers:
l. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc., Tulsa, OK.
2. 3M Fire Protection Products, St. Paul, MN.
3. Nelsen Electric.
4. The RectorSeal Corporation, Houston, TX.
5. Specified Technologies Inc., Sommerville, N.J.
6. Tremco, BeechaJood, Ohio.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.? MATERIALS
A. General: Materials shall conform to approved Undera�riters Laboratories, Inc. designs as
published in U.L. Buildin� Fire Resistance Directory, Volume II and equal to fire rating
of consti-uction bein� penetrated.
1 December 1999 07270 - 3 CAI 99088.00
� -- � �- � �
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
?p
??
23
24
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
�?
�3
B. Fire Penetration Sealants: Firestopping materials that ehpand to fill cavities or provide
adhesion to substrates, and that will maintain seal under normal expected movements or
substrates; currently classified by UL to provide fire stoppin� equal to time rating of
construction being penetrated; asbestos free; will not shrink or deteriorate in R�ater;
tested under positive pressure in accordance a-ith UL 1479 or ASTM E 814.
C. Fire Safin� Insulation:
l. ASTM C 665, Type I, semi-rigid mineral fiber felt, 4" thick.
?. Fire Hazard Classification, ASTM E 84:
a. Flame Spread: ?5 or less.
b. Fuel Contributed: 4�0 or less.
c. Smoke Developed: 0.
3. Acceptable Product: Thermafiber Safing by United States Gypsum:.
D. Primer: As recommended by sealant manufacturer.
E. Masking Tape: Pressure-sensitive adhesive tape as recommended by sealant
manufacturer.
F. Dams: Alumina silicate fire board, mineral fiberboard, mineral fiber insulation, duct
tape, g}�psum wallboard, fire resistant plywood or particle board, or plastic foam or
backer rod as required by UL listing.
G. Retainers: Clips to support mineral fiber insulation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Contractor shall inspect and verify that conditions and surfaces of construction to
receive firestopping materials have no defects or errors which u�ould result in defective
application.
B. Notify Architect in R�riting of any unsatisfactory condition and do not proceed with
work until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.? PREPARATION
A. Remove combustible materials and loose impediments from penetration openings and
adjacent surfaces. Clean surfaces to be in contact with penetration seal materials, of
dirt, grease, oil, loose materials, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fittin�,
adhesion, or required fire resistance.
B. Where required, support sealant with damming material. Provide damming of
penetration openin� in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Use masking tape to cover finished substrate adjacent to sealant.
D. Test sealant adhesion to each substrate material. Apply primer to any surface shov��ing
poor adhesion.
1 December 1999 07?70 - 4 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
S
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
��
21
??
?3
?4
25
?6
?7
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
3.3 INSTALL aTION
A. Install penetration seal materials in accordance aTith UL Fire Resistance Directory and
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Seal holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an effective smoke barrier.
C. Where floor openings without penetratin� items are more than 4" in width and subject
to traffic or loading, install fire stopping materials capable of supponing saine loading as
floor.
D. Friction fit fire safin� filling voids of curtain wall system between floors and roof.
Hold in place a-ith retainer clips. Seal with fire penetration sealant.
3.4 FIELD QUALITI" CONTROL
A. E�amine penetration sealed areas to ensure proper installation before concealing or
enclosing areas.
B. Repair fire stopping caused by cutting or penetration by other trades.
C. Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities.
3.� ADJUSTING
A. Clean excess cured sealant and foam from surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Trim excess foam with sharp knife or blade.
B. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subject to traffic.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protection of Other �/ork: Arran�e procedures and devices to protect other work
from disfi�urement and physical darna�e. Correct all damages resulting from work of
this Section at no cost to O��ner.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
07270 - 5
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section - Sheet Metal Work.
B. Section - Caulking and Sealants.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
1. ASTM D 41 "Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Damp-proofing and Waterproofing".
2. ASTM D 312 "Asphalt used in Roofing".
3. ASTM D 4601 "Asphali Impregnated Glass (felt) Mat Used as a Base Sheet in
Roofing and Waterproofing".
4. ASTM C 728 "Standard Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.
B. Federal Specification (FS).
1. FS-HH-I-529B "Insulation Block, Thermal (Mineral Aggregate)".
1.03 CONFORMANCE STANDARDS
A. Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
1. Fire Classification Rating: "Class A".
B. Factory Mutual (FM).
1. Wind Uplift Rating: "Class I-90".
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide written proof of Manufacturer's approved applicators status for required warranty.
Contractor shall submit certification with bid.
B. Upon completion, provide an inspection by Manufacturer to assure installation is in
accordance with requirements for the warranties. Manufacturer's representative shall
provide a written inspection report certifying that the roof system has been installed in
accordance with manufacturer's accepted procedures and is warrantable for the specified
warranty period.
1.05 WARRANTY AND CERTIFICATION
A. General: All warranties are caiculated from the date of final acceptance by the
City. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the work until dafe of final acceptance.
B. Provide Manufacturer's No Dollar Limit (NDL), Total System Repair or Replace, non-
prorated twenty (20) year warranty covering materials and workmanship.
C. Provide Roofer's two (2) year unconditional total system warranty for all components
including flashing and sheet metal.
07525 - 1 �;��`�
D. Certification of Owner's Maintenance Forces: Manufacturer shall provide, at their
expense, adequate training on the repair and modification of modified bitumen, torch
down roofing at a location within the DFW metroplex in order to certify the Building
Maintenance Division of the Transportation and Public Works Department for warranty
repairs and modifications of the manufacturer's roof systems. The City of Fort Worth will
pay for travel and per diem costs incidental to the training. If training is required outside
of the Metroplex for the purpose of certification, the Contractor shail pay travel and per
diem necessary for the certification.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Receive final written authorization for substitutions, if any.
B. Submit three (3) inch by five (5) inch samples of roofing membrane and accessories with
manufacturer's identification labels attached.
C. Submit manufacturer's application procedures which describe completely the preparation
of surfaces and application of specified materials.
D. Submit shop drawings showing details, fabrication and fastening devices for each
condition encountered.
E. Submit samples of each type of inechanical fastener and stress plate.
F. Submit samples of insulation board.
G. Submit sample manufacturer's warranty.
1.07 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to ordering materials and commencing roofing, a pre-installation conference to
discuss the specified roofing system and its proper application will be conducted. Notify
the local Manufacturer's representative when the pre-installation conference is scheduled.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver roofing materials, insulation, and accessories in manufacturer's original protective
containers with labels intact and legible. Comply with manufacturer's published
instructions for storage and handling.
B. Store materials in dry protected areas, on clean, raised platforms with securely anchored
weather protective covering.
C. Store flammable products away from sparks or open flames.
D. Store roofing materials at a minimum of forty-five (45) degrees Fahrenheit prior to use as
recommended by the manufacturer. Profect materials from freezing.
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions comply with manufacturer's
recommendations. Do not exceed temperature limitations recommended by the
manufacturer.
07525 - 2
B. Do not begin roofing work (removal or installation) when weather forecast is greater than
20% chance of rain.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 ROOF INSULATION
A. Approved manufacturer: Equal to U. S. Intec, Inc.
B. Perlite Insulation Board: Equal to USI Board Roof Insulation.
1. Homogeneous Board of expanded perlite.
2. Insulation to comply with ASTM C 7283 and FS-HH-I-529B.
3. 3/4" thick, thermal resistance "R" value 2.08.
2.02 ROOFING MEMBRANE SYSTEM
A. Approved manufacturer: Equal to U.S. Intec, Inc.
B. Approved System: Specification No. GB-B3SP-RI.
C. Modified Bituminous Membrane: Equak to Intec GBSP-4.
1. Compound: Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Asphalt.
2. Reinforcement: Non-woven Polyester; One hundred seventy (170) grams per
square meter (min).
3. Weight: One hundred five (105) pounds per roll.
4. Thickness: Four and or.e-half (4.5) mm. r
5. Application: Torch.
6. Surfacing: Mineral Granule.
7. Color: Tan.
D. Inter-ply Membrane: Equal to Intec SP-4.
1. Type: Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Asphalt.
2. Reinforcement: Non-woven Polyester; One hundred seventy (170) grams per
square meter (min).
3. Weight: Eighty-eight (88) pounds per roll.
4. Thickness: Four (4} mm.
5. Application: Torch.
E. Base Sheet: Equal to Intec Ultra Base.
1. Type: Asphalt saturated glass mat conforming to ASTM D 4601.
2. Weight: Sixty-seven (67) pounds per roll.
F. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.
G. Asphalt: ASTM D 312 Type IV, steep asphalt. Use only that asphalt which has all of the
following information printed on the asphalt packages or on the bills of lading covering
bulk asphalt.
1. Softening point range: The temperature ranges of the asphalt determined in
accordance with ASTM D 312 and ASTM 36.
2. Equiviscous temperature range: The temperature range, plus or minus twenty-
five (25) degrees Fahrenheit, at which a viscosity of one hundred twenty-five
(125) Centistokes is attained.
3. Finishing blowing temperature: The temperature at which the blowing of the
asphalt has been completed.
07525 - 3
2.03 FLASHING SYSTEMS
A. Flashing: Equal to products listed, Intec GBSP-4 flashing, Intec SP-4 flashing and Mini
Intec flashing as recommended by the manufacturer to suit each condition.
2.04 PROTECTION BOARD
A. Equal to Intec Walkboard: Thirty-six (36) inches long by thirty-six (36) inches wide by
point three one four (�.314) inches thick. Color: White (to contrast tan membrane.
2.05 CANTS
A. Perlite Cant Strip: Four (4) inch.
2.06 MECHANICAL FASTENERS
A. Fasteners for Metal Deck: Equal to Drill-Tec "Coated Drill Point (CDP)" Fasteners,
manufactured by U. S. Intec, inc. conforming to Factory Mutual No. 4470. 1/4" hex head
of sufficient length to penetrate the metal deck a minimum of one (1) inch.
1. Drill-Tec Stress Plates: Three (3) inch metal conforming to Factory Mutual No.
4470, Galvalume 3.16 inch diameter, center hole .25 inch.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify securely supported and attached deck, free of depressions, waves or projections.
B. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of moisture in any form.
C. Verify proper placement of roof openings, pipes, curbs, sleeves, ducts, vents, drains and
other penetrations.
D. Verify proper securing of penetrating or roof mounted equipment.
3.02 JOB AND WEATHER CONDITIONS
A. Suspend all application and installation activities during inclement weather.
B. Remove debris from roof deck and site on a daily basis and dispose at an approved
disposal site.
C. Protect roof deck and insulation from moisture by providing water cut-offs at the end of
each day's work or when the weather is threatening. Failure to protect the deck and
roofing from moisture will result in the removal of damaged materials or materials
containing excessive moisture. Remove water cut-offs prior to start of new work.
D. Protect building and adjacent surfaces from bitumen spillage.
E. Do not permit traffic or material storage on completed roof surfaces.
3.03 ASPHALT
07525 - 4
A. Provide kettle or tanker with clearly visible operating thermometer.
B Do not heat asphalt above flash point and EVT recommendations.
C. Application of asphalt: Uniformly applied applications without voids as recommended by
roofing manufacturer.
D. Type of asphalt.
1. Roofing base sheet to insulation: Steep, Type IV.
3.04 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
A. Cor��ply with manufacturer's published instructions for preparation of substrates to receive
sheet roofing. Prior to priming, clean substrate of dust, debris, and other substances
detrimental to roofing work.
3.06 ROOF INSULATION
A. ��eatly �i; insulation to all penetrations, projections, and nailers. Fill all gaps greater than
one-quarter (1/4) inch wide with insulation. Do not leave membrane unsupported in an
area greater than one-quarter (1/4} inch.
B. Verify wood nailers are identical thickness of insulation.
C. Install no more insulation than can be covered with roofing membrane and compieted
before the end of the day's work, or before the onset of inclement weather.
D. Butt edges without forcing.
E. Set insulation with long joints continuous and short joints staggered in one direction.
F. Install layer of 3/4" Perlite insulation board and mechanically fasten to metal roof deck per
manufacturer's recommendations and FM Class I-90.
3.07 BASE SHEET
A. Install one (1) ply of base sheet over periite insulation system in a full and uniform coating '
of asphalt, applied at the rate of twenty-five (25) pounds per square. M�
B. Laps: Two (2) inch side laps and four (4) inch end laps.
3.08 INTERPLY MEMBRANE
A. Heat weld one (1) ply of interply membrane perpendicular to base sheet. `
f
B. Laps: Three (3) inch side laps and six (6) inch end laps. �
3.09 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ,I
A. Heat weld one (1) ply of modified bituminous membrane perpendicular to interply
membrane.
B. Laps: Three (3) inch side laps and six (6) inch end laps.
07525 - 5
3.10 FLASHINGS
A. Prime metal and masonry surfaces prior to flashing application at the minimum rate of
one (1) gallon per one hundred (100) square feet.
B. Securely attach flashings using torch application over base sheets as recommended by
the manufacturer.
3.11 PROTECTION BOARD
A. install torch applied walkboards where indicated.
3.12 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A. Statement of Practical Treatment: In case of skin contact with molten bitumen or flame
from torching device, apply ice. Get medical attention immediately.
B. In Case of Fire: Use ABC-rated fire extinguisher and get assistance from fire department
immediately.
C. General Precautions:
1. Read and understand manufacturer's roofing manual before starting application.
Follow all precautions and directions.
2. Thoroughly train personnel in recommended safety procedures for use of
torching device and for application of product.
3. Fire prevention inspections should be conducted periodically during insfallation,
with a final inspection being conducted upon completion of that day's work.
4. Wear personal protective gear as required. Including use of approved safety
hard hat, goggles, heavy duty gloves, snug-fitting clothing (long pants and long
sleeved shirt), and boots.
5. Thoroughly train personnel on preventing and extinguishing fires.
6. Thoroughly train personnel in first aid procedures.
7. Never allow contact between the heated surface of the product or the torching
device and hair, skin or clothing.
8. Comply with all applicable OSHA safety standards and applicable fire codes.
9. Avoid physical contact wifh product for at least one hour after application.
10. Never apply modified bitumen products directly over exposed conduits or pipes
laying on the roof deck.
11. Provide in the immediate work area at least one (1) ABC-rated fire extinguisher
for each torching device.
12. Use extreme caution when working around equipment, such as gas lines or
HVAC units, which have electrical connections.
D. TORCHING DEVICE:
1. Do not allow torching device to come in contact with flammable materials.
Roofing surface, walls, abutments and surrounding surfaces must be inspected
prior to utilization of torching device so that necessary precautionary measures
may be taken.
2. Keep torch flame moving at all times; failure to do so may result in ignition of
surface and/or underlying materials.
3. Avoid prolonged contact with heat sensitive metals such as lead, as overheating
of these metal surfaces could ignite underlying flammable surfaces.
4. Never use propane except in well-ventilated areas.
07525 - 6
�
5. Manufacturer's safety and operating instructions provided with the torch system
must be followed strictly.
6. Check all fittings and other equipment on the application equipment for leakage.
NEVER USE A FLAME TO CHECK FITTINGS AND OTHER EQUIP�vIENT.
7. Propane tanks are pressurized. Do not puncture. Do not expose to extreme
heat. Tanks must be maintained a minimum safe distance away from torch
flame.
8. Containers which contain or may have contained flammable material must be
kept clear from the torch or other heat source.
9. Use base sheet recommended by manufacturer's roofing manual. Failure to do
so is extremely hazardous as the base sheet provides a protective covering for
underlying combustibles.
10. Cant strips used at roof/wall abutment must be composed of fire retardant
material or protected from direct contact with torch flame.
11. Application personnel must remain on the job site for a minimum of one hour after
complefion of installation to inspect for any possible smoldering combustible
material. Since fires can result hours after completion of work, periodical
inspection thereafter must be made, the time and nature of which will vary
depending on the size of the job and the nature of the application surface and
abutments.
12. Never place hot torching device on roof surface, insulation or any other surfa �e or
object, other than acceptable stand or holder or fireproof surface.
13. Never leave a lighted torching device unattended.
14. Never use torching device to apply any material other than APP modified
bituminous membrane.
15. Allow torching device to cool completely to room temperature before removing it
from roof.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide on-the-job inspections, technical assistance and membrane application guidance
as may be necessary to complete the roofing membrane application in accordance with
manufacturer's warranty requirements.
3.14 JOB COMPLETION
A. Inspect completed roofing and correct all defects to meet the specification requirements.
B. Manufacturer's representative shall inspect the completed roofing system and notify the
Contractor and Architect of any defects in the application.
C. Clean up all debris, excess materials and equipment and remove from site daily.
D. Clean any drips or spills of asphalt or primers.
E. Restrict construction traffic and equipment movement on the completed roofing to only
essential personnel. Provide appropriate protection against traffic and construction
activities on completed roofs.
00O00
07525 - 7
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AI�TD SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. �e.ction Includes: Field fabricated flashing and sheet metzl.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) -
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A 167 - Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel
Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
?. ASTM A�26 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the
Hot Dip Process, Commercial Quality.
3. ASTM B 32 - Specification for Solder Metal.
4. ASTM B 209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and
Plate.
5. ASTM B 370 - Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building
Construction.
6. ASTM B 749 - Specification for Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate Products.
7. ASTM D 282? - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Desi�n Requirements:
1. Provide weathertight installation warranted against leaks and weather damage
through severe temperature and weather conditions.
?. Sheet metal worl� exposed to view from any point around or within building
shall present finished appearance which is neat, uniform and possessin�
appearance characteristics of good architectural sheet metal work.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, installation, welding
instructions, and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and
fabricated pr-oduct.
B. Shop Drawings: Shoa� complete installation layouts, profiles, details required to
explain component assemblies and installation requirements, anchora�e details,
�Jeights, gages or thickness of materials, joinin� and expansion joint spacin�.
C. Samples:
1. For each shop or field fabricated item, submit sample showing joints, types and
locations of fasteners and shapes.
2. Submit 6" long samples of each sheet metal component exposed as roofin�,
flashing or trim.
.i. Submit color samples of each type sealant.
1 December 1999 07600 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
?;
24
2�
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
3?
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
�s
49
�0
51
52
53
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
PROJECT COI�TDITIOI�TS
A. Existing Conditions: Exercise care when a�orkin� on or about roof surfaces to avoid
dama�in� or puncturing roof inembrane or flexible flashing.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AI�TD HANDLING
A. Storage of flashin�, sheet metal and accessories shall be in dry place to avoid
condensation or contact with materials which might cause staining, such as lime,
cement, fresh concrete or chemicals.
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoinin� work for proper
sequencing of each installation.
WARRANTY
A. System Warranty:
1. Furnish Owner written a�ari•anty which shall warrant sheet metal work to be
free of leaks and defects in materials and workmanship including metal flashing
a�ill properly shed water and protect felts from physical damage, and that
damage resulting from failure to provide above stated performances will be
repaired.
?. Vi%arranty Period: Two years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.1 MATERIALS
/�
:
Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 526, with G90 galvanized coating, 2? �age minimum
commercial quality material, paint grip type.
Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA-C22A41 prefinished,
20 ga�e minimum.
C. Eatruded Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard extrusions of sizes and profiles
indicated, 60063-T52, AA-C22A41 prefinished (Duranar); 0.080-inch minimum
thickness for primary legs of eatrusions.
D
E.
Sheet Lead: ASTM B 749, Type L11?1, copper-bearing sheet lead, minimum 4 lb./sq.
ft. except not less than 6 lb./sq. ft. for burning unless otherwise indicated.
Solder: ASTM B 32, 50 - S0 tin/lead solder with rosin flux for use a�ith steel.
F. Neutralizer: 5 to 10 percent a�ashin� soda solution.
G. Flexible Vapor Retarders: 60 mil EPDM, No. 30 buildin� felt, or 60 mil rubberized
asphalt adhered to pol}'ethylene sheet equivalent to Ice and V�ater Shield by W.R.
Grace.
1 December 1999 07600 - 2 CAI 99088.00
H. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet or other non-corrosive [[ stainless steel ]]
barbed roof nails, clips or self-tapping sheet metal screa�s; compatible with sheet metal
or flashin� material. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fasten.
I. Protecti� e Coating: Alkyd type yellow zinc chromate, FS TT-P-641, Type II.
I'lastic Cement: ASTAZ D 28?2, cut back asphalt type, non-asbestos.
K. Bituminous Coating: FS TT-C-494, or MIL-C-18480, or SSPC-Paint 12, cold-applied
bituminous mastic, compounded, for 15-mil dry film thickness coating.
L. �'Ietal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchorin� devices, noncorrosive
fastenet-s, and similar items as required for installation of work, of size and gage
required for performance.
?.? FABRICATION
A. F:abricate flashing and sheet metal in accordance with details shown and requirements
of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Form sheet metal on bending
brake.
B. Do shaping, triinming and hand seamin� on bench as far as practical.
C. Make an�le bends and folds for interlocking metal with full regard for expansion and
contraction to avoid buckling or fullness in metal after installation. Miter and solder
corner pieces.
D. Fabricate supplemental parts necessary to complete each item of work.
E. Form materials with strai�ht lines, sharp angles and smooth curves.
F. Fold back edges on concealed side of ezposed ed�e to form hem.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply R�ith SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal R�anual recommendations for
installation of R�ork and the following:
1. Anchor units securely in place.
?. Provide for thermal expansion in units 15'-0" in runnin� len�h. Space expansion
joints at 10'-0", ma�imum, located ?'-0" from corners and intersections.
3. Use concealed fasteners and eapansion provisions a�here possible.
4. Set units level, true to line, and plumb.
5. Install units with laps, joints and seams that a�ill be permanently waterti�ht and
weatherproof.
6. Insert metal flashing into reglets, anchor ��ith fasteners and a�edges and seal
joints.
7. Fold back edges of concealed side of exposed edge to form hem.
8. Seams shall overlap in direction of R�ater flow with end dams at flashing
terminations.
9. Install flexible vapor retarder under sheet metal work.
1 December 1999 07600 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
3.2
10. Where sheet metal members are in contact with dissimilar metals and other
materials which may cause galvanic corrosion, provide bituminous coating
which will permanently isolate materials to prevent adverse reaction.
B. Curb Flashing:
1. Flash roof curbs with 24 ga�e galvanized steel.
2. Seam and solder joints.
3. Extend flashing down over curb 4" minimum over base flashing.
C. Roof Counterflashing:
1. Overlap base flashing 4" minimum.
2 Install bottom edge tight against base flashing.
3. Lap seam vertical joints 3" minimum and apply sealant.
4. Miter, lap seam and close corner joints with solder or sealant.
CLEAI�TING
A. Clean exposed flashing and sheet metal components in accordance a�ith
manufacturer's instructions of substances that mi�ht cause corrosion of inetal or
deterioration of finishes.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
07600 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1S
19
20
21
?�
23
24
?�
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
3?
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
5?
53
SECTION 07631
COLLECTOR HEADS AND DOWNSPOUTS
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Precoated aluminum collector heads, doR�nspouts, brackets, spacers, fasteners,
stiffeners and caps.
2. Precast concrete splash pads.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Americar. Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A 48 - Grey Iron Castings.
2. ASTM A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet
and Strip.
3. ASTM A 361 - Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Gal��anized) by Hot-Dip Process for
Roofing and Siding.
4. ASTM A 446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process,
Structural (Physical) Quality.
5. ASTM B 32 - Solder Metal.
6. ASTM B 209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.
B. Federal Specifications: FS TT-C-494 - Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type,
Acid Resistant.
C. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide technical data, installation instructions, and general
recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product.
B. Shop Drawings: Showin� layout, profiles,jointing methods, fastening details, Iocations,
and installation details.
C. Samples: Submit 6" long samples of factory-fabricated products illustrating component
design, finish, color, and configuration.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installec- Qualifications: Five years documented ezperience installin� sheet metal
systems.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable code for size and method or rain
a�ater discharge. Comply with SMACNA Manual for sizing components for rainfall
intensity determined by storm occurrence of 1 in 5 years.
1 December 1999 07631 - 1 CAI 99058.00
1
�
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
25
26
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent ta�isting, bending, or abrasion, and
to provide ventilation. Slope to drain.
B. Prevent contact with materials during storage a�hich may cause discoloration, staining,
or damaQe.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate �Tork with roofin� work for correct sequencing of items which make up
entire weatherproof, rain draina�e and sheet metal system.
B. Coordinate work with downspout discharge pipe inlet.
C. Coordinate collector head and downspout system with installation of field fabricated
flashing and sheet metal under Section 07600. Work of this Section shall bring collector
heads and downspouts to point of connection with roofing system, with necessaty
accommodations for connection.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B?09, prefinished.
B. Fasteners: Galvanized steel screws, bolts or nuts, as applicable.
C. Stiffener Angles: Formed steel, type to match collector heads.
D. Solder: ASTM B 32, 50-�0 percent tin/lead solder with rosin flux for use with steel.
E. Neutralizer: S percent to 10 percent washing soda solution.
F. Protective Back Paint for Galvanizing: Zinc chromate or galvanized iron type.
G. Bituminous Coating: FS TT-G-494, or MIL-C-18480, or SSPC-12, cold-applied
bituminous mastic, compound, for 15 mil dry film thickness coatin�.
H. ��'ire Screen: 1/2" mesh, stainless steel.
I. Splash Pads or Blocks: Precast concrete type; minimum 3000 psi at 28 days, aTith
minimum 5 percent air entrainment.
J. Splash Pans: At High Roof same metal type as doa�nspouts, formed to 8" rear x 16"
front size; rolled sides tapered from 3" to 1".
?.? FABRICATION
A. Collector Head: SMACNA style profile FIG 1-2� D, ?2ga.
B. DoRTnspouts: SMACNA profile FIG 1-32B, 22�a w/Hanger Design FIG 1-35B.
1 December 1999 07631 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1 C. Fabricate collector heads and downspouts true to design and dimensions, straight and
2 without deformation. Finish work free from blemishes, abrasions, tool marks, burrs
3 and other defects which may affect strength or performance. Form corners to smallest
4 radius possible RTithout causin� �rain separation or otherwise impairing work. Allow
5 for expansion and construction.
D. Completely weld joints in collector head sections to provide a�aterti�ht units. Form
expansion joints between collector head sections shoa�n. �teld stiffener an�les to
collector heads 4' v" on center.
E. ��Veld an�les to underside of collector heads at downspout locations to form frame, weld
downspout tube to an�les.
F. Form collector heads in 8 or 10 foot long R�elded sections, lap joints 1-1/2". Provide
loose-locked e�pansion joints midway between outlet tubes and a�here collector head
ends adjoin walls. Fit joints with co��er strips in manner to provide a-atertight
connections.
G. Provide outlet tubes with flanges riveted and soldered to form collector heads. Eatend
tubes 3" into downspouts. Set collector heads to slope to doR�nspouts minimum 1/8"
for each foot.
H. Form downspouts in 8 to 10 foot lengths. Telescope end joints 1-1/2" and lock
longitudinal �oilits. Fasten downspouts to walls with 3" wide straps. Space straps not
more that 8�eet apart. Provide shoulder of solder on each side of do��nspout above
each strap. Fasten straps to walls wiLh screws in lead sleeves. Forrn downspouts of
length to discharge water 3'-0" from building slab.
Lock and solder, or a�eld without flu� all seams. Close tops of downspout heads with
18 gage removable strainer type with a�ire screen.
?.3 FINISHES
A. Collector Head and Down Spouts: 70-75 percent fluorocarbon resin equivalent to
Kynar 500/Hylar 5000; color as selected by Architect.
B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces R�ith protective backing paint to minimum dry
thickness of 15 mils.
C. Apply bitumen protective backin� paint on surfaces in contact with dissimilar
materials.
PART 3 - PRODUCTS
3.1 INSTALLATION
�. Install collector heads, downspouts, and accessories in accordance with SMACNA
Architectural Sheet I�1eta1 Manual.
B. Join lengths with seams ��aterti�ht. Flash and seal collector heads to doa�nspouts and
accessories.
1 December 1999 07631 - 3 CAI 99C88.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
i
C. Slope collector heads to drain. �
D. Set splash blocks under doa-nspouts. �
3? FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Flood test collector heads and downspouts upon completion. Repair any leaks. �
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
07631 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
1�
11
1?
13
14
1�
16
17
13
19
20
21
??
?3
?4
25
26
?7
28
?9
30
31
3?
33
34
37
36
3?
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
a-s
49
�0
51
52
�3
SECTIOI�T 07900
JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SliMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparation of interior and exterior joint substrate surfaces.
?. Install sealers, primers, bond breakers, and fillers as required.
3. Install interior and exterior joint sealants.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM D 1056: Flexible Cellular
Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber.
B. Federal Specifications:
1. FS TT-S-00227E - Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Multi-Component.
2. FS TT-S-00?30C - Sealin� Compound, Elastomeric Type, Single-Component.
3. FS TT-S-001543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base.
4. FF TT-S-0016�7 - Sealing Compound, Sin�le-Component, Butyl Based, Solvent
Release Type.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Desian Requirements:
1. Exterior: Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed
to establish and to maintain watertight and air tight continuous seals without
causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates.
2. Interior: Provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to maintain
airti�ht continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no staining or
deterioration of joint substrates.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Subrnit manufacturer's product data, specifications, recommendations
and instructions for surface preparation, sealant and backing installation, and related
materials.
B. Samples: Submit standard color charts for selection; furnish satnples of custom colors as
applicable.
C. Certificates: Submit letter of certification from manufacturer or certified test laboratory
reports that materials meet the following:
1. Sealant materials are chemically compatible with each other and proposed substrate,
comply with Specification requirements, and are intended for applications
indicated.
2. Sealant, primers, and cleaners required for sealant installation comply a�ith local
re�ulations controllin� use of volatile organic compounds.
1 December 1999
07900 - 1
CAI 99088.00
I 2
3
I 5
� 6
�.
7
S
i 9
� 1�
11
� 12
13
14
15
� 16
17
' 18
��" 19
?0
21
��� 22
23
I��� �4
2�
�I� '-6
'1 �s
�9
30
31
, 3?
33
� 3�
� 3�
� 36
37
E 38
I, 39
40
'` 41
� 4?
43
il ��
4�
� 46
�;� 47
, 48
��
49
�0
„ 51
� ��
1.� QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications - Applicator: Provide documentation of minimuin three years
experience approved by sealant manufacturer.
B. Pre-Installation Meeting: Prior to installation of sealant, meet at project site to review
material selections, joint preparations, installation procedures and coordination with
other trades. Meeting shall include the sealant Installer, Contractor, Manufacturer's
representative, and representatives of other trades or subcontractors affected by sealant
installation. Examine sample installations which have been prepared and determine and
record a�hether everyone present is in agreement that the proposed installations are
likely to perform as required. Notify Architect prior to meeting as to time, place and
date of ineeting.
1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and desi�nation, color, expiration period for
use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendation to
prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures,
contaminates, or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environniental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under
the follo�ring conditions:
1. VUhen arnbient and substrate conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant
manufacturer or below 40 deg. F.
2. VVhen temperature conditions cause joint a•idths to be at either mazimum or
minimuin design conditions.
3. ��/lien joint substrates are wet.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. E�terior Sealants: Warrant materials and installation a�ainst air and water leakage for
minimum five year period.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Substitutions: Comply a�ith Section 01630.
2.? SEALING AI�TD CAULILII�TG MATERIALS
A. Poly-urethane Sealant - Type No. 1:
1. One-component, non-sag, low modulus, moisture curing, polyurethane joint
sealant; FS TT-S-00?30C, Class A, Type II.
1 December 1999 07900 -? CAI 99088.00
�
�
?. Acceptable Products:
a. Dymonic by Tremco.
b. NP-1 by Sonneborn.
c. QSC-101 by QSC Products, Ltd.
d. Dynatrol I by Pecora
e. Vulkem 116 by Mameco International.
�. Polyurethane Sealant - Type No. ?: Not Used.
C. Polyurethane Sealant - Type No. 3:
1. Ta�o-component, Iow-modulus, chemically curing, cold applied, elastomeric, self-
leveling, horizontal grade polyurethane joint sealant; FS TT-S-002?7E, Class A,
Type I or II.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. THC-900 by Tremco.
b. Sonolastic SL2 by Sonneborn.
c. Ure�pan I�TR-200 by Pecora.
d. QSC-231 by QSC Products, Ltd.
e. Vulkem ?45 by Mameco International.
D. Polyurethane Sealant Type - Type No. 4:
1. T�vo-component, non-sag, chemically curing, cold applied, elastomeric, traffic grade
polyurethane joint sealant; FS TT-S-00227E, Class A; traffic bearin� horizontal
joints exceedin� 1 percent slope.
2. l�cceptable Products:
a. THC-901 by Tremco.
b. Dynatred by Pecora.
E. Polyurethane Sealant - Type No. 5: Not Used.
F. Polyur-ethane Sealant - T}'pe No. 6: Not Used.
G. Acrylic Sealant - Type No. 7: Not Used.
H. Acrylic Latex Sealant - Type No. 8:
l. One-component, solvent cured, fungicidal, readily paintable acrylic latex calk;
ASTM C 834 (FS TT-S-0000230C).
2. Acceptable Products:
a. Acrylic Latex by Tremco.
b. Sonolac by Sonneborn.
c. AC-20 by Pecora.
I. Silicone Sealant Type - No. 9:
1. One-component, low-modulus, moisture cured, elastomeric, silicone joint sealant;
FS TT-S-001543A.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. JC-790 by DoR� Corning.
b. Silpruf by General Electric.
c. Spectrum-1 by Tremco.
d. 864 by Pecora
J. Silicone Sealant - Type No. 10: Not Used.
1 December 1999 07900 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
?5
?6
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
K. Silicone Sealant - T}Tpe No. 11:
l. One-component, medium modulus, moisture cured, elastomeric silicone joint
sealant; FS TT-S-001543A.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. DC-795 by Dow Corning.
b. Silpruf by General Electric.
c. Spectrem-2 by Tremco.
d. 895 by Pecora.
L. Silicone Sealant - Type No. 12:
1. One-coinponent, moisture cured, fungicidal, silicone joint sealant; FS TT-S-
001543A.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. DC-786 by Dow Corning.
b. SCS-1702 by General Electric.
c. Pro�laze by Tremco.
d. 863 by Pecora.
M. Polyisobutylene Sealant - Type No. 13:
1. One-component, non-skinnin�, non-dr-ying, polyisobutylene synthetic rubber
sealant.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. Curtain Wall Sealant by Tremco.
b. BR-96 by Pecora.
c. GC-SS by non-curin�, Goal Chemical.
N. Butyl - Type No. 14:
1. Butyl rubber polymer sealant one-component, non-sa�; FS TT-S-0016�7, Type I.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. BC-158 by Pecora.
b. PTI707 by Protecting Treatrnent, Inc.
c. Butakauk by Sonneborn, Inc.
d. Butyl Sealant by Tremco.
?.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive type recommended by sealant manufacturer, compatible
with joint forming materials.
B. Primer: Non-staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application
and substrate materials.
C. Backer Rod:
1. Combination, closed and open, cell compatible with sealant; sized and shaped to
control depth of sealant; and to maintain ?� to 50 percent compression of material,
ASTM D 1056.
2. Acceptable Product: Sof Rod by I.T.D.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive adhesive polyethylene tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer to suit application.
E. Masking Tape: Pressure sensitive adhesive paper tape.
�
�
�
1 December 1999
07900 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1
?
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
2?
23
?4
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
�z
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
7�
53
F. E�pansion Joint Filler:
1. Closed cell polyethylene compatible a�ith sealant.
2 Asphalt impre�nated fiberboard not acceptable.
3. Acceptable Product: Sonofoam Closed Cell Backer-Rod by Sonneborn.
?.4 MIXING
A. Mix components in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints to be sealed for construction defects which could adversely affect
ehecution of Work.
B. Ensure that concrete has cured 28 days minimum before commencin� sealing
operations.
C. Determine in conjunction with sealant manufacturer's representative if adhesion testing
is necessary prior to application of materials. Submit letter of certification from sealant
manufacturer accepting substrate conditions for sealant.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean joint surfaces using joint cleaner as necessarv, free of dust, dirt, oil, brease, rust,
lacquers, laitance, release agents, liquid water repellent, moisture or other matter which
might adversely affect adhesion of sealants.
B. Etch concrete, masonry and plaster joint surfaces to remove excess alkalinity. Etch
v��ith 5 percent solution of muriatic acid. Neutralize with dilute ammonia solution.
Rinse thorou�hly with water and allow to dry.
C. Steel Surfaces: Scrape and wire brush to remove loose mill scale. Remove dirt, oil or
grease by solvent cleaning. Wipe surfaces �vith lintless paper towels.
D. Aluminum Surfaces:
1. Clean off temporary protective coatings.
2. When masking tape is used for a protective cover, remove tape just prior to
applying sealant.
E. Rou�hen joint surfaces on non-porous materials. Rub with fine abrasive cloth or wool
to produce a dull sheen.
F. 1��ask areas adjacent to joints as necessar}'.
G. Apply primer as recommended by manufacturer. Do not allow primer or sealants to
spill or mi�rate onto adjoinin� surfaces.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Install sealant materials in accordance �vith manufacturer's instructions.
1 December 1999
07900 - 5
CAI 99088.00
l
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
?3
24
?�
26
27
�g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
�7
48
49
S0
51
�?
B. Install backing material in joints usin� blunt instrument to avoid puncturing.
C. Do not twist rod alhile installing.
D. Install backing to form joint depth of 50 percent of joint a�idth, minimum of 1/4" deep.
E. Apply sealant in joints usin� pressure �un with nozzle cut to fit joint a�idth.
F. Deposit sealant in uniform, continuous bead.
G. Tool joints to required configuration within manufacturer's recommended setting time.
H. If masking materials are used, remove immediately after tooling.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Representative:
l. No sealants may be used unless a qualified representative is present at start up of
��ork to advised installer of proper procedures and precautions for use of materials
and to check installation.
?. Contractor shall give manufacturer notice one week prior to start-up that his
presence will be required, to ensure proper installarion of his materials.
3.� CLEANING
A. Remove e�cess materials adjacent to joints as �Vork progresses to eliminate evidence of
spilla�e or damage to adjacent surfaces.
B. Remove and replace improperly sealed joints.
C. Clean or replace materials or surfaces that are damaged by sealing operations.
3.6 SCHEDULE OF SEALANTS AND CAULKS
A. Interior and e�terior building joints su�ject to d}mamic movement, not eaposed to foot
or vehicular traffic: Sealant Type 9.
B. Interior and e�terior horizontal joints subject to foot and vehicular traffic: Sealant
Type No. 3 or 4.
C. Unexposed Windows Joints: Sealant Type No. 11 or 13.
D. Sealants in adjacent to Roof Membrane: Sealant Type 1.
E. Interior horizontal and vertical joints not subject to mo��ement, traffic or moisture:
Sealant Type No. 8.
F. Interior horizontal and vertical joints not subject to movement or traffic, subject to
moisture: Sealant Type No. 12.
G. Thresholds: Sealant Type 9, 13, or 14.
1 December 1999 07900 - 6 CAI 99088.00
�
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3.7 COLOR SCHEDULE
A. Storefronts and Windoa�s: Manufacturer's standard color line as selected by Architect.
B. Other Exposed Locations: Manufacturer's standard color line as selected by Architect.
C. Non-exposed Locations: Manufacturer's standard.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
07900 - 7
CAI 99088.00
��
SECTION 08110
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUA�IMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Non-rated and fire rated steel doors.
2. Non-rated and fire rated steel frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute, Inc.:
l. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and
Usable by Physically Handicapped People.
2. ANSI A224.1 - Standard Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted
Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames.
S. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A 366 - Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Cominercial Quality.
?. ASTM A 5?� - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process.
3. ASTM A �69 - Commercial Quality Hot-Rolled Sheet Steel.
4. ASTM E 152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
C. Door Hardware Institute (DHI) - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel
Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in W�od Frames and Builder's Hardware.
D. National Fire Prevention Association: NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows.
E. Steel Door Institute: SDI-100 Steel Door Institute - Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawin�s: Indicate door and frame elevations, internal reinforcement, closure
method, and finish.
B. Product Data: Indicate door and frame configurations, location of cut-outs for
harda�are reinforcement; manufacturer's installation instructions indicating special
installation instructions.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or e�ceed specified
requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications-Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturin� products
specified in this section ��ith a minimum of five years documented experience.
1 December 1999 08110 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
�g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
�4
4�
46
47
48
49
50
�1
5?
B. Rewlatory Requirements.
1. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply a�ith NFPA 80, are identical to
door and frame assemblies whose fire resistance characteristics have been
determined per ASTM E 15? and which are labeled and listed by UL, Factory
Mutual, Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable
to authorities have jurisdiction.
2. Oversize Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested
assemblies, provide manufacturer's certification that doors conform to all standard
construction requirements of tested and labeled fire-rated door assemblies except for
size.
3. Temperature Rise Rating: At stairwell enclosures, provide doors which have
Temperature Rise Ratin� of 450 deg. F ina�imum in 30 minutes of fire e�;posure.
4. Fire Rated Door Construction: Rate of rise of 450 F degrees across door thickness.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Acceptance at Site: Accept doors and frames on site in manufacturer's packaging.
E�amine for dama�e.
B. Storage and Protection: Store doors and frames under cover or minimum 4 inches high
wood blockin�. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a
humidity chamber. Break seal on manufacturer's packagin� and store with 1/4 inch
spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. I�packaging becomes a�et
remove carton immediately.
1.6 SEQUF.NCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate of door opening construction w�ith door hardware installation and
anchor placement.
2. Coordinate �rout fill of inetal frames in masonry construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cold Rolled Steel: ASTM A 366.
B. Hot Rolled Steel: ASTM A 569.
C. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 525, A 60 or G 60.
D. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion.
E. Primer: Baked enamel complying with ANSI A2?4.1.
?.? HOLLO�X� METAL DOORS
A. E�:terior poors: 14 gage �alvanized steel, SDI-100, Grade III extra hea�ry duty, Model
lA Full Flush, composite construction.
1 December 1999 08110 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
?�
?5
26
?7
?g
29
;�
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
�6
47
�s
�9
50
�1
�. Interior Non-Rated Doors: 16 ga�e cold or hot rolled s�
hea�y duty, Model 1 Full Flush, composite constructic
C. Interior Fire Rated Doors: 16 �age cold or hot rolled st
heav}� duty, Model 1 Full Flus�i, composite constructic
?.3 PR�SSED STEEL FRAA�ES
A. E�terior Frames: 14 ga�e galvanized steel.
B. Interior Frames: 16 �a�e cold or hot rolled steel.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Astra�als for pouble Doors: Steel, Z shaped, specifical
?.5 DOOR FABRICATION
A. Face: Steel sheet in accordance a�ith SDI-100.
B. Core:
l. Eaterior poors: Polystyrene or polyurethane.
2. Interior Fire Rated Doors: Mineral fiberboard.
3. Interior poors: Mineral fiberboard, kraft honeycomb, polyurethane, or
polystyrene.
C. Fabricate doors c�-ith hardv,�are reinforcement welded in place.
D. Attach laboratory label to each fire rated door unit.
E. Close top of doors a�ith flush channel closure and bottom edge u�ith inverted or flush
channel. Seal joints waterti�ht.
F. Confibure e�terior doors w ith profile to receive recessed weatherstrippin�.
2.6 FRAME FABRICATION
A. Fabricate frames as welded unit. Knock down field assembled units are not acceptable.
B. Mullions for pouble Doors: Removable type, of same profiles as jambs.
C. Fabricate frames with hard�-are reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar
�uard boaes.
D. Reinforce frames a�ider than 48" a-ith roll formed steel channels fitted ti�htly into
frame head, flush a-ith top.
E. Prepare frame for three sin�le silencers for single doors and mullions of double doors
on strike side. Prepare frame for ta•o single silencers on frame head at double doors
without mullions.
1 December 1999 C8110 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
2�
?5
26
27
?g
29
�o
31
32
33
34
35
2J FII�TISH
A. Primer: Baked enamel complying with ANSI A?24.1.
B. Factory Finish: Baked enamel; color as selected by Architect.
C. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coatin� to thickness ot 1/16" for all
eaterior framers and interior frames located in masonry walls.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
B. Verify that field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install doors in accordance with SDI-100, DHI, and ANSI A117.1. Installed fire door
and frame assembly in accordance with NFPA 80.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Matimum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16" measured with strai�ht edge, corner to corner,
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Touch-up factory prime painted doors.
B. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
08110 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
?3
24
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
3�
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
�6
47
a-s
�9
S0
51
52
�3
SECTION 08? 12
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
l. Wood doors, stile and rail design.
2. Wood and glass panels.
1.? REFERENCES
A. ANSI/HPMA HP - Hardwood and Decorative Plywood.
B. A��JI - Quality Standards of the Architectural Wooda�ork Institute.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Perform work in accordance with A�/I Quality Standard Section 1400, Premium
Custom Grade.
2. Finish doors in accordance a�ith A�/I Quality Standard Section 1500 �rades.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Indicate stile and rail core materials and construction; veneer species,
type and characteristics; indicate special installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings,
undercuts required, special beveling, identify cutouts for �lazing and panels.
Samples: Submit samples of door construction, 12"x12" in size cut from top corner of door;
submit samples of door veneer to illustrate wood grain, stain color, and sheen.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications - Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products
specified in this section R�ith a minimum of three years documented ezperience.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package, deli��er and store doors in accordance with AWI Section 1300.
1 J COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work with door openin� construction, door frame and door harda�are
installation.
1.8 WARRANTY
1 December 1999
C821? - 1
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
?5
26
?7
�s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
A. Provide R•arranty to followin� term:
1. E�-terior poors: Five years.
?. Interior poors: Two years.
B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, ��arping beyond installation tolerances,
defective materials, and tele�raphing core construction.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
Interior poors: The Maiman Cornpany - MC107
Eg�ers Hardwood - E101
E�terior poors: The Maiman Company - MC?0�
Eggers Hardwood - E201
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.2 DOOR TYPES
A. Interior poors: 1-3/4" thick; lumber stile and rail solid lumber construction; doweled
and glued joints.
B. Exterior poors: 1-3/4" thick; solid lumber stile and rail construction; doweled and
�lued joints.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Veneer Facing (Interior poors): AWI Premium Custom Grade Paint Grade Poplar
wood species, for transparent paint finish.
B. Veneer Facing (Exterior poors): AWI Premium Custom Economy Grade Paint Grade
Poplar wood species, for transparent finish.
C. Adhesive: Type I- a�aterproof.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate doors in accordance R�ith A��'I Qualit}' Standards requirements.
B. Astra�als for pouble Doors: Steel t-shaped, 20 gage minimum overlapping and recessed,
specifically for double doors. Color to match face.
C. Vertical Eaposed Ed�e of Stiles: Of same species as facin� for transparent finish.
D. Fit door ed�e trim to ed�e of stiles after applying veneer facin�.
E. Bond edge banding to cores.
F. Factory machine doors for finish harda�are in accordance a�ith hardware requirements
and dirnensions. Do not machine for surface hardware.
1 December 1999
08212 - 2
CAI 99088.00
s
1
�
,
�
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
?4
��
��
?7
?g
?9
30
31
3?
33
3�
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
S?
G. Factory pre-fit doors for frame opening dimensions.
H. Glazin� at Exterior poors: 7/8" insulated glass. Refer to Glazing Specification.
2.5 FINISH
A. Shop Primed - Field Finished Doors:
1. Paint Finish: Prime doors shown or scheduled for paint finish a�ith one coat of
wood primer paint.
B. Paint: Refer to Specification Section 09900 for field finishing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.
B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for
size or ali�nment.
3.? INSTALLATION
A. Install doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements.
B. "I"rim door width by cutting equally on both jamb edges.
C. Trim door height by cutting bottom edges to maaimum of 3/4".
D. Pilot drill screw and bolt holes.
E. l��achine cut for hardware. Core for handsets and cylinders.
F. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware.
G. Coordinate installation of �lass and glazing.
3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Comply with AWI requirements for fit, clearance, and joint tolerances.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement.
END OF SECTIOI�T
� 1 December 1999
08? 1? - 3
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 08213
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Non-rated and fire rated solid core flush wood doors with wood veneers for applied
paint finish.
?. Factory-prefitting to frames and factory-premachining for hardware.
3. Factory shop-priming for field finished doors.
1.? REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute: ANSI A?08.1 - Mat-Formed Wood
Particleboard.
B. American Society for Materials and Testing:
1. ASTA� E lti2 - Method of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
C. �lrchitectural Woodwork Institute: AWI - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards
Guide Specifications.
D. National Fire Prevention Association:
1. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windoa�s.
?. NFPA 252 - Fire Test of Door Assemblies.
E. I�Tational Wood Window and Door Manufacturers Association:
1. NWV��DA 1.S.1. - Industry Standard for Flush Wood Doors.
2. N�X�WDA - How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirernents:
1. I\Tt�/WDA Quality Standard: I.S.1 "Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors", of
National �X'ood Window and Door Association (NWWDA).
2. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards", including
Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors", of Architectural Woodwork Institute
(AWI) for grade of door, core construction, finish and other requirements exceeding
those of NWWDA quality standard.
3. NWWDA Quality Marking: Mark each wood door with NWWDA Wood Flush
Door Certification Hallmark certifying compliance with applicable requirements of
NW�VDA I.S. 1 Series.
a. For manufacturers not participating in NWWDA Hallmark Pro�ram, a
certification of compliance may be substituted for marking of individual doors.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door indicating door
core materials, ed�e construction, veneer type and characteristics, trim for openings and
louvers, factory machinin� criteria, and manufacturer's installation instructions.
1 December 1999 08? 13 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
71
52
�3
B. Shop Draa-in�s: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings,
undercuts required, beveling, blocking for hardware, and identify cutouts.
1. For factor-premachined doors, indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts adjacent
to light/louver openings.
2. Identify each door with individual opening which correlate with desi�nation system
used on Contract Documents for, doors, frames, and hardware.
C. Samples: Submit samples, 1'-0" square or as indicated, for the followin�.
1. Doors: Door faces with solid wood edging representing ran�e of color and �rain for
each species of veneer and solid lumber specified; provide stepped finish samples,
defining each seperate coat including filler coat, stain coat, and finish coat.
D. Certificates: Submit certificates indicatin� compliance with specified fabrication and test
requirements signed by authorized representative of door manufacturer.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications - Manufacturers:
1. Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section R�ith
minimum three years documented experience.
?. Obtain all wood doors for project from a single manufacturer.
B. Regulation Requirements: Provide fire-rated wood doors which are identical in
materials and construction to units tested in door and frame assemblies per ASTM E 152
and which are labeled and listed for ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey or other
testin� and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Oversize Fire-Rated Wood Doors: For door assemblies exceeding sizes of tested
assemblies, provide manufacturer's certificate stating That doors conform to all
standard construction requirements of tested and labeled fire door assemblies except
asto size.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect doors durin� transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and
deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations
of NWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood
Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Identify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate R�ith designation
system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, usin� temporary,
remo��able or concealed markings.
1.7 PROJECT COl\TDITIONS:
A. Environmental Requirements: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for
temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in stora�e
and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with the
following requirements applicable to project's geo�raphical location:
l. Referenced AWI qual�ty standard includin� Section 100-S-3 "Moisture Content".
1.8 WARRANTY
�
rrl
��
L-f
��
��
1 December 1999
08213 - 2
CAI 99088.00
�
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
?�
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
�s
49
50
51
5?
53
A. Special ��arrant}': Submit written warranty signed by door Manufacturer, Installer, and
Contractor a�reeing to repair or replace, including reinstallation and finishing, of
defective doors that have warped (bou�, cup, or ta�ist) or that show telegraphin� of core
construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced
quality standards for Life of installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Accc°ptable Door Manufacturers:
1. 13ue11 Door Co.
2. Eggers Industries.
3. Ipik Door Co., Inc.
4. V.T.Industries.
5. �X/estern Oregon Door, Inc.
6. �l/eyerhaeuser Co.
B. Substitutions: Comply ��ith Section 01630.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Wood Face Veneer - Paint Finish:
1. Grade: AWI Custom.
2. Species: Closed-grain hardwood of mill option.
B. Adhesives: CS 171, Type I waterproof and Type II water-resistant, product as
recommended by door manufacturer, capable of withstanding bond test in
AN SI/NWMA I.S.-1 Series.
C. Particleboard Core: AI�TSI A 208.1, Grade 1-L-1, average density 28-32 pcf.
D. Mineral Core: Minimum density 18 pcf and maximum density ?8 pcf, incombustible,
asbestos free; moisture absorption by a�eight, maximum 10% arhen core is in
equilibrium with 90 percent relative humidity and 70 degrees F.
E. Fire Door Blocking:
1. Fire resistant larninated materials equivalent to door rating.
2. Acceptable Product: SLM by Timberland Corporation.
F. Astra�al for Fire-Rated Double Doors: Cold-rolled steel, ?0 ga�e minimum, color to
match face veneer, T-shape, overlapped and recessed.
G. Stops:
1. Non-Rated and ?0 Minute Rated Wood Doors: Wood to match face veneer, same
species.
?. Rated Doors: Pre-finished metal frame, match face finish, comply a�ith applicable
code requirements.
?.3 NON-RATED SOLID CORE DOORS
1 December 1999
08? 13 - 3
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
�2
23
24
25
?6
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
�1
52
53
,
A. Standard: Opaque finish, AWI 1300 Custom Premium Grade, Type PC-5 or PC-7;
bonded construction.
B. Faces: Bond hardwood veneer to 1/16" horizontal hardwood veneer cross bandin�;
bond veneer and cross banding to each side of solid core.
C. Core: Particleboard bond to stiles and rails.
D. Top and Bottom Rails: 1-1/8" minimum, hardwood of mill option species, glued to
solid core.
E. Stiles: 1-1/4" minimum, two-ply laminated edge strips, outer ply of species to match
face veneer, inner ply of mill option hardwood; field painted to match face color.
F. Bonding Adhesive: Type I for face assembly; Type II for core assembly.
G. Acceptable Products:
1. PC-5 by Buell Door Co.
2. Particle by Eggers Industries.
3. PC-S by Ipik Door Co., Inc.
4. V�OD PC-7 by Western Oregon Door, Inc..
5. SuperSeven 5002 (PC-7) or SolidStile 5502 (PC-5-) by V.T. Industries, Inc.
6. Pai-ticleboard Core Door (DPC-1) by Weyerhaeuser.
?.4 NON-RATED HOLLOVJ CORE FLUSH DOORS
A. Standard: Paint finish, AWI Custom Grade.
B. Faces: Bond for hardwood veneer to 1/16" horizontal hardwood veneer cross banding;
band veneer and cross banding to each side of solid core. .
C. Core: AWI 1300, SHC.
D. Vertical Edges: 1" thick minimum.
E. Rails: 2-1/4" wide.
F. Lockblocks: Manufacturer's standard.
G. Acceptable Products:
1. PG5 HC Door by Buell Door Co.
?. Hollow by Eggers Industries.
3. WOD-HC-7 by ��i/estern Oregon Door, Inc..
4. SuperSeven 58HC by V.T. Industries, Inc.
5. Honeycomb Hollow Core Doors (DHC-2) by Weyerhaeuser Co.
2.5 20-MINUTE FIRE RATED SOLID CORE DOORS
A. Standard: Opaque finish, AV✓I 1300 Custom Grade; Type FD 1/3; UL labeled 20-
minutes; bonded construction.
B. Wood Veneer: Bond harda�ood veneer to 1/16" horizontal hardarood veneer cross
banding, bond veneer and cross banding to each side of solid core.
1 Decem.ber 1999 08213 - 4 CAI 99088.00
B
I
��
C. Core: Particleboard bonded to stiles and rails.
D. Top and Bottom Rail: 1-1/8" minimum, mill option hardwood, untreated.
E. Stiles: 1-1/4" minimum, two ply laminated edge strips, outer ply of hardwood to match
face veneer inner ply of mill option hardwood; field painted to match face color.
F. Bonding Adhesive: Type I for face assembly; Type II for core assembly.
G. Acceptable Product:
1. PC-5 20 Minute Fire Door by Buell Door Co.
2. Particle 20 Minute Fire Door by Eggers Industries.
3. PC-5 20 Minute Fire Door by Ipik Door Co., Inc.
4. WOD-HC-7 ?0 by �Xjestern Orebon Door, Inc..
5. SuperSeven 5002 (PC-7-FD 1/3) by V.T. Industries, Inc.
6. Fire Door - Particleboard Core (DFP-20/30) by Weyerhaeuser Co.
?.6 HOUR FIRE RATED SOLID CORE DOORS
A. Standard: Opaque finish, AWI 1300 Premium Grade Type FD 1-1/2; 3/4 or 1 UL
labeled as indicated on Door Schedule; bonded construction.
B. Wood Veneer: Bond hardwood veneer to 1/16" horizontal hardwood veneer cross
banding, fire retardant treated, bone veneer and cross banding to each side of solid core.
C. Core: Solid mineral core construction bonded into one rigid piece, full core thickness.
D. Top Rail: 1/2" minimum, maple, fire retardant treated.
E. Bottom Rail: 1-1/2" minimum, maple, fire retardant treated.
F. Stiles: 1/2" minimum for prefit widths and 5/8" for nominal widths, maple, fire
retardant treated, special inner plies required for maximuin screw holding; field painted
to match face color.
G. Bonding Adhesive: Type I face assembly; Type II for core assembly.
H. Acceptable Product:
1. PC-� FD Door Buell Door Co.
?. Composite Core Fire Door by Eggers Industries.
3. PC-5 Mineral Fire Core Door by Ipik Door Co., Inc.
4. WOD - MC60 by Western Oregon Door, Inc.
S. SuperSeven-5011 (DC-7, FD) or SolidStile 7511 (PG5, FD) by V.T. Industries, Inc.
6. Fire Doors - Mineral Core (DFM) by Weyerhaeuser Co.
?.7 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate non-rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements.
B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards and to UL or
Warnock-Hersey requirements. Attach fire rating label to door.
1 December 1999 08213 - S CAI 9908S.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
4�
4�
46
47
48
49
50
Sl
52
C. Construct fire rated doors at stairway enclosures for maaimum temperature rise not to
exceed 4�0 degrees F above ambient temperature at end of 30 minute fire eaposure test
a�ith labels indicating this requirement.
D. Provide lock blocks at lock edge and top of door for hardware reinforcement.
E. Fit door edge trim to edge of stiles after applying veneer facing.
F. Bond edge banding to cores.
G. Factory machine doors for finish hardware in accordance with hardw�are requirements
and dimensions. Do not machine for surface hardware. Provide solid blocking for
through bolted hardware.
H. Factory pre-fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings.
2.8 FINISH
A. Factory seal top and bottom ed�es and cutouts with low sheen system compatible with
finish system.
B. Shop Priming - Field Finished Doors:
1. Paint Finish: Prime doors shown or scheduled for paint finish with one coat of
a�ood primer paint specified in Section 09900.
2. Transparent Finish: Prime doors indicated for transparent finish with one coat of
Sanding Sealer.
C. Refer to Section 09900 for field finishing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
B. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for
size or alignment.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Take accurate field measurements of frames and hardware mortises to verify dimensions
and alignment before proceeding with hardware cutouts.
B. Allow doors to acclimate to site temperature and humidity before hanging.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install non-rated doors in accordance a-ith AWI Quality Standards requirements. Install
fire rated doors in accordance a�ith AWI Quality Standards, NFPA 80, and testin�
laboratory requirements for fire rated class as scheduled.
1 December 1999 08213 - 6 CAI 99088.00
B. Trim non-rated door a�idth by cutting equally on both jamb edges. Trim door height
by cuttin� bottom ed�es to maximum of 3/4".
C. Trim fire door at bottom and lock ed?e only, in accordance a�ith fire rating
requirements permitted by labeling a�ency.
D. Do not field cut doors doa�n to openin� sizes smaller than those for aThich doors a�ere
manufactured.
E. Pilot drill screa� and bolt holes. A�achine cut for hardware. Core for handsets and
cylinders.
F. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08110
ar�d hardware specified in Section 08710.
G. Coordinate installation of alass and �lazing specified in Sectiori CS800.
H. I-iang doors free from rattlinb when in latched position.
I. Install door louvers, ptumb and le��el.
3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Conforrn to AWI requirements for fit and clearance tolerances.
B. Ma�imum Dia�onal Distortion (Warp): 1/8" measured with straight ed�e or tau�ht
string, corner to corner, over an imaginary 36" x 84" surface area.
C. Maximucn Vertical Distortion (Bow): 1/8" measured with straight edge or taught string,
top to bottom, over an imaginary 36" x 84" surface area.
D. Maximum �'idth Distortion (Cup): 1/8" measured with strai�ht ed�e or tau�ht string,
ed�e to edge, over an imaginary 36" x 84" surface area.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement.
B. Replace or rehang doors which are hinge bound and do not sajing or operate freely.
Remove and replace doors which are warped, twisted or which are not in true planes.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 08213 - 7 CAI 99C88.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
?�
?6
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
SECTI�N 08305
ACCESS DOORS
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SliMMARY
A. Section Includes: Provide access doors at plumbing chases, gypsum board walls or
ceilings, or other surfaces that conceal work that will require maintenance by O�vner.
1.? SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit specifications, details and installation instructions, including
methods of anchoring.
B. Shop Drawings: If modifications from manufacturer's details is required, submit
dra�-ings indicating inodificat.ions, openin� size, attachment details, and hardware.
1. Size Verification: Obtain location and sizes for access doors from trades requiring
access to concealed equipment and indicate on submittal schedule.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Re�ulatory Requirements: Provide access door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge
and latch from manufacturer listed in Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Classified
Building Materials Index for ratings indicated.
1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into other work for
installation of access doors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
l. J.L. Industries, Inc.
2. Birmin�ham Ornamental Iron Company.
3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
4. Karp Associates, Inc.
5. I�Tystrom, Inc.
6. Milcor Inc.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.2 NON-RATED - WALLS AND CEILINGS
A. Frame: 16 �age steel.
B. Door Panel: 14 ga�e steel.
1 December 1999
08305 - 1
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
2?
?3
24
?5
26
27
�s
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
S1
5?
53
C. Hinges: Continuous type, 175 de�ree swin�, steel with stainless steel pin.
D. Lockina Device:
1. Screwdriver-operated cam locks.
?. Number as recommended by manufacturer for size of door.
E. Acceptable Products - Exposed Flan�e: Type 1
1. Model TM by J.L. Industries, Inc.
?. APTM Series by Nystrom, Inc.
3. Style M by Milcor, Inc.
F
2.3
Acceptable Products - Plaster Flange: Type 2
1. Model PW by J.L. Industries, Inc.
2. APPW Series by Nystrom, Inc.
3. Style K by Milcor, Inc.
RATED WALLS
A. Frame: 16 gage steel, with perimeter casin� bead for flush appearance.
B. Door Panel:
1. 20 �a�e sheet steel.
2. Two-inch thick insulated sandwich panel assembly.
3. Automatic closer and latch.
4. Interior latch release device.
�. UL 1-1/? hour "B" Label.
C. ��in�es: Concealed, pin type.
D. Locking Device:
1. Screwdriver-operated cam locks.
2. Number as recommended by manufacturer for size of door.
E. Acceptable Products: Type 3
1. Model FD by J.L. Industries, Inc.
2. APFR-WP Series by Nystrom, Inc.
3. Style FR by Milcor, Inc.
2.4 RATED - PLASTER AI�TD DRYWALL CEILINGS
A. Frame: 10 ga�e steel.
B. Door Panel: 18 gage sheet steel.
C. Hin�es: Continuous.
D. Finish:
1. Manufacturer's electrostatically applied a�hite epoay over phosphate dipped steel.
?. Match finish and color of surrounding suspended lay-in ceilin� grid.
E. Lockina Device:
1. Screwdriver-operated cam locks.
?. I�Tumber as recommended by manufacturer for size of door.
L''�
�
1 December 1999
08305 - 2
CAI 99088.00
�
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
?4
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
45
46
47
�s
49
F. Acceptable Products: Type 4
l. Model FRC J.L. Industries, Inc.
2. St��le ATR Milcor, Inc.
3. APAW Series IVystrome, Inc.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate from cold-rolled steel, uTelded components, eaposed welds dressed smooth and
flush a�ith adjacent surfaces.
B. Form doors with flush panel desi�n.
C. Furnish accessories a�ith adjustable metal anchors for securing to substrate.
D. Furnish each access door assembly manufactured as a complete unit with parts ready for
installation.
E. Provide plastic grommets at cylinder core through sandwich panels.
2.6 FINISH
A. Manufacturer's standard baked enamel prime coated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify size and dimension requirements at site.
B. Verify that openings are correctly dimensioned to receive doors.
3.? INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for secure attachment, proper relation to
adjacent finished surfaces and proper operation.
B. Set assemblies plumb and level, properly anchored in place.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Adjust latchin� and
lockin� mechanism to operate srnoothly.
END OF SECTIOI�T
' 1 December 1999 0830� - 3 CAI 99088.00
SECTIOI� 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUn7ENTS:
A. Drawin�s and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division - 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
1.2 SliMMARY
A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hard«�are that are
required for swing doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same
sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed.
B. This Section includes the followin�:
1. Hinges v
2. Lock cylinders and keys
3. Lock and latchsets
4. Flushbolts
5. Exit devices
6. Push/Pull units
7. Closers &: Operators
8. Protection plates
9. Weatherstripping
l 0. Automatic drop seals (door bottoms)
1 1. Astragals or meetin� seals on pairs of doors
12. Thresholds
13. Electrified components
C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
1. Division 8 Section "Standard Steel Doors and Frames".
2. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts".
3. Division 8 Section " Wood Doors"
D. Products furnished but not installed under this Section include:
1. Hardware for alurninum entrances.
1 December 1999 08710 - 1 CAI 99U88.00
1
�
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
�3
?4
?5
26
��
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
StiBMITTALS:
i
A. General: Submit the follo�i�ing in accordance with conditions of Contract and Division 1 �
Specifications sections.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of door
hard���are, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts are finish, and other
information necessary to show compliance with requireinents.
C. Final Hard«�are Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below.
Schedule shall be coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size,
thicicness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize
hardw�are schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every
item required for each door or opening. Include the following information:
a
b
c
d
e.
f.
�
h
Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item.
Name and manufacturer of each item.
Fastenings and other pertinent information.
Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both
on floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc.contained in
schedule.
Mounting locations for hardware.
Door and frames sizes and materials.
Keyin� information and Door Index
2. Submittal Sequence: Submit final schedule at earliest possible date particularly
where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work
which is critical in the project construction schedule. Include with schedule the
product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by finish hardware,
and other infonnation essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule.
3
Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the �
Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled.
D. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the
installation of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to conf nn that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with
indicated requirements.
1 December 1999
08710 - 2
CAI 99088.00
CI
�
�
1.3 QLALITY ASSliRANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and locksets, exits,
closers, stops, coordinators & flushbolts, etc.) from a single manufacturer. Ivo exceptions.
B. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide only door hardware (fire rated ezit devices, smoke seals,
closers) for fire-rated openin�s that coinplies with NFPA Standards No. S0 and
requircments of authoritics havinv jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardu�are that
are listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other
testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on
types and sizes of doors indicated in compliance �vith requirements of fire-rated door and
door fraine labels. Hardware shall also complie with UL10C and UBC 97.
1.4 PRODtiCT HAtiDLING:
A. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of the hardware supplier and the
hard���are installcr until each is satisfie.d that the count is correct.
B. Deliver individually packaged hardware iteins at the proper times to the proper locations
(shop or project site) for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with specified requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are
not necessarily limited to, the follo���ing.
1. Butt Hinges:
a. Stanley
b. McKinney
c. Ha�er
2. Continuous Hinges:
a. Select
3. Cylindcrs:
a. Corbin Keyway to match existin�
4. Locksets:
a. Corbin
b. Schlage
5. Bolts:
a. Glycu► Johnson
b. Rock«�ood
c. Trimco - BB��I' - Quality
1 December 1999 08710 -� CAI 9908�.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
9
l0
11
1?
I3
14
15
16
17
lg
19
20
21
�?
23
24
�j
26
?�
�g
�9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
C�
7
E
8.
9
10
Exit/Panic Devices:
a. Von Duprin
Push/Pull Units:
a. Forms �. Surfaces
b. Rock��-ood
c. Trimco - BBW - Quality
Closers and �perators
a. LCN
Kick, Mop, and Annor Plates:
a. Rockwood
b. Trimco - BBW - Quality
c. Ives
Door Strippin� and Seals:
a. l�Tational Guard Products
b. Zero
c Reese
Thresholds:
a. National Guard Products
b. Zero
c. Reese
Automatic Drop Seals:
a. National Guard Products
b. Zero
c. Reese
2.2 SCHEDULED HARDWARE
A. Requirements for construction, material, cycle requirements, design, grade, function,
finisll, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hard��are are indicated in
the "Hardware Schedule" at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using
hard�vare designation numbers of the following:
1. Manufacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name of
manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required for the purpose of
establishing minimum acceptably requirements. Provide either the product
designated or, where more than one manufacturer is specified under the Article
"Manufacturers" in Part 2 for each hardware type, the listed comparable product
of one of the other manufacturers that complies �n�ith each specified requirement
as listed in the above para�-raph in this specification and hard�•are sets. Approvals
for alternate inaterial, series, functions or manufacturers will be considered after
bid date. I�To Exceptions.
1 December 1999
08710 - 4
CAI 990�8.00
2.3 nZATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturcr's products that have
manufacturers' name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable
nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as other���ise
acceptable to Archit,:ct.
I�ianufacturer's identification «•ill be permitted on rim of lock cylinders and arms
of closers.
2. Manufactures UL10C label requirements for indentification.
B. Base Metals: Products hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated using
manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of
lesser (cominercia]ly recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units for
finish designations indicated.
C. Fasteners: Provide hard��are manufactured to conform to published templates, �encrally
prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared
for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated.
D. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Finish exposed (exposed under
any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work,
to match finish of this other v��ork as closely as possible including "prepared for paint"
surfaces to receive painted finish.
E. Provide concealed fastcners for hardware units that are exposed when door is closed
except to the extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed
fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is
exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of reinforcing the work
adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Where thru-bolts are used as a means of
reinforcing the work, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex scre�v fasteners.
?.4 HINGES A]�D PIVOTS:
A. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into v�rood
doors and frames, provide only template-produced units.
39 B. Screws: Furnish Phillips flat-head scre���s compl}'ing «�ith the follo«�ing requireinents:
40 1. For metal doors and frames install machine scre«�s into drilled and tapped holes.
4l 2. For wood doors and frames install wood scre��s.
42 3. For fire-rated wood doors install # 12 x 1-1 /4 inch threaded to the head steel wood
43 scre��s.
1 December 1999 08710 - 5 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
l6
17
18
19
20
21
22
?3
24
25
26
27
?g
��
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
�
D.
�
Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.
Hin�es Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinges pins as follows:
1. Out-swing exterior doors: I�'on-removable pins.
2. Out-swing Corridor poors: Non-removable pins.
3. Interior poors: Non-rising pins.
Number of Hinges: Provide nuinber of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hiii�es for
door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 inches
for additional height. No exceptions.
2.5 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING:
A. Equip ]ocks with standard cylinders.
B. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel or nicke]
silver.
C. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated,
provide individual change key for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike
��ith a� oup of related locks.
D. Key Materials: Provide keys of nickel silver only.
E. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock; 5 master keys for each master
system; and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system.
1. Deliver keys to Owner.
2.6 EXIT DEVICES
A. Comply with ANSI A 1�6.7. Devices shall incorporate "T" style stainless steel touchpad.
Touchpad shall not extend full length of device. Provide hydraulic dampening devices to
reduce shock and quiet operation.
B. Exterior trim shall be hea�ry forged design. Where indicated provide vandal resistant
lever with internal spring clutch (994L). Provide truss style end cap ��ith three point
attachment to device and two point attachment to door.
1 December 1999
08710 - 6
CAI 99088.00
1
2 C. Function, design, material, and gauge shall be as indicated. All devices shall be by one
3 manufacturer. Insure all fire ratings are in compliance with applications.
4
5 D. Electrified devices: specific security functions will be configured at the site as required
F by the Owners security system. Components necessary for those confi�urations are
included in the Hardware Sets, specific terminal connections are to be communicated at a
b later date.
E. All units shall be UL l 0C certified.
2.7 LOCKS, LATCHES, AND BOLTS
A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard ���rought box strike for each latch or lock bolt,
with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Provide curved lip strikes for- locks with latchbolts as recommended by
manufacturer.
B. Lock Throw: Providc 5/S-inch minimum throw of latch on pairs of doors . Comply with
LiL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings.
C. Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of'/� inch diatneter rods of brass, bronze, or stainless steel
with ininimum 12 inch long rod for doors up to 7'-0" in height. Provide longer rods as
necessary for doors exceeding 7'-0" in height.
D. Lever trim shal] be of the design indicated.
2.8 CLOSERS:
A. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply «�ith the manufacturer's
recommendations for size of door control unit dependin� on size of door, exposure to
��eather, and anticipated frequency of use. Factory hand, tag, and pre-size all springs
prior to jobsite delivery. No exceptions.
1. �'�"here parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide with solid for�ed extra duty
a: ms and extra duty knuckles with inte� al bronze bushings.
?. Closers shall have powder coated finish as indicated.
3. All closers shall be LCN 4000 series, 10,000,000 cycle units. No exceptions.
4. All units shall be UL10C certified.
1 December 1999 08710 - 7 CAI 9908$.00
�
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
25
26
27
�g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
2.9
G�
:
�'�'EATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS:
General: Provide continuous weatherstripping on exterior doors. Provide nonconosive
fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.
Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is
easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
C. VJeatherstripping at Jambs and Heads: Provide bumper-type resilient insert and metal
retainer strips, surface applied unless shown as mortised or semi-mortised, and of
following metal, finish, and resilient bumper material:
1. Extruded aluminum ���ith natural anodized finish, 0.062-inch minimum thickness
of main walls and flanges.
a. Grade A(30 deg. F to 150 deg. F, oil-resistant and self-extinguishing).
2.10 HARDWARE FINISHES
I:�
B
Match items to the inanufacturer's standard color and texture finish for the latch and lock
sets (or push-pull units if no latch or lock sets).
Provide finishes which match those established by BHMA or, if none established, match
the Architect's sample.
C. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicated hardware finishes are
those listed in ANSI/BHMA A156.18, "Materials and Finishes," including coordination
with the traditional U.S. finishes shov��n certain manufacturers for their products.
1. Rust-Resistant Finish: For iron and steel base metal required for exterior work and
in areas shown as "High Humidity" areas (and also when designed with the suffix
- RR), provide 0.2 mil-thick copper coating on base metal before applying brass,
bronze, nickel, or chromium plated finishes.
PART 3 - E�iECUT1ON
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, except as
specifically indicated or required to comply with go��erning regulations and except as
otherwise directed by Architect.
1. "Recoinmended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute.
1 December 1999
os�io - g
CAI 99088.00
B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Vr'herever cutting and fittin� is required to install hardware onto or
into surfaces which are later to be to painted or fiiiished in another way, coordinate
removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections �-ith finishing
wor�: specified in the Division-9 sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until
finishes have been completed on the substrate.
C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment
substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.
D. Drill and countersinlc units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.
E. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene inastic
sealant complying with requiretnents specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers."
F. VJeatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not othervvise indicated.
3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANInTG, AND DEn7ONSTRATING:
A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper
operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate
freely and smoothly as intencied for the application made.
V�herever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance
or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to
acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware
items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper
function and finish of hardv��are and doors. Adjust door control devices to
compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.
C. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance, and programining of
hardware and hardware finishes, durin� the final adjustinent of hardware.
1 December 1999 08710 - 9 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
]6
17
18
19
20
21
��
?3
?4
25
3.3 HARD��4'ARE SCHEDULE
A. General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of Section "Door
and Hardware," hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule, and in the follo�•in�
schedule of hardware sets.
1 December 1999
08710 - 10
CAI 99088.00
1
?
�
�
4
J
6
�
g
9
1�
11
��
1�
14
1J
16
1%
18
19
20
21
�2
7j
��
�5
26
��
�$
29
J0
31
��
� -.
�J
34
35
36
�%
�g
39
40
�1
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
J0
�1
J?
53
54
J�
56
J%
58
59
60
�1
Rosela�rd Tlieater• - Fort Wortli, Texas
Corgan Associates .Architects
Date: 12/01/9S
Revised:
HW1 102A, 1026, 108
EACH OPENING TO RECEIVc:
cA. HINGE C61900 4.5X4.5 613
2 EA. EXIT DEVICE 3347 613
2 EA. RIM CYLINDER 3000 613
2 EA. CLOSER 2030 6�3
1 EA. PULLS 10" 658 CTS 613
1 EA. THRESHOLD 896 613
1 SET GASKETING 5050 B TAN
2 EA. SWEEP C627 DUR
HW2 104, 109, 110
EACH OPENING TO RECEIVE:
CONTINUOUS HINGE
EXIT DEVICE
RIM CYLIND�R
CLOSER
KICK PLATE
THRESHOLD
GASKETING
SWEEP
101, 103, 106, 111, 'I 13, 204
EACH OPENING TO RECEIVE:
HINGE
CLASSROOM LOCKSET
CLOSER
SILENCERS
114, 115
EACH OPENING TO RECEIVE:
EA. HINGE
1 EA. PUSH-PULL
1 EA. CLOSER
1 EA. KICK PLATE
1 EA. WALL STOP
3 EA. SILENCERS
HW5 116
EACH OPENING TO RECEIVE:
EA. HINGE
1 EA. STOREROOM LOCKSET
1 EA. CLOSER
1 SET GASKETING
HW6 105, 107
EACH OPENING TO RECEIVE:
1 INACT. MANUAL FLUSH BOLT
1 EA. DEADBOLT
1 EA. THRESHOLD
1 SET GASKETING
1 EA. SWEEP
1 December 1999
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 SET
1 EA.
HW3
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
3 EA.
H W4
SL24
3347
3000
4111 H SPRING CI;SH
8 x 2 LDW FH-CSK-050
896
130
C627
C61900 4.5 x 4.5
A2D
4111 CUSH
GJ64
C619004.5x4.5
111 x 73 x 73L x TYPE 9
4011
8x2 LDW FH-CSK .050
60 C
GJ64
CB1900 4.5 x 4.5
CL 3457 AZD
FP4'111 CUSH
9595
F66A
896
130
C627
08710 - 1 1
DUR
713
613
613
613
DUR
DUR
DUR
613
613
613
GRY
613
613
613
613
613
GRY
613
613
613
TAN
STA
VON
COR
LCN
HIA
NGP
NGP
NGP
SEL
VON
COR
LCN
ROC
NGP
NGP
NGP
STA
COR
LCN
CLY
STA
ROC
LCN
ROC
GLY
GLY
STA
COR
LCN
NGP
613 GLY
DUR NGP
DUR NGP
DUr� NGP
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SUMM_'�RY
A. Section Includes: Glass and glazin� for storefront construction, entrances and other
doors interior vision lites, and e�terior windoa�s units.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American I�Tational Standard Institute: ANSI Z97.1 - Glazin� Materials Used in
Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and I��Iethods of Test.
B. American Society of Civil Engineers: ASCE 7-95 - Minimum Design Loads for
Buildings and Other Structures.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM C 1036 - Flat Glass.
2. ASTM C 1048 - Heat Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated
Glass.
3. ASTM E 163 - Standard Methods of Fire Test of �Vindow Assemblies.
4. ASTM E 774 - Specification for Sealed Insulated Glass Units.
S. ASTM E 1300 - Practice for Determining the Minimum Thickness of Annealed
Glass Required to Resist a Specified Load.
D. Flat Glass Manufacturers Association:
1. FGMA - Glazing Manual.
2. FGMA - Sealant Manual.
E. Federal Specification:
1. FS TT-G-410 - Glazing Compound, Sash (Metal) for Back Bedding and Face
Glazing (Not for Channel or Stop Glazing).
2. FS TT-P-791 - Putty - Pure-Linseed-Oil (for) Wood-Sash-Glazin�.
3. FS TT-S-230 - Sealing Compound, Synthetic Rubber Base, Sin�le Component,
Chemical Curing for Caulkin�, Sealing and G�ir.�; in Ruilding Construction.
4. FS TT-S-001543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone �iase (Por �;aul��ing and Glazing in
Buildings and Other Structures).
F. 1\TAAMA�I �SS-1B-68 - Nonskinning Resilient Preformed Conlpounds - Tapes, Ribbons,
Beads with Release Paper.
G. National Fire Protection Association: NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and �Xfindows.
H. Sealed Insulated Glass Manufactures Association:
1. SIGMA TM-3000-90 - Vertical Glazing Guidelines.
I. Consumer rroducts Safety Commission: CPSC - 16 CFR Part 1201 -"Safety Standard
for Architectural Glazing Materials."
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1 December 1999 08800 - 1 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
?3
24
?5
26
27
�g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
�l
5?
53
A. Desi�n Requirements: Design and size glazing components to a�ithstand dead and live
loads - loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to pane of
a�all - as calculated in accordance a�ith building code and ASCE 7-9� using a wind speed
of 80 mph., mph. Exposure C to establish Design Wind Pressure.
B. Performance Requirements:
1. General: Provide glazin� systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to
a- ithstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where
applicable) without failure includin� loss or �lass breaka�e attributed to the
following:
a. Defective manufacturing, fabrication, or installation.
b. Failure of sealants or gaskets to remain a�atertight and airti�ht.
c. Deterioration of glazing materials.
2. Glass thickness, when shown, are for convenience of detailing only and are to be
confirmed by Contractor and glass manufacturer by analyzin� project loads and in-
service conditions to meet or exceed the following.
a. Exterior Glass: Minimum 1/4" thick with all tinted or coated �lass the same
thickness.
b. Interior Glass: Minimum 1/4" thick.
3. All glass shall be provide in thickness so that the worst-case probability of breakage
at "Design Wind Pressure" a�hen tested in accordance with ASTM E 1300 will not
exceed the followin�:
a. 8 lites per 1000 for lites set venically or not over 15 degrees off vertical under
a�ind loading.
b. 1 lite per 1000 for lites set at over 15 degrees off vertical under wind or snoa�
loading.
�. Tl�ermal Movement: Design, fabricate and install component parts to provide for
noiseless expansion and contraction of glazing system over 120 deg. F. ambient and
180 deg. F. material temperature range without failure.
�. Limit glass deflection to 1/200 or fle�ure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing
materials, a�hichever is less.
6. Perform work in accordance with Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers
Association (SIGMA).
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Glass: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size
limitations, special handling or installation requirements.
?. Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental
characteristics, limitations, special application requirements.
3. Tdentif�� available colors; indicate special precautions required.
B. Shop Drawings: Sections and details of glass installation at framing members includin�
head, mullions, transoms, jambs and sills.
C. Samples: Submit 1?" 1 1?" samples of each type and thickness of tint, patterned and
coated glass.
D. Certificates: Submit �lass and glazing manufacturer's certifications that inaterials meet
Specification requirements and are compatible a�ith each other.
1 December 1999 08800 - 2 99088.00
1
�
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
?5
?6
?7
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
3S
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
52
53
1.5 QUALITY ASSURAI�TCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Minimum ta�o years experience on comparable projects.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply w ith AI�TSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16 CFR Pan 1201
break safe characteristics.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE Al�TD HANDLING
A. Deliver �lass to job in original containers bearin� manufacturer's label indicatin� quality
of contents of each package.
B. Store glass under cover at site and protect from edge and surface dama�e.
C. Do not remo�•e labels until glass has been installed. Keep glass free from contamination
by materials capable of stainin� glass. Do not apply marking materials to either side of
�lass.
1J PROJECT COI�TDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Do not install glazing materials �7hen ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F.
unless recommended by glazing material manufacturer.
2. Maintain minimurn ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after
installation of glazing compounds.
3. Do not install �lazing materials when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain,
frost, condensation, or other causes.
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate Work a�ith glazing frames, wall openin�s, and perimeter air and vapor seal
to adjacent Work.
1.9 V✓ARRANTY
A. Special t}Varranty: Warranty period covers only defects or failure due to normal
conditions of use and not to handling, installing, glass breaka�e, and improper cleanin�
practices contrary to �lass manufacturer's directions.
1. Insulated Glass: Provide 10 year manufacturer's warranty against failure of the
hermetic seal under normal use and replacement of same. Evidence of failure is the
obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfaces of the �lass.
2. Coated Glass: Provide five year manufacturer's warranty a�ainst defects developed
from normal use and replacement of same. Defects include peelin�, cracking, and
other indications of deterioration in coating.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
?.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. AFG Industries.
?. Ford Glass.
3. Guardian Industries Corp.
1 December 1999
08800 - 3
99088.00
1
1
2
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
24
?�
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
51
52
53
4. PPG Industries.
5. Viracon, Inc.
B. Substitutions: Comply aTith Section G1630.
2.? GLASS - FLOAT GLASS/HEAT-STRENGTHENED GLASS
A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1(transparent �lass, flat), Class 1(clear), Class 2
(tinted heat-absorbing and li�ht-reducin�), Quality q3 (glazing select).
B. Heat-Strengthened Glass:ASTM C 1048, Kind HS (heat-stren�thened, Condition A
(uncoated), Type 1(transparent glass, flat) Class 1(clear), Class 2(tinted heat-absorbing
and light-reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select).
C. Glass Types:
1. Type lA - Clear.
2. Type 1B - Tinted:
Ever Green High Performance Tint by Libby Owens Ford.
2.3 GLASS - FULLY TEMPERED
A. Fully Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A
(uncoated), Type 1(transparent ;lass, flat), Class 1(clear), Class 2(tinted heat-absorbin�
and light-reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select).
B. Glass Types:
1. Type ?A - Clear.
2. Type 2B - Tinted: Ever Green High Performance Tint by Libby Owens Ford
2.4 COATED GLASS - FLOAT GLASS/HEAT-STRENGTHENED GLASS
A. Coated Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1(transparent glass, flat), Class 1(clear), Class
2(tinted heat-absorbing and light reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select) with coating on
#2 (innei-) surface.
B. Coated Heat-Strengthened Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind HS (heat-strenb hened),
Condition C(other coated glass), Type 1(transparent ;lass, flat), Class 1(clear), Class 2
(tinted heat-absorbin� and li�ht-reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select) a�ith coating on
#2 (inner) surface.
C. Glass Type:
1. Type 3A - Clear.
2. Type 3B - Tinted:
Ever Green High Performance Tint by Libby Owens Ford.
2.5 COATED GLASS - FULLY TEMPERED
A. Fully Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition C(other
coated glass), Type 1(transparent �lass, flat), Class 1(clear}, Class 2(tinted heat-
absorbing and li�ht-reducin�), Quality q3 (glazing select) with coating on [[ #1 (outer)
surface ]] �? (inner) surface.
1. Type 4A - Clear.
?. Type 4B - Tinted: Ever Green High Performance Tint by Libby Oa�ens Ford.
?.6 WIRED GLASS
.,
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
1 December 1999
08800 - 4
99088.00
A. Wired Glass - Type 6: ASTM C 1036, Type II (patterned and wired �lass, flat), Class 1
(clear), Quality q8 (glazin�), Form 1(wired, polished both sides), Mesh ml (diamond).
Mesh m2 (square).
2.7 INSULATED GLASS
A. Insulated Glass: Sealed units of glass lites separated by dehydrated air spaces complying
a�ith ASTM E 774, Class A and with the followin� indicated requirements:
1. For types, classes, kinds, and conditions of each glass lites refer to specified �lass
types.
2. Sealing System: Dual seal, primary and secondary using manufacturer's standard
sealants.
3. Spacer: Manufacturer's standard metal.
-�. Air Space Width: Nominal 1/2 " measured perpendicularly from surfaces of glass
lites at unit ed�e.
B. Glass Types:
1. Type 8-1:
a. Outer Li�e
b. Inner Lite:
2. Type b-2:
a. Outer Lite
b. Inner Lite:
3. Type 3-3:
a. Outer Lite
b. Inner Lite:
Type 113.
Type lA.
Type 2B.
Type 2A.
Type 3B.
Type 1 A.
?.8 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A1�TD ACCESSORIES
A. Silicone Sealant:
1. One-component, medium rnodulus, cnoisture cured elastomeric silicone joint
sealant; FS TT-S-001�43A.
?. Acceptable Pr-oducts:
a. DC - 999A by Dow Cornin�.
b. Silglaze N by General Electric.
c. 863 by Pecora.
d. Spectrum 2 by Tremco.
B. �k/ood and Metal Sash Bedding Compound:
1. Soft, elastic compound composed of poly=merized oil, fiber calcium carbonate, and
other inert piaments, FS TT-P-791, Type II; color as selected by Architect.
?. Acceptable Product: No. 33 Glazing Compound by D.A.P.
C. Primer, Sealers, and Cleaners: Type as recommended by glass and sealant
manufactur-ers.
D. Plastic Film:
E. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, EI'DM or silicone, 80-90 Shore A hardness, len�th of 0.1
inch for each square foot of �lazing or minimum 4" x a-idth of �lazing rabbet space
minus 1/16" x hei�ht to suit �lazin� method and pane wei�ht and area.
1 December 1999 C8800 -� 99088.00
1
?
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
�?
23
24
?�
?6
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
F. Spacer Shims: Neoprene or silicone, �0 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum
3" lon� x one half hei�hc of �lazin� stop a thickness to suit application.
G. Glazing Clips: As recommended by glass manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTIOI�T
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that openings for �lazing are correctly sized and a�ithin tolerances.
B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and
ready to receive glazing.
3.? PREPARATION
A. Clean contact surfaces aTith solvent and wipe dr}�. Remove protective coatin�s from
surface to be �lazed.
B. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant when recommended by sealant
manufacturer.
C. Measure size of frame to receive glass and compute actual glass size allowing for ed�e
clearances.
D. Cut �lass accurately to fit frame, ed�es smooth without sharp or ragged edges.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply a�ith FGMA Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual. Glaze fire rated doors a�ith
metal stop and glazing compound to comply with NFPA 80.
B. Orient draw of glass pieces in same direction.
C. Erect members true to line, level square and in proper planes with other work free from
twists, sags, waves, buckles or other objectionable defects. Provide adequate anchorage
to safely resist all stresses to which members will normally be subjected.
D. Avoid point loading or contact with hard materials. Provide setting blocks and spacers
as required.
E. Tempered Glass:
1. Do not cut, seam, nip or abrade tempered glass.
?. Set tempered glass a�ith ton� marks completely concealed or in as inconspicuous a
location as possible.
3. Install tempered glass in hazardous locations:
a. Ingress and e�ress doors.
b. Operable or inoperable panels adjacent to a door in building and a-ithin same
wall plane as door whose nearest vertical edge is within 12" of door in closed
position and whose bottom ed;e is less than 60" above floor or walking surface.
c. Fi�ed panels which have glazed area in e�cess of 9 sq. ft. and lowest edge is less
than 18" above finished floor level or walking surface a�ithin 36" of such
�
�
1 December 1999
08800 - 6
99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
?0
21
�?
?3
24
?�
26
�7
?s
?g
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
��
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
52
�3
glazing where panels are not protected u�ith horizontal member not less than 1-
1/?" in width located bet�a-een 24" and 36" above walking surface.
d. Other locations required by building code.
3.-� EXTERIOR - DRY METHOD (PREFORMED GLAZING)
A. Cut glazing tape gasket or spline to length; install on glazing pane. Seal corners by
butting and sealing junctions with butyl s�alant.
B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with ed�e block no more than 6" from corners.
C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure to
attain full contact.
D. Install removable stops without displacing glazing gasket or spline. Etert pressure for
full continuous contact.
E. Trim protruding tape ed�e.
3.5 EXTERIOR - �X�ET/DRY METHOD (PREFORMED TAPE AND SEALANI�
A. Cut glazing tape to len�th and set a�ainst permanent stops, 3/16" beloR� si�ht line. Seal
corners by butting tape and dabbing a�ith butyl sealant.
B. Apply heel bead of butyl sealant along intersection of permanent stop a�ith frame
ensuring full perimeter seal between glass and frame to complete continuity of air and
vapor seal.
C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6" from corners.
D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant Rlith
sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane or glass unit.
E. Install removable stops, with spacer strips inserted between glazing and applied stops,
1/4" below sight line. Place glazing tape on glazin� pane or unit with tape flush with
sight line.
F. Fill gap between glazing and stop with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on
glazing, but not more than 3/8" below sight line.
G. Apply cap bead of sealant along void between stop and �lazing, to uniform line, flush
with sight line. Tool or R�ipe sealant surface smooth.
3.6 INTERIOR - DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE)
A. Cut glazing tape to len�th and set a�ainst permanent stops, projecting 1/16" above sight
line.
B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with ed�e block no more than 6" from corners.
C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push a�ainst tape for full contact at perimeter of pane
or unit.
1 December 1999 0�800 - 7 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?�
23
?4
?5
26
27
�g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
S0
51
52
53
D. Place �lazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above.
E. Install removable stop a�ithout displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full
continuous contact.
F. Knife trim protruding tape.
3.7 INTERIOR - WET/DRY METHOD (TAPE AND SEALAN'I')
A. Cut glazing tape to lenb h and install against permanent stops, projecting 1/16" above
sight line.
B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6" from corners.
C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape to ensure full contact at perimeter
of pane or unit.
D. Install removable stops, with spacer shims inserted between glazing and applied stops at
24" intervals, 1/4" below sight line.
E. Fill gaps between pane and applied stop with type sealant to depth equal to bit on
�lazing, to uniform and level line.
F. Trim protruding tape edge.
3.8 INTERIOR - WET METHOD (COMPOUND AND COMPOUND)
A. Install glazing resting on setting blocks. Install applied stop and center pane by use of
spacer shims at 24" centers, kept 1/4" below sight line.
B. Locate and secure glazing pane using glazers' clips.
C. Fill �aps between glazing and stops with glazing compound until flush with si�ht line.
Tool surface to straight line.
3.9 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Glass and glazing product manufacturers shall provide field surveillance of installation
of their products. Monitor and report installation procedures and unacceptable
conditions.
3.10 ADJUSTMENT
A. Replace breakage that occurs in execution of a�ork or caused by faulty installation.
B. Replace or reset improperly set �lass or glass that does not meet grade requirements.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces.
B. Remove labels after worlc is complete.
1 December 1999
08800 - 8
99088.00
T
�
'`r
�
�
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
C. Clean glass. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than one week prior to
Oa�ner's acceptance of a�ork. Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations for
final cleaning.
3.1? PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. After installation, mark pane ��ith � X' by using removable plastic tape or paste.
3.13 SCHEDULE
A. Ezterior poors & Storefronts at One Story Building: Type lA & B, ?A & B, or 3A A'.
B glazing a�ith dry gasket system.
B. Exterior �X�indows at Theater: Type 1B, 2B glazing with exterior dry �asket system.
EI�TD OF SECTION
1 December 1999
08800 - 9
99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3S
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
51
�2
53
SECTIOl�
MIRROR �
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SU�ZMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Mirror glass.
2. Concealed shelf an�le.
1.? REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 1036 - Flat Glass.
B. ANSI Z97.1 - Glazing Material.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit descriptive data of r
recommended installation instructions, anc. ,,.,,�.....b ...��..........u..�..,...,.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ANSI Z97.1 Break safe characteristics.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver glass to job in original containers bearing manufacturer's label indicatin� quality
of contents of each package. Store �lass under cover at site and protect from edge and
surface dama�e.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special �/arranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty that mirrors will not exhibit
interpane dusting or misting for period of 10 years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.1 MATERIALS
A. AZirror Glass: ASTM C 1036 Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality ql mirror
select; 1/4" thick; silver backing, copper protective coating and paint complyin� with
CS 27.
B. �'Iirror Mastic:
1. Combination of asphaltic bitumens, fibers and mineral spirits, asbestos free.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. Pecora 7HR4 Beddin� Compound.
b. Palmer Mirror-Mastic.
1 December 1999
08830 - 1
CAI 99C88.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
?3
24
?�
26
?7
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
C. Cleaners: Type as recommended by glass manufacturer.
D. Moisture Resistant Paint: As recommended by mirror manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTIOI�T
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Measure area to receive glass and compute actual glass size allowing for edge clearances.
B. Remove protective coatings from surface. Clean contact surfaces with solvent. �X�ipe
dry.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Cotnply with FGMA Glazing Manual.
B. Apply one coat of moisture-resistant paint to back of mirror. Allow to dry.
C. Apply inirror mastic to cover not more than ?5 percent of back or mirror, 1/8" to 1/2"
thickness of setting bed.
D. Set inirror on concealed shelf angle. Press mirror against substrate to bond.
E. Leave open ventilation space, 1/8" minimum between mirror and substrate. Do not
seal off ventilation space at edge of mirror.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT
A. Replace breakage that occurs in e�ecution of work or caused by faulty installation.
B. Replace improperly set glass that does not meet grade requirements.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mirror mastic droppings from finished surfaces. Remove labels after
work is completed.
B. Wash and polish mirror glass not more than one week prior to Owner's acceptance of
work. Comply with glass inanufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
08830 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior and interior portland cement plaster.
2. Patch and Repair of interior plaster a�alls. (Contractor to define area square foota�e
with Bid.)
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM C 91 - Masonry Cement.
2. ASTM C 1�0 - Portland Cement.
3. ASTM C 206 - Finishing Hydrated Lime.
4. ASTM C 631 - Bonding Compounds for Interior Plaster.
�. ASTM C 897 - Ag�regate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement-Based Plasters.
6. ASTM C 926 - Application of Ponland Cement-Based Plaster.
7. ASTM E 119 - Test Method for Fire Test of Building Construction and Material.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, written recommendations,
proportion mixes and installation instructions for each specified materials.
B. Samples:
1. Submit manufacturer's standard colors for selection.
2. Submit 12" x 12" samples shoRring full range of colors, textures, and patterns
available for each type of finish indicated.
C. Certification: Manufacturer's certificate that each kind of a�gregate that comply with
requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Minimum five years experience applying similar Portland
cement plaster finish systems; three significant project with similar finish plaster
systems; member in good standing of Te�as Lath and Plaster Association.
B. Fire Resistance Ratin�s: Provide materials and installation identical to assemblies tested
per ASTM E 119 by testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Mock-Up:
1. Prepare minimum 5'-0" z 5'-0" panel of each material and finish system required for
Pro�ect.
?. Show color, te�ture and workmanship of finished work.
30 November 1999 092?0 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
24
?,�
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
�7
�s
49
50
51
�?
�3
3. Maintain sample panel on Project site for duration of Project for comparison
purposes. Sample panel may be incorporated into work provided it is acceptable to
Architect and meets all requirements of Specifications.
D. Pre-Installation Conference:
1. Prior to start of installation of finish plaster systems, meet at Project site with
installers of related a�ork, including mechanical and electrical.
?. Review areas of potential interference and conflicts, coordinate layout and support
provisions for interfacing work, and coordinate schedule with other trades.
l.� DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in original, unopened packa�es, containers or bundles
identified with manufacturer's name and brand, type and grade of materials.
B. Store materials inside under cover, above ground and away from sweatin� walls or
other damp surfaces.
1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Cold Weather Requirements: Provide uniformly distributed heat, by using
deflection or protective screen to prevent concentration of heat on plaster, and
protection as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing.
a. Eaterior Plaster: Protect plaster from freezing when ambient temperature is
less than 32 deg F or when 40 deg. F or less and failing. Heat materials and
provide temporary protection and heat as required by ACI 306.
b. Interior Plaster: Maintain not less than 40 deg. F temperature in areas to be
plastered for a period of not less than 48 hours prior to application, during
application and thereafter.
2. Warm Weather Requirements:
a. Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation, and froin strong flows
of dry air, both natural and artificial.
b. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent
dryout during cure period.
c. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind,
or combinations of techniques as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, white Portland cement.
1. Base Coat Cement: Type 1 or II.
?. Finish Coat Cement: Type I, white as required to match eaisting interior plaster
a�alls of the theater, and to match salva�ed plaster sample from eaterior plaster
(medium/light teature).
B. Lime: ANSI/ASTM C?06, Type S
C. Aggre�ate: Graded in accordance with AI�TSI/ASTM C S97 for base coats and finish
coat.
30 November 1999 09?20 - 2 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
2?
?3
24
�7
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
�5
46
47
�8
49
�0
51
5?
�3
D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N.
E. Factory-Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's packaged blend of portland cement,
hydrated lime, and a�gre�ate meetin� requirements indicated above and compatible
with base coat in finish color and texture approved by Architect.
F. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or pol}-propylene fibers, 1/2 in. long, free
of substances capable of affecting plaster sector of damaging plaster, metal lath, or
accessories.
G. �/ater: Clean, fresh, potable and free of organic matter which can affect plaster.
H. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 631; type recommended for bonding plaster to concrete.
?.2 PROPORTIOI�'S BY VOLUME
A. Scratch Coat:
1. 1 part I'onland Cement.
?. 1 to 2 parts Masonry Cement.
3. 5 to 7 parts sand.
4. 1 lb. fiber per sack of cement.
B. LroR�n Coat:
1. 1 part Portland Cement.
?. 1 to 2 parts Masonry Cement.
3. 6 to 9 parts sand.
C. Finish Coat:
1. 1 part Portland Cement.
2. 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts hydrated lime.
3. 5 to 7 parts sand.
?.3 MIXII�TG
A. Accurately proportion materials for each plaster batch with measuring devices of
known volume, measurement by shovel arill not be permitted.
B. Mechanically mix plaster materials. Hand miaing will not be permitted. Clean mi�;er
after each use.
C. Size batches for complete use within maximum 3/4 hour after mixing.
D. Do not use or retemper partially hydrated Portland cement plaster.
E. Do not use frozen, caked or lumpy materials.
F. Use moist, loose sand in mi� proportions.
G. Withhold 10 percent of mi�ing water until mi�in� is almost complete, then add as
needed to produce necessary consistency.
H. Prepacica�ed Products: Mih in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
30 November 1999 09220 - 3 CAI 99088.00
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
2?
23
?4
25
?6
?7
?s
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
�9
�0
51
5?
�3
A. Verify that surfaces and areas to be plastered are free of dust, loose particles, oil and
other forei�n matter which would affect bond of plaster coats.
B. Exarnine construction, grounds, furring and lathing, and accessories to ensure finished
plaster surfaces will be true to line, level and plumb without requiring additional
thickness of plaster.
C. Concrete:
1. Verify surfaces are flat, honeycomb is filled flush, and surface is ready to receive
work of this Section.
2. Verify no bituminous, water repellent, or form release agents exist on concrete
surface that are detrimental to plaster.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Apply plaster by trowel. Interrupt plaster only at junctions of plaster planes, at
openings or at control joints.
B. Nominal Plaster Thicknesses: ASTM C 9?6.
C. Scratch Coat (Base Coat) Application:
1. Apply scratch coat with sufficient material and pressure to form keys on metal lath.
2. Scratch or cross rake rough surface and allow to set firm and hard.
3. Apply plaster screeds to scratch coat prior to application of brown coat.
D. Brown Coat (Second Coat) Application:
1. Do not apply until after scratch coat has set and hardened, not less than 24 hours.
2. Apply brown coat to first coat brin�ing out to ground flat to true surface and free
of imperfections which would reflect in finish coat.
3. Reconsolidate brown coat by floating and roughen to ensure bond with finish coat.
4. Str•aighten to true surface with rod and darby without application of water.
5. Scratch or cross rake and leave rough, ready to receive finish coat.
E. Finish Coat (Third Coat) Application:
1. Apply finish coat with texture and color as selected matching field sample mock-up.
2. Apply finish coat to base coat which is set and partially dry or to set dry base coat
which has been darnpened by application of water.
3. Avoid use of excessive amounts of water.
4. Cut finish coat throu�h full depth with trowel at intersection of plastered walls and
plastered ceilings.
5. Tool through second and finish coats to produce "�"' joint at intersection of frames
or other items of inetal or wood which act as plaster grounds.
6. Finish plaster with corners strai�ht, plumb, sharp and exterior corners fitted with
metal corner beads.
7. Trowel finishes:
a. Scratch in finish coat with strong trowel pressure over base coat, double back
and fill out to true, even surface.
�
a
�
�
i
30 November 1999
09220 - 4
CAI 99088.00
?
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1S
19
20
21
��
23
24
25
26
27
��
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
b. Allow finish plaster to firm up.
c. Steel trowel applied and draw•n plaster a�ith clean water to srnooth finish free
from blemishes and irre�ularities.
8. Te�ture: Trowel finish smooth matching accepted field sample.
F. Water Curing:
1. Follow procedures recommended by plaster manufacturer.
2. Cure minimum 48 hours after all coats have set.
3. Prevent premature dry-out.
G. Acrylic Finish: Apply in accordance with Section C982�.
3.3 TOLERANCES
A. 1�Zaaimum Deviation From True to Plane: 1/8" in 10'-0" as measured by straight edge
placed at any location on surface.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Upon completion, point-up plaster around t�-im and other locations where plaster meets
dissimilar materials.
B. Cut out and patch defective or dama�ed plaster.
C. Match patch of defective or damaged plaster to existing work in form, tekture and
color.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove plaster and protective materials from e�pansion beads, perimeter beads and
adjacent surfaces.
B. Remove stains from plaster surfaces that would adversely affect subsequent finishes.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished surfaces installed prior to plastering, maintain protection in place until
completion of work.
EI�TD OF SECTION
30 November 1999
09??0 - 5
CAI 99088.00
SECTION C9260
GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARI'
A. Section Includes:
1. V4�'ood framing and furring members to receive gypsum board.
2. Gypsum Board screw-attached to wood framing and furring members.
3. Trim accessories.
4. Gypsuin board screw-attached to gypsum board in double layer application.
5. Cement backer board for application of tile.
6. Taped and sanded joint treatments.
7. Acoustical insulation and sealants, and accessories.
1.? REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A 52� - General Requirements for Steel Sheet Zinc - Coated (Gal��anized) by
the Hot-Dip Process.
2. ASTM A 641 - Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
3. ASTM C 11 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Gypsum and Related Building
Materials and Systems.
4. ANSI/ASTI��1 C 36 - Gypsum Wallboard.
�. ANSI/ASTM C 47� - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard
Construction.
6. ANSI/ASTM C 630 - W'ater-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board.
7. ANSI/ASTM C 645 - Non-load Bearing Steel Studs, Runners, and Rigid Furrin�
channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board.
8. ANSI/ASTM C 646 - Steel Drill Screws for Application of Gypsum Sheet Material
to Light Ga�e Steel Studs.
9. ASTM C 665 - Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for Ambient Temperatures.
10. ANSI/ASTM C 754 - Installation of Framin� Members to Receive Screa�-Attached
Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or �X/ater Resistant Backing Board.
11. ASTM C 840 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
12. ASTM C 919 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Application.
13. ASTM C 1002 - Steel Drill Screa�s for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal
Plaster Bases.
14. ASTM C 1047 - Accessories for Gypsum �Xrallboard and Gypsum Veneer Board.
15. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Buildin� A�Iaterials.
16. ASTM E 488 - Strength of Anchors and Concrete and Masonry Elements.
17. ANSI/ASTI�� E 119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and AZaterials.
B. Gypsum Association:
1. GA-201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings.
2. GA-214 - Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.
3. GA-216 - Recommended Specifications for Application and Finishin� of Gypsuin
Board.
4. GA-505 - Gypsum Board Products - Glossary of Terminology.
7. GA-600 - Fire Resistance Desi�n Manual.
1 December 1999 09?60 - 1 99088.00
�
�
1.3 DEFINITIONS
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
51
A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminolo��: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA 50� tor
definitions of terms for gypsum board construction not other wise defined in this
section or other reference standards.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Identical to those indicated by reference to GA 600 file
no's. and UL design designation and other materials whose fire resistance ratin�s
has been determined by ASTM E 119 or by other testing and inspection
organizations acceptable to authorities havin� jurisdiction.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. I'roduct Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation
instructions, including data as may be required to shoa� compliance with these
specification for each type of product specified.
B. Samples: Subrnit te�ture samples on 12" x 12" gypsum board to Architect for
acceptance using specified application method.
C. Certificates:
1. Furnish manufacturer's certification that materials meet or exceed Specification
requireinents.
2. Fui-nish certification from independent testing laboratory indicating compliance
with fire rating.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. �rector Qualifications: Minimum three years successful experience on comparable
light-gage metal framing projects.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Fire rated systems shall be listed and labeled by UL or other
reco�nized testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with
building code in effect for project.
C. Mock-Ups:
1. Construct 100 sq.ft. of actual wall surface. Finish field sample for each type of joint
and finish application. Simulate finished lightin� conditions for review of in-place
work.
2. Request review by Architect. Remove field samples not accepted by Architect.
3. Accepted field sample may be used as project standard.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Minimum room temperatures:
1. Maintain not less than 40 deg. F for nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board
framing.
1 December 1999 09?60 - 2 99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
?p
21
?�
23
24
��
26
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
3�
3�
36
37
�s
39
40
41
4?
43
-��
45
46
�7
48
49
�0
51
52
JJ
2. Mainzain not less than 5Q de�. F for �8 hours prior to application and continuously
thereafter until drying is complete for adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum
board.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MA�TUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products a�hich may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. Acceptable Framing Manufacturers: (For Furring Channels)
a. A& S Manufacturin�, Inc.
b. Deitrich Industries, Inc.
c. Gold Bond Buildin� Products, National Gypsum Co.
d. Maverick Steel Corp.
e. National Rolling Mills.
f. linimast, Inc.
2. Acceptable Gypsum Board Manufacturers:
a. Domtar Gypsum.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corporation, Gypsum Division.
c. National Gypsum, Gold Bond Building Products.
d. Republic Gypsum Company.
e. United States Gypsum Company.
3. Acceptable Trim and Accessories Manufacturers:
a. National Rolling Mills.
b. Unimast, Inc.
c. Fry Reglet Company.
d. Gold Bond Building Products, National Gypsum Co.
e. Pittcon Industries Inc.
f. Gordon, Inc.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.2 WOOD FRAMING
A. General: Refer to Specification Section 06100 Rough Carpentry and Structural
Drawin�s notes for framing requirements specifications and details.
B. Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 x 2-9/16, ?5 �auge, hat shaped channels
weighin� ?76 Ibs per 1000 ft.
C. Resilient Furring Channels: Manufacturer's standard product fabricated to form 1/?
incl� deep channel of the followin� configuration:
1. Sinale-Leg Confi�uration: 2� gau�e, 1/2" x 2-1/2", weighing 200 lbs. per 1000 ft,
��it�i face connected to a sin�le flan�e by a single slotted leg.
?. Double-Leg Confiauration: 25 gau�e, 1/2" deep hat shaped channel with 1-1/2"
inch face connected to flan�es by double slotted or eapanded metal legs.
D. Z-Furring A'Iembers: Manufacturer's standard 25 gauge zee-shaped furring members
with slotted and nonsloted web arith a face flan�e of 1-1/2 inch, wall-attachment flange
of 7/8", and a depth required to fit insulation thicl:ness indicated.
1 December 1999 09?60 - 3 99088.00
��
1
?
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
?�
?3
24
?�
?6
27
�s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
�8
49
J0
�1
�?
53
E. Backerplates: 18 gauge, unless noted other wise on the drawings, galvanized steel; 6"
minimum width.
F. Hanaer Anchora�es:
1. Concrete Inseres: Inserts fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with holes
or loops for attachment of han�er wires and capability to sustain, w•ithout failure, a
load equal to 8 times that imposed by ceilin� construction, as determined from
testing per ASTM E 488.
2. Tie Wire: 16 gau�e soft-temper steel wire complying with ASTM A 641, Class 1
Coating.
3. Hanger Wire: Soft-temper steel wire compl}°ing with ASTM A 641, Class 1
coating, prestretched; sized in accordance with ASTM C 754.
4. Rod or Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected a�ith rust-inhibitive
paint.
�. An�le-Type Hangers: An�les with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide, 16 gauge, with
�/16 diameter bolted connections.
2.3 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS
A. General: Provide gypsum board in thickness indicated, or if not indicated in thickness
to comply with ASTM C S�0 for application and support spacing indicated.
B. G��psum Board: ASTM C 36 a=ith tapered edges.
1. Type: Type X.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
C. `�ater-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 630 a�ith tapered edges.
1. Type: Type X.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherw ise indicated.
D. Cement Backer Board: Core of aggregate and portland cement and both faces coated
a�ith a high density portland cement coating or a vinyl-coated woven glass fiber mesh
ernbedded in both surfaces. (Use at Showers)
1. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. "Durock Tile Backer Board"; Durabond Division USG Industries, Inc.
b. "UtiI-A-Crete"; FinPan, Inc.
c. "Wonder Board"; Glascrete, Inc.
2.4 TRIM
A. General: Provide steel corner beads, edge trim, and control/eapansion joints which
comply with ASTM C 1047 a�ith hot-dipped galvanized finish in accordance with
ASTM A 525, G 30 or heavier coatintr.
B. Corner Beads:
1. "Dur-A-Bead Bi, 103"; United States Gypsum Co.
2. "Wallboard Corner Bead" Gold Bond Buildin� Products.
C. Control E�pansion Joint: "Sheetrock Zinc Control Joint No. 093", United States
Gypsum.
1 December 1999 09?60 - 4 99088.00
(J
?.5 JOINT TREATMEI�TT MATERIALS
A. Joint Tape: Perforated complying with ASTM C 47�.
B. Joint Compound: Adhesives complying �-ith ASTM C 475:
1.First Coat:
a."Ready-Mixed Compound Taping", United States Gypsum.
b."Ready-Mixed Joint Compound", Gold Bond Buildin� Products.
2.Second Coat:
a."Ready-Mi�ed Compound Topping",
b."Ready-Mi�ed Topping Compound"
3.Third Coat:
a."Ready-Miaed Compound Topping",
b."Ready-Mixed Topping Compound"
4.Fourth Coat:
a."Ready-I�Zixed Compound Topping"
b."Ready-Mi�ed Topping Compound"
2.6 MISCELLANLOUS MATERIALS
United States Gypsum.
Gold Bond Building Products.
United States Gypsuin.
Gold Bond Building Products.
, United States Gypsum.
, Gold Bond Building Products.
A. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 10C?.
1. Type G: Used for fastening �ypsum board to gypsum board.
2. Type S: Used for fastening of gypsum board to steel framing meinbers.
3. Type W: Used for fastenin� of gypsum board to w�ood framing members.
B. Metal Fraininb to Structure-Screws: Power driver screw, complying a�ith ASTM C 646,
fasteners shall withstand 190 pound sin�le shear resistance; 200 pound bearin� force
when driver through structural head or base; without eaceeding allowable desibn stress
in runner, fastener, or structural support.
C. Metal Framing to Concrete Structure-Nails: No. 8 concrete stub nails, case harder, 3/4"
long.
D. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, settin� type joint compound of type recommended for spot
grout holloa� metal door frames.
E. Water-Resistant Sealant: USG Sheetrock Brand W/R Sealant.
F. Adhesive: Dry-wall Contact Adhesive manufactured by 3-r7 Company.
2J ACOUSTICAL AI�TD THERMAL MATERIALS
A. Sealant: Acrylic latex, skinning type.
1. "Tremco Acoustical Sealant", Tremco, Inc.
?. "Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant", United States Gypsum Co.
B. Acoustical Insulation: Unfaced glass or slag mineral fiber blanket compl��ing R-ith
ASTM C 665, Type 1. (AT INTERIOR PARTITIOI\TS)
1. "Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets", United States Gypsum Co.
2. "Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation", Owens-Cornin� Fiberglas Corp.
3. " Acoustical Blanket", Knauf Fiber Glass.
4. "Sottnd Control Batts", CertainTeed Corp.
1 December 1999 09?60 - 5 99088.00
'
1
�
�
�
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
�2
23
?4
25
26
27
�g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
51
5?
�3
S. "Manville Sound Control Batts", Manville Building Products.
C. Schedule: �Valls - As noted on plans. Ceiling above restroom and beta�een lst/2nd floor
at Theater Lobby.
D. Thermal Insulation: Refer to Section 07213 Batt Insulation.
?.8 TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS
A. ��Valls & Ceilings -Stipple Texture Finish: USG Multi-Purpose Texture Finish - Light
Stipple Or-ange Peel, United States G}�psum Co.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Esamine substrates and adjoining construction for compliance writh requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of gypsum board
construction.
3.? PREPARATION
A. Ceilin� Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system arith
installation of overhead structural systems to ensure that inserts and other structural
anchorage provisions have been installed.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL:
A. Refer to Specification Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Structural Drawing Notes.
B. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the R�ork and
for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,
furnishings, and similar construction.
3.4 STUD INSTALLATION
A. Install studs in sizes to withstand lateral design loadings set forth in Structural Draa�in�s
51.1.
l. For stud hei�hts above 15' refer to sizes indicated on the drawin�s.
B. E�tend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above
suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended
ceilin�s. Continue framin� over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts
penetrating partitions above ceilin� to provide support for gypsum board.
C. Frame Door Openin�s: Install two studs at each jamb, extend one stud at each jamb
throu�h suspended ceiling and attach to underside of structure above, and one
additional stud not more than 6 inches from jamb studs. Attach studs to door frame
anchor clips. Install framing at head, for cripple studs, and secure to jamb studs.
1 December 1999 09260 - 6 99088.00
D. Frame Openings: Identical to that required for door openings except that one jamb
stud is not required to e�tend to structure above and install framing below sills of
openings to match framing abo��e door heads.
�.� CEILING FRAMING II�TSTALLATION
A. Re�er to Architectural Draw-ings for ceiling details ans ratin� requirenients.
B. �X�7ere sprinkler heads, diffusers, and speakers are arran�ed in alignment, variation from
exact ali�nment shall not vary more than 1/2" either side of centerline throu�h various
elements.
3.6 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Install gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C 8�0, GA-201, GA-216, GA-600
and manufacturers written instructions.
2. Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimizes the number of
end-butt joints, and which avoids end joints in the central area of each ceilin�.
Stagger end joints at least ?4 inches.
3. Install a�all/partition boards in manner �rhich minimizes the number of end-butt
joints or avoids them entirely where possible.
4. �/all/Partition Board Joints:
a. Butt boards to�ether with light contact at edges and ends with not more than
1/6 inch open space between boards.
b. Position boards so that like edges abut.
c. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions.
5. Spot �rout hollow metal door frames at each anchor just before insec-ting board into
frame.
6. Sound-Rated Construction: Seal construction at perimeters, control and eapansion
joints, opening and penetrations with acoustical sealant complying ��ith ASTM C
919 and manufacturers written recommendations for rating specified.
B. Sin�le Layer Gypsum Board:
1. On ceilings apply ��psum board prior t� �.-a11/partition board installation.
?. On partiuons/a�a11s apply g}'psum boarU ��ertically (parallel to framing), unless
otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end Joints.
3. On partitions/walls 8'-1" or less in height and hi�h R�all areas over 15'-0" in height
apply gypsum board horizontally (perpendicular to framin�) with end joints
stag�ered over studs; use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints.
4. On L-furring members apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing) R�ith no
end joints. Locate ed�e joints over furrin� members.
�. On partitions/aralls with thin-set ceramic tile and similar ri�id applied wall finishes
install gypsum board as follows:
a. In "dry" locations at toilet rooms and other areas install water-resistant �ypsum
board to comply with ASTM C 840.
b. In "wet" locations at sho �-ers, tubs, and similar areas install cement backer
boards and treat joints with manufacturer's written recommendations.
C. Double Layer G}-psum Board:
1. General: Install �ypsum board for base layer and gypsum board for face layer.
1 December 1999 09260 - 7 99088.00
I
1
?
3
�
6
7
9
10
I1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
zs
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
47
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
2. On ceilings apply base layer, at ri�ht angles to suppons, prior to application of
base layer on a�alls/partitions; apply face la}'ers in same sequence. Offset joints
beta-een layers at least 10 inches.
3. On partitions/a�alls apply base layer and face layers vertically (parallel to framin;)
a�ith joints of base layer over supports and face layer joints offset at least 10 inches
with base layer joints.
4. On Z-furring members apply base layer vertically (parallel to framin�) and face
layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to
framing) a�ith vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints
of base layer over furring members.
D. Fastenin� Methods - Single Layer:
1. Fasten with screws.
E. Fastening Methods - Double Layer:
Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screa�s.
F. Direct-Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum board is indicated to be directly adhered
to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members or base layer of �ypsum board),
comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or
fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set.
3.7 TRIM INSTALLATION
A. General: Use same fasteners to anchor trim flanges as required to fasten gypsum board.
B. Corner Beads: Installed at external corners.
3.8 FINISHING
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA 214.
B. Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints, flan�es of corner beads, edge trim, and
control �oints, penetrations, fastener heads and surface defects to produce a srnooth
surface ready to receive finishes.
1. Apply tape at joints between gypsum board, except where trim accessories are
ind�cated.
2. Apply joint treatment in coats and sand between coats and after last coat R�ith �120
�rit or finer sandpaper or #200 �rit or finer mesh cloth.
3. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that maximum cumber is 1/32" [[ 1/16" ]]
usin� a 6 inch wide tool for the lst and 2nd coats and a 12 inch wide tool for the
3rd coat.
C. Finishing Water-Resistant Gypsum Board: Compl}� a�ith ASTM C 840 and
manufacturer recommendations for application intended.
D. Finishing Cement backer Board:
1. Fill joints with latex portland cement mortar.
2. Tape joints and corners with fiber�lass tape embedded in latea portland cement
mortar.
1 December 1999 09260 - 8 99088.00
E. Joint Sanding: Sand joints with 1�0 grit or finer sandpaper or 2?0 arit or finer mesh
cloth.
F. Levels of Gy�psum Board Finish:
1. Level 1: All joints and interior an�les shall ha��e type embedded in joint compound.
Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and rid�es are
acceptable.
?. Level ?: All joints and interior angles shall have tape embec'ded in joint compound
and one separate coat of joint compound applied over all joints, an�les, fastener
heads, and accessories. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks
and ridges are acceptable.
3. Level 3: All joints and interior an�les shall have tape embedded in joint compound
and two separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, an�les, fastener
heads, and accessories. All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks
and ridges.
4. Level 4: All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound
and three separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, an�les, fastener
head�, and accessories. A special primer/sealer paint, specified in Sectic�n 09900 -
Painting, by gypsum board manufactured shall be applied to the entire surface. All
joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges.
5. Level 5A: All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint
compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints,
angles, fastener heads, and accessories. A special primer/sealer paint, specified in
Section 09900 - Paintina, by �ypsum board manufactured shall be applied to the
entire surface. The sur�ace shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges.
6. Level 5B: All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint
compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints,
angles, fastener heads, and accessories. A thin skim coat of joint compound shall be
applied to the entire surface so that the paper surface of the drya�all is not exposed.
The surface shall be smooth and free of tool marks and rid�es.
3.9 SCHEDULES
A. Levels of Gypsum Board Finishin�:
1. Levei 1: Provide in plenum areas above ceilings, in attics, in areas where the
assembly would generally be concealed, or in building service corridors and other
areas not normally open to view.
2. Level 2: Provide where water resistant gypsum backing board or cement backer
board is used as a substrate for tile or stone.
3. Leve13: Provide in areas which are to receive heavy or medium texture (spray or
hand applied) finishes before final paintin�, or where heavy grade wall coverings are
to be applied as the final decoration.
4. Level 4: Provide in areas which are to receive li�ht wallcoverings and li�ht teatures
a�ith flat paints.
�. Level SA: Provide in areas �•hich are to receive flat or semi-gloss paint.
6. Level 5B: Provide in areas which are to receive gloss paint or semi-�loss paint in
areas flooded a�ith artificial or natural li�htin�.
3.10 TEXTURE FINISH
1 December 1999 09?60 - 9 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
�
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
A. Spray apply finish testure coating in accordance a�ith manufacturer's instructions to
match accepted samples.
B. Do not apply texture to surfaces to receive paint, ceramic tile or vinyl a-all coverin�.
C. Remove any texture from arindows, door and door frames, and other adjoinin�
construction.
3.11 TOLERAI�TCES
A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8" in
10'-0" in any direction.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
09260 - 10
99088.00
SECTION 09300
TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ceramic tile walls and floors using thinset and mortar bed (Front Entry)
application method.
2. Thresholds at doors.
3. Ticket Booth at Entry
1.? REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A108.5 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar
or Late� Portland Cement Mortzr.
2. AI\TSI A108.6 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, �XJater
Cleanahle Tile-Setting and Grouting Epo�y.
3. AI\TSI A1C8.10 - Installation of Grout in Tilework.
4. ANSI A118.3 - American National Standard Specification for Chemical Resistant
u/ater Cleanable Tile-Setting and Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile
Adhesive.
�. ANSI A118.4 - American National Standard Specification for Latex Portland
Cement Mortar.
6. ANSI A118.6 - American National Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile Grouts.
7. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile.
B. American Society for Testin� and Materials
1. ASTM C 33 - Specification for Concrete Aggre�ates.
2. ASTM C 144 - Specification for A��regate for Masonry Mortar.
3. ASTM C 150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
4. ASTM C 171 - Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
5. ASTM C?41 - Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot
Traffic.
6. ASTM C 373 - Water Absorption, Bulk Density, Apparent Porosity, and Apparent
Specific Gravity of Fired Whiteware Products.
7. ASTM D 412 - Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tensions.
S. ASTM D 1004 - Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and
Sheeting.
9. ASTM D 120� - Linear Dimensional Chan�es of Non-Rid�ed Thermal Plastic
Sheathing or Film at Elevated Temperature
10. ASTM D?178 - Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofinb and
�i/aterproofin�.
C. TCA - Tile Council of America Installation Handbook.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
1 December1999 C9300 - 1 CAI 99083.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
�4
?5
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4-�
45
46
47
48
49
J0
51
5?
53
A. Product Data: Provide instructions for using adhesives and grouts; include
recommended cleanin� methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and
polishes and waxes for each type of product specified.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions,
thresholds, junctions a�ith dissimilar materials, location and sizes of control, isolation,
and expansion joints in tile substrate and finish tile surfaces.
C. Samples:
1. Subrnit manufacturer's standard size full color line for selection.
2. Provide �rout color samples for selection.
3. Mount tile and apply grout on ?4" � 24" ply-wood or hardboard panels
illustrating pattern, color variations in tile and grout, and grout joint size for each
type of tile or grout required.
4. Submit 6" long sample of stone threshold.
D. Cenification:
1. Certification signed by manufacturer and installer that products meet or e�ceed
ANSI A137.1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANC�
A. Qualifications:
1. Installer: Five years minimum documented experience in installation of materials
and systems specified in commercial installations.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers a�ith seals unbroken and
labels intact until time of use.
B. Comply with requirements of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages.
C. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, excessive heat,
foreign matter and other causes.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Do not install adhesives in unventilated environment.
2. Maintain 50 degrees F temperature minimum durin� installation of monar
materials and for 10 days after completion unless hi�her temperatures are required
by inanufacturer's written instructions.
3. Furnish adequate li�hting for good groutin� and thorou�h cleanin�.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Furnish full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed but not
less than one unopened carton of each type and color tile specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
1 December1999
09300 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
?0
21
�?
?�
��
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
SC
S1
;?
�3
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Tile Manufacturers:
1. American Olean Tile Company.
?. Crossville Ceramics Company.
3. Dal-Tile Corporation.
4. Metropolitan Ceramics.
�. Summitville Tiles Inc.
6. United States Ceramic Tile Co.
B. Acceptable Setting Material Manufacturer's
1. Mapei C� -poration.
2. Laticrete International.
3. Te�-Rite by Texas Cement Products.
4. PCI-USA.
C. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.2 TILE MATERIALS
A. Ceramic Mosaic Floor Tile: (Front Entry�
1. ANSI A137.1 Standard Grade, unglazed, porcelain mosaic cushioned edges, smooth
surface; 0 to 0.5 moisture absorption, ASTM C 373.
2. Size: 1"x 1"x 5/16" and 1" Hexagon (�/16")
3. Acceptable Product: Dal-Keystones by Dal-Tile.
4. Color: Two colors as selected by Architect, 1"x 1" - DK126, 1" Hexagon - DK317.
F3. Ceramic Mosaic Floor Tile: (Restrooms)
1. ANSI A137.1, Standard Grade, unglazed, porcelain mosaic cushioned ed�es, smooth
surfaces 0 to 0.5 moisture absorption ASTM C 373..
2. Size: 2"x 2" x5/16".
3. Acceptable Product: Dal Keystone by Dal-Tile.
4. Color: Two colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's Group 1 or 2
colors.
�. Pattec-n: Dal-Tile Field Pattern #3003 92% Color l, 8% Color 2.
C. Ceramic Mosaic Tile Base (Restrooms):
1. Size: 2"x ?" x 5/16"
2. Acceptable Product: Dal-Permatones by Dal-Tile, ?"x 2" Thinset Bed complete
arith corners, coves and caps (one row cove, one row 2"x ?" and one row round top
cap)
3. Color: Single color as selected by Architect fror�l manufacturer's Group 1 or 2
colors.
D. Ceramic Wall Tile: (Restroocns)
1. ANSI A137.1, Standard Grade, glazed, cushioned edges, smooth surface.
2. Size: 4-1/4° x 4-1/4" x 5/16".
3. Color: Dale-Tile Glazed VVall Tile
a. Field Color No. 1: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's Group 1 or 2
colors.
b. Field Color No. 2: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's Group 1 or ?
colors.
1 December1999 09300 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
l�
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
?�
?6
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
�?
53
E. Ceramic Wall Tile (Ticketed Booth)
1. AI�TSI A127.1, standard grade, glazed, smooth surface
2. Size: 3" x 6' x 5/16"
3. Acceptable Product: Dal-Tile, semi-glass �lazed wall tile #K101. Thinset Bed
complete with corners and caps.
4. Color: White
F. Marble Thresholds: Group A marble thresholds, 3/4" thick, with honed finish and
abrasion hardness (Ha) of 10.0 in accordance with ASTM C 241, color as selected by
Architect.
2.3 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Ponland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
B. Mason's Sand: ASTM C 144.
C. Concrete Sand: ASTM C 33.
D. Preblended Sand/Cement/Latex Additives - Thinset: Comply with ANSI A118.4.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. 211 Crete Filler Powder with Laticrete 4237 by Laticrete International, Inc.
b. Crete Mia R�ith Keracrete by Mapei Corporation.
E. Comrnercial Portland Cement Grout: Integral colored grout containing mineral otide
piginents compatible for use with portland cement.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full color line.
?. Acceptable Products: Joints more than 1/8".
a. Laticrete Floor Grout & Joint Filler with Laticrete Grout Admia by Laticrete
International.
b. Keracolor Floor Grout with Plasti/Joints by Mapei Corporation.
3. Acceptable Products: Joints 1/8" or less.
a. Laticrete Dry-Set Wall Grout with Laticrete Grout Adix by Laticrete
International.
b. Keracolor Wall Grout with Plasti/Joints by Mapei Corporation.
2.4 MORTAR AI�TD GROUT MIXES
A. Grout - Preblended Mixes: Comply with ANSI A118.6.
1. 50 Pounds Factory Mixed Commercial Portland Cement Grout With/Without
Sand:
a. Joint Size - 1/8" or Less: Unsanded �rout.
b. Joint Size - More Than 1/�": Sanded grout.
?. One gallon latex grout additive, mix in accordance with additive manufacturer's
printed instructions.
B. Mortar and Grout Mises - Epoxy:
1. Mix in accordance a�ith manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
.i.l EXAMINATION
1 December1999
09300 - 4
CAI 99088.00
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work.
B. Verify that areas to receive tile installed by thinset method have wood float finish, are
true to a�ithin 1/8" in 10'-0", and are pitched to drains a�here required.
C. Verify surface is firm, dry, clean and free of oily or waxy films, mortar and soil.
D. �rerify grounds, anchors, plu�s, hangers, bucks, electrical and mechanical R�ork in or
behind tile are installe3.
3.? PREPARATION
A. Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration.
B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.
C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable
flatness tolerances.
D. Apply sealer and conditioner to substrate surfaces in accordance with adhesive
manufacturer's instructions.
3.3 INSTALLATION - MORTAR BED METHOD (At Front Entry)
A. Install mortar bed and tile as folloa's:
1. Horizontal Application: Apply mortar and tile in accordance with TCA
Handbook Method No. F121 for floors.
B. Apply mortar bed over surfaces to minimum thickness of 1-1/4".
1. Apply slurry bond coat approximately 1/16" thick to concrete surface using flat
troa�el.
2. Place mortar bed onto slurry bond coat a�hile coat is still wet and tacky.
3. Spread prepared mortar approximately one-half desired bed thickness and then lay
reinforcin� mesh.
4. Lap wire 3" and place additional mortar on top of wire to bring bed to required
thickness.
5. Rod and compact monar with steel trowel.
6. Before placing tiles on green or wet screed bed, apply slurry bond coat
approximately 1/16" thick to mortar usin� flat trowel.
7. Install waterproofin� membrane according to manufacturer's instructions.
C. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings.
D. Place thresholds.
E. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations through tile. Ensure finish trim will cover cut tile
edges. Form corners and bases neatly.
F. Place tile joints 1/16" uniform in a�idth, subject to variance in tolerance alloa�ed in tile
size. Make joints R�aterti�ht, a�ithout voids, cracks, excess mortar or e�cess grout.
G. Sound tile after settir.d. Replace holloa� sounding units.
1 December1999 09300 - 5 CAI 99C88.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
?6
?7
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
�3
�4
4�
�-6
47
4s
49
S0
S1
5?
3.4 INSTALLATION - THII�TSET METHOD (Restrooms)
A. Install Setting Materials and Tile as Follows:
1. Walls with Cementitious Backer Boards: TCA Vi�244 with ANSI A118.4 latex-
portland cement mortar and ANSI A118.6 latex-portland cement grout.
?. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board Walls: TCA W?43 arith AI\TSI A118.4 lateh-
portland cement inortar and ANSI A118.6 late�-portland cement �rout.
3. Concrete Block or Masonry Walls: TCA W202 with ANSI A118.4 late�- portland
cement mortar and ANSI A118.6 latex-portland cement grout.
4. Shower Walls with Cementitious Backer Boards: TCA B415 with ANSI A118.4
latex-portland cement mortar and ANSI A118.6 latex-ponland cement grout.
5. Kitchen Floors: Epoay mortar and epoxy grout, ANSI A118.3 over waterproofing
membrane in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
6. Floors Over Slabs-on-Grade or Structural Concrete Slabs: TCA F113 a�ith ANSI
A118.4 latex-portland cement mortar and ANSI A118.6 latex-portland cement
L
C
grout.
7. Floors Over Fle�ible Concrete Slabs: F112 with fluid applied or single ply anti-
fracture membrane; ANSI A118.4 latex-portland cement mortar and ANSI A118.6
latex-portland cement grout.
Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings.
Place thresholds edge strips at exposed tile edges.
D. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations through tile. Form corners and bases neatly. Align
floor, base and wall joints.
E. Place tile joints 1/4" uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile
size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess monar, or excess �rout.
F. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
3.5 GROUTING
A. Allow tile to set for minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting.
B. Grout tile joints.
C. Before grouting, tiles must be firmly set, paper and �lue removed from face of mounted
tiles, and spacers, strings, ropes, or pe�s removed.
D. Use caution when grouting to prevent damaging or scratching surface of installed tiles.
E. Install �rout with uniform color in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Pack joints full, free of pinholes, voids or low spots, before mortar takes initial set.
F. Finish cushion edge tile even to depth of cushion. Finish square edge tile flush with
surface.
3.6 EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS
1 December1999
09300 - 6
CAI 99088.00
�
3
4
7
6
7
8
9
1�
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
1S
19
?0
21
?2
��
?4
25
26
�7
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
A. Keep e�pansion and control joints free of adhesive or grout. Install backer rod and
sealant in joints.
B. Fill joints around toilet fiatures ��ith sanitary sealant specified in Section 0790�.
C. Install control joints where tile abuts restraining surfaces such as perimeter walls, curbs,
columns, a•all corners and directly over cold joints and control joints in structural
surfaces conformin� to architectural details. Install control joint in floors not e�ceedin�
?0'-G" on center. Rake or cut control joints throu�h settin� bed to supporting slab or
structure.
D. Install control and expansion joints in accordance with TCA Handbook Method No.
EJ171.
3.7 CLEANII�7G
A. Clean excess mortar from surface of tile R-ith a�et cloth or sponge while mortar is fresh.
B. Remove grout haze following recommendations of mortar additive manufacturer. Do
not use acids for cleaning.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. After setting, keep traffic off tile work for 48 hours. Keep traffic off freshly filled joints
to protect from traffic dirt for 48 hours.
B. Protect tile floors with heavy-duty, nonstaining construction paper until Owner
occupancy.
C. Where early use of new floor is unavoidable, use large, flat boards for a-alkways.
END OF SECTION
1 December1999
09300 - 7
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 09� 11
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARI'
A. Section Includes: Non-fire rated acoustical panels and suspended metal grid ceiling
system and perimeter trim.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
l. ASTM C 635 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel
Systems.
2. ASTM C 636 - Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systetns for Acoustical Tile
and Lay-In Panels.
3. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Perfonnance Requirements: Suspension systein shall rigidly secure acoustical ceiling
system including inte�•al tnechanical and electrical components with maxz�num deflection
of 1i360.
1.� SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit data on metal grid system components and acoustical; furnish
manufacturer's installation instructions indicating specia] procedures, perimeter conditions
requiring spccial attention.
B. Shop Drawin�s: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, splicing, junctions with
other work or ceiliny finishes, interrelation of inechanical and elecMcal items related to
system.
C. Sanlples: Submit 12" x 12" samples illustratin� material and finish of acoustical units;
submit 12" lon� sample of each suspension system main runner, cross runner, cdge trim,
and retention clips.
D. Certificate: Submit manufacturer's certification that suspension systcm is capable of
supporting light fixtures, grilles and acoustica] panels.
1.� QUALITY ASSliRANCE
A. Qualifications - Installer: Minimum of three documented installations of comparable
extent as proposed Project.
1.6 PROJECT CO�TDITIO'�IS
A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain unifonn temperature of minimum 60 de�rees F
and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation.
1 December1999 09� 1 1- 1 CAI 990S8.U0
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
�J
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
52
i;
1.7
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceiling units are not insta]]ed until building is
enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generatin� activities have terminated, and
overhead ���ork is completed, tested, and approved. �
B. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension systein
components v��ith other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them,
including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system coinponents (if any)
and partition system (if any).
C
D
Install grid after major above ceiling work is complete. Install acoustical units after work
above ceiling is complete. Coordinate location of hangers with other work.
Install acoustical units after interior wet work is dry.
1.8 MAINTENANCE
A. E�tra Materials: Furnish extra materials equal to one (1) percent of each type of
acoustical material supplied. Furnish suspension system components in amount sufficient
to install eztra ceiling units.
PARI' 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acoustical Units/Suspension System Acceptable Manufacturers:
l. Annstron� World Industries.
2. Chicago Metallic.
3. USG Intcriors, Inc.
4. C elotex.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.? SUSPENSION MATERIALS
A. Standard Exposed Tee Grid - Ceiling Grid Type 1:
l. Intennediate duty classification, 1�/16" wide face flange dimension, ASTM C 635,
non-fire-rated; commercial quality cold-rolled steel with galvanized coating;
components die-cut and interlocking; cope cross runners to lay flush with main
runners, except at edge moldings.
?. Exposed Finish: Baked-on enamel, white satin finish.
3. Acceptable Products:
a. Prelude ML by Annstrong World Industries.
b. Donn Suspension System "DX" by USG Interiors, Inc.
B. Moisture Resistant Exposed Tee Grid - Ceilin� Grid Type ?: (At Restrooins)
1. Light duty system classification, 15/16" wide face flanye ditnension, ASTM C 63�,
non-fire-rated; double-web extruded aluminum components die-cut and interlocking;
cope cross runners to lay flush with main runners, except at edge moldings.
2. Exposed Finish: White satin paint finish.
1 December1999 09511 - 2 CAI 99088.00
3. Acceptable Products:
a. Donn Suspcnsion System "AX" by USG Interiors, Inc.
b. AL Prelude Plus by Armstrong World Industries.
c. 830 by Chica��o Metallic Corporation.
C. Rough Suspension: Galvanized steel carr5�in� channeis and han�ers, sized and type to suit
application and to rigidly secure complete acoustic unit ceiling system, v��ith maximum
deflection of L/360.
D. Grid Accessories: Stabilizer bars, furring clips, splices, retention clips, and edge moldin�s
as required to complete and complement suspended ceiling �-id system. V
2.3 ACOUSTICAL UNITS
A. Acoustical Panel - Typc I:
1. Non;inal Size: 24" x 24" x �i8".
?. Composition: Mineral fiber, ASTM E 1264, Class A.
3. rinish: Factory applied vinyl latex paint, white color.
4. Sound Transmission Coefficient: 35-39 db.
�. Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.50 - 0.60.
6. Light Reflectance: LR-1, over 75 percent.
7. Edge: Square.
8. Pattern: Textur�d.
9. Acceptable Product:
a. Minaboard Cortcga No. 770 by Annstrong World Industries.
b. Omni No. 344 by USG
c. Baroque BET-157 by Celotex
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other v��ork.
3.2 INSTALLATION - LAY-IN GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Install suspension s}�stern in accordance a�ith ASTM C 636 and as supplemented in this
section.
B. Lay out system to balanced grid design with ed�e units no less than 50 percent of
acoustical unit size.
C. Supply hangers, inserts, or clips, as required, for installation R�ith instructions for
correct placement.
D. Han� suspension s}'stem independent of a�alls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit.
V�'here carryin� members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of
adjacent members.
E. �X%here ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of han�ers, reinforce
nearest affected han�ers and related carryin� channels to span eatra distance.
1 December1999 09� 1 1- 3 CAI 990�8.00
�
�
,
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?p
21
�?
?;
24
2�
26
?�
�g
29
30
31
32
J�
34
35
36
37
F. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total
dead load to exceed deflection capability. Support fi�ture loads by supplementary
han�ers located arithin 6" of each corner; or support components independently.
G. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners.
H. Install ed�e molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using lon�est
practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other
interruptions.
3.3 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS
A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to
appearance and function.
C. Lay directional patterned units one a�ay a�ith pattern parallel to shortest room a�is.
D. Fit border trim neatly a�ainst abutting surfaces.
E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents.
F. Cut panels to fit iri-egular grid and perimeter edge trim.
G. Install retention clips to retain panels ti�ht to grid system aTithin 20'-0" of eaterior
doors.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maaimum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8" in 10'-0".
B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads:
2 degrees.
END OF SECTION
,
1 December1999 0951 1- 4
I
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 09520
ACOUSTICAL PANELS
(.ALTERI�TATE)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Prefabricated acoustical wall treatments.
1.? REFERENCES
A. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burninb Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product and installation instructions for each
type of acoustical wall panel specified.
B. Samples: Submit 12° x 12" samples of each type of acoustical panel required and in each
color, texture and pattern selected for facing materials.
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Test Reports: Be qualified independent testing laboratory that acoustical v��ell
panels comply with requirements specified for fire and sound performance.
2. Certificates: By manufacturer that acoustical panels comply with specified
requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Installer: Minimum of three project installations of comparable ehtent as proposed
Project.
?. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of acoustical panel from a single
source to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical
properties.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLII�TG
A. Handling:
1. Protect acoustical panels from moisture during shipment, stora�e and handlin�.
2. Store panels, open cartons at each end to stabilize moisture content prior to
installa�ion a dry place a�ith adequate air circulation.
B. Do not deliver panels to buildin� until "wet a�ork" such as paintin�, plastering and tile
a�ork has been completed.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIOI�TS
1 December 1999 09520 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
�5
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
��
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
�3
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not begin installation until spaces to receive panels
have been enclosed and maintained at approximately the same humidity and
temperature as planned for occupancy.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Architectural Silence, Inc.
2. Decoustics Inc.
3. Capaul Corporation.
4. Sound Concepts, Inc.
5. Wall Technolo�y.
6. Woodard Contract.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANEL - TYPE NO. 1
A. Acoustical Panels:
1. Inert, 7 lbs./cu.ft. density, 1" thick, non-combustible, dimensionally stable
fiberglass; noncombustible panel assembly rated Class A, ASTM E 84.
2. Panel Cover: Fabric as selected by Architect; seamless across panels, returned 1-
1/Z" on panel back. Refer to draa�ings for panel size.
B. �/ood Screenin�:
1. Materials: Select Birch, Custom profile.
2. Construction: Continuous wood dowels, notched anchor strips.
3. Open Area: 11 percent.
C. Wood Nailers: No. 2 Grade Southern Yelloa� Pine, with Koppers' Dri-Con fire
treatment for Class 25 non-combustible rating.
D. Accessories: Fasteners, anchors, and �rounds as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Acceptable Manufacturer: Architectural Silence, Inc.
2.3 ACOUSTICAL PANEL - TYPE NO. 2
A. Acoustical Panels:
1. Inert, 7 lbs./cu.ft. density, 1-1/2" thick, noncombustible, dimensionally stable
fiberglass; noncombustible panel assembly rated Class A, ASTM E 84.
?. Panel Cover: Fabric as selected by Architect; seamless across panels, returned 1-
1/2" on panel back. Refer to draa�ings for panel size.
B. Mounting Accessories: Sealed fire-retardant treated poplar wood sleepers and nailers,
matchin� female or male bevel cut joining faces, 1'-0" long �: 1-1/2" thick, spaced 2'-0"
on center on panel and substrate.
C. Acceptable manufacturer: Architectural Silence, Inc.
1 December 1999
a
09�20 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
?S
26
27
�g
?9
30
31
32
2.4 FABRICATION
A. A acoustical panel shall be manufactured to within 1/8" tolerance of actual measured
field conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMII�TATION
A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive acoustical panels for unevenness, irre�ularities
and dampness.
3.2 II�TSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical panels and accessories in accordance with inanufacturer's instructions.
B. Install panels level, plumb, secure and at proper heights. Attach wood sleepers to wall
surface attached to treated wood blocking.
3.3 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Repair or replace damaged units.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean soiled or discolored unit surfaces after installation.
EI�TD OF SECTION
1 December 1999
095?0 - 3
CAI 99085.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
17
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
?3
?4
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
45
46
47
�s
49
�0
51
52
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Resilient tile floorin�.
2. Resilient base.
3. Resilient stair nosings, treads and risers
1.? REFERENCES
1.3
1.4
1.�
A. American Society for Testing and Mater�als:
1. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. ASTM F 1066 - Vinyl Composition Floor Tile.
B. FS SS-W-40 - Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic.
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and
performance characteristics; sizes, patter-ns and colors available; special installation
procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention; maintenance procedures,
recommended maintenance materials, and su��ested schedule for cleaning, and
stripping, and re-waxing.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate borders and patterns.
C. Samples: Submit samples of each type, color, pattern and finish of floor tile and
accessory in dicated:
1. Tile: 12" x 12".
2. Base: 12" lon�.
3. Stair Treads and Risers: 12".
4. Ed�c Strip: 1?" lon�.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Minimum two years experience installing resilient floor
co��ering materials; approved by manufacturer.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable code for flame and smoke rating
requirements in accordance with ASTM E 84.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver tiles and accessories in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and
containers each bearin� names of product, manufacturer, and shippin� and handlin�
instructions.
1 December 1999
09650 - 1
99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
52
53
1.6
1.7
1.8
B. Store flooring materials and accessories in dry spaces protected from the weather with
ambient temperature maintained between 65 deg. F and 90 de�. F.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Maintain temperature of areas to receive flooring at a minimum of 6� de�. F and
maximum of 90 deg. F for at least 4E hours prior to, during and 48 hours after
installation.
2. Maintain a minimum temperature of 55 deg. F thereafter.
WARRANTY
MAINTENANCE
A. E�tra Materials: Furnish additional resilient floor covering materials to Owner for
replacement and maintenance stock as follows:
1. Tile: Not less than one unopened box for each 50 boaes or fraction thereof, of
each class, color, pattern and size of floor tile installed.
?. Base: 50 lineal feet of each type of base.
3. Accessories: Five standard pieces of each type of accessory.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1
?_?
MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Vinyl Composition Tile A�anufacturers:
1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2. Tarkett Inc.
3. Mannington Commercial Resilient.
4. Azrock Commercial Flooring
B. Acceptable Rubber Base Manufacturers:
1. AllState by Stoler Industries.
2. Burlce Flooring Products Company.
3. Mercer Plastics Company, Inc.
4. R.C. Musson Rubber Company.
S. Johnson Rubber Company.
6. Roppe Rubber Company.
7. Pirelli Rubber Floorin�, Jason Industrial Inc.
C. Acceptable Rubber Stair Treads, Risers and Flooring:
1. Fleaco Company.
?. Roppe Rubber Company.
3. Pirelli Rubber Flooring, Jason Industrial Inc.
4. Endura, Division of the Boltrite Corporation.
5. Nora Rubber Floorin�, Division of Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc.
6. Johnson Rubber Company.
D. Substitutions: Comply a�ith Section 01630.
MATERIALS
1 December 1999
09650 - 2
99088.00
A. Vinyl Composition Tile:
1. ASTM F 1066, Composition 1, Class 2, 1/8" x 1?" x 12", intebral color.
?. Acceptable Product: Essential by Mannington Commercial.
3. Pattern and Color:
a. Type No. 1- Field: Color as selected by Architect.
b. Type No. 2- Accent: Solid color as selected by Architect.
B. Rubber Base:
1. FS SS-W-40, Type 1
2. Height:4"
3. Style: Cove for tile, strai�ht for carpet.
4. Color: As selected by Architect.
5. Acceptable Product: Roppe Corporation or Johnsonite.
C. Rubber Stair Treads and Risers: (at Existing Stair)
1. Rubber of uniform thickness � continuous roll to provide minimum joints.
2. Treads: Diamond, nose to match stair profile; 1/4" tapering to 3/16".
3. Risers: Set-on type with cove, i/8" thick x height to cover riser.
4. Color: As selected by Architect.
5. Acceptable Product: Roppe Diainond Design Treads
D. Resilient Edge Strip: Tapered homogenous rubber reducer, 1/8" x 1" wide; color to
match floorin�.
E. Adhesive, Primer and Crack Filler: As recommended by manufacturer of resilient
materials.
F. Wax, Cleaner, or other Finishing Material: As recommended by resilient
manuEacturer for particular type of flooring material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 E�iAMINATION
A. Verify concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content of 7 percent, and
ehhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting.
B. Verify floor and lower wall surfaces are free of substances that may impair adhesion
of new adhesive and finish materials.
3.? PREPARATION
A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks, joints,
holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface.
B. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured.
C. Vacuum clean substrate.
D. Apply pricner in accordance a�ith manufacturer's instructions.
1 Deceinber 1999 09650 - 3 99088.00
1
�
3
4
S
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
��
23
?4
�j
26
?7
�g
?9
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
�s
49
50
�1
�?
53
3.3 INSTALLATION - TILE FLOORING
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Mi� tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is placed.
C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set.
D. Set floorin� in place; press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion.
E. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical
tile pattern.
F. Install tile in checkerboard pattern. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile �idth at room
or area perimeter. Refer to Architectural Draa�ing for layout.
G. Terminate floorin� at centerline of door openin�s where adjacent floor finish is
dissimilar.
H. Install resilient edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where floorin�
terminates.
I. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to
produce tight joints.
3.4 INSTALLATION - BASE
A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18" between joints.
B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use premolded units. Use field forrn
corners by V-cutting back of base strip to 2/3 of thickness and fold. At exposed ends,
use premolded units.
C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces.
D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions.
3.5 INSTALLATION - STAIR COVERINGS
A. Install stair nosin�, stair treads, stair risers in one piece for full width and depth of
tread.
B. Install stair skirting configured tight to stair and stringer profile.
C. Adhere over entire surface. Fit accurately and securely.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Remove access adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces �vithout dama�e.
B. Clean, seal, and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
1 December 1999 096�0 - 4 99088.00
3.7 PROTECTION OF FII�TISHED WORK
A. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 096�0 - 5 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
��
23
?4
ZJ
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
�?
�3
PART 1 - GENER.AL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2
1.3
1.4
SECTION 09685
SHEET CARPET
A. Section Includes: Sheet carpeting, accessories, and installation on floor surfaces.
REFEREI�TCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM D 2859 - Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor
Covering Materials.
2. ASTM E 84/NFPA 25 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
3. ASTM E 648/NFPA ?53 - Flooring Radiant Panel Test.
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit physical characteristics, resistance to fading, flame resistance
characteristics, installation instructions including allowable temperature range,
maintenance and cleaning instructions for each type of carpet material and accessory
specified.
B. 5�iop Draa�ings: Indicate dimensions of carpet areas, pile or pattern direction,
location and method of joining seams, dye lots, location and type of edge strips and
interface with ceramic tile or thresholds.
C. Samples:
1. Carpet:
a. Submit small samples of manufacturer's fu11 color line.
b. Submit two pieces 18" x 18" minimum of each selected color and pattern.
?. Cushion: Submit ta�o pieces 18" x 10" of each type of carpet cushion.
3. Edge Strip: 6" long piece.
D
A
Test Reports: Submit manufacturer's fire hazard classification, sound absorption and
static control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Minimum five years experience, installed at least ten projects
equal to work specified, and certified by carpet manufacturer.
P. Re�ulatory Requirements - Carpet: Comply with fire hazard classification, ASTM E
84, Class B with flame spread of 7� or less, and ASTM E 648.
C. Regulatory Requirements - Cushion: Comply with fire hazard classification ASTM E
84, with flame spread of ?5 or less and smoke developed of 450 or less.
D. Conform to ASTM D 2859 for surface flammability ignition test.
1 December 1999
09685 - 1
CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?p
21
?�
23
?4
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
�3
44
4�
46
-�7
48
49
�0
�1
J�
7�
l.�
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver sheet carpet to project site until spaces are ready to receive installation.
B. Deliver in packaging to protect carpet from elements during transit and temporary
project site storage.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not commence carpet installation until painting and finishin� work is complete
and ceilings and overhead work has been tested and accepted.
B. Maintain room temperature at minimum 68 degree F for at least 72 hours prior to
and during installation and relative humidity at approximately that at which area is to
be maintained.
C. Provide sufficient lighting for installation.
D
1.7
A
B.
1.8
A
Substrate Conditions: No condensation within 48 hours on underside of 4' x 4'
polyethylene sheet, fully taped at perimeter to substrate.
WARRANTY
Furnish manufacturer's standard five year warranty for material and that carpet with
maintain specified levels of static control.
Adhesive manufacturer shall a�arrant that carpet will not delaminate from sub floor
for period of five years.
EXTRA MATERIAL
Deliver unused carpet pieces, over 2 square feet or 8" in least dimension and store
where directed by Owner.
B. Deliver additional single carpet piece, in full w�idth of roll by length that equals 10
percent of total coverage, one piece for each ty�pe or pattern of carpet.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Lees Commercial Carpet, Division of Burlington Industries.
2. Karastan-Bigelow.
3. Mohawk Carpet.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
?.2 MATERIALS
1 December 1999
09685 - 2
cAi 99oss.00
A. Sheet Carpet: - Type No. 1: (Lobby)
1. Construction:
2. Te�ture:
3. Fiber Content:
4. Yarn Ply:
5. Pitch:
6. Rows Per Inch:
7. Pile Thickness:
8. Pile Wei�ht as Woven:
9. Total Weight:
10. Total Thickness:
11. Backing A'Iaterials:
Warp:
Filling:
12. �'idth:
13. Density:
14. �X�eight Density:
15. IAQ Certification:
16. Soil Resistant Treatment:
17. Flammability:
Flarne Resistant:
Flooring Radiant Panel:
18. Smoke Density:
19. Static Control:
20. Static Propensity:
21. Acceptable Product:
B. Sheet Carpet: -Type No. 2: (Runners)
l. Construction:
2. Texture:
3. Fiber Content:
4.
�.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
Yarn Ply:
Pitch:
Rows Per Inch:
Pile Thickness:
Pile �Veight as Woven:
Total ��/eight:
Total Thickness:
Backing Materials:
Warp:
Filling:
�Vidth:
Density:
Weight Density:
IAQ Certification:
Soil Resistant Treatinent:
Woven Kara-Loc
Patterned Cut & Loop Pile
DuPont Antron Legacy BCF Twisted, Heatset
Nylon, Static Controlled 8� Soil Resistant
Fiber
? ply
135 Equivalent
9.4
.258��
42.0 Oz. Per Sq. Yd.
76.6 Oz. Per Sq. Yd.
.400,�
Synthetic
Synthetic
12 ft.
�,860
246,140
13816878
DuraTech Soil Release Technology
Passes Methenamine Pill Test - DOC FF �1-70
ASTM E648 - Class 1(e�ceeds .4� watts/cm`
Critical Radiant Flux) Direct Glue Dovvn
ASTM E662 - 450 or less
Permanent DuPont Static Control fiber
AATCC-194 - 3.5 k.v. or less. Below normal
human sensitivity under standard test
conditions - 70°F., 20% R.H.
Karastan, Opulent Block, 12343
Woven Kara-Loc
Patterned Cut & Loop Pile
DuPont Antron Legacy BCF Twisted, Heatset
Nylon, Static Controlled & Soil Resistant
Fiber
2 ply
135 Equivalent
9.4
.258��
42.0 Oz. Per Sq. Yd.
76.6 Oz. Per Sq. Yd.
.400��
Synthetic
S}'nthetic
1? fr.
�,860
246,140
13816878
DuraTech Soil Release Technology
1 December 1999 09685 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
S1
52
17. Flammability:
Flame Resistant:
Flooring Radiant Panel:
18. Smoke Density:
19. Static Control:
20. Static Propensity:
21. Acceptable Product:
Passes Methenamine Pill Test - DOC FF �1-70
ASTM E648 - Class 1(exceeds .45 watts/cmz
Critical Radiant Flux) Direct Glue Doa�n
ASTM E662 - 450 or less
Permanent DuPont Static Control fiber
AATCC-194 - 3.5 k.v. or less. Below normal
human sensitivity under standard test
conditions - 70°F., 20% R.H.
Karastan, Opulent Tweed, 12345
C. Adhesive: Non-flammable type recommended by carpet manufacturer.
D. Ed�e Strips: Vinyl, color selected by Architect.
E. Patching and Leveling Compound: White, premihed late�; type as recommended by
carpet manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.?
3.3
EXAMINATION
A. Verify floors are level with maximum surface variation of 1/4" in 10'-0",
noncumulative.
B. Verify that concrete floors are free from scaling and irregularities and exhibit
neutr-ality relative to acidity and alkalinity.
C. Lay out rolls of carpet full for Architect's review.
D. Verify carpet match before cutting to ensure there is no visible variation between dye
lots.
PREPARATION
A. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster and other substances
which would be detrimental to proper performance of adhesive and carpet.
B. Allow floors to thoroughly dry.
C. Use patchin� compound to filler to cracks and small holes, for leveling, and for
transitions to other floor materials.
II�TSTALLATION
A. Install tackless carpet stripping by nailing. Locate to ensure concealment of carpet
edge beta�een stripping and base of wall. Lay strip at entire perimeter of carpeted
space, obstructions, and cutouts. Provide narrow stripping with 2 rows of pins where
stretched width of carpet is 20 feet or less; strippin� a�ith 3 rows of pins where carpet
width eaceeds 20 feet.
1 December 1999 09685 - 4 CAI 99088.00
�
B. Install cushion seams at 90-degree an;le with carpet seams. Place cushion face up as
recommended by cushion manufacturer. Apply minimum 2-inch fabric-type adhesive
tape on cushion seams.
C. Cut carpet where required in manner to allow proper seam and pattern match. Make
cuts straight, true and not frayed.
D. Locate seams in areas of least amount of traffic. Join seams in manner recommended
by manufacturer so as not to detract from appearance of carpet installation and
decrease life eapectancy. Ensuc-e seams are straight, not overlapped, or peaked and
free of gaps. Seams a=ill not be permitted where single piece of carpet can be installed.
E. Spread adhesive in quantity recommended by manufacturer over full area of
installation. Apply only enough adhesive to permit proper adhesion of carpet before
initial set.
F. Lay carpet on floors with run of pile in same direction of anticipated traffic. Do not
change run of pile in any one run or from one room to next a�here carpet is
continuous through opening.
G. Install carpet by trimming edges, butting cuts a�ith seaming cement, and taping
and/or sewin� seams to prov�de sufficient strength for stretching and continued
stresses during life of carpet.
H. Stretch carpet to provide smooth, ripple-free, taut, trim edges; secure to stripping and
conceal behind edge of strippin�. Use power stretcher where carpet length is greater
than 20 feet.
I. Cut and fit carpet neatly around projections through floor to walls and other vertical
surfaces.
J. Fit carpet neatly into breaks and recesses, against bases, around pipes and
penetrations, under saddles, thresholds and around permanent cabinets and
equipment.
K. Do not place heavy objects on carpet surfaces for minimum 24 hours or until adhesive
is set.
L. Lay entire carpet installation tight and flat to subfloor, well fastened at ed�es and
present uniform, pleasin� appearance. Ensure monolithic color, pattern and texture
match within any one area.
3.4 EDGE TRIM I1�TSTALLATION
A. Install ed�e strips a•here carpet terminates at other floor coverings and at carpet bases
in accordance R�ith manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Use full len�th pieces butted tightly to vertical surfaces. Where splicin� cannot be
avoided, butt ends ti�ht and flush.
3.5 ADJUSTING
1 December 1999 09685 - 5 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
3.6
A. Replace damaged, soiled or stained carpeting which cannot be cleaned. Remove loose
pieces of face yarn with sharp scissors.
CLEANING
A. Remove spots and smears of adhesive from carpet and adjacent surfaces immediately
a�ith solvent.
B. Remove rubbish, wrapping materials, selvages and scraps.
C. Upon completion of installation, vacuum carpet usin� beater bar type vacuum
cleaner.
D. Protect finish installation froin soiling and dama�e by covering with protective sheets
if additional work is required in area a-ith carpet.
EI�TD OF SECTION
1 December 1999
0968� - 6
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatin�s.
B. ��ork not requiring finish, the following items are not required to be finished under
this Section.
1. Items with factory applied final finish.
2. Aluminum, brass, bronze, chromium plate, copper, nickel and stainless steel.
3. Brick, tile, and plastic laminate. (Unless otherwise noted.)
4. Acoustical ceilings.
5. Concealed ducts, pipes and conduit.
6. Moving parts of operatinb units.
7. Code required labels such as UL or equipment identification plates.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
l. ASTM D 16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and
Related Pr-oducts.
2. ASTM D 523 - Test Method for Specular Gloss.
3. ASTM D 2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood.
B. American Water Works Association:
1. AWWA C204 - Chlorinated Rubber-Alk}�d Paint Systems for the E�terior of
Above Ground Steel Water Piping.
2. AWWA D102 - Paintinb Steel Water Storage Tanks.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Comply with ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section.
B. Gloss Factors: Values of various degrees of luster when tested in accordance arith
ASTM D 523 shall comply with following:
1. Flat: Below 5 units at 85 degree test angle.
2. Eggshell/Satin: 10 to 30 units at 60 degree test an�le.
3. Semi-Gloss: 30 to 65 units at 60 degree test angle.
4. Gloss: Over 70 units at 20 degree test angle.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's technical information, including label anal��sis,
instruction for handlin�, stora�e, surface preparation procedures and application
recommendations for each paint system including primers and sealers.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit painting schedule including manufacturer's product name,
color, and substrate proposed for painting, and method of application.
1 Deceinber 1999 09900 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
7
6
7
s
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
?�
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
4S
49
50
51
52
73
C. Samples: Provide stepped samples defining each separate coat, includin� block fillers
and primers - of each color, te�ture and material to be applied on the folloa�ing
substrates:
l. Concrete: Provide two 4" square samples for each color and finish.
2. Concrete Masonry: Provide two 4" x 8" samples of masonry, with mortar joint in
each center, for each finish and color.
3. Dt-}��all: Provide tu�o 1?" square sample of each color and material on dr-ywall.
4. Painted Wood: Provide two 12" square samples of each color and material on
hardboard.
5. Stained or Natural `Y�ood: Provide two 4" � 8" samples of natural and stained wood
finish on actual wood surfaces.
6. Ferrous Metal: Provide ta�o 4" square samples of flat metal and t��o 8" long
samples of solid metal for each color and finish.
D. Quality Control Submittals: Furnish certificates from manufacturer that all products
supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile or�anic compounds
(VOCs).
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Applicator: Company specializing in performin� work of this section a�ith
minimuin five years commercial and three projects of similar scope documented
eaperience.
2. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the
sarne manufacturer as the finish coats.
I�. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Te�as Air Control Board (TACB) Re�ulation
V and r•equirements of governing authorities relative to volatile organic compounds
(VOC) content.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's sealed and labeled containers. Examine to
verif}� acceptability.
B. Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number
and date of manufacturer, brand code, coverage rate, surface preparation, instructions
for miaing and reducin� drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and
application instructions.
C. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature between 45 degrees P and 90
degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. En��ironmental Requirements:
1. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is
outside humidity ranges required by paint product manufacturer.
?. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors;
50 de�rees F for exterior.
3. Miniinum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 6� degrees F for interior
or exterior.
��
i 1 December 1999 09900 - 2
CAI 99088.00
4. Provide lighting level of 80 foot candles measured mid-hei�ht at substrate surface.
1.8 EXTRA 2��ATERIALS
A. Pro��ide tu�o gallons of each color, type, and surface texture to Owner.
B. In addition to manufacturer's label, identify each container aTith color, t}'pe, te�-ture,
and room location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable I��Ianufacturers:
1. ICI Duluex Paints (ICI)
2. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore)
3. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints. (PPG)
4. The Sherwin-Williams Company. (S-���')
�. United States Gvpsum Co. (USG)
6. Jones Elair Paint
B. Substitutions: Cornply arith Section 01630.
2.? MATERIALS
A. Coatings:
1. Ready mixed, e�cept field catalyzed coatings.
2. Process pigments to soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly
dispersed to homogeneous coating; good flo�v and brushing properties; capable of
drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials
not specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified, of commercial
quality.
C. Patchin� Materials: Late� filler.
D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMII�TATION
A. �'erification of Conditions:
i. Eaamine the substrates, adjoining constructions, and the conditions under �uhich
the a�ork is to be installed. Do not proceed with the a•ork until unsatisfactory
conditions detrimental to the work have been corrected.
2. Verify that Level 5A finish as specified in Section C9?60 has been completed and
accepted prior to application ot the prime coat.
3. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive a�ork as instructed b}' product
manufacturer.
1 December 1999 09900 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
$
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
2�
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
3.?
4. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
�. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not
apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below folloa�ing matimums:
a. Concrete and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent.
b. Concrete Floors: 8 percent.
c. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent.
d. Masonry: 12 percent.
e. Plaster: 12 percent.
f. Interior �X�ood: 1� percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D?016.
g. E�terior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D 2016.
PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Remove or mask electrical and mechanical, plates, hardware and hardware
accessories, li�ht fi�;ture, escutcheons, fittings, and similar items prior to preparing
surfaces or finishing. Reinstall removed items by workers skilled in the trades
involved.
2. Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove
e�istin� coatings that exhibit loose surface defects.
3. Schedule cleaning and surface preparation so that dust and other containments will
not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
4. Seal with shellac marks which may bleed through surface finishes.
5. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
6. Based on the e�istence of lead in the paint planned for removal, the Contractor(s)
must comply with the Occupational Safety Health Administration (OSHA) Lead in
Construction standard (29 CFR 1926.62) alon� with all other applicable health and
safety regulations.
B. Surface Preparation:
l. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface containination by
steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent
a�ashing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning.
2. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear
a�ater. Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry.
3. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove
dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other forei�n matter. Remove
oil and grease with solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry.
Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with solution of sodium
metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry.
4. Copper Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove contamination by steam, hi�h
pressure water, or solvent washing. Apply vinyl etch primer immediately
following cleanin�.
�. Eaterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign
matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted
e�terior caulking compound after prime coat has been applied.
6. Eaterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit, and
forei�n matter; seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections a-ith sealer. Fill nail
holes with tinted exterior caulking compound after sealer has been applied.
7. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with
solvent. Apply coat of etching primer.
8. G}�psum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects a�ith filler compound. Spot prime
defects after repair.
1 December 1999
09900 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1 9.
?
3 10.
4
�
6 11.
s
9 1?.
0 13.
1
?
3 14.
S
6 15.
7
8
9
0
1 16.
Iinpervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium
phosphate and bleach. Rinse a�ith clean a�ater and alloa� surface to dry.
Interior �X�ood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit
prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections a�ith sealer. Fill nail
holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats.
Interior �'ood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: �XTipe off dust and
�rit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections a�ith sealer. Fill
nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand li�htly between coats.
Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, �rease, and oil from canvas and cotton.
Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections R�ith latea
patching plaster. Make smooth and flush a�ith adjacent surfaces. Wash and
neutralize high alkali surfaces.
Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust.
Feather ed�es to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with
solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Prime metal items including shop primed items.
Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, a-eld splatter, dirt,
and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by poa�er tool wire
brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply treatment of
phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned.
Spot prime paint after repairs.
Wood and Metal Doors: Seal top and bottom ed�es aJith primer.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B
C
Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry.
Apply each coat to uniform finish.
D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat.
E. Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
F. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to appl}�ing neat
coat.
G. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied.
H. �X/here clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match a�ood. Work fillers into grain
before set. Wipe e�cess from surface.
I. Prime concealed surfaces of interior and e�terior woodwork with primer paint.
J. Prime concealed surfaces of interior a�oodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish
finish with gloss ��arnish reduced ?5 percent a�ith mineral spirits.
3.4 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Refer to Divisions 1� and 16 for schedule of color coding and identification banding of
equipment, duct work, piping, and conduit.
B. Paint shop prefinished items occurring at exposed interior areas.
1 December 1999 09900 - � CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
S
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
?1
??
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
�?
�3
C. Remove unfinished louvers, �rilles, covers, and access panels on rnechanical and
electrical components and paint separately.
D. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, bo�es, insulated and exposed
ducts, han�ers, brackets, collars and supports, and except where items are prefinished.
E. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, that are visible through grilles and louvers with one
coat of flat black paint, to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers,
grilles, to match face panels.
F. Paint e�;posed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas.
G. Paint both sides and ed�es of ply��ood backboards for electrical and telephone
equipment before installing equipment.
H. Color code equipment, pipin�, conduit, and e�posed duct work in accordance with
requirements indicated. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names, and
numbering.
Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings
removed prior to finishing.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Collect a�aste material which may constitute fire hazard, place in closed metal
containers and remove daily from site.
3.6 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES
A. Concrete and Masonry (Other than Concrete Masonry Units):
1. Finish: Lusterless (flat) acrylic; two coats, 2.5 mils total minimum dry film
thickness.
2. First and Second Coats: Exterior acrylic emulsion.
a. ICI: 15XX 1X�onder-Shield Exterior Acrylic Latex Flat House Paint.
b. Moore: Moore's Flat E�terior Latex Masonry & House Paint #105.
c. PPG: 72 Line Sun-Proof Acrylic Latex House Paint.
d. S-W: A-100 Acrylic Late� Flat Exterior Finish A-6 Series.
B. Metal - Aluminum:
l. Finish: Hi�h-gloss alkyd enamel; ta�o finish coats over primer.
?. Primer: Alkyd-type primer.
a. ICI: 418?0 Bar-Ox Alk}'d Shop/Field Primer Grey.
b. Moore: No Primer Required.
c. PPG: 6-71? Speedhide Inhzbitive Metal Primer, �X�hite.
d. S-W: No Primer Required.
3. First and Second Coats: Gloss alk�rd enamel.
a. ICI: 70XX Mirrolac Interior/Exterior Alkyd-Urethane Gloss Enamel.
b. Moore: Impervo High-Gloss Enamel � 133.
c. PPG: 54 Line Quick-Dry Enamel.
d. S-W: Industrial Enamel B-54 Series.
C. Metal - Ferrous:
1 December 1999
09900 - 6
CAI 99088.00
1. Finish: Full-�loss alkyd enamel; two finish coats over primer.
2. Primer: Synthetic rust-inhibitin� primer. (Primer is not required on shop-primed
items.�
a. ICI: 14920 Bar-Ox Quick Dry A7eta1 Primer, Red.
b. Moore: IronClad Retardo Rust-Inhibiti�re Paint �163.
c. PPG: 6-?08 Red Inhibitive Metal Primer.
d. S-�k/: Kem Kromik Metal Primer B�0N2/B50W 1.
3. First and Second Coats: Gloss alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 70�X Mirrolac Interior/E�terior Alkyd-Urethane Gloss Enamel.
b. 1��loore: Impervo High-Gloss Enamel #133.
c. PPG: 54 Line Quick-Dry Enamel.
d. S-VJ: Industrial Enamel B-54 Series.
D. Metal - Ferrous:
1. Finish: Lusterless alkyd enamel; two finish coats over primer.
2. Primer: Synthetic rust-inhibiting primer. (Primer is not required on shop-primed
items.�
a. ICI: 149?0 Bar-Oa Quick Dry Metal Primer, Red.
b. Moore: IronClad Retardo Rus�-Inhibitive Paint n163.
c. PPG: 6-208 Red Inhibitive Me.,�� Primer.
d. S-W: Kem Kromik Metal Primer B50N?/BSG��U1.
3. First and Second Coats: Lusterless alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 564XX De-Vo-Ko Lo-Lustre Alkyd H.P.
b. I�loore: Moore's PentaFlex Flat House Paint #114.
c. PPG: 50-52 Snolite Exterior Alkyd Flat House Paint.
d. S-��/: ProMar Alk}'d Flat E�terior Finish B38 Series.
E. Metal - Zinc-Coated:
1. Finish: High-gloss alkyd enamel; two finish coats over primer.
2. Primer: Galvanized metal primer.
a. ICI: 13?01 Mirrolac Galvanized Metal Primer.
b. Moore: IronClad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer #1�5.
c. PPG: 6-215/216 Speedhide Galvanized Steel Primer.
d. S-W: Galvite BS0V✓3.
3. First and Second Coats: Gloss alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 70XX Mirrolac Interior/Exterior Alkyd-Urethane Gloss Enamel.
b. I�ioore: Impervo High-Gloss Enamel #133.
c. PPG: 54 Line Quick-Dry Enamel.
d. S-W: Industrial Enamel B-54 Series.
F. �/ood - Trim:
1. Finish: Deep-Color, hi�h-gloss alkyd; tR�o finish coats over primer.
2. Primer: Ezterior primer coating.
a. ICI: 1102 All-Weather Alkyd House Paint Primer.
b. Moore: Moorwhite Deep Color Base #100-04.
c. PPG: 1-70 or 1-S70 Sun-Proof Exterior Wood Primer.
d. S-V��: A-100 E�terior Alkyd u'ood i'rimer Y24�X�20.
3. First and Second Coats: Deep-color, exterior, alkyd resin trim paint.
a. ICI: 1�5 All-�X�eather E�terior Alkyd Gloss House and Trim Paint Ultra Deep
Base.
b. I��oore: Moore's House Paint r 110.
c. PPG: 1 Line Sun-Proof Deeptone or Rustic Base Wood Finish.
d. S-�Y�: SWP Eaterior Gloss Finish A-? S�ries.
1 December 1999 09900 - 7 CAI 99C88.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
?4
?5
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
�1
4?
43
4�
��
46
47
�s
49
�0
�1
�?
�3
G. �X�ood - Trim:
1. Finish: Medium-shade, hi�h-gloss alkyd; two finish coats over primer.
2. Primer: E�terior primer coating.
a. ICI: 110? All-Weather Alkyd House Paint Primer.
b. Moore: Moora�hite Primer #100.
c. PPG: 1-70 or 1-870 Sun-Proof Exterior Wood Primer.
d. S-W: A-100 Exterior Alkyd Wood Primer Y24W20.
3. First and Second Coats: Medium-shade, ready-mixed exterior oil paint.
a. ICI: 1�iX All-Weather Alkyd Gloss House and Trim Paint.
b. Moore: Moore's House Paint #110.
c. PPG: 1 Line Sun-Proof Midtone Base Wood Finish.
d. S-W: SWP Exterior Gloss Paint A-2 Series.
3.7 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR PAINT
A. Concrete and Masonry:
l. Finish: Eg�shell alkyd enamel; ta�o finish coats over primer, 4J
film thickness.
2. Primer: P�'.L Vapex Wall Prirner.
3. First and Second Coat: P&L Vitralite Eggshell Enamel.
4. Location: Service Areas, Mechanical and Electrical Rooms.
mils minimum dry
B. Cotton or Canvas Covering over Insulation:
1. Finish: Flat latex emulsion size; two coats with added fungicidal agent to render
fabric mildewproof.
2. First and Second Coats: Interior, flat, latea-6ased paint.
a. ICI: 36XX Wonder-Tones Latea Flat Wall Paint.
b. Moore: Regal Wall Satin #215.
c. PPG: S0-35 Latex Ceiling Paint.
d. S-W: Classic 99 Wall and Trim Paint A27W 10.
C. Gypsum Board Systems:
1. Finish: Odorless semigloss alkyd enamel; three coats arith 2.5 mils minimum total
dry film.
2. Primer: White, interior, latex-based primer.
a. USG: First Coat
b. S-W: Prep-Rite High Build Interior Latex Primer/Surface.
3. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 26XX Velour Alkyd Semigloss Enamel.
b. Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235.
c. PPG: 27 Line �allhide Semigloss Enamel.
d. S-W: Classic 99 Semibloss Enamel A40 Series.
D. Gypsum Board:
1. Finish: Satin late� enamel; ta�o finish coats, 3.0 mils minimum dry film thickness.
?. First and Second Coats: P8� L Pro-Hide Plus Latex Satin Enamel.
E. Gypsum Board:
1. Finish: Semi�loss latex enamel; three coats, 3.0 mils minimum dry film thickness.
2. Primer: White, interior, latex-based primer.
a. USG: First Coat.
b. S-W: PrepRite High Build Interior Latex Primer/Surface.
1 December 1999 09900 - 8 CAI 99088.00
3. First and Second Coat:
a. S-W Pro Mar 200 Latex Semigloss Enamel (B31�XT200 Series).
b. ICI: �X�onder-Speed Semi-Gloss (�2�XXX).
c. Aloore: Regal Aqua Glo �338.
d. PPG: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex `5-510.
F. Gypsum Board:
1. Finish: Acrylic gloss; ta�o finish coats over primer, 5.0 mils minimum dry film
thickness.
2. Prime coat: S-�X/ Pro Mar 200 Latex Wall Primer (B?8�X/200).
3. Pirst Coat: S-W DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating (B66 Series).
4. Second Coat: S-Vi/ TJT'�.1 Acrylic Gloss Coating (B66 Series).
S. Location: Hi�h abuse areas.
G. Metal - Ferrous:
l. Finish: Seini�loss enanzel finish; two coats over primer a-ith 2.5 mils minimum
total dry film thickness.
2. Primer: S}�nthetic, quick-drying, rust-inhibiting primer.
a. ICI: 14920 Ear-Os Quick Dry Metal Primer, Red.
b. Moore: Ironclad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint �163.
c. PPG: 6-2C8 Red Inhibitive Metal Primer.
d. S-W: Kem Kromik Metal Primer B50N2/B�0W1.
3. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.
a. ICI: 8�01 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat.
b. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody �? 17.
c. PPG: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Undercoater.
d. S-�X/: Pro-Mar 200 Alky� Enamel Undercoater B49W?00.
4. Finish Coat: Interior, semi�loss, odorless, alkyd enainel.
a. ICI: 26XX Velour Alkyd Semigloss Enamel.
b. A�oore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235.
c. PPG: 27 Line Wallhide Semigloss Enamel.
d. S-W: Classic 99 Semigloss Enamel A40 Series.
H. Metal - Ferrous:
1. Finish: Satin late� enamel; two finish coats over primer, 4.0 inils minimum diy
film thickness.
2. Touch-Up: Touch-up abraded surfaces of shop coat with same primer.
3. Primer: P&L Interior Trim Primer. (Omit on shop-primed surfaces).
4. First and Second Coats: P&L Aqua Satin Latex Enamel.
Metal - Zinc-Coated:
1. Lusterless (Flat) Finish: Two finish coats o��er primer with 2.7 mils rninimum total
dry film thickliess.
?. Primer: Galvanized metal primer.
a. ICI: 13201 Mirrolac Galvanized Metal Primer.
1i. Moore: Ironclad G��l : anized Metal Latex Primer �1��.
c. PPG: 6-215/216 Speedhide Gal�. anized Steel Primer.
d. S-W: Galvite BS0VJ3.
3. First and Second Coats: Interior, flat, latex-based paint.
a. ICI: 36XX Wozider-Tones Latex Flat Vi�all Paint.
b. Moore: Regal Wall Satin #215.
c. PPG: 80 Line Wallhide Flat Latex Paint.
d. S-W: Classic 99 �X�all and Trim Paint A?7W1C.
1 December 1999 09900 - 9 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1Q
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1S
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
73
J. Metal - Zinc-Coated:
1. Finish: Semigloss alkyd enamel; tRTo coats over primer, with 2.5 mils minimum
total dry film thickness.
2. Primer: Galvanized metal primer.
a. ICI: 13201 Mirrolac Galvanized Metal Primer.
b. Moore: Ironclad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer n 155.
c. PPG: 6-? 1 S/? 16 Speedhide Galvanized Steel Primer.
d. S-W: Galvite BS0W3.
3. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.
a. ICI: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat.
b. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody �217.
c. PPG: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Undercoater.
d. S-W: Pro-Mar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater B49W200.
4. Finish Coat: Interior, seinigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 26XX Velour Alkyd Semigloss Enamel.
b. Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235.
c. PPG: 27 Line Wallhide Semigloss Enamel.
d. S-W: Classic 99 Semigloss Enamel A40 Series.
K. Metal - Zinc-Coated:
1. Finish: Full-gloss alkyd enamel; two coats over primer with 2.� mils minimuin
total dry film thickness.
2. Primer: Galvanized inetal primer.
a. ICI: 13201 Mirrolac Galvanized Metal Primer.
b. Moore: Ironclad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer #155.
c. PPG: 6-215/216 Speedhide Galvanized Steel Primer.
d. S-W: Galvite B50W3.
3. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.
a. ICI: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat.
b. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217.
c. PPG: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Undercoater.
d. S-W: Pro-i�1ar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater B49��1200.
4. Finish Coat: Exterior, gloss, alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 70XX Mirrolac Interior/E�terior Alkyd Gloss Enamel.
b. A�oore: Impervo Hi�h-Gloss Enamel #133.
c. PPG: 54 Line Quick-Dry Enamel.
d. S-W: Industrial Enamel B-54 Series.
L. Metal - Zinc Coated:
1. Finish: Satin latex enainel; two finish coats over primer, 4.0 mils minimum dry
film thickness.
2. Touch-Up: Touch-up abraded surfaces of shop galvanized surfaces with ZRC Cold
Galvanizin� Compound.
3. Primer: P&L Interior Trim Primer. (Omit in shop-primed surfaces).
4. First and Second Coats: P&L Aqua Satin Latex Enamel.
M. Metal - Zinc Coated:
1. Finish: Semigloss latex enamel; ta�o finish coats over primer, 5.0 mils total
minimum dry film thickness.
2. Prime Coat: S-W DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish (B66WW1).
3. First and Second Coat: S-W Pro Mar 200 Latex Semigloss Enamel (B?0�'?00
Series).
1 December 1999
09900 - 10
CAI 99088.00
N. Metal - Zinc Coated:
1. Finish: Acrylic gloss; ta�o finish coats over primer, 9.0 mils minimum total dry
film thickness.
?. Prime Coat: S-W DTM Acrylic Primer/ Finish (B66WW1) at 3.0 - 4.0 mils DFT.
3. First and Second Coat: S-W DTM Acrylic Gloss Coatin� (E66 Series) at 2.0 - 3.0
mils DFT, each coat.
O. Plaster:
1. Pinish: Lusterless (flat) emulsion; talo coats.
2. Primer: Interior, flat, latea-based paint.
a. ICI: 36�X Wonder-Tones Latex Flat Wall Paint.
b. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal n201.
c. PPG: S0 Line �/allhide Flat Late� Paint.
d. S-W: �'all and Wood Primer B49W2.
3. Finish Coat: Interior, flat, late�-based paint.
a. ICI: 36XX Wonder-Tones Late� Flat Wall Paint.
b. Moore: Re�al Wall Satin "215.
c. PPG: 80 Line Wallhide Flat Latex Paint.
d. S-W: Classic 99 �'all and Trim Paint A27W 10.
P. Plaster:
1. Finish: Odorless lusterless (flat) late�; two coats.
2. Primer: Interior, flat, latex-based paint.
a. ICI: 36X�i Wonder-Tones Late� Flat Wall Paint.
b. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal �201.
c. PPG: 80 Line Wallhide Flat Latex Paint.
d. S-W: Wall and Wood Primer B49W2.
3. Finish Coat: Interior, flat, odorless, alkyd paint.
a. ICI: 21XX Velour Alkyd Flat �k'all Paint.
b. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Sani-Flat #204.
c. PPG: 6-�0 Series Speedhide Alkyd Flat Wall Paint.
d. S-W: Pro-Mar 200 Alkyd Flat Wall Paint B3?W101.
Q. Plaster:
1. Finish: Semigloss enamel; three coats with ?.� mils minimum total dry film
thickness.
2. Primer: Interior, flat, late�-based paint.
a. ICI: 36XX Wonder-Tones Latea Flat �/all Paint.
b. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #�201.
c. PPG: 80 Line Wallhide Flat Late� Paint.
d. S-W: Wall and Wood Primer B49�J2.
3. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.
a. ICI: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat.
b. Moore: Moore's Alk��d Enamel Undet-bo�iy r217.
c. PPG: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Undercoater.
d. S-W: �X'all and Wood Primer B49`U?.
�. Finish Coat: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alk�rd enamel.
a. ICI: 26XX Velour Alkyd Semigloss Enamel.
�. A�oore: I�'Ioore's Satin Impervo Enamel �235.
c. PPG: 27 Line Wallhide Semi�loss Enamel.
d. S-W: Classic 99 Seini�loss Enamel A40 Series.
R. Plaster:
1 December 1999 09900 - 11 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
7
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
?1
?�
?3
24
?5
26
27
2S
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
�1
5?
53
1. Finish: Satin latex enamel; two finish coats, 3.0 mils total minimum dry film
thickness.
2. First and Second Coats: P&L Pro-Hide Plus Latea Satin Enamel.
�X�oodwork and Hardboard:
1. Finish: Semigloss enamel; three coats.
2. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat.
a. ICI: 8801 Velour Alk�-d Enamel Undercoat.
b. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217.
c. PPG: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Undercoater.
d. S-W: Pro-Mar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater B49W200.
3. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel.
a. ICI: 26XX Velour Alkyd Semigloss Enamel.
b. Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel �235.
c. PPG: ?7 Line Wallhide Semigloss Enamel.
d. S-W: Classic 99 Semi�loss Enamel A40 Series.
T. `1/oodwork:
1. Finish: Satin latex enamel; primer and two finish coats, 4.0 mils total minimum
dry film thickness.
2. Primer: Pb�L Interior Trim Primer.
3. First and Second Coats: P&L Aqua Satin.
U. Wood:
1. Finish: Acrylic gloss, two finish coats over primer, 8.0 mils total minimurn dry
film thickness.
?. Prime Coat: S-W Pro Mar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater (B49W?00).
3. First and Second Coat: S-W DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating (B66 Series).
4. Location: High abuse areas.
V. Wooda-ork - Natural Finish:
1. Finish: Rubbed varnish; two finish coats over shellac plus filler on open-grain
wood.
2. First Coat: Cut shellac.
a. ICI: 4900 Wonder Woodsealer Quick-Dry Sealer.
b. Moore: 413 Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick-Dry Sandin� Sealer.
c. PPG: 77-30 Quick Drying Sanding Sealer.
d. S-W: Pro-Mar Varnish Sanding Sealer B26V3.
3. Filler Coat: Paste wood filler.
a. ICI: 4800 Wonder Woodstain Interior Paste Wood Filler.
b. Moore: BenR�ood Paste Wood Filler #?38.
c. PPG: (none required)
d. S-�k/: Sher-Wood Fast-Dry Filler.
4. Second and Third Coats: Oil rubbin� varnish.
a. ICI: 4600 Wonder Wood Satin Alkyd Satin Varnish.
b. Moore: BenaTood Satin Finish Varnish �404.
c. PPG: 77-7 Rez Satin Varnish.
d. S-W: Oil Base Varnish, Gloss A66V91.
W. �/oodwork - Natural Finish:
1. Finish: Polished a�aa; four coats.
?. First Coat: Cut shellac.
1 December 1999
09900 - 12
CAI 99088.00
1 a. ICI: 4900 Wonder Woodsealer Quick-Dry Sealer.
2 b. Moore: 413 I��oore's Interior �� ood Finishes Quick-Dry Sanding Sealer.
3 c. PPG: 77-30 Quick Drying Sanding Sealer.
4 d. S-��: Pro-Mar Varnish Sandin� Sealer B26V3.
� 3. Second, Third, and Fourth Coats: Paste waa.
6
7
S END OF SECTIOI�T
9
10
11
1 December 1999 09900 - 13 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
?�
?3
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
4s
49
�0
51
5?
53
SECTION 10171
PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Floor mounted, overhead braced solid plastic toiler panitions.
2. Floor supported solid plastic urinal screens.
3. Anchors and accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data sheets, color charts, parts list, installation
instructions and maintenance procedures.
B. Shop Drawings:
l. Show fabrication and erection of partition assemblies to extent not fully described
b�� manufacturer's data sheets.
Z. Show anchora�e, accessory items and finishes.
3. Furnish location template drawings for bolt hole locations in supporting members
for attachment of partitions.
C. Samples: Submit 12" x 12" sample of actual material in selected color for comparison
with install units.
D. Certificate: Manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification requirements.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Re�ularly engaged in installation of solid plastic toilet systems
with minimum three years experience and acceptable to manufacturer.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in manufacturer's original unopened packaging.
B. Open ends of containers 48 hours prior to installation to climatize materials.
C. Metal components shall be paper covered with manufacturer's standard protective
coverin� during shipment and installation.
PART ? - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Capitol Partitions.
2. Santana.
3. Comtec.
1 December 1999
10171 - 1
CAI 99088.00
�
Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
Sl
5?
53
B. Acceptable Manufacturers Phenolic Core:
1. Accurate Partitions.
?. Ampco Products Inc.
3. Capitol Partitions, Inc.
4. General Partitions Manufacturing Corp.
C. Acceptable Products:
1. Floor Mounted, Overhead Partitions: Academy by Sanymetal.
2. Urinal Screens: Type A by Sanymetal.
D. Substitutions: Comply v��ith Section 01630.
2.? MATERIALS
A. Solid Plastic Partitions:
1. Polymer resin formed under heat and high pressure into one-piece, solid
homo�eneous sheet and homogeneous color.
2. Panels, Doors and Pilasters: 1" thick with uniformly machined radius edges.
3. Color: As selected by Architect.
B. Solid Phenolic Core:
1. Solid phenolic core with high pressure melamine matte finish surface.
?. Thickness:
a. Panels and Pilasters: 1" thick.
b. Doors: 3/4 ".
3. Color: As selected by Architect.
C. Headrail:
1. Anti-grip type, heavy aluminum extrusion 6063-T6, rail and end cap, with 16 gage
stainless steel bracket.
D. Wall Brackets and Panel to Pilaster Brackets: Hea�ry duty polished stainless steel stirrup
brackets.
E. Pilaster Shoes: Type 302/304 stainless steel, No. 4 brushed satin finish
F. Fasteners: Heavy duty stainless steel tamper-proof screws, nuts, neoprene washers and
plastic anchors as recommended by manufacturer
G. Latch: Flush surface mounted anodized aluminum with bright-dip finish and black
hard coat slide bolt.
H. Bumper-Coat Hook: Heavy Zamac chrome-plated with rubber bumper on in-sa�ingin�
doors.
I. Door Pull: Heav}�-duty Zamac chrome-plated pull on outswing doors.
J. Strike: Heavy-duty aluminum extrusion with bright-dip anodized finish; rubber door
stop.
h. Hinges: Heavy-duty aluminum e�trusion with bri�ht-dip anodized finish, factory
adjusted; stainless steel pin.
1 December 1999 10171 - 2 CAI 99088.00
��
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
1-�
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
?4
25
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
-�9
50
51
5?
?.3 FABRICATION
A. Shop assemble items to greatest eatent possible. Field measure to ensure proper fit of
��ork prior to preparation of shop draa�ings.
B. RZark locations of reinforcement for partition mounted washroom accessories. Make
cutouts for toiiet accessories at factor;r.
C. Equip pilasters �-ith leveling de��ices, anchor studs and lockin� nuts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Checic areas scheduled to receive partitions for correct dimensions, plumbness of a�alls
and soundness of u�all surfaces that would affect installation.
B. Verify spacing of plumbing fi�tures to assure compatibility u�ith installation of
partitions.
C. Ensui-e correct location or built-in frainin�, anchorage, and bracing, ��here required.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install partitions rigid, straight, secure, plumb, level, and square in accordance with
inanufacturer's instructions.
B. Attach panels to walls arith not less than two stirrup brackets near top and bottom of
panel. Locate �vall bracl�ets so that holes for wall anchorages occur in tile joints.
C. Conceal evidence of drillin�, cutting and fitting to room finish.
D. Pr•ovide clearances at vertical ed�es of doors shall be uniform top to bottom and shall
not exceed 3/16".
E. Provide clearance of not more than 1/2" between pilasters and panels and not more
than 1" between panels and walls.
F. Support pilasters for overhead braced partitions from built-in framing using adjustable
hanging studs providing vertical leveling. Conceal ceilin� fastening ��ith pilaster shoes.
G. Level, plumb and tighten installation with leveling devices. Secure pilasters in position.
H. Set tops of doors parallel a•ith panels RThen doors are in closed position.
3.3 ADJUSTII�TG
A. Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation after installation.
1 December 1999
10171 - 3
CAI 99088.00
1
?
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
B. Set hinges on inward sR�ing doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from
closed position a�hen unlatched. Set hin�es on outward saring doors to return to hold
doors open approximately 10 degrees from closed position when unlatched. I
�
C. Perform final adjustment to levelin� devices and hardware.
3.4 CLEANING �
A. Replace damaged or defective materials. If acceptable to Architect, repair scratched and �
marred materials in accordance ��ith manufacturer's instructions
B. Clean exposed surfaces and partitions, hardware, fittings and accessories in accordance
arith manufacturer's recommendations. �
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
10171 - 4
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
�p
21
??
?3
?4
?�
?6
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
�2
�3
SECTIOI�T 10400
IDEI�TTIFYING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. En�raved interior plastic signs.
2. Brackets, pedestals, adhesives and accessories.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A 366 - Steel Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality.
1.3 SUBI�ZITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit descriptive literature, specifications, and installation instructions;
and maintenance instructions including cleaning materials, application rnethods, and
precautions in use of cleanin� materials which may be detrimental to surfaces if
improperly applied.
B. Shop Draa�ings: Indicate construction, mountin� system, and lettering style, size, and
text.
C. Samples: Submit full size samples of each t}�pe si�n,and letter.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ADA Braille recommendations.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE A1�iD HANDLII�TG
A. Packa�e signs in crates or cartons, adequately padded and protected agaiilst scratching
and other dama�e. Label packages with listing of sign labels and locations.
B. Include in sign packages installation templates, harda�are or adhesive, and installation
instructions.
C. Store materials out of weather and protect from damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.1 MAI�TUFACTURER
A. Acceptable Plastic Sign Manufacturers:
1. Architectural Graphics, Inc.
2. ASI Si�n Systems.
3. A.C. Davenport & Son Co.
4. Seton Identification Products.
1 December 1999
10400 - 1
CAI 99C88.00
5
;
i
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
�4
?5
26
?7
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
S0
S1
5?
73
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
?.2 PLASTIC SIGI�TS
A. Graphic Braille Signs:
1. Size: 8"�8" acrylic signs with S/8" letter height, Grade 2 Braille, 1/32 high lettering
and 6" graphic area.
?. Acceptable Manufacturer:
A. 1 ea. - nM4891
B. 1 ea. - #M489?
C. 1 ea. - nM4893
D. 1 ea. - #M1588
3. Colors: Black Field; White Letters
4. Frame: Provide one each sign - style #M1415, Color-Black by Seton Identification
Products.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Anchoring Devices: Concealed fastners as recommended by signage manufacturer.
B. Glazing Tape: 1/16" thick butyl rubber glazing tape manufactured by Tremco, Pecora.
C. Mounting Tape and Adhesives: 1/32" thick vinyl foam tape and Silastic adhesive in
addition to tape where recommended by sign manufacturer for substrates.
?.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate iteins true to shapes with accurate angles and surfaces, and straight edges.
Form bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or
otherwise impairing a�ork.
B. Perform welding of aluminum in accordance with applicable AWS Standards to prevent
pitting, discoloration or other surface imperfections after finishing. Weld seams
continuously. Grind exposed welds in aluminum smooth and flush, and finish to match
adjacent surtaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify exact locations with Architect.
3.? INSTALLATION
A. Install items after paintin� of substrate surfaces and application of other finish materials
is co mplete.
B. Install signs and letters and supports plumb, level, in Iine, in accordance R�ith
manufacturer's recommendations. Install signs with concealed fasteners and adhesive.
3.3 CLEANING
1 December 1999
10400 - ?
CAI 99088.00
A. Clean and polish letters, si�ns, and related brackets and supports in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Remove excess adhesi��� usin� methods that will not dama;e or stain si�ns or substrate
surfaces.
C. Vacuum areas to remove dust and drill shavings produced by work under this Section.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Repair or replace substrate inaterials dama�ed by improper location of si�ns.
END OF SECTIOI�T
1 December 1999 10400 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
��
26
27
?g
29
?J
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
SECTION 104?0
PLAQUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Interior cast plaques R�ith rnounting attachments.
1.? SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit descriptive literature, specifications, installation instructions, and cleaning
recommendations.
?. Submit manufacturer's maintenance instructions including cleaning materials,
application methods, and precautions in use of cleaning materials which may be
detrimental to surfaces if improperly applied.
B. Shop Drawin�s: For each si�n type, indicate construction, mounting lettering, style and
size, logo, an�text; include details of brackets, supports and fastenings.
C. Samples: Submit one full size corner sample of each plaque, indicating finish, letterin�
style, and range of finish to be ezpected.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Package plaques in crates or cartons, adequately padded and protected against scratching
and other damage.
I�
C
Include in sign packages installation templates, hardware or adhesive, and installation
instructions.
Store materials out of weather and protect from dama�e.
PART ? - PFGDUCTS
?.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Architectural Graphics, Inc.
?. ASI Si�n Systems.
3. A.C. Davenport & Son Co.
4. Matthews Architectural Division.
�. Spanjer Brothers, Inc.
6. Vomar Products, Inc.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
?.? CAST PLAQUES
1 December1999
10420 - 1
CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
�g
?9
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
A. Material: Bronze plaque to be cast from ��irgin ingots of 85-5-5-5 standard U.S. Bronze
Alloy; free of pits and gas holes.
B. Borders and Letter Faces: Satin finish a-ith subtle grain lines, in accordance arith
NAAMM M42-M33-C11-060; raised double-edge border.
C. Background: O�idized leatherette teature, NAAMM M42-C��-060.
D. Finish: Chemically cleaned; tR�o coats of factory applied clear sprayed lacquer finish.
E. Attachment Devices: Epoxy adhesive or concealed anchors as recommended by plaque
manufacturer.
F. Size: 20° x .i0".
2.3 GRAPHICS
A. Letters: Sharp and hand tooled; style as selected by Architect.
B. Obtain and reproduce artwork required to produce signs and letters. Information to
include City of Fort Worth logo and the following names: Mayor, City Mana�er,
Director of Public Works, City Council and Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMII�TATION
A. Verify exact locations with Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install plaque plumb, level and in line.
B. Concealed Mounting: Mount the plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs
on the back of the plaque. Set in pre-drilled holes filled with quick-setting cement.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean and polish plaque complying with manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
1 Decemberl999
10420 - ?
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
25
26
27
��
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
�o
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
S?
SECTIOl�r 105?2
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Fire eatin�uishers, fire e�tinguisher cabinets and accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit descriptive literature, installation instructions and cleanin�
recommendations.
B. Samples:
1. Furnish one full size sample in specified finish of each type cabinet, bracket and
accessory for review by Architect.
2. Owner will retain samples at completion of Project for extra stock.
3. Submit samples in manufacturer's ori�inal packaging.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Pire extin�uisher and fire e�tinguisher cabinets shall bear
UL Label, and shall cornply with applicable provisions of NFPA includina the
inspection and tagging of fire e�tinguishers; approved for intended use anc�locations by
applicable �overnin� authority.
1.4 DELIV�RY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver fire extinguisher cabinets and brackets in manufacturer's original cartons,
properly labeled and intact.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. J.L.Industries.
2. Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
3. ��/alter Kidde and Company.
4. Norris Industries.
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section C1630.
2.? MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Semi-Recessed Cabinet:
1. Door: One piece solid construction, cold-rolled steel white baked enamel steel;
vertical duo glass style; with piano hinge, and handle.
1 December 1999 10522 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
?3
24
�5
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
2. Trim: One piece trim frame w�ith joints welded and ground smooth, cold-rolled
white baked enamel steel.
3. Tub: Cold-rolled white baked enamel steel; corners welded and ground smooth.
4. Glazing: Clear 1/4" acrylic.
�. Acceptable Products:
a. Model No. ?71? - RL by Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
b. Model No. 2017 by J.L. Industries.
B. Brackets: Surface mounted portable fire e�-tinguisher wall steel brackets; enaznel or
epoxy paint finish; sized to fit portable fire extin�uisher supplied.
C. Fire Extinguisher:
l. Type: Multi-purpose dry chemical.
2. Heavy dutv cylinder with epo�y finish; chrome valve and siphon tubes, replaceable
molded va�ve steam seal; large pressure indicating gages, pull pin; up-right squeeze-
grip operation.
3. Acceptable Products:
a. UL rated 4A-60B:C, 10 lb. capacity:
1) Model No. MP 10 by Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
2j Cosmic 10E by J. L. Industries.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Securely fasten cabinets and brackets to structure, square and plumb, in accordance with
manufacturer's instruction. Install at mounting height to comply with governin�
authorities.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection: Inspect and tag fire extin�uishers as required by NFPA.
3.3 SCHEDULE
A. Brackets: Use in mechanical, electrical, and elevator equipment rooms, and other
locations required.
B. Semi-Recessed at locations indicated on drawings.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
10522 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 107C5
EXTERIOR SUN CONTROL LOUVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Ir.cludes: Exterior mounted aluminum louvered sun control devices and
ea-terior mounted roll-up fabric sun control device.
1? SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation
instructions including methods of installation for each type of openin� and supportin�
structure.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit shop drawings for special components not fully dimensioned or detailed on
manufacturer's data sheets including typical elevation layouts indicating proposed
division between screen units and meetin� edges at corners.
2. Show attachment details and anchora�e.
C. Samples:
1. Furnish 12" x 12" samples in finish to be supplied.
2. Furnish 1?" long samples of frame extrusion.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver screens cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage.
Examine screens upon delivery for dama�e. Remove and replace dama�ed items. Store
screens out of weather until ready for installation.
PART 2 - PRODL`CTS
?.l I�-TANUFACTURER
A. Acceptable Product: KoolShade by KoolShade/Sunscreen, Inc. (A��nin�)
Unite�-Perma System (Vertical Drop Au�ning)
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
?.? MATERIALS
A. Aa�nino:
1. Frame: 1/?" x 1" e�;truded aluminum frame.
2. Screen: Refer 11 �' 12/A10 for la}'out.
3. Finish: Electrophoretically applied acrylic resin paint; color as selected by
Architect.
1 December 1999 107C5 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1�
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
?5
?6
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
B. Vertical Drop Awnin�:
1. Roller: Gal��anized steel roller u�ith anodized aluminum a�eiaht bar and hood.
2. Screen: Sunsure Fabric - coated polyester-translucent screen �abric with sea�n-on
arhite letters spelling "MARINE THEATER". Refer to elevation drawin� 03/A4
for layout.
3. Finish: Hood Bronze Anodized Aluminum.
4. Operation: Hand Crank.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. (Awnings) Fabricate units to cover windows.
B. (Vertical Drop Awning) Fabricate unit to openin�. Refer 03/A4.frame.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Field verify window measurements to assure proper fit and installation of screens.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install sun control devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install brackets level at heights that will permit proper operation of screens.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust screens for form and appearance.
B. Remove damaged, spotted or otherwise defective screens. Repair to original state or
replace a�ith new screens.
END OF SECTION
�� 1 December 1999 10705 -?
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
?2
23
?4
25
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
�3
4�
45
46
47
4s
49
50
�1
SECTION 10S00
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Toilet, bath, shower, and washroom accessories.
2. Grab bars.
3. Baby changing station.
4. Attachment hardware.
1.2 REFERENC�S
A. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
?. ASTM A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resistin� Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet,
and Strip.
3. ASTM A?69 - Seamless and `�i/elded Austenitic Stainless Tubing for General
Service.
4. ASTM A 366 - Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets, Commercial Quality.
5. ASTM B 456 - Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium
and Nickel Plus Chromium.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit product data, descriptive literature, catalog cut sheets, data
sheets, complete parts list, installation instructions, maintenance data, operating
instructions, and keys required for each type equipment and lock.
B. Sainples:
1. Submit full-size samples in specified finish when requested by Architect.
2. Requested samples will be returned to Contractor after completion of Project.
C. Certification: Submit certification of grab bar strength and installation.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready
to receive them.
B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish.
C. Deliver materials in original unopened containers and store in enclosed location
providing protection from dama�e and e�posure to elements.
D. Dama�ed or deteriorated materials shall be remo�•ed from premises.
1 December 1999
10800 - 1
cA199oss.00
?
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
??
23
?4
?�
26
27
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
.i 6
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
�0
71
1.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from dama�e durin�
installation of work of this section.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Delivery to Project site as directed by Owner two eatra toilet tissue dispensers and taTo
extra soap dispensers as maintenance stock.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Bobrick �X/ashroom Equipment Co.
2. Bradley Corporation.
3. McKinney/Parker.
4. Gamco
B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel: ASTM A 366, commercial grade, cold-rolled steel.
B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A 167, commercial grade, Type 302 or 304, 22 gage.
C. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A 269, commercial grade, Type 302 or 304, seamless
welded.
D. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts:
1. Hot-dipped galvanized, ASTM A 123, 1.25 oz/sq ft.
2. Expansion shields: Fiber, lead or rubber as recommended hy accessory
manufacturer for component and substrate.
E. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Type SC-2.
2.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
A. Grab Bars:
1. Material: 1-1/2" diameter stainless steel, 18 gage, Type 304, brushed satin finish
��ith peened gripping surface.
?. Mounting: Concealed plates, R�ithout exposed fasteners; concealed anchor kit for
type of wall.
3. Acceptable Products: Each toilet to have one a. and one b.
a. 36" Units: Toilet Compartments: B-6206.99 x 36 by Bobrick.
b. 42" Units: Toilet Compartments: B-6206.99 x 42 by Bobrick.
c. Continuous three a�all grab bar at accessible shower. Refer 13/A7.2
1 December 1999
1C800 - 2
CAI 99088.00
B. Soap Dispensers:
1. Material: Stainless steel piston and spout; chrome-plates cover; 5 lbs. of force
complying with handicap requirements.
?. Mounting: Lavatory countertop surface.
�. Capacity: 34 ounces liquid soap.
4. Acceptable Product: B-8221 by Bobrick.
C. Combination Paper Towel Dispenser and Viraste Receptacle:
L Material: 22 �age, Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish.
?. Construction: Welded, stainless steel door piano hin�e, two tumbler locks.
3. Mounting: Recessed for handicap access.
4. Capacity: 60C C-fold or 800 multi-fold paper towels.
5. Receptacle: Removable, 12 gallon plastic container.
6. Acceptable product: Type: B-3944 by Bohrick.
D. Toilet Tissue Dispenser:
1. Material: Heavy duty cast aluminum, satin finish; molded plastic spindles;
concealed locking device.
?. Mounting: Surface.
3. Capacity: Two toilet paper rolls.
4. Acceptable Product: B-?74 by Bobrick.
E. Feminine Napkin-Tampon Disposal:
1. Material: 22 gage, Type 304 stainless steel, Satin finish.
2. Construction: Seamless flanges, welded, self-closing stainless steel door a�ith piano
hinge, tumbler lock.
3. Mounting: Partition mounted, serves tw�o toilet compartments.
�. Receptacle: Removable from one side.
5. Acceptable Product: B-354 by Bobrick.
F. Feminine Napkin-Tampon Disposal:
1. Material: 22 gage, Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish.
?. Construction: Seamless flan�es, welded, self-closing stainless steel door with piano
hinge, tumbler lock.
3. A�ounting: Recessed, for end compartment.
4. Acceptable Product: Bobrick B-3�44.
G. Door Bumper: (One each companment)
1. Base: Type 304, 22 gage stainless steel, polished finish.
2. Post: black nylon.
3. Bumper: Black neoprene.
4. Acceptable Product: B-687 by Bobrick.
H. Mop and Broom Holders: (O��er sink at Janitor's closet)
1. Material: 18 ga�e stainless steel, Satin finish.
?. Construction: S" deep with four mop holders, three rag hooks and wet rag rod.
3. Mountin�: Surface.
4. Acceptable Product: B-??4 x 36" by Bobrick.
I. Baby Changing Station:
1. Wall mounted changin� station of hi�h impact plastic; cradled-shaped platform
a�ith strap and disposable liner; engineered to a�ithstand static load of 150 lbs.
?. Siz�: 37" high x 21-1/2" a�ide x 6-1/2" closed; 34" open.
1 Deceinber 1999 10800 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�
�
1
2
1
�
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
?�
26
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
3�
35
36
37
38
39
�0
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
�1
3. Acceptable Product: Koala Bear Kare Chan�ing Station by JBJ Industries, Inc.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. Form surfaces flat
without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents.
B. Fabricate recessed units with seamless one piece flan�e on exposed face. Weld corners
lea��in� on open miters.
C. V�/eld and �rind smooth joints of fabricated components.
D. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on buildin� finishes.
Hot-dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices.
E. Back paint components aThere contact is made arith building finishes to prevent
electrolysis.
F. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittin�s.
G. Key locked dispensin� units alike. Key coil operated boxes separately from dispensing
unit.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Chrome-Nickel Platina: Satin finish.
B. Stainless Steel: No. 4 brushed satin and No. 8 mirror polished.
C. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Check openings scheduled to receive recessed units for correct dimensions, plumbness
of blocking or frames and preparation that would affect installation of accessories.
B. Verify spacing of plumbin� fixtures and toilet compartments that affect installation of
accesso ries.
C. Verify with Architect exact location of accessories.
3.? PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent or adjoinin� finished surfaces and work from damage during
installation of accessories.
B. Deliver insens and rough-in frames at project site at appropriate time for building in.
Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
1 December 1999
10800 - 4
CAI 99088.00
B. Drill holes to correct size and application that is concealed by items R-ith 1/4"
tolerance.
C. Mount recessed accessories into wall openin�s �-ith sheet metal screR�s into metal
frames.
D. Mount surface mounted accessories to backup material with to��le bolts, plumb and
align.
E. Anchor grab bars to throu�h-�vall anchor plates.
F. Use tarnperproof fasteners.
3.4 LOCATION SCHEDULE
A. Refer to floor plans.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 10800 - 5 CAI 99C88.00
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
22
?3
24
?5
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
�0
51
SECTION 10999
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Miscellaneous specialties aTork includes furnishing and installing items
shop fabricated, job fabricated and manufactured items not part of other sections of
these specifications.
1.? RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, includin� General Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 sections apply to work of this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit on each time prior to staring this work and sufficiently early to
coordinate with other work. Samples may be submitted in lieu of literature if approved
by Architect.
B. Shop Dra�•ings: Submit shop drawin�s for Architect's review. Completeness of shop
draa�ings shall be sufficient to indicate compliance with Contract Documents and to
correlate with other materials. In general, they shall indicate size, material, quantity,
tinish, attachment methods, connections, weight, performance data, etc., depending on
specifications.
C. Operation Instructions: Provide printed or written instructions for Owner to follow in
proper operation of equipment. Instruct and demonstrate proper operation to Owner's
representative. Record uetails of such instructions and file copies with Owner and the
Architect for record.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Catalog Standards: Manufacturer's catalog numbers or names may be indicated on
drawings or specified for convenience in identifying certain miscellaneous specialties
items. Unless modified by notation on drawings or otherwise specified, manufacturer's
current catalog description for indicated number, together with indicated or specified in
options or accessories, constitutes requirements for each such unit.
1. Used of catalo� numbers, and specific requirements indicated on drawings and in
specification, are not intended to preclude use of equivalent products by other
acceptable manufacturers, but are given for purpose of establishing standard of
desi�n and quality for materials, construction and ��orkrnanship.
B. Certification: submit manufacturer's certificate statin� that materials furnished comply
with specified requirements. Include supporting ceni�ied testing data indicating that
material meets specified requirements.
1 December 1999 10999 - 1 CAI 99088.00
J
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
?4
25
?6
27
�g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1.� DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to protect site in original factory wrappings and containers, clearly
labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade, fire
performance characteristics, and lot number.
B. Store miscellaneous blocked off ground to prevent saggin� and warpin�, in original
undamaged packages and containers, inside well-ventilated area protected from weather,
moisture, soiling, eztreme temperatures, and humidity.
C. Comply with instructions and recommendations of manufacturer for special delivery,
storage, and handlin� requirements.
1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings
and fabrication where possible, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, allow for
adjustments within specified tolerances where ever taking of field measurements before
fabrication inight delay work.
B. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for
installation of miscellaneous specialties and related work; coordinate delivery with
other work to avoid delay.
1J SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence delivery and installation of miscellaneous specialties items until construction is
ready for their installation to minimize possibility of damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer(s) listed herein are included for convenience of Contractor in establishing
quality, performance, function, and aesthetic appearance acceptable to Architect.
1. Other manufacturer's approved by Architect may be used whose qualities meet or
exceed specified manufacturer.
2.2 ILLUMINATED `ROSE' SIGN
A. Material - Aluminum sign over angle frame Grind, and prime welds.
B. Finish: Two part pol��urethane paint over prepped surface. Three color maximum.
Li�hting:
1. Rose lights are to be animated clear lamp in concentric bands for the perimeter
to the center and then reversed order. Provide a lightin� controller for
lighting.
?. Light bulbs along either side of the `ROSE' letters are to be `scintillatin�'.
3. Rose letters are open channel style a�ith neon inset.
�
�
�
�.
�
1 December 1999
10999 - 2
CAI 99088.00
C. Marquee: Back lit marquee as indicated on drawings. White plexiglass field in
aluminum frame.
D. Successful bidder to provide specification of si�nage within seven days of bid.
E. Sign Manufacturer shall be responsible for installation and anchorage of sign.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine the substrate conditions utilities under a�hich
units of miscellaneous hospital ec�uipment are to be installed and notify Contractor in
writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work.
Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to installer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate work of this Section with related work of other Sections to
obtain proper installation of items. Contractor shall acquaint himself a�ith work of
other Sections whose work abuts, adjoins, or is affected by or related to work under this
Section.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using concealed fasteners
appropriate to substrate and recommend by manufacturer of units. Install units plumb
and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test and Examinations: After installation, equipment shall be examined and sufficiently
tested under operatin� conditions to determine that the unit has been installed correctly
and will function pr-operly. If inspection shows defects, such defects shall be corrected,
defective material replaced, and inspection repeated. Such repairs shall be made
R�ith new material at no additional expense to the Owner.
3.5 CLEAI�TING
A. At completion of installation clean and polish all e�posed surface and units in strict
accordance with inanufacturer's instructions after removing temporary labels and
protective coatin�.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed units from dama�e and soiling until acceptance by Oa�ner.
END OF SECTION
1 Deceinber 1999 10999 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
2�
26
27
?g
?y
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
�s
49
50
51
52
53
SECTION 11062
STAGE CURTAII�TS AND TRACKS
(ALTERNATE)
PART 1 - GEI�TERAL
l.l SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. House curtain, valance curtain.
2. Tracks, hardR�are, and fittings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, specifications and
installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawin�s: Indicate details of installation and erection, including adjoinin�
conditions and necessary clearances; show actual dimensions and methods at joining
work.
C. Samples: Submit 36" square samples of standard color sw�atches for selection; submit
flamep roofed sainples of selected color for final approval; submit 6" long track sections
specified finish.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Hang and trim curtains after construction is completed and building has been cleaned.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Furnish warranty to repair or replace within thirty day�s any item found defective
within two years includin� materials and workmanship.
B. Ordinary wear and defects due to improper usage are excepted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Karma Corporation.
?. J. R. Clancy, Inc.
B. Substitutions: Comply a�ith Section 01630.
?? CURTAIN
i�
1 December 1999
11062 - 1
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?p
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
�3
A. Curtain Fabrics:
1. Cotton Velour to conform to following minimum requirements:
a. Weight per linear yard (unflameproofed): 24-26 oz.
b. Backing ends per inch: 40.
c. Pile ends per inch: 40.
d. Pile tufts per inch: 640.
e. Picks per inch: 32.
f. Pile height: 1?5/1000.
2. Curtain materials shall be fully flameproofed by immersion process.
3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
4. Acceptable Product: Memorable Velour by KM Fabrics, Inc.
B. House Curtain: Vegas by Karma Corporation.
C. Entry Curtain: Provide three curtains and tracks at openings per elevation 02/A7.2.
D. Snap Rings and Trim Chains: Verify length of attachment of curtain to carrier at
tracked drapes on shop drawings.
E. Thread: Coinply with shrinkage characteristics and composition of fabric; colors to
match face colors.
F. Grommets: No. 2 size, brass or plated steel.
G. Tie Lines: 36" No. 4 braided cotton or nylon.
H. Curtain Chains: Galvanized or plated No. 6 jack chain in separate sleeve sewed into
bottoms of curtains to have sewn into bottom hem and held 4" above bottom of
curtain.
�
�
�
�
��
1
�
I. Border Chains: Galvanized or plated No. 4 jack chain in separate sleeve sewed into �
bottoms of curtains to have sewn into bottom hem and held 4" above bottom of border.
?.3 CURTAIN TRACKS
A. House Curtain Track:
1. Aluminucn track and accessories (CWANA).
2. Acceptable Product: Model No. 502 by J.R. Clancy, Inc.
B. Carriers:
1. Master Carriers: Ta�o clamps for attachment of operatin� cord, two plated swivels
with 3" to 6" trim chains for curtain attachment.
?. Sin�le Carriers: Two n}rlon wheels a�ith ball bearings and "hollow center" design
to bypass operatin� line; single plated swivels with 3" to 6" trim chains and rubber
spacers; one sin�le carrier for each 12" of track len�h plus two spares each track
section.
3. End Stackin� Devices: Manufacturer's standard device to stack drapery at track
ends.
2.4 FABRICATION
�
�
�9
1 December 1999 11062 - 2 CAI 99088.00
A. Perform shop and field welding in full compliance with AVi/S D1.1 for full stren�th
welds. Use electronic welding where possible. Clean welds of flu�, slag and spatter
before paintin�. Wire brush or grind if necessary.
B. Machine finish operating parts. Smooth edges adjacent to line and cable wa}rs.
C. Finish hand touchable and people level items smoothly without sharp corners or ed�es.
D. Clean fabricated steel work, including equipment, suppons and framing. Apply primer
and minimum one coat of finish paint. Where necessary for full covera�e, paint before
assembly. Retouch as necessary.
E. Fit items with proper allowances for stretch and shrinkage, or expansion and
contraction; edges, corners and joints true and properly aligned.
F. Use only clean, new fabrics and fittin�s. Finish items with smooth seams and hems.
I\To sags, ripples or puckers. Check hang and trim before shipping.
G. Run curtain fabric with pile in vertical up direction. Run fabric full height, no
horizontal seams.
H. Sewn flameproofing certification label on back of each curtain at bottom of stage hem,
off stage.
House Curtain:
1. Box pleats at top of panels, 12" on center; reinforce with 3-1/2" jute webbing.
2. Attach grommets throu�h pleats and webbing, double grommets at ends; attach to
track carriers by plated drapery spring snap hooks or plated "S" hooks.
3. Center edges of each panel faced back with minimum 30" width of fabric and hand
tacked entire length with continuous catch stitching spaced four inches apart.
4. 4" hems on offstage ed�e; 6" double-turned hem at bottom, enclosing chain sleeve.
S. Fullness: 50 percent sewn into curtain.
Valance Curtain:
1. Height: 14'-6" tall dead-hung valance curtain.
2. Fullness: 50 percent sewn into curtain.
44
4�
46
47
48
49
50
�1
5?
�3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Position items accurately to plumb line and level.
B. Maintain maximum headroom and clearance at all points.
C. Do required cutting, dz-illing, tappin� and weldin� necessary to properly znstall ��ork.
D. Clean and retouch field v�Telds and abraded painted surfaces a�ith matching primers and
finishes.
E. Han� and adjust ceiling pieces. Check trim of han�in� elements. Adjust if required.
1 December 1999 11062 - 3 CAI 99088.00
'
1 3.? FIELD QUALITY CONTROL �
�
3 A. Instruct OaTner's representatives in safe operation, servicing, care and maintenance of �
4 items, including stora�e of curtains.
5
6 � � END OF SECTION
8
1 December 1999 1106? - 4 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
1�
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
?�
??
23
?4
��
?6
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
33
39
40
�1
42
43
44
��
46
47
48
49
50
51
5?
53
SECTION 1?70�
MULTIPLE SEATING
(ALTERNATE)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Theater seating units including harda�are, accessories, mounting
devices, fasteners, anchors and other related items.
1.? SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard product data, descriptive literature,
specifications, and maintenance and cleanin� instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Show proposed seating plan layout for each room, include installation
details of seating units; attachment of tablet arm to seating units; fasteners and anchor
devices and relationship of seating to adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Furnish color samples of polypropylene seat shell samples for selection;
provide one full size seat of selected color.
D. Certificates: Furnish manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification
requirements; acceptability of installer.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Three years documented e�perience of systems equivalent to
specified systetn; acceptable to manufacturer.
1.� EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide 10 additional sprin�s and swin� arm returns, delivered to Oa�ner, for eatra
material.
PART ? - PRODUCT
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
A. Manufacturer: American Seating Company
B. Product: Steller - Model 35-220, Fabric: A�/Q Bordeauz, Shell/Frame: T Bur�undy
?.? OPERATION
A. The product has two independent, fully operative hinge mechanisms for a consistent
three-quarter safely fold. The hinge application a-ill not require adjustment or
lubrication.
06-16-92 1?700 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
?5
26
27
?S
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
�4
45
46
47
48
49
50
�1
52
53
2.3 CONSTRUCTION:
A. Back: The back will be ?6-1/2" long.
1. Back shall have a compound curved steel upholstered inner panel with R�rap-around
plastic shell rear panel. Wrap around plastic rear panel shall be provided arith
return flange or cuff eh-tending doa�n 3/4" over the top to afford back protection
and strenb h. Inner panel consists of 20 gau�e minimum compound curved sheet
steel panel with a 12 gau�e reinforcement plate welded along both sides.
2. Polyurethane foam pad shall be 2" thick. Back assembly is then covered with an
upholstery cover R�hich is cemented to rear surface of panel.
3. The outer panel shall be molded plastic back covering the rear, top and sides of the
back extending below seat level to protect seat cushions. The plastic shall be an
e�tremely high impact resistant type with a textured surface to provide an attractive
appearance. The rear contour shall be so designed as to provide ma�imum space
saving, the required rigidity along the sides and adequate seat folding clearance
alon� the bottom.
B. Seat: Seat sizes shall accommodate 19" chairs.
1. Seat shall be of the spring arch type and shall be composed of two parts, the
upholstered spring frame and the seat foundation. Five (5) serpentine springs of
proper gauges shall be attached to and suspended from a die formed 16 gauge steel
frame with proper lateral bracing to resist spring tension. The points of spring
attachment shall be open and well lubricated to permit quiet, free spring rotation
thus eliminating noise and spring fatigue. The spring unit shall be covered with 7-
1/2" oz. cheese cloth or equivalent netting, steel wire stitched to the springs.
2. Paddin� shall consist of an integrally molded polyurethane foam pad. It shall be
molded to the cheese cloth or equivalent nettin�, forming an integral one piece unit
iiialting it impossible to shift the pad. It shall be non-hardenin� and non-o�idizing.
It shall resist ac�ds, alkalies, oils, greases, soaps, abrasions, moisture, mildew and
tearing. The pad shall be approximately 3" thick at the front and 1-1/2" thick at
the rear with overall thickness of 2" over the center portion.
3. The upholstery cover shall be of a panel side construction without welts and shall
be fastened to the frame without the use of nails, tacks, or screws, thereby
providing for easy re-upholstering.
4. Seat foundation shall be of one piece deep drawn die formed steel foundation, not
less than 20 gauge thickness with edges rolled inward around entire perimeter.
Foundation shall be free from screws and bolts on �ottom, front and sides. It shall
enclose the entire seat raising mechanism and at the point of hinge attachment, shall
be reinforced by large steel plates of not less than 11 gauge thickness. It shall be
possible to remove the upholstery portion of the seat from the steel foundation
without removing the complete seat from the chair. Seat foundation can be
provided with number plates located centrally near the front edge. Area provided
for number plates shall be recessed to prevent wear and abrasion of the plate and
eliminate sna��ing hazards. Attaching of number plates shall be by a tamper-
resistant mechanical fastening.
5. Seat hinge shall be completely enclosed in seat assembly and shall automatically fold
to a 3/4 uniform position at all times without adjustment. It shall also fold 100% to
provzde additional clearance when necessary. Hinges shall consist of a cast iron
pivot securely fastened to the standards by a heavy bolt to prevent possibility of the
hinge pivot being disen�aged from the standard. Rotation of the seat about hin�e
pivot shall be on a self lubricating Delrin bearing requiring no maintenance. Both
the up and doa�n stops on the seat shall be cushioned with Neoprene rubber to
reduce noise.
�
06-16-92
�
12700 - 2
CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
C. Standards: Standards to be floor mounted as specified.
1. Solid cast iron casting with flush outer surface and inte�rally cast in raceway for
concealment of aisle li�ht wiring.
a. Floor Mounted: Standard shall be of one integral piece �ray iron pedestal
shaped design. The foot pad shall measure a minimum of 7" long x 2-�/8"
a�ide. The cast iron standard contains anchor points for holding chair back,
seat cushion and arm rest in accurate and secure positzon. Standards shall be
cast to fit the floor incline to maintain proper seat height.
D. Arm Rests: Arm rests for end treatments outlined above and for middle standards shall
be plastic.
1. Plastic Arm Resets
2.4 FINISH:
Arm rests shall be high density blow molded polyethylene.
A. Metal Parts: All e�posed cast iron and steel parts shall be cleaned and poa�der coated
using the following procedure:
1. Cleaning in a 7-stage bonderizing process
a. 15` stage: 90 second acid clean with Parco 325, 130 to 160 degrees
b. 2nd stage: 60 second water rinse, 110-140 degrees F.
c. 3`d sta�e: 60 second iron phosphate with bonderite 1014, 110-140 degrees F.,
40-70 Mg/F coating weight
d. 4`h stage: 30 second water rinse, ambient temperature
e. �`h stage: 30 second seal with Parcolene 9�, 120 degrees F.
f. 6`h stage: 30 second deionized water rinse, ambient temperature
a 7`h stage: Duplex D.I. System
h. After ? minutes, all parts pass thru a dry-off oven for S minutes at 300 degrees
F.
2. Finishing of parts in an electrostatic system.
a. All parts shall be coated with a thermosetting epo�y powder.
b. All parts shall have an average dr}� film thickness (D.F.T.) of 2.0 to 2.5 mils.
c. Parts shall be baked in a gas fired convection oven at a mtnimum of 350 degrees
for at least ?0 minutes.
d. Cured pov��der coat must pass the H pencil hardness test.
2.5 Options and Accessories:
A. End Standard Treatment: The followin� end standard treatments shall be provided.
1. Rectangular steel panel for non-tablet arm end v,�ith upholstered #250 aisle
treatment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMII�TATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under aThich seating units are to be installed.
3.? INSTALLATION
A. Install seatin� units plumb and level in accordance with manufacturers installation
instructions.
B. Securely attach seating units to supporting structures and platforms.
06-16-92
12700 - 3
CAI 99088.00
EI�TD OF SECTION
06-16-92
12700 - 4
CAI99088.00 t
SECTION 15000
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GEl�'ERAI. PROVISIONS AND SUPPLEMENTAL GENER�4L PROVISIOI`TS
I:�
I:
The "General Conditions" and "Supplementary Conditions" are by reference made a part of this
section and shall apply to each and every heading as though included herein.
In the event of conflict, the requirements of the "General Conditions" and "Supplementary
Conditions" will take precedence over these "General Requirements".
1.2 GEI�'ERAL
A. The Contractor shall provide all plans, labor, equipment, appliances and materials, and shall
perform all operations in connection with the installation of the mechanical work in accordance
with the Specifications, applicable drawings, and the conditions specified above.
B. Contractor shall provide all equipment required and usually furnished in connection with such
work and systems whether or not specifically mentioned or specifically indicated on the
drawings.
1.3 INSPECTION OF THE SITE
A. The Contractor shall visit the site, verifying all existing items indicated on drawings and/or
specified, and familiarize himself with the existing work conditions, hazards, grades, actual
formations, soil conditions and local requirements. The submission of bids shall be deemed
evidence of such visits.
:
C
All proposals shall take these existing conditions into consideration, and the lack of specific
inforniation on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility.
The trade furnishing the equipment shall be responsible for notifying the Contractor, prior to
ordering same in the event that equipment specified andlor reviewed is incompatible with this
requirement.
1.4 PERMITS, UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Refer to other sections of the specifications for construction phasing and time increments.
B. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required utility connections, impact fees, meters and
meter boxes, utility extensions and/or relocations and shall pay all costs and inspection fees for
all work included herein.
1 December 1999 15000 - 1 CAI99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
1.5 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The installation shall meet the minimum standards prescribed in the latest editions of the
follo���ing listed codes and standards, which are made a part of the Specifications, except as
may be hereinafter modified in these Specifications and associated drav��ings.
B. Latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA):
1. NFPA No. 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems
2. NFPA No. 14 Installation of Standpipes and Hose Systems
3. NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code
4. NFPA No. 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
�. NFPA No. 91 Exhaust Systems of Air Conveying of Gases, etc.
6. NFPA No. 96 Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial
Cooking Operations
7. NFPA No. 101 Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures
8. NFPA No. 255 Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
C. United States of America Standards Institute (ASA) Standards:
1. A40.8 National Plumbing Code
2. B31.1 & B31.1a Code for Pressure Piping
D. American Sociery of Mechanica] Engineers (ASME): Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
E. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Standards (ARI): All standards related to
refrigeration and air conditioninb equipment and piping furnished under these Specifications.
F. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) 1985:
All applicable manuals and standards.
G. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA): All applicable manuals and standards.
H. American Society of Testing and Material (ASTM): All applicable manuals and standards.
I. American Water Works Association (AWWA): All applicable manuals and standards.
J. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): All applicable manuals and
standards.
K. City Fire Department as applicable to consiruction of this site.
L. City and State Building Codes.
M. State of (Texas) Occupational Safety Act: Applicable safety standards.
N. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).
O. State of (Texas) Energy Conservation Construction Code.
1 December 1999 15000 - 2 CAI99088.00
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
?7
28
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
P
Q
All work shall be in accordance with all regulations and requirements of the State of Texas
Architectura] Bamers Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
Refer to Specifications sections hereinafter bound for additional codes and standards.
R. All materials and workmanship shall comply u�ith all applicable state and national codes,
specifications, and industry standards. A11 material shall be listed by the Underwriter's
Laboratories, Inc., as conforming to its standards and so labeled in every case where such a
standard has been established for the particular type of material in question.
The Contract Documents are intended to comply with the aforementioned rules and regulations;
however, some discrepancies may occur. Where such discrepancies occur, the Contractor sha]]
immediately apply for an interpretation. Should the discovery and notification occur after the
execution of a contract, any additional work required for compliance with said regulations shall
be paid for as covered by other specifications of the Contract Documents, providing no work
or fabrication of materials has been accomplished in a manner of non-compliance. Should the
Contractor fabricate and/or install materials and/or workmanship in such a manner that does
not comply with the applicable codes, rules and regulations, the Contractor who performed such
work shall bear all costs arising in correcting these deficiencies to comply with said rules and
regulations.
1.6 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. These Specifications are accompanied by drawings of the building and details of the
installations indicating the locations of equipment, piping, ductwork, outlets, switch controls,
circuits, lines, etc. The drawings and these Specifications are complementary to each other, and
�vhat is required by one shall be as binding as if required by both.
B. If any departures from the drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such
departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect for review. No
departures shall be made without prior written acceptance.
c
D
There are intricacies of construction which are impractical to specif'y or indicate in detail;
however, in such cases the current rules of good practice and applicab]e Specifications shall
govern.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to properly use all information found on the Architectural,
Structural, Mechanical and Electrical dra«�ings where such information affects his work.
E. All dimensional information related to new structures shall be taken from the appropriate
drawings. All dimensional information related to existing facilities shall be taken from actual
measurements made by the Contractor on the site.
F. The interrelation of the specifications, the drawings, and the schedules is as follo�vs: The
Specifications determine the nature and setting of the severa] materials, the drawings establish
the quantities, dimensions and details, and ihe schedules give the performance characteristics.
G. Should the drawings or specifications disagree within themsel�-es, or w�ith each other, the better
quality of greater quantity of work or materials shall be estimated upon, and unless otherwise
1 December 1999 1�000 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
directed by the Architect in v�Titing, shall be performed or furnished. Figures indicated on
drawings govern scale measurements and large scale details govern small scale drawings.
1.7 SPACE AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT
A. The size of inechanical and electrical equipment indicated on the drawings is based on the
dimensions of a particular manufacturer. While other manufacturers will be acceptable, it is
the responsibility of the Contractor to determine if the equipment he proposes to furnish will
fit in the space. Shop drawings shall be prepared to indicate a suitable arrangement.
B. All eyuipment shal] be installed in a manner to permit access to all surfaces. All valves,
motors, drives, filters, and other accessory items shall be installed in a position to allow
removal for service without disassembly of another part.
1.8 FABRICATION DRAVJINGS
A.
:
Contractor shall submit ducriuork fabrication drawings for review by the Engineer. Fabrication
drawings shall be coordinated with all other trades and with existing conditions.
All required shop drawings, except as hereinafter specified, shall be prepared at a scale of not
less than 1/4 inch equal to 1 foot by the Contractor.
1.9 SUPERVISION
A. Each contractor shall keep a competent superintendent or foreman on the job at all times
necessary for the timely and proper completion of the work.
B. It shall be the responsibility of each superintendent to study all drawings and familiarize
himself with the work to be done by other trades. He shall coordinate this work with other
trades, and before matenal is fabricated or installed, make sure that his work will not cause an
interference that cannot be resolved without major changes to the drawings. If a conflict
between trades arises that cannot be resolved at the jobsite, the matter shall be referred to the
Architect for his ruling.
1.10 EXISTING FACILITIES
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him
and his �vork�nen, and shall be responsible for repairing or replacing such loss or damage. The
Contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services
required for the care, protection and in-service maintenance of all plumbing, heating, air
conditioning, and ventilating services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall
erect temporary barricades, vvith necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from
injury, removing all such temporary protection upon completion of the work. All barricades
and safety devices shall be in compliance with OSHA.
B. The Contractor shall provide temporary or new services to all existing facilities as required to
maintain their proper operation w�hen normal services are disrupted as a result of the work being
accomplished under this project.
1 December 1999 1�000 - 4 CAI99088.00
�
�
�
�
�
1 C. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing
2 utilities, Contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fihtures, air
3 conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon
4 completion of work in the areas affected.
D. Vdhere partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are indicated to be removed,
all Contractors shall remove and reinstall, in locations approved by the Architect, all devices
required for the operation of the ��arious systems installed in the existing construction. This is
to include, but is not limited to, temperature control system devices, electrical switches, relays,
fixtures, piping, conduit, etc.
E. Outages of services, as required by the new installation, will be permitted only at a time
approved by the Architect.
1.11 DEMOLITION Al�'D RELOCATION
17 A. The Contractor shall modify, remove and.ior relocate all materials and items so indicated on the
18 drawings or required by the installation of new facilities. Materials and/or items scheduled for
19 relocation and which are damaoed during dismantling or reassembly operations shall be
20 repaired and restored to good operative condition.
21
22 B. All items which are to be relocated shall be carefully removed in reverse to original assembly
23 or placement and protected until relocated. The Contractor shall clean and repair and provide
24 all new materials, fittings, and appurtenances required to complete the relocations and to restore
25 to good operative order. All relocations shall be performed by worlanen skilled in the work and
26 in accordance with standard practice of the trades involved.
?7
Zs
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
1.12
C. Service lines and wiring to items to be removed, salva;ed, or relocated shall be removed to
points indicated on the drawings, specified, or acceptable to the Owner. Service lines and
wiring not scheduled for reuse shall be removed and sealed, capped, or otherwise tied-off or
disconnected in a safe manner acceptable to the Architect. All disconnections or connections
into the existing facilities shall be done in such a manner as to result in minimum intenuption
of services to adjacent occupied areas. Services to existing areas of facilities, which must
remain in operation during the construction period, shall not be interrupted without pnor
specific approval of the Architect as hereinbefore specified.
D. All equipment and materials indicated to be removed and not be re-used shall be disposed of
by the Contractor. Coordinate with Owner where materials are to be stored.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 1NSTRUCTIONS
A. The Contractor shall prepare, in triplicate for the Owner's Manual, complete sets of operating
and maintenance instructions, system piping, valving, control and interlock diagrams, manuals,
parts lists, etc., for each item of equipment.
B. In addition, the Contractor shall provide the services of a competent engineer or a technician
acceptable to the Architect to instruct a representative of the Ovvner in the complete and
detailed operation of all equipment and systems. These instructions shall be provided for a
period of not less than 4 hours to fully accomplish the desired results. Upon completion of
1 December 1999
15000 - 5
CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
24
25
26
��
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
these instructions, a letter of release will be required, stating the dates of instruction and the
personnel to whom instructions were given. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper
maintenance until the insiructions have been given to the Owner's maintenance personnel.
1.13 GUARANTEE
].15
1.16
1.17
All work and equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of
substantial completion.
Guarantee shall be for all labor and materials.
Certain items for equipment shall have additional or extended guarantees when so specified.
MATERIALS AI�'D WORiCMANSHIP
A. All materials, unless other«�ise specified, shall be of current U.S. manufacture, new, free from
all defects, and of the best quality of their respective kinds. Materials and equipment shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the best standard practice
for the type of work involved. All work shall be executed by mechanics skilled in their
respective trades, and the installations shall present a neat, workmanlike appearance. Materials,
and/or equipment damaged in shipment, or othen�vise damaged prior to installation, shall not
be repaired at the job site, but shall be replaced with new materials and/or equipment.
B. The responsibility for furnishing the proper equipment andlor material, and to see that is
installed as intended by the manufacturer, rests entirely upon the Contractor who shall request
advice and supervisory assistance from the representative of specific manufacturers during the
installation.
FLAME SPREAD PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
A. Materials and adhesives incorporated in this project shall conform to NFPA 255, latest edition.
The classification shall not exceed No. 2, with the range of indices beriveen 0 to 25 for these
Classifications as listed in the Federal Specifications. Modifications shall be made to insulating
materials, etc., as required to comply with the Federal Specification.
LARGE APPAR.ATUS
A. Any large piece of apparatus which is to be installed in any space in the building, and which
is too large to permit access through stairways, doorways, or shafts shall be brought to the job
and placed in the space before the enclosing structure is completed. Following placement in
the space, such apparatus shall be thoroughly, completely protected from damage as hereinafter
specified.
FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES
A. Except as other��ise noted, provide chrome plated brass floor and ceiling plates around all
pipes, conduits, ducts, etc., passing exposed through «�alls, floors, or ceilings, in any spaces,
except underfloor and attic spaces. Plates shall be sized to fit snugly against the outside of the
pipe or against the insulation on lines which are insulated and positively secured to such pipe
1 December 1999 15000 - 6 CAI99088.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
2�
26
�7
�s
42
43
44
4�
46
1.18
1.19
or insulation. Plates will not be required for piping where pipe sleeves extend 3/4" above
finished floor. All equipment rooms are classified as finished areas. Round and rectan�ular
ducts shall have plates made to fit accurately at all floor, wall and ceiling penetrations.
SLEEVES, I?�TSERTS AND FASTENINGS
A. Proper openings through floors, walls, roofs, etc., for the passage of piping, ductwork, etc.,
shall be provided. All penetrations must pass through sleeves except soil pipe installed under
concrete slabs on fili. Sleeves shall be set in new construction before concrete is poured, as
cutting holes through any part of the concrete will not be permitted unless acceptable to the
Architect.
B. The minimum clearance between honzontal penetrations including insulation where applicable,
and sleeves shall be 1/4", except that the minimum clearance shall be 2" where piping contacts
the b ound. Sleeves through walls and partitions shall be installed flush v�-ith exposed surfaces.
Sleeves through floors shall be extended 2" aboee finished floor.
C. Above grade and dry location sleeves shall be constructed from 20 to 22 gauge galvanized steel.
Sleeves passing through walls or floors on or below grade and/or moist areas such as
mechanical rooms shall be constructed of galvanized steel Schedule 40 pipe and shall be
designed with suitable flange in the center of the floor or wall to form a waterproof passage.
After the pipes have been installed in the sleeves, void space around the pipe shall be sealed
with "Link-Seal" modular wall and casing seals as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation.
D. Suitable concrete inserts for pipe and equipment hangers shall be set and properly located for
all pipe and equipment to be suspended from concrete construction.
E. Fastening of pipes, conduits, ete., in the building shall be as follows: To wood members -by
wood screws; to masonry - by threaded metal inserts, metal expansion screws, or toggle bolts,
whichever is appropriate for the particular type of masonry; to steel - machine screws or
���elding (when specifically permitted or directed), or bolts, and to concrete by suitable inserts
anchored to reinforcing steel, and poured in place unless other means are acceptable for general
use, and will only be permitted where specifically acceptable to the Architect.
F
G
Under no circumstances will the use of plastic anchors or plastic expansion shields be perniitted
for any purpose whatsoever.
Vermin-Proofing: The open space around all ducn�vork, piping, etc., passing through the
ground floor and/or exterior walls shall be sealed with a continuous bead of sealant.
H. The space around piping, ductwork, etc., penetrating walls, ceilings and floors that define air
plenums shall be sealed airtight in an acceptable manner. Ceiling plenums used for return air
are considered air plenums.
ACCESS DOORS
47 A. This Contractor shall provide wall or ceiling access doors for unrestricted access to all
48 concealed shutoff or service valves, fire and/or smoke dampers, and other items of concealed
1 December 1999 1�000 - 7 CAI99088.00
'
mechanical equipment. All access door locations are n2t shown on the drawings. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to provide access doors at �ll locations required.
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
�2
23
24
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
1.20
B. Access doors mounted in painted surfaces shall be equal to Milcor (Inland-Ryerson
Construction Products Company) manufacture, Style K for plastered surfaces and Style M or
DW for non-plastered surfaces. The Style K doors shall be set so that the finished surface of
the door is even with the finished surfaces of the adjacent finishes. Access doors mounted on
tile surfaces shall be stainless steel materials. Access doors shall be minimum of 18" x 18" in
size.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Architectural, Structural and Electrical plans and specifications including the General
Provisions, Supplemental General Provisions, and other pertinent documents issued by the
Architect, are a part of these specifications and the accompanying mechanical drawings, and
shall be complied with in every respect. All the above is included in the Contract Documents,
and shall be examined by all bidders. Failure to comply shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility or be used as a basis for additional compensation due to omission of
architectural, structural and electrical details from the mechanical drawings.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to provide an installation complete in every respect.
In the event that additional details or special construction may be required for work indicated
or specified in this section or work specified in other sections, it shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor to provide same as well as to provide material and equipment usually furnished
with such systems or required to complete the installation, whether mentioned or not.
C. `I11e Contractor shall be responsible for fitting his matenal and apparatus into the building and
shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the structural conditions, to avoid all
obstructions, to conform to the details of the installation supplied by the manufacturer of the
equipment to be installed and thereby to provide an integrated satisfactory operating
installation.
D. Tl�e mechanical and associated drawings are necessarily diagrammatic in character and cannot
show every connection in detail or every pipe or equipment in its exact location. These details
are subject to the requirements of ordinances and also structural and architectural conditions.
The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions and shall coordinate
the separate trades in order to avoid interference benveen the various phases of work. Work
shall be laid out so that it will be concealed in furred chases and suspended ceilings, etc., in
finished portions of the building, unless specifically noted to be exposed. Work shall be
installed to avoid crippling of structural members; therefore, inserts to accommodate pipe
hangers shall be set before concrete is poured, and proper openings through floor, walls, beams,
etc., shall be provided as hereinafter specified or as othervvise indicated or required. All work
shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless otherwise noted.
4� E. When the mechanica] drawings do not give exact details as to the elevation of pipe, ducts, etc.,
46 physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available at the elevations intended .�vith the
47 proper grades for the functioning of the system involved. Piping and duct systems are generally
48 intended to be installed true and square to the building construction, and located as high as
49 possible against the structure in a neat and worlananlike manner, and the plans do not show all
1 December 1999 15000 - 8 CAI99088.00
required offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other location detaiis. Work shall be concealed
in all finished areas. Piping specified to be insulated shall be supported in a manner that will
allow the insulation to be installed without gaps. Insulated piping in concealed areas shall be
offset with fittings as necessary to permit installation of insulation. Bending of pipes or
installing pipes in a strain in order to insulate will not be permitted.
7 F. All oiling devices and all parts of equipment requiring adjustment shal] be easily accessible.
8 Equipment shall be so located and installed as to permit convenient and safe maintenance and
9 future replacement. Piping, ductwork, valve stems, etc., shall not block service space.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
2�
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GEI�TERAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. The man:�facturer's published instructions shall be followed for preparing, assembling,
installing, erecting, and cleanin� mantifach;rer's materials or equipment, unless other�vise
indicated. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in v�7iting of any conflict betu�een
the requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's directions and shall obtain
the Architect's instructions before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform
any such work ihat does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or such instructions
from ihe Architect, he shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies.
:
C
The Contractor shall not receive material or equipment at the jobsite until there is suitable space
provided to properly protect equipment from rust, drip, humidity, and dust damage.
Capacities shall be not less than those indicated but shall `c� such that no component or system
becomes inoperative or is damaged because of start-up or other overload conditions.
D. Where materials or equipment are specified to be approved, listed, tested, or labeled by the
Undetwriter's Laboratones, Inc., or constructed and/or tested in accordance �vith the standards
of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers or the Air Moving and Conditioning
Association, the Contractor shall submit proof that the items furnished under these sections of
the specifications conform to such requirements. The ASivIE stamp or the AMCA label will
be acceptable as sufficient evidence that the items conform to the respective requirements.
E. Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, address, and catalog
number on a plate securely attached to the item of equipment. All data on nameplates shall be
legible at the time of Final Observation.
F. Standard factory finish wil] be acceptable on equipment specified by model number, otherwise
surfaces of ferrous metal shall be given a rust-inhibiting coating. The treatment shall withstand
200 hours in salt-spray fo� test, in accordance ��ith Method 6061 of Federal Standard No. 141.
Immediately after completion of the test, the specimen shall show no signs of «7inkling or
cracking, and no signs of rust creepage beyond 1/8" on either side of the scratch mark. Where
rust-inhibitor coating is specified hereinafter, any treatment that ���ill pass the above test is
acceptable, unless a specific coating is specified, except that coal tar or asphalt t}pe coatin�s
�vill not be acceptable, unless so stated for a specific item. Where steel is specified to be hot-
dip galvanized, mill-galvanized sheet steel may be used provided all raw edges are painted with
a zinc-pigmented paint conforming to Military Specification MIL-P-6215.
1 December 1999
1�000 - 9
CAI 99088.00
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
1?
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
2�
26
?7
Zs
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
G
Belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys and other rotating parts
located so that any person can come in close proximity thereto, shall be fully enclosed or
properly guarded.
H. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of his work to the
building structure and to the work of all trades. The Contractor shall visit the premises and
thoroughly familiarize himself with all details of the work and working conditions, to verify
all dimensions in the field, and to advise the Architect of any discrepancy before performing
any work. Adjustments to the work required, in order to facilitate a coordinated installation,
shall be made at no additional cost to tlle Owner.
2.2 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall at all times take such precautions as may be necessary to properly protect
all materials and equipment from damage from the time of delivery until the completion of the
work. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters and supports to
adequately protect any items stored in the open on the site from the weather, the ground and
surrounding work; the cribbing of any items above the floor of the construction; and the
covering of items in the incomplete building with tarpaulins or other protective covering.
Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply «�ith the above will be sufficient cause for the
rejection of the items in question.
B. Take particular care not to damage the building structure in perfonning work. All finished
floors, steel treads, and finished surfaces shall be covered to prevent any damage by workmen
or their tools and equipment during the construction of the building.
C. Equipment and materials shall be protected from rust both before and after installation. Any
equipment or materials found in a rusty condition at the time of final observation must be
cleaned of rust and repainted as specified elsewhere in these specifications.
2.3 COOPERATION BETWEEN TRADES AND WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
A. Each trade, subcontractor and/or contractor must work in harmony with the various other
trades, subcontractors, and/or contractors on the job as may be required to facilitate the progress
to the best advantage of the job as a whole. Each trade, subcontractor, and/or contractor must
pursue his work promptly and carefully as not to delay the general progress of the job. This
Contractor shall work in harmony with contractors working under other contracts on the
premises.
2.4 PRECEDENCE OF MATERIALS
42 A. These specifications and the accompanying drawings are intended to cover systems which will
43 not interfere with the structural design of the building, which will fit into the available space,
44 and v�fiich wil] insure complete and satisfactory systems. Each Contractor shall be responsible
45 for the proper fitting of his material and apparatus into the building.
46
1 December 1999 15000 - 10 CAI 99088.00
1 B. Each Contractor shall so harmonize his work with that of the other trades so that it may be
2 installed in the most direct and workmanlike manner without hindering or handicapping the
3 other trades. Piping interferences shall be handled by giving precedence to pipelines w�hich
4 require a stated grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict, the follow�ing
5 order of precedence shall, in general, be observed. See special conditioning noted hereinafter
6 for work integrated with sn-uctural systerns:
7
Buildiag lines
Structural members
3. Soil and drain piping
4. Vent piping
�. Refrigerant piping
6. Electrical bus duct
7. Supply ducn�vork
S. Return ductwork
9. Exhaust ducri�ork
] 0. Automatic Fire Protection Sprinkler Piping
11. I�Tatural gas piping
1?. Domestic hot and cold water piping
13. Electrical conduit
2.5 LOCATION OF OUTLETS IN ROOMS
24 A. All plumbing, acoustical tile, diffusers, grilles, registers, and other devices shall be referenced
25 to coordinated, established data points and shall be located to present symmetrical
26 arrangements with these points and to facilitate the proper arrangements of acoustical tile
27 panels and other similar panels with respect to the mechanical and electrical outlets and
28 devices. Those mechanical and electrical outlets shal] be referenced to such features as �val]
29 and ceiling furrings, balanced border widths, masonry joints, etc. Outlets in acoustical tile shall
30 occur symmetrically in tile joints or in the cenier of ���hole tiles. When locations of inechanical
31 and electrical devices sho«m on the Architect's reflected ceiling plans need to be modified, the
32 final determination of the exact location of each outlet and the arrangement to be followed shall
33 Ue acceptable to the Architect.
B. The drawings show diagrammatically the location of the various outlets and apparatus. Exact
locations of these outlets and apparatus shall be determined by reference to the general plans
and to all detail drawings, equipment drawings, roughing-in drav��ings, etc., by measurements
at the building, and in cooperation with the other trades. The Architect reserves the right to
make any reasonable change in location of any outlet or apparatus before installation, without
additional cost to the Owner.
C. The Contractor, by submitting a bid on this work, sets forth that he has the necessary technical
training and ability, and that he will install his work in a satisfactory and w-orkmanlike manner
�vhicl-: is up to the best standards of the trade, complete, and in good ���orking order. If any of
the requirements of the dra«�ings and specifications are impossible of performance, or if the
installation, when made in accordance with such requirements, wi11 not perform satisfactorily,
he shall report same to the Architect for correction promptly after discovery of the discrepancy.
2.6 CONNECTIOI�TS FOR OTHERS
1 December 1999 15000 - 11 CAI990£8.00
�
1
?
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
A. This Contractor shall rough-in for and make al] gas, water, steam, sewer, etc., connections to
all fixtures, equipment, machinery, etc., provided by others in accordance with detailed
roughing-in drawings provided by the equipment suppliers, along with actual measurements
of the equipment connections, or as detailed.
�-
C.
D
After the equipment is set in place, this Contractor shall make all final connections and shall
provide all required pipe, fittings, valves, traps, etc.
Provide all air gap fittings where required. In each water line serving an item of equipment or
piece of machinery, provide a shut-off valve. On each drain not provided with a trap, provide
a suitable trap.
All pipe fittings, valves, traps, etc., exposed in finished areas and connected to chrome-plated
lines provided by others shall be chrome plated to rnatch.
PART 3 - II�TSTALLATION
3.1 INSTALLATION METHODS
�
�
�
�
�
A. All pipes shall be concealed in pipe chases, walls, furred spaces, or above the building, unless �
othervvise indicated.
B. Piping may be run exposed in mechanical rooms, janitors' closets, or storage spaces, but only
where necessary. All exposed piping shall be run in the neatest, most inconspicuous manner,
and paralle] or perpendicular to the building lines.
C
D
All piping shall be adeGuately and properly supported from the building structure by means of
hanger rods or clamps to walls as herein specified.
Where limited space is available above the ceilings and below concrete beams or other deep
projections, �ig� �d s�nd.uit shall b� �d thr�uah Ih� projection �vhere � crosses, in a
manner to provide maximum above-floor clearance. Sleeves shall be as specified or as
required.
E. All pipe, conduits, etc., shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and
shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. All ducts, pipes and conduits run,
exposed in machinery and equipment rooms, shall be installed parallel to the building plans,
except as otherwise shown. Conduits in furred ceilings and in other concealed spaces may be
run at angles to the construction but shall be neatly grouped and racked indicating good
workmanship. All conduit and pipe openings shall be kept closed until the systems are closed
with final connections.
F. There shall be no pipe joints nearer than 12" to a wall, ceiling, or floor penetration, unless pipe
joint is the welded type joint.
G. The Contractor shall study all construction documents and carefully lay out all work in advance
of fabncation and erection in order to meet the requirements of the extremely limited spaces.
Where conflicts occur, the Contractor shall meet with all invo]ved trades and the Architect and
resolve the conflict, �2ri�r to ere.etion of an� work, in the area involved.
i r�o,.o,,,t�o. i oao
15000 - 12
"1:: 11
3.2 CL'TTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut and patch openings through walls, floors, etc., resulting from work in existing construction
or by failure to provide proper openings or recesses in new construction.
B. Openings cut through concrete and masonry shall be made with masonry sa�rs andlor core drills
at locations acceptable to the Architect. Impact-ty�pe equipment will not be used, except where
specifically acceptable to the Architect. Openings in precast concrete slabs for pipes, conduits,
outlet boxes, etc., shall be core drilled or cast to exact size.
C. All openings shall be restored to "as-new" condition under the appropriate Specification
Section for the materials involved, and shall match remaining surrounding materials andlor
finishes.
D. Where openings are cut through masonry walls, provide and install lintels or other structural
supports to protect the remaininb masonry. Adequate supports shall be provided during the
cutt��ig operation to prevent any damage to the masonry occasioned by the operation. All
structural members, supports, etc., shall be of the proper size and shape, and shall be installed
in a manner acceptable to the Architect.
E. All mechanical work in areas containing plaster shall be completed �rior to the application of
the finish plaster coat. Cutting of finish plaster coat will not be permitted.
F. No cutting, boring, or excavating, which will weaken the structure, shall be undertaken.
3.3 ROOF PENETR.ATIONS AND FLASHING
A. Pipe and duct sleeves pitch pans and flashings compatible with the roofing installation shall be
provided for roof penetrations. Manufacturer of roofing materials shall approve methods and
materials.
3.4 ROOF PIPING SUPPORTS
A. Provide portable pipe hangars with channe] as manufactured by PHP, Inc., or equal for
supporting roof inounted gas piping: Model PP10 �vith channel for pipe sizes up to 2". Install
per manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate exact locations of supports with Roofing
Contractor. Roofing Contractor shall provide pads under all supports.
B. Provide yoke type supports model PS manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc., for
supporting roof mounted piping. Coordinate exact locations of supports with Roofing
Contractor.
3.5 FABRICATION OF PIPE
A. Al] the various pipin� systems shall be made up straight and true and run at proper grades to
permit proper flow of the contained material. Lines shall also be graded for proper drainage.
B. Piping shall follow as closely as possible the routes showr► on plans, but shall take into
consideration conditions to be met at the site.
1 December 1999 15000 - 13 CAI99088.00
1
� �
3
4
� 6
� �
� 8
9
10
' 11
� 12
13
14
15
16
�, 17
� 18
� 19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
�7
Zs
29
,� 30
31
32
33
34
35
; 36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
D
Should any unforeseen conditions arise, lines shall be changed or rerouted as required after
approval has been obtained.
All piping shall be installed with due re�ard to e�pansion and contraction and so as to prevent
excessive strain and stress in the piping, in connections, and in equipment to which lines are
connected.
E. All piping shall be clean when it is installed. Before installation it shall be checked, upended,
swabbed, if necessary, and all rust or dirt from storage shall be removed. Pipe shall not be
pernlitted to lie on the ground during storage. Pipe ends shall be sealed during storage.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION AI�TD LABELING
A. The Contractor shall make it possible for the personnel operating and maintaining the
equipment and systems in this project to readily identify the various pieces of equipment,
valves, piping, etc., by marking them.
B. All items of inechanical and electrical equipment shall be identified by the attachment of
engraved nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic plastic, at least 1/16" thick, 3-ply,
�vith black surfaces and white core. Engraving shall be condensed gothic, at least 1/2" high,
appropriately spaced. Nomenclature on the ]abel sha11 include the name of the item, its mark
number, area, space, or equipment served, and other pertinent information. Equipment to be
labeled shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Rooftop units
2. Exhaust Fans
3. Roof mounted fans
4. Domestic Water Heaters
5. Air conditioning control panels and switches
6. Miscellaneous similar and/or related items.
C. The Contractor shall install identification tags to be affixed to those valves that have functions
that are not obvious. For example, it would not be expected that valves at a pressure reducing
station in a machine room would be tagged. The valve identification tags shall be brass discs,
2" in diameter. Each tag shall be attached to its valve with copper clad annealed iron wire or
other approved material.
3.7 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall, during the progress of the work and upon its completion, test his work and
make all tests as required by the specifications, state, municipal and other authorities having
jurisdiction of the work. Piping pressure tests shall be made before pipe is concealed or
covered. Tests shall be made in the presence of authorities requiring tests. The Contractor
shall pay all costs, inspection char�es and fees required for the tests of his work.
B. The Contractor shall provide all apparatus, temporary piping connection, etc., required for tests.
The Contractor shall take all due precautions to prevent damage to the building or its contents
incurred by such tests. The Contractor shall repair and make good at his own expense any
damage caused by failures or leaks during the tests.
1 December 1999 15000 - 14 CAI99088.00
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
?�,
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
C.
D
Leaks, defects or deficiencies shall be repaired and/or replaced, and tests shall be repeated until
the test requirements are complied with fully.
All equipment shall be placed in operation and tested for proper automatic contro] before the
final balancing of the system is started.
E. All tests shall have pertinent data logged by the Contractor at the time of testing. Data shall
include date, time, personnel, descnption, and extent of system tested, test condition, test
results, specified results, and any other pertinent data. Data shall be delivered to the Architect.
3.8 COOPERATION AND CLEANLTP
A. It shall be the responsibility of each trade to cooperate fully with the other trades on the job to
help keep the job site in a clean and safe condition. At the end of each day's work, each trade
shall properly store all of his tools, equipment and materials and shall clean his debris from the
job. Upon the completion of the job, each trade shall immediately remove all of his tools,
equipment, any surplus materials and all debris caused by his portion of the work.
3.9 CLEANING AND PAINTING
3.10
A. All equipment, piping, ductwork, grills, insulation, etc., in finished areas fumished and installed
by the Contractor shall be painted. Finished areas include mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, and
outside the building as well as occupied areas inside the building. Final painting is to be done
by the General Contractor. This Contractor shall thorough]y clean all part of materials and
equipment of cement, plaster, and other materials, and all oil and grease spots shall be removed.
Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped ovt. Exposed metal
work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots and left
smooth and clean.
B. This Contractor shall thoroughly clean the finish on all parts of the materials and equipment
�vith factory applied finishes. Exposed parts in equipment rooms, above crawl space slabs, and
all other spaces except sealed chases and attics shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster
and other materials, and all oil and grease spots shall be removed. Such surfaces shall be
carefully ���iped and all cracks and corners scraped out. If the finish has been damaged, the
Contractor shall re-paint to the satisfaction of the Architect.
C�]
D
All canvas finishes shall be painted with one sizing coat if not already sized, containing a
mildew resistant additive and Arabol adhesive prior to any other specified finish paint.
No nameplates on equipment shall be painted, and suitable protection shall be afforded to the
plates to prevent their being rendered illegible during painting operation.
ELECTRICAL YROVISIONS OF MECHANICAL VVORK
4� A. The extent of electrical provisions to be provided as mechanical work is indicated in other
46 mechanical sections of the specifications, on the drawings and as further specified in this
47 section.
48
1 December 1999 1�000 - 15 CAI 99088.00
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
I6
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
3.11
3.12
K�I�3
:
C
D
Starters, Controllers: In general, mechanical work includes furnishing combination starters.
Controllers are specifically included as electrical work when mounted in motor control centers.
Electrical work includes installation, mounting and wiring of starters and controllers that are
furnished as mechanical work. Free standing, large motor controllers shall be set in place, on
pads, as mechanical work.
Electrical heating equipment shall be furnished complete with internal or integral fusing and
subdivision of loads to comply with the NEC.
Wherever possible, match the elements of the electrical provisions of inechanical work with
similar elements of the electrical work specified in electrical sections of the specifications.
E. Standards:
For electrical equipment and products, comply with applicable NEMA standards, and
refer to NEMA standards to definitions of terminology herein.
Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70) for installation requirements.
Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) "Standard of
Installation".
TEMPORARY I;ACILITIES
A. Unless noted otherwise in the Supplementary General Conditions; provide temporary facilities.
EQUIPMENT 1NSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. All mechanical (plumbing, fire protection and HVAC) equipment shall be furnished and
installed complete and ready for use.
EXCAVATION, BACItiFILLING AND COMPACTION
A. Excavation:
1. Excavate to the depths required or as indicated.
2. Retain suitable sandy soil for backfilling.
3. Remove excess and non-suitable material.
4. Shore as necessary.
5. Excavate al] materials encountered including rock and filled-in material.
6. Form sides where required.
B. Backfilling:
1.
�.
3.
4.
1 December 1999
Do not backfill until all tests are complete and approved.
Backfill bottom of trench in 6" layers using sandy fill.
Place pipe on minimum bed of 6" sand.
Backfill around pipe and minimum of 12" above pipe with sand.
15000 - 16
c� 9�oss.00 �
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
'
'
C Compaction:
L Compact backfill to 95% maximum density for cohensionless soils.
1 December 1999
EI�� OF SECTION
15000 - 17
:�L'I'�1�:�:�1,1,
SECTION 15012
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Refer to Section 15000 - General Requirements for Mechanical Work.
1.? SUMMARY
A. This Section descnbes the coordination between the Mechanical and Electrical portions of the
work.
B. This Section is included under the Division 16 portion of the Specifications as Section 16012.
1.3 WORIC 1NCLUDED
A. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place
and wired in accordance with the following schedule. This schedule may include equipment
and systems that are not required for this project. Only the equipment and systems that are
required on the drawings andJ`or specified elsewhere will be required by this section:
1TEM
1. Equipment Motors
?. Magnetic Motor Starters
a. Automatically controlled, with
or without HOA switches
b. Automatically conirolled, with
or without HOA switches and
furnished as part of factory
w�ired equipment
c. Manually controlled
d. Manually controlled and
furnished as part of factory
wired equipment
e. Furnished in Motor Control
Centers
1 December 1999
15012 - 1
FURNISHED
UNDER
DIVISION
15
WIRED AND
INSTALLED CONNECTED
UNDER UNDER
DIVISION DIVISION
15 16
15 16
15 15
15 16
15 16
16 16
Notes 1,2,3
Notes 1,3,5
Notes 1,3,5
Notes 1,3,5
Notes 1,3,5
CAI 99088.00
26
'I 1
�
3
4
I
5
�
i i
6
7
8
9
i 10
° I 11
�
� '
WIRED AND
FUR.�'ISHED INSTALLED CONNECTED
UhTDER UNDER UNDER
ITEM DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION
3. Variable Speed (Frequency) AC 15 16 Notes 1,4,5
Drives
4. Line voltage thermostats, time 15 16 15
clocks, etc., not connected to control
panel systems
�. Electric thermostats, time clocks, 15 I S I S
remote bulb thermostats, motorized
valves, float controls, etc. which are
an integral part or directly attached to
ducts, pipes, etc.
G. Temperature control panels and time 15
switches mounted on temperature
control panels
7. Motorized valves, motorized 15
dampers, solenoid valves, EP and PE
switches, etc.
8. Alarm bells furnished with 15
equipment installed by Division 15
9. Wiring to obtain power for control 15
circuits, including circuit breaker
10. Low voltage controls, 1 �
11. Fire protection system (sprinkler) 15
controls
12. Fire and smoke detectors installed on 16
mechanical units and in ductwork
13. All relays required for fan shutdown, 15
motorized dampers, smoke control
devices, and other items integral with
HVAC equipment to provide
operation and control of HVAC
equipment
14. Boiler and water heater controls, 1�
boiler burner control panels.
15. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights 1�
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS
1S
1S
15
15
15
15
Note 2
15
15
15
1 December 1999
15012 - 2
' • ••1:. 11
NOTES
ITEM
FURT`ISHED
UNDER
DIVISION
WIRED AND
II`STALLED CONNECTED
UNDER UNDER
DIVISION DIVISION
16. Heat Tape 15 15 16
17. Disconnect switches, manual 1� l� Notes 1,5
operating switches fumished as a part
of the equipment
18. Disconnect switches, manual 16 16 16
operatinb switches furnished separate
from equipment
19. Multispeed switches 15 15 16
20. Thermal overloads I S 1 � 15
21. Control relays, transformers 15 15 1 S
2?. Refrigeration cycle, cooling tower 15 15 15
and controls
23. Tamper switches for fire protection 15 15 16
(sprinkler) system
24. Flow switches for fire protection 15 I S 16
(sprinkler) system
25. Fire and jockey pump controllers and 15 1 S Note 6
automatic transfer switch
26. Alarm Uells or horns for fire 15 15 16
protection (sprinkler) system
27. Generator (underground) fuel tank 15 I S --
28. Generator fuel level indicator 15 15 16
29. Generator fuel piping from tank to 15 15 --
generator
30. Underground fuel tank leak detection 15 15 15
and monitoring system
(1) Power wiring as defined in Section 16160 of the specifications shall be under
Division 16; control wiring as defined in Section 16160 of the specifications
shall be under Division 1�.
(2) wiring from alarm contracts to alarm systems by Division 16; wiring from
auxiliary contacts to air handling system controls by Division 15. Division 16
shall provide po«�er to smoke detector. Smoke detectors required for all air
1 December 1999
1�012 - 3
CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1]
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
�?
23
24
25
26
?7
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
(3)
(4)
handling systems 2000 CFM or greater. Refer to other Division 15
specifications and Drawings for more specific requirements.
For requirements for Magnetic Motor Starters, refer to Division I S Section
1S000 - GENER.AL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK.
For requirements for Variable Speed (Frequency) AC drives, refer to Division
15 Section 15000 - GENERAL R�QUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL
WORK.
(�) Disconnect switches, operating switches, starters and other similar items which
are factory-mounted as a part of complete assembly, shall comply with
applicable provisions of the National Electric Code. All such disconnect
switches shall be fused.
(6) Power wiring from energy source to controllers and automatic transfer switch
shall be under Division 16. Interconnection power and control �viring from
controllers and automatic transfer switch to pumps shall be under Division 15
and conforming to Division 16. Control wiring from automatic transfer s�vitch
to generator starter shall be under Division 16.
CONNECTIONS: Make all connections to controls which are directly attached to ducts,
piping and mechanical equipment with flexible connections.
PRECEDENCE
1 December 1999
In general, piping systems which require a stated grade for proper operation
shall have precedence over other systems.
Precedence for pipe, conduit and duct systems shall be as follows.
Building lines
Structural members
Soil and drain piping
Vent piping
Refrigerant piping
Electrical bus duct
Supply ductwork
Return ductwork
Exhaust ductwork
Automatic Fire Protection Sprinkler Piping
Natural gas piping
Domestic hot and cold water piping
Electrical conduit
Lighting Fixtures shall have precedence over air grilles and diffusers.
15012 - 4
• ••1.:11
D. FII�TAL INSPECTION AND REPORT
1. At the completion of the work, there shall be a meeting of the Mechanical, Electrical
and Temperature Control Contractors, representatives of inechanical and electrical
equipment manufactures whose equipment was actually installed on the project, r.nd
similarly-involved individuals, who shall thoroughly inspect all systems, and who shall
mutually a�ree that al] equipment has been properly wired and installed, and that all
temperature and safety controls are properly functioning. A written report of this
meeting, listing those in attendance, and the companies which they represent, shall be
filed with the O�mer and Architect or Engineer.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 1501 ?- 5 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 15100
PLUMBING
PART 1 - G�I�TERAL
1.1 GENER4L
A. .All work shall be in accordance with the "General Conditions", "Supplemental General
Conditions" and the "General Requirements for Mechanical Work".
B. All work shall be in accordance with City Building and Plumbing Codes and with all state and
national codes as they may apply to the project and to public safety.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. It is the intent to furnish and install complete plumbing systems, fully adjusted and ready for
use.
B. Materials and equipment have been carefully selected for the project and the contractor is
expected to provide items as closely as possible to the specifications.
C. The drawing accompanying these specifications show the extent of the plumbing work and the
general arrangement. The drawings, however, are diagrammatic and exact layout of the
systems is the responsibility of the Contractor.
1.3 PLUMBING SUBMITTAL DATA
A. The Contractor shall check all items of submittal data and verify by statement and initial that
each item has been checked for the following conditions:
Item is equal to specified item in construction and quality.
2. Item is of the same physical size. If not of the same physical size, the dimensions have
been checked and item will fit within the allocated space shown on the p]ans. Where
items proposed are different than scheduled items, furnish 1/4" scale plan and 1/4"
sections on tracing paper (for direct overlay) of proposed equipment including space
required for connections or service. The tracing of 1/4" plans and 1/4" sections mus.t
be furnished with submittal for other than scheduled equipment in order to compare
proposed equrpment with scheduled equipment.
3. System connections to the item can be made as shown on the plans.
4. Shop drawings show in detail all connections, etc., required to meet the overall
specifications in every detail.
1 December 1999 15100 - l CAI 990��.00
1
2
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
? �,
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
1:3
5. Statement of guarantee that the proposed equipment shall operate properly as applied
to the project and will not require additional devices or changes in the installation
shown on the plans. I
Complete specification data shall be submitted for all plumbing items and including the list
below: �
1. Plumbing Fixtures
2. Domestic Water Heaters
3. Insulation
4. Pipe
�. Valves
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 SOIL AND WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM
A. Piping below grade or below building shall be standard weight bell and spigot cast iron soil
pipe and fittings with compression joints. Install piping at a minimum slope of 2% inside
building and 1% outside building, unless indicated or required otherwise. All piping outside
the building, below grade, shall be buried a minimum of 3'-0" below grade. The Engineer shall
Ue notified if this is not possible due to invert requirements.
B. Piping above grade and inside building shall be standard weight cast iron hubless soil pipe and
fittings with stainless steel couplings. Install piping at a minimum slope of 2%, or as required
by local codes.
C. A/C condensate drain piping and overflow pan drain piping shall be Type M copper drainage
tube and fittings with lead free solder joints. Install vented U-type drain trap for all draw-thru
cooling coil drain pans. Piping shall be insulated with 1/2" thick fiberglass with Universal
jacket.
D. Floor drains shail be equal to Josam Series 30000-A Series, coated cast iron, Bronze top,
flashing clamp device (where waterproofing occurs), deep seal P-trap and as indicated on
drawings.
E. Cleanouts shall be Josam or approved equal:
1. Floors: Series 56000, Bronze top.
2. Wall: Series 58510, cleanout tee with plug, and Series 58600 access cover, chrome-
plated bronze.
3. Grade: Series 58490 bronze countersunk plug.
1 December 1999 1� 100 - 2 CAI 99088.00
F. All piping inside the building shall be supported from building structure. Parallel runs of
horizontal piping shall be grouped together on trapeze hangers. Single runs of horizontal piping
shall be supported with clevis hangers. Vertical risers shall be supported at each floor v��ith
steel pipe clamps. Wire or perforated straps for pipe supports will not be permitted. Support
horizontal runs of piping at 5'-0" intervals and at base of each stack.
2.2 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
A. Domestic Water Pipin; Outside the Building:
Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K with wrought copper fittings and silver braze
j oints.
2. PVC Piping for 4 Inch Diameter and Greater: AWWA C900 DR-18 with ductile iron,
standard thiclrness, mechanical joint fittings and rubber gasket push-on or mechanica]
joints. Fittings shall have tar coated outside with cement mortar lined inside in
accordance with ANSI A21.4. Ductile iron fittings shall be �Tapped in accordance
with ANSI/AV�WA C10�.
3. PVC Piping for 3 Inch Diameter and Smaller:
a. Screw-joint: Pipe shall be ASTM D 1785 Schedule 80, with joints meeting
requirements of 150 psi working pressure, 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure.
Pipe couplings shall be tested as required by ASTM D 2464.
b. Elastomeric-Gasket Joint: Pipe shall be ASTM D 1875 Schedule 40 with
joints meeting the requirements of 150 psi workin� pressure, 200 psi
hydrostatic test pressure.
4. All piping outside the buildinb, below grade, shall be buried a minimum of 3'-0" below
grade.
B. All piping inside building shall be Type L hard copper pipe and vvrought copper fittings. Joints
shall be made with ]ead free solder. Piping below floor slabs shall be Type K soft copper
tubing. There shall be no joints in tubing below slabs.
C. Valves shall be as follows, or equal:
Gate Valves - 3" and larger: Nibco F-619, 125 lb. SVVP iron body.
2. Gate Valves - 2-1/2" and smaller: Nibco T-123/S 123, 12� ]b. SWP bronze.
3. Globe Valves - 3" and larber: Nibco F-718, 125 lb. SWP iron body.
4. Globe Valves - 2-U2" and smaller: Nibco T211/S211, 125 lb. SWP bronze.
5. Check Valves - 3" and larger: Nibco F-918, ] 25 lb. SWP iron body.
6. Check Valves - 2-1/2" and smaller: Nibco T-413/S-413,125 lb. SWP bronze.
1 December 1999 1 � 100 - 3 CAI 99088.00
�
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
2�
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
7.
s.
9.
10
11
12
13
14
Butterfly Valves - 3" and larger: Nibco NL-082, 1501b. WWP.
Butterfly Valves - 2-1/2 and smaller: Not to be used.
Ball Valves - 3" and larger: Not to be used.
Ball Valves - 2-1/2" and smaller: Nibco T-590/S-590, 150 ]b. SWP bronze.
Balance Valves - 3" and larger: Homestead 602.
Balance Valves - 2-1/2" and smaller: Homestead 601.
Strainers - 2-1/2" and larger: Crane 989-1/2.
Strainers - 2" and smaller: Crane 988-1/2.
D. Install a water meter and service tap in accordance with City code requirements.
E. All piping inside building shall be supported from the building structure. All piping shall be
concealed above ceilings, in pipe chases, etc. Parallel runs of horizontal piping shall be
�nouped together on trapeze type hangers. Single pipe runs shall be supported with split-ring
clevis type hangers. Hangers shall pass around pipe insulation. At each hanger and support
point provide an 18 gauge galvanized sheetmetal protective band, minimum 8" long, to protect
tl�e insulation. Vertical risers shall be supported at each floor with steel pipe clamps. Wire or
perforated straps for pipe hangers will not be permitted. Pipe hangers and supports shall be
spaced a maximum of �'-0" on 1-1/4" and smaller pipe and a maximum of 10'-0" on all other
pipe.
P. Insulate all interior domestic water piping with 3/4" thick fiberglass insulation with ASJ.
Insulate all domestic water piping outside the building thermal insulation envelope with 1"
thick fiberglass insulation.
C�3
H.
I
Provide isolating couplings �ahere two different pipe materials connect. Provide a vacuum
breaker on all hose bibbs and non-freeze hydrants.
Provide factory manufactured water hammer arrestors where required and/or indicated on the
drawings.
A pressure reducing valve station shall be furnished and installed on incoming domestic cold
water lines with pressures exceeding 80 psi. Valve shall be equal to Watts Series 223 w�ith
separate strainer.
1 December 1999
15100 - 4
CAI 99088.00
2.3 GAS PIPING SYSTEM
A. Piping below grade, outside building, shall be polyethylene pressure pipe «�ith butt fusion joints
specifically manufactured for gas services. Polyethylene pipe shall not extend above grade.
Service risers shal] be Schedule 40 black steel with factory applied protective coating «�here
below grade. Risers shall be anodeless type. All piping outside of the building, below grade,
shall be buried a minimum of 2'-0" below grade.
B. Piping inside building and exposed piping above grade shall be Schedule 40 black steel. 2-1/2"
and larger shall have welded joints. 2" and smaller shall have screwed joints.
C. Meter and regulator loop shall be furnished and installed in accordance with gas company
requirements.
D. Pressure reducing and regulating valves shall be installed for various service pressure
requirements.
E. Do not install gas piping an unvented spaces inside the building or below grade under the
building. Furnish and install PVC vented sleeves where required.
F. At each connection to mechanical or plumbing equipment, fumish and install a dirt leg (full
size of runout), a 100% shut-off plug-valve, and a union. Do not use flexible gas whips for
final connection to equipment.
G. Gas cocks shall be as follows, or equal:
2-1/2" and larger: Homestead G02.
2. 2" and smaller: Crane No. 1228.
H. All pipe shall be supported from the building structure in a neat and workmanlike manner and
wherever possible, parallel runs of horizontal piping shall be grouped together on trapeze type
hangers. Vertical risers shall be supported at each floor line with steel pipe clamps. The use
of ���ire or perforated metal to support pipes will not be permitted. Hanging pipes from other
pipes ���ill not be permitted. Spacing of pipe supports shall not exceed 8 feet for up to 1-1/4"
and 10 feet on all other piping.
I. The piping shall be protected at all time from dirt and moisture. During storage on the job site
or construction, the Plumbing Subcontractor shall keep pipe ends plugged or capped to prevent
dirt or moisture enterin� the pipe.
J. Interior piping shall be tested before equipment is connected.
K. Exterior piping below grade shall be tested before equipment is connected and pipe trench is
backfilled.
1 December 1999 1 � 100 - 5 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?�
23
�4
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
2.4 WATER HEATING SYSTEM
�
:
The water heaters shall be elecfic storage tank and instantaneous electric as indicated, with
automatic controls and approved by Undervv�-iters Laboratories, Inc., or AGA.
The stora�e capacity and recovery capacity shall be as scheduled, or indicated.
C. Tanks shall be heavy gauge steel with inner linin� of improved glass or copper, or as scheduled.
Tank shall have insulation completely around tank, top and bottom. There shall be a hose
thread drain valve at bottom of tank and any pipe nipples used in water connections shall have
interior surface to match interior surface of tank. Dielectric unions shall be used to connect
glass-coated galvanized pipe nipples to copper water pipe. Brass nipples shall be used in
copper lined tanks.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M
N.
The water heater shall have a jacket of steel with baked-on ename] finish. Jacket shall have
provisions for access to all controls and burners.
The heater shall be equipped with an ASME, approved temperature and pressure relief valve,
piped to outside the building or to floor drain as required by code.
Gas control shall be designed to shut off all gas if pilot light �oes out. There shall be a gas
valve in the supply pipe. Controls shall allow adjustment of temperature from 105 ° F to 180
° F.
The water heater shall be set dead level in both directions.
The water heater shall have piping connections as shown on the drawings.
The water heater shall be protected during construction and all solder or solder flux removed
from the top.
The water heater shall be cleaned and all construction dirt removed at the completion of the
project.
The water heater shall have a three (3) year warranty.
Provide full size metalbestos flue through roof to rain cap, or as indicated.
Hot water circulating pumps shall be in-line type, all bronze, non-overloading as manufactured
by Bell & Gossett, or equal. Pump shall be line sized or as scheduled.
The thermostatic mixing valve shall be automatic hot water tempering valve constructed
completely of brass and tested to 300 PSI as provided by Holby Valve Company, or approved
equal.
O. Tempering valve shall be equipped with a long mixing chamber with vanes at an angle to the
]on�itudinal axis of the valve to cause thorough mixing of hot and cold water.
1 December 1999 15100 - 6 CAI 99088.00
P. Tempering valve shall be adjustable to deliver water within close tolerances of any temperature
between 120 ° and 200 ° Fahrenheit.
Q. Provide expansion tank for each storage-type water heater. Water heaters with 200,000 BTU
and larger input capacities or larger than 119 �allons storage shall be furnished with ASME
coded expansion tanks.
R. Provide a thermostatic mixing valve station for each hot water heating system that supplies hot
«�ater at tvvo different distribution temperatures.
2.� PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. All fixtures shall be new, of current manufacturer and of the best of their respective kinds.
They shall be free of blemishes, waves, kiln marks and discoloration. All fixture surfaces in
contact with walls, floors, etc., shall be ground truly flat.
B. All dic-ectly exposed metal associated with fixtures including pipe, traps, bolts, nuts, washers,
etc., shall be stainless steel or chrome plated brass. Nuts exposed to direct view shall be cap
nuts (closed top) type leaving no screw threads exposed.
.
C. All wal] hung fixtures will be provided with approved carriers.
D. Plumbing fixtures shall be grouted at walls and floors with fine dental plaster. Clean excess
plaster from the fxture and other surfaces.
E. Supply piping to all plumbing fixtures, hose bibbs, equipment etc., shall be anchored with "U"
bolts and a steel angle at wall penetrations to prevent pipe movement.
F. The plumbing fixtures shall be as scheduled. Provide the required trim and accessories for al]
plumbing fixtures whether specifically called out or not.
G. Install offset traps and factory manufactured piping insulation kits for all exposed piping for
handicap fixtures as required.
H. All faucets shall be free of lead per NSI'-61.
2.6 TRAP YRIMERS
A. Contractor shall furnish and install complete trap primer system for all floor drains, etc. as
required by ]ocal code.
B. Systems shall include drain connection, piping, trap seal primer valve, etc.
C. All �vater supply piping shall be insulated.
D. Trap primer valves shall be concealed within walls and�'or chases. Install access door at each
valve location.
1 December 1999 15100 - 7 CAI99088.00
h
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
�2
23
24
25
26
27
Zs
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
E. Trap seal primer valve, run timer, etc. shall be submitted for approva] by the
Architect/Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 IIv�STALLATION
A. Provide dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
B. Install ��ater hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve.
C. Install each fixture with chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies with screwdriver stops,
reducers, and escutcheons.
D. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.
E. Install gate valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment and part of systems.
F. Install ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.
G. Extend temperature and pressure relief valve drain to outside or to floor drain.
H. Install �vater heater in accordance with all clearance requirements.
I. lnstall manufactured metal drain pan or fabricated metal drain pan with soldered joint beneath
each water heater suspended above ceiling or mounted on shelf.
3.2 TESTING
A. General: Furnish pumps, gauges, equipment and personnel required, and test as necessary to
demonstrate the integrity of the finished installation.
B. Soil, Waste and Vent, and Storm Drainage: Unless otherwise directed, plug all openings and
fill with water to a height equal to the lowest vent or roof drain. Allo�v to stand three hours or
longer as required. Remake leaking joints and retest.
C. Water Lznes: Hydrostatically test and make tight at 125 psi. Retain for 24 hours. Repair all
leaking joints and retest.
D. Natural Gas: Pneumatically test and make tight at 1-1i2 times the normal operating pressure,
but not less than 50 psi. Retain for 24 hours. Repair all leaking joints and retest.
3.3 FLUSHING
A. General: After piping systems have been tested and approved, systems shall be flushed.
Furnish compressors, pumps, equipment, personnel, etc. required to flush piping systems.
1 December 1999
isioo-s
CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
��
26
�7
Zs
29
30
B. Water Lines: Flush piping with water until water flows clear for a minimum of 60 seconds per
100 linear feet of piping being flushed at a velocity of 9 feet per second.
C. Natural Gas, and Compressed Air: Flush pipin? with air until air flows clear for a minimum
of 60 seconds per l 001inear feet of piping being flushed at 25 CFM per 1 inch diameter of pipe.
D. All strainers and filters shall be cleaned and replaced prior to start-up.
3.4 DISII�TF'ECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
B. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to
obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual.
C. Bleed ���ater from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum
5 remote outlets.
D. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.
E. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mb/L, repeat treatment.
F. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L.
G. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 remote outlets and from water
entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C601.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
15100 - 9
c� 99oss.00
SECTION 1 �200
HEATING, VENTILATING & .AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GEI�'ERAL
A. All ���ork sl�all be in accordance �iith the "General Conditions", "Supplemental Conditions" and the
"General Requiremenls for Mechanical Work".
B. All «-ork shall be in accordance �� ith Cil�� Building, Plumbing and Mechanical Codes and �-ith all
state and national codes as the}' may apph� to the projcct and to public safeh•.
C All hard«�are/soft�� are being fiunisherl as parl of this project shall bc compliant and full� functional
���ithout an�� further modification required to assure continuous operation for the ��ear 2000 and
bcyond.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORIC
A. I� is the intent ihat the contractor shall install a complete and operable heating, ��entilating, and air
conditioning (HVAC) s}�stem, fully adjustcd and ready for use.
B. Matenals and equipment ha��e been carefully selccted for the project. The Contractor is expected
to furnish and install items that the specification required as closel}� as possible.
C. The draw�ings accompan��ing these specifications sho��� the e�tcnt of thc HVAC ���ork and thc
�eneral arrangement. The dra« ings, howe��er, are dia��rammatic and exact la��out of the s��slems
is �he responsibility of the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall pa�� all fees and charges to Cit�� or other agencies.
1.3 HVAC SUBMITTAL
A. The Contractor shall check all items of submittal data and verif�• by siatement and initial lhat each
item has been chec�ed for the follo�-ing conditions:
Item is equal to spccified itcm in construction and qualit}�.
2. Item is of the same physical sizc. If not of the same physical size, the dimcnsions ha��e
been checked and item ���ill fit �i-ithin the allocated space sho��n on the dra�� ings. Where
items proposed are different than scheduled item_ furnish 1/4" scale plan and 1/�" sections
on tracin� paper (for direct o��erla��) of proposed equipment includin� space requircd for
connections or sen•ice. The tracing of 1/4" plans and 1/4" sections must be furnished in
submittnl for other than scheduled equipment in order to compare proposed equipment
«�ith schedulcd equipment.
1 December 1999 1�?00 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2�
?G
?7
?g
?9
30
31
32
33
�4
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
4�
4�
46
.
C
3
4
S}�stem connections to the item can be made as sho���n on the drawings.
Shop dra�ti•in�s sho��� in detail all connections, etc., rcquired to meet the o� crall
specifications in e��er�� detail.
�. Statement of guarantee that ihe proposed equipment shall operate properl}� as applied to
the projcct and ���ill not requirc additional devices or changcs in the installation sho��� on
the dra���in�s.
Complete spccification data shall be submitted for all HVAC items, including thc list belo�v:
l. Air Conditioning Units
2. Elhaust fans
3. Conlrols
4. Insulation
�. Air distnbution de��ices
In addition to the abo�-e, pro��ide an individual fan cur��e for each fan provided as a parl of this
project. Each submitted fan cur��e shall ha��e lhe design operating point clearly indicated.
PART 2 - ?vIATERIALS
2.1 DUCTWORI` SYSTEMS
A. Duct material shall be hot dip �alvanized, rinc-coated sheet steel, e�cept whcre othcn;�ise noted,
of lhe thicl:ness, and «�ith stiffeners, as indicated in the SMACNA manual.
�3. All duct�ork shall be constructed and erecled in a��orkmanlike manner. Ducts shall be siraight
and smooth on the inside ���ith ncatly finished joints, air-tight, vid shall be frec from vibration under
all conditions of operation. The intemal ends of slip joints shall be made in the direction of air
(70«�. The ducts shall be securely attached to the building construction in an appro��ed manner.
Changes in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual. All duct sizes shall be �vithin the
limiting dimensions indicated on the dra�•ings unless otherwise appro��ed. Curved elbo���s, unless
othen��ise specified on the dra�i�ings, shall ha��e a centerline radius equal to 1-1/2 times the ���idih
of lhe ducl. Air turns shall bc installed in all abrupt clbo�j�s and shall consist of curved metal biades
or ��anes, arranged to permit the air to make the turns �;�ithout appreciable turbulence. The�� shall
be of the manufacturer's standard products and shall be quiet ��hen the system is in operation.
Configuration of ducts shall be as sho«n on the dra�rings. Flexible duct��ork shall be equal to
Genf7e� T�pe SLR. All ductl��ork shall be constructed in accordance «-ith ASHRAE Guide and
SMACNA Manual.
1 Deccmbcr 1999
I �200 - 2
CAI 99088.00
C. Install fue dampers ��here sho��n on the drawing and as required by NFPA Pamphlet No. 90A-1993
or the loca] codes. Pro��ide an access door for each fire damper. Fire dampers shall ha��e LTL label.
Damper shall ha��e thc same clear inside duct dimensions as the duct in ��•hich it is installe� (T�pe
B}.
D. Motor-Driven Fire/Smokc Dampers: Pro��ide motor-dri��en combina[ion fireismoke dampers in
t��pes and sizes required, «�ith casing conswcted of ] 6-ga gal��anized steel hat channel, mill
�al�•anized fmish, fusible linl: rated for 160 to 16� °F, ���ith 16-ga galvanized sleel blades (8"
matimum blade ���idth), and 2�0`F rated motor. Provide solid steel blade a11es, oil impregnated
bronr.c bearings, stainlcss steel compression side jamb seals and minimum 20-ga gah•anized steel
sle�;��e for entire unit. All units are to bc UL »�S Leal:age Class III for smokc damper air leakage,
and in accordance ���ith UL Standards ��� and �»S. Provide each unit �-ith ���ire leads for
connecting to the smoke detector or control. Each unil shall ha�-e ihe motor mounted outside the
airstream.
E. V41�ere��er ductwork is connected to fans, air handling unit or other equipment that mav cause
��ibration in the duct, the connection to the equipment shall be b�� means of a fle�ible connection
constructed of fire resistant fle�ib':e canvas or other approved material. The connection shall bc
suitable for th� pressures at the point of installation.
F. Duct«�ork shall be insulated as noted on the dra��ings or as specified herein. Insulation for all
supph� and return duch��ork abo��e ceilings or in interior mechanical rooms shall be 1'/� " ihick
duct���rap insulation faced ���ith aluminum foil, backcd w�ith a 40-pound l�aft paper (FRK), or
appro�•cd equal. Insulation for duct«�ork outside the building, or inside the building bul outside the
building insulation en�elope, shall be 2" thick ductuTap insulation, faced «�ith aluminum foil,
backed t��ith a 40-pound kraft paper (FRK). Insulation and co��cring shall ha�-e a flame-sprcad
rating of not over 2�, smoke development of �0, and fucl contributed of �0.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL L1N1NG
A. Suppl�• and return air duct»�ork shall ha��e 1" acoustical lining �i�here specified and/or indicated.
Listall acouslical linin� in ducts, plenums and sheetmetal housings.
B. The «�ork shall comply ���ith thc requiremcnls and recommendations of SMACNA "Duct-liner
Application Standard".
C. Lining shall be PPG "textrafine", or equal, neoprene coated fletible fiberglass duct liner, 1.� Ib. per
cu. ft. densih�, 1" thick unless othenrisc indicated on the plans.
D. Duct Liner Adhesi� c: Compl�� ���th ASC-A-7001A b�� the Adhesi��e and Sealant Council, Inc. (See
SMACNA Standards).
E. Duct Liner Fasteners: Compl�� ���ith SMACN.4 Mechanical Fasteners Standards_ MF-1971.
F. Cut lining to fit area to be co�•cred in one piece and to butt against luling in adjacent duct sections.
I December 1999 1�200 - 3 CAI 990R8.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
�;
��
�j
z�
27
�g
�y
30
31
JZ
� -,
,,
34
3�
36
;7
38
;9
40
dl
42
4�
44
4�
46
47
G
H
I.
J.
K
Lining shall be applied ��th adhesiti-e and additionall�� secured to the sheetmetal with weld pins and
speed clips used approsimatel�� on 1�" center.
Entire ins�allation shall be done in a neat and ���orkmanlike manner. Work shall be done in
accordance ti�ith manufacturer's recommendations.
Internall�� lined duch��ork ma�� ha��e duch�Tap requirement reduccd b�� 1" thicl:ness.
All supph• and return ductwork sen�ing rooftop units shall be lined «-ith 1° thick acoustical lining
for 10 feet from the unit.
All duct dimensions sho��m on dra�vings are net inside clear dimensions.
2.3 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES
A. Fumish and install air distribution de��ices as indicated on the dra«�ngs and herein specificd. All
units shall be constnicted to have a neat, «ell-made appcarance. Grille frame«°ork shall be rigidly
constructed; flange corners shall be mitered and supporled for a hairline crack. All face bars shall
be of hca�1� gauge melal lo adequately resist bending or tt��isting and fit tightly and closel}' «'ithin
the frame���ork. The units shall ha��e a neck to slip inside duct���ork for an airtight noiscless
connection. Units not meeting the abo��e specifications shall be rejected at the job site.
B. It is ihe Contraclor's responsibility to check ihe architectural drawings to supply the proper air
diffusers and adapling frame�ti�ork for the ripe of construction at each outlet. The frame shall be
of the same finish as lhe unit and be of a configuration the manufacturer recommends for ihe
constniction im�oh'ed. The outlets shall fit the construction «�ith no addition etpense to lhc o��ner.
All re�.�isters and �lles shall have a scparate moun�in� frame in �wn board walls and ceilin�s.
C. The manufacturer furnishing ihe air de��ices shall ��erifi- sizes against cfm requiremcnls for cach
de��ice to get the intended thro��� and be «�ithout ob_jectionable noise «�hcn lhe device is applied to
the srstem. He shall coordinate any approved differences from the dra�vings «�ith the Contractor.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibilitt� to furnish proper framework and boots, and to install the
dc��iccs appro��cd.
�
E.
F
All return and discharge air diffuscrs shall be installed in thc same configuration; i.e. all return
grilles shall be mounted to have prominent bar horizontal.
All suppl�� air devices shall have an opposed blade damper, or approved equal, volume control
de��icc at locations ��here more than one unit is connected to the same supply duct, unless othen� ise
noted in ihe schedule.
All suppl�� air ceiling diffusers with concentnc cones ha��c a minimum of 4 cones. De� ices «ilh 3
cones «•ill not be acceptable.
The Contractor shall furnish �he air distnbution de��ices as scheduled.
2.�3 P.4CI�AGE GAS HEATING AND ELECTRIC COOLING UNIT
1 Dccember 1999
1�200 - 4
CAI 99088.00
A. The unit shall be of the complelel�� self-contained tt�pe ��ith facton� ��red controls and factory
asscmbled components and piping. The unit shall be completel�� ���eathenzed for mounting on the
roof or al grade le��cl as indicated. The unit shall be approved b�� the American Gas Association
as a sin�le horizontal package hcating/cooling unit for outdoor installation. Unit shall be tested and
appro��ed in compliance «-ith USA Safetv Code for mechanical refngeration.
B. The capacity of the units shall be as schedulcd.
C. The casin� shall be constructed of zinc-coated stecl, phosphatized ���th eposy resin primer and
finished «•ith cnamcl for ���eatherproof protection. All cabinet panels shall be 16 and 18 �auge
sieel. Remo��able pancls shall pro� ide access to all ��-orl:ing parts, components and conncctions for
inslallation and sen�ice. One-inch foil-faced glass fiber insulation shall be pro��ided in e��aporator-
heat eschan�er enclosure. Flanged openings for suppl}� and return of conditioned air shall be
pro��ided.
D. Condenser fans shall be slaticall}� and d�namicall}� balanced, ���eatherproofed, and shall bc po«�ered
by hcatiy duty, pern�anently lubncated bearing motors «�ith thermal o��erload protection. Fan
bcarings shall be lubricated, desi�ed for outdoor installation and ���ith integral wcar slinger deviccs.
Fans shall be of propeller rype.
E. Motor compressor unit shall be of the hermetic t�Pc.
F. Condenser and cooling coils sltall be of ihe direct ezpansion hpe «-ith capacin� to pro��ide the net
refrigcrant capacih� scheduled Condenser coils shall be equipped ��ith e�panded melal t��pe hail
guard.
G. Supply air fan shall be of the squvrel ca�e centrifugal l��pe «�th permanentl�� lubncated lifetime ball
bearings.
H. Heat e�:changcr shall have capacit}� as scheduled and shall be constructed of hea�y gauge
aluminized sleel. Heat exchanger shall havc ten ��ear «�arranh•.
Unit shall ha��e manufacturcr's standard fiberglass thro���a���a�� filters.
J. Controls shall bc mounted in separate panel on side of unit for installation and sen�ice access.
Refrigeration cycle controls shall include compressor contactors, condenscr and e��aporator fan
contactors, 24 volt transformers, lo��� and high pressure cutouts, liquid line solenoid ��alves for
srstem pump do��n and compressor protection cutout �;zth reset. Units shall be equipped ���ith
combination fan a��d limit controls, pressure regulator, manual pilot ��alve and main shut-off ��ah�e.
All units shall ha�e automatically resetting electric glo�.� coil pilot re-ignition s��stcm. GIo��� coil
shall onl� be ener�ized during pilot outa�e. If gas sen ic� is interrupted. the pilot shall be re-ignited
b�• ihe themioslat reset ���ithin the building.
K. Compressor shall ha��e fire ��ear ���arrann- including paris and labor.
L. Initial start-up and adjustment of units shall be done b�� the coniractor.
1 Decembcr 1999 1�200 -� C.AI99088.00
1
�
3
4
;
f
7
8
c�
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
�?
�3
�4
2�
? �,
�7
?g
�9
30
31
32
�J
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
�4
4�
46
47
M. Uni[ shall ha��e outside/return air damper for minimum cfm outside air and for full �-cnt c��cle. Vent
(economizer) c��cic shall operate through lhe pnman• temperature controls to automaticall}� utilize
outdoor air for "free" cooling. Automaticalh� modulated return and outdoor air dampers shall
maintain proper temperature into the conditioned space. St�stem shall be equipped with an
automatic lockout ���hen the outdoor enihalpy� temperature is too high for proper cooling.
Adjustable muiu�ium posilion control shall be located on lhe damper motor. A spring rcturn motor
shall ensure closure of ouldoor air dampers during unit shutdo��n or po���er interruption.
Mcchanical cooling shall be a��ailable to aid the economizer cycle at any ambient. A mixcd air lo�r
limit shall begin modulating dampers closcd at discharge temperature of 62 ° F. Minimum damper
position shall be reached at �0 F discharge temperature.
N. W1,en equipmenl other than specified is proposcd, the ConU-actor shall be responsible for the proper
design and installation of electncal po�i�er �o equipment. Submit listing of electrical feeder size,
conduit size, bre�cr size, ete., for each item of equipment for re��iew.
O. The contraclor shall for each air handling system �vith 2000 CFM (nominal � Tons) or greater,
install UL,-listed ionization smoke detectors in the main return air duct, and/or ���here sho���n on the
dra���ings. Smoke detectors furnished b}' Di��ision 16. Refer to Seclion 1�012. Connect thc
de�ectors into the control circuit to stop the fan in the e��ent of the presence of smoke
P. Units shall be manufactured b}� Camer, Trane, York or Lcnno�.
2.� ELECTRIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A
:
The e�tent of the clectric temperalure control �vork is indicated by dra��ings and schedules, and by
cllc rcquircmenis of this scction.
Generally, the controls shall bc furnished as a package ���ith the HVAC cquipment. Certain
miscellaneous control items, interlocks, etc. arc included as part of the ���ork.
C. Manufacturer: Pro��ide principal electric temperature control system equipment and materials
produced bv one of ihe follo«�ing:
1. Honc�l�-el1, Commcrcial Div.
2. Johnson Controls
3. Landis & Gyr Po���ers
4. Conirol S��stcros International
�. Allerton
G. Air Condilioning equipment manufacturer
D. Electrical Standards: Pro��ide eleclrical products �+•hich ha��e been tested, listed a��d labeled by
Undcn�riler's Laboratorics and comply- «�ith NEMA standards.
1 Dcccmber 1999 1�200 - 6 CAI 99088.00
E. Pro��ide the required electric temperatwe control products in the sizes and capacities indicated,
complying «•ith the manufacturer's published product information on standard materials and
components designed and constructed as recommended by the manufacturer for the applications
indicatcd.
F. Pro��ide automatic dampers as sho«n on the drawings, ��ith damper frames not less than formed
13 gaugc steeL Pro�-ide mounting holes for enclosed duct mountin�. Pro��ide damper blades not
less than formed 16 gauge gal��anized steel, with ma�imum blade ��idth of 8".
Secure blades to 1/?" diameter zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hard�e�are. Seal off
ag�inst spring stainless stcel blade bearin�s. Pro��ide blade bearings of m�lon and pro��ide
thrust bearings at each end of every blade. Construct bladc linl:a�e hard�ti�are of zinc-
plated steel and brass. Dampers shall be lon leaka�e npe.
a. Operating Temperature Range: From -20 to 200 ` F.
b. Provide parallel or opposed blade design as selected by the manufaclurer's sir.ing
techniques «•ith optional closed-cell neoprene ed�ing.
2. Automatic outside air damper(s) shall open �a�henever unit is ON and close �i�hene��er unit
is OFF.
G. Room thernlostats shall have the folloa�ing features:
Pro��ide room thermostats as follows:
a. Units shall be electric �� ith the follo���in� components:
(1) Temperature
(2) Temperature Setting
(3) Heat-Off-Cool S���itch
(d) Fan-Auto-On S���itch
(�) Locking Co�•er
b. Thermostats shall be "Hone�tii�ell" , or an appro��ed equal.
H. The contractor shall for each air handling system �ith 2000 CFM (nominal � Tons) or greater,
install [JL-lisled ionization smoke detectors in the main return air duct, and/or �t�here sho«n on the
dra��ings. Smoke dctectors furnished b�� Division 16. Refer to Section 1�012. Connect the
detectors into the control circuic to stop the fan in the e��ent of ihe presence of smoke.
I. Install control s�stem and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and rou�hing-in
dra��ings, and details on the dra�3ings. Install electrical ��ork and use electrical products comph�ing
��ith lhe requirements of the applicable Di��ision 16 sections of these specificatio�is. Mo�u�t
controllers at convenient locations and heighis.
1 December 1)99 1�200 - 7 CAI 9)088.00
1
2
3
4
;
6
7
8
c�
10
I1
12
1�
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
7j
24
2�
26
27
?g
29
�0
31
�2
33
34
3�
36
37
;g
39
40
41
4?
43
4�
4�
46
47
J
K
L
Install a complete wiring s��stern for electric temperatwe controls. Conccal ���iring escept in
mechanica] rooms and areas «�here other conduit and piping are exposed. Pro��ide multi-conductor
instrument harness(bundle) in place of single conductors where a number of conductors can be run
along a common path. Fasten 1lesible conductors bndging cabinets and doors, neatly along hingc
side, and protect against abrasion. Tie and support the conductors neatly.
Number code or color code conduciors, excluding those used for local indi��idual room controls,
appropnatel}� for future identification and servicing of thc control s��stem.
After completion of the installation, adjust thermostats, and similar equipment pro��ided as �;�ork
of this section.
M. Final adjuslment shall be performed by speciall�� trained personnel in the dircct employ of �he
manufacturer of the primary temperature control s��stem.
2.6 HVAC CONTROL SEQUENCE
A. Control sequence is hereb� defined to mean the manner in ���hich, and methods by ��•hich, the
tcmperature conirols function. The requirements for cach t��pe of operation are specified in this
scction.
B. 1'he operating equipment, devices and system components required for the automatic temperaturc
control system are specified abo��e.
C. Equipment control shall be as follo«�s:
l. Packagc Heating and Cooling LJni�:
a. An electronic ��all mounted heating and cooling automatic room thermos�at shall
control the air handling fan and compressorized cooling, to maintain sel point
temperalwe.
b. Moton-r,ed outside air damper shall be interlocked ��ith respecti��e air liandling unit
to open «�hen unil is energized.
2. E�haust Fan Control and Interlocks; shall be as scheduled.
�. General: (Smoke Delectors Furnished by Division 16 and Installed bv Di�•ision 1�).
a. Air handlin� Unit shall ha��e duct mounted smoke detcctor(s). Vl-'hen smoke is
detected, unit shall stop. Rcspecti��e eshaust fan shall continue to operate. Smoke
detectors shall also signal alarm to the building fire alarm s�•stem.
?.7 PREFABRIC.ATED ROOF CURBS
A. Gencral : Pro��ide manufacturer's standard shop fabncated units, modified if necessary to comply
t��ith requirements.
1 Dcccmber 1999
1�2U0 - 8
CAI 99088.00
B. Fabricate structural framing for unils of structural qualitv sheet steel (ASTM A�70, Grade 40),
Sorn�ed to profiles indicated or, if not indicated to manufactwer's standard profiles for coordination
��-ith roofuig, insulation and deck construction. Include 4� � angle cant strips and deck flanges «�th
offsets to accommodate roof insulation. Weld corners and seams to form ���atertight units.
Clean and paint units «ith manufactwer's standard rust inhibiti��e metal primer paint.
2. Fabncale units from zinc steel coated steel, ASTM A 446, Grade C, desigr►ation G90 hot
dip coating, null pl�osphatized. Clean and paint «�ith rust inhibiti��e metal primer paint, of
i�pe recommended b�� manufacturer, 2.0 mils dr�� film thicl:ness.
C. Reinforce continous runs of o��er 3'0" length, by inserting welded stiffeners of hea��}• gauge ��-ith
flanges as required to pro�•ide sufficient ngidit}� and stren�th to ���ihs�and maximum lateral forces
in addition to superimposed ��ertical loads.
D. Sloping Roof Decks: For deck slopes of 1/4" per foot and more, fabricate support units to form
levcl top edge.
E. Guage and Height: Fabricate units of inetal guage and to height above roof surface as indicated.
Wherc �uage or hei�ht are not indicated, fabricate units of 1�3 guage melal, and nominal
hcighl of 1�".
F. Pro��idc �reated ���ood nailer, not less than 1�/8" thick and of ���dth indicated, but not less than
�ti idth of support �t�all assimblv. Anchor nailer securel}• to top of inetal frame unit.
G. Pro��ide lumber pressure treated with ���ater borne presen�atives for "above � ound�' use, complying
���ith AW"PB LP-2.
H. Fabricate etterior support profile to receive insulation of thickness indicated or, if not indicated,
of 1" lhicl:ness.
I. Insulate units inside structural support ���all ��ith rigid glass fiber insulation board of approlimately
3 lb. Densit�� and 1 �" minimum thicl:ness, cxccpt as other��ise indicated.
J. Pro��ide support liners «�here sho«�n, formed of 22 ga gal��anized sheet metal, mill phosphatized,
flanged at lo���er edeges.
Estend support liners through deck construction to coordinate ��ith duct�t•ork belo�i� as
indicated.
2. Use perforated metal for support lincrs, ��ith approsimately 1000, �/32" diameter holcs
per sq. ft., to pro� ide sound absorbing surfaces.
a. Pro��ide sound insulation insert for curbs so indicated. Construct of 1" thick rigid
fiberglass panels secwed in �al��anized steel frame���ork, ���ith rounded edges to
minimize air flo�� resistance.
1 Dccembcr 1999 1�200 - 9 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
;
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
l�
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
�;
24
2�
� �,
27
?g
29
i0
31
32
�
1 1
34
3�
3G
37
;g
39
40
�} 1
42
43
44
4�
4G
�7
K. Mctal Duct Reinforcement: Where indicated as intergral part of support units, pro��ide channel
shapcd mcta] deck closure strips to reinforce opening through metal dccking. Fabricate strips frorn
14 ga metal to match metal and finish of curb units, e�cept as othen�lise indicated.
L. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance ��•ith requirements, provide prefabncated roof curbs of one
of the follo«�ing:
1
?
3
4
Custom Curb, lnc.
Pale Co.
S & L Manufacturing Co.
ThyCurb Div.
PART 3 -1NSTALLATION
3.1 ACOUSTICAL LINING
A. Unless indicated othen�ise on the dra��in�s, install duct liner in the first 10 feet of all supply air and
return air duct«ork for each rooflop unit and/or air handling unit.
3.? TESTS AND INSPECTIONS FOR HVAC SYSTEMS (B}� HVAC Contractor)
A. This contractor shall, at his o��n espense, start-up, adjust, check, repair and place in sen�ice the
various heating, ��c�riilating and air conditioning systems herein specified ���ith their respective
equipment, accessories and piping. Hc shall furnish all labor, materials, equipmcnt and tools
necessary to conduct the tests herein speciGed and those required by the go��erning authorities. All
tesls shall be made by this contractor in the presence of the Owner's Representati��e.
B. No �vork of any nature shall be covered, enclosed or othen��ise concealed until properly inspected,
tesled and appro��ed. Am� lcaks ��hich dcti�elop during any of the tests shall be corrected ��ith ne«�
material and made good as rcquired; said �est shall be repeated until the ���ork is satisfactory in
c��cry «�a��.
C. This contractor shall pay all costs for fuel, elcctricity, labor, materials, equipment etc. as required �
for testing, adjusting and balancing of all mechanical s}�stems.
D. Each separate s��slem «�ith its ��arious components shall be operated by this subcontractor for a
reasonable len�nh of time to demonstrate the performance of all equipmcnt and piping in accordancc
�,�th the we inten� and purposc of thc plans and specifications. All necessan adjustment shall be
made.
E. Controls: All heating and other controls shall be adjusted and placed in operation and their
operation dcmonstraled to thc O�r-ner's Representati��e.
1 Dccembcr 1999 1�200 -] 0 CAI 99088.00
�
�
�
�I��
C
F. .411 pilot burners and main burners shall be adjusled for proper flame. All flame safett� con�rols
shall be checked for proper operation.
G. H��dronic Pipin�� Tests:
All piping installed on the project unless specifically sho��n other��ise, shall bc
h��draulicall�� tested as specifie� ��erein. Refrigeration piping, if used on the project, shall
be tested as specified under r�sigeration piping. This subcontractor shall pro��ide all
equipment required to ma�e the tests specified herein.
2. Piping ma�� be testcd a section at a time in order to facilitate the construction.
�. The subcontractor shall fill the seclion of pipe to be tested ��ith u ater and bring lhe section
up to pressure ��•ith a test pwnp. The tests shall be conducled by ihe subcontractor in the
presence of the O���ner's Representative. These tests shall be conducted before any
insulation is installed and an}� insulation installed prior to these tests shall be removed.
Gau�es used in the tesls shall ha��e becn reccntl�� calibratcd �vith a dead «eight tester.
�. All tests shall appl_y full test pressure to thc piping for a minimum of h�cnri�-four (24)
hours.
�. All tests shall bc conducted at a��ater «�orking pressure of the pipe installed. W1�en
Schedule 40 or standard «�eight pipe is used, the test pressure shall bc 1�0 pounds per
squar� inch. VVhen Scheciule 80 or e�tra strong pipe is used, the test pressure shall be 2i0
pounds per square inch.
6. When the test pressure has fallen over �`% dunng thc h�-enty-four (24) hours test period,
the point of leal:age shall bc found, repaired and the test rcpeated. This procedure shall bc
follo��ed until the piping s��stem has been proven absolutely nght.
7. The usc of chcmicals or so callcd stop-leak compounds �vill not be permitted at an�� time.
8. ��'hen delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping s��stem, the}� shall be
remo� ed during the tests to prevent shock damage. This does not apply to conlrol valves.
9. Lcaks de��eloping subsequent to ihese tests shall not be repaired b�� mastic or other
temporar�- means. All leal:s shall be repaired by removal of lhe val� e, filting, joint, or
section thal is leaking and reinstalling ne�;- materials «-ith joints as spccified hcreinbefore.
l�. S��stem Test:
Subsequent to the fu�al air balance �est, thc cntire hea�ing and air conditioning s��stem shall
be tested to satisfi� performance of all units as satisfactor}� s��slem.
?. All hcatin� and air conditioning s��stems shall be tested at completion of the building and
it shall be established that all controls are calibrated accuraleh� and performing
1 December 1999 1�200 - 11 C.A199088.00
1
?
-,
�
4
�
6
7
8
9
]0
11
12
13
14
l�
16
17
18
19
20
21
?�
23
�4
��
2C
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
�4
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
saUsfactorilv and that all units are operating satisfactoril��. The s}�stems shall be checked
for �•ibration and e�cessi��e noise and all such conditions corrected.
3. All s��stems shall be tested for opposite season operation, approsimatel�� C months
follo«�ing the completion of the building. and it shall be established thal all controls are
calibraled accurately and performing satisfactorily� and that all unils are operating
satisfactoril��. The s�•stems shall be checked for vibration and e�cessi� e noise and all such
conditions corrected.
4. Thc cntire ��entilation system shall be tested at the completion of the projecl; and it shall
be established that controls are performing satisfactorily and that all rooms are ��entilating
properly. The s}�stems shall be checked for vibration and exccssive noise and all such
conditions corrected.
�. At the complction of all ���ork all equipment on the project shall be checked and thoroughly
cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other arcas around or
in equipment pro��ided under this section. Any filters used during construction shall bc
replaced with ne�v filters during final cleanup.
6. At the completion of all «�ork all equipment on the project shall be checked for painting
da�nage, and any facton� finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match
the adjacent areas. Any metal or specially co��ered areas that have been dcformed shall be
replaced ���ith new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas.
7. Check all firestats/smoke detectors on the project to assure that they are funclioning
properh•.
3.3 AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TEST
A. The HVAC Contractor shall balance and test the systems in accordance �vith lhc follo���ing
requircments.
Scope: After comple�ion of the installation of the air conditioning, heating, ventilating and
e�haust s��stems, and pnor to acceptancc b}� the o«mers, all air handling s}�stems and
appurtcnances applicable to the abo��e s��stem shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the
air and ���ater quantities as specified, indicated on the dra���ings or as directed.
a. Air quantin measurcments in main and branch ducts shall be performed by pitot
tube tra��erse of the entire cross sectional area of ihe duct. Ducts ha��ing veloci�ies
of 1000 or morc feet per minule shall be measured bv inclincd manometers (draft
gage) or magnehelic gauges. Air mcasurements required for ducis ha��ing
�elocities of less than 1000 feet per minutc shall be perfonned ��ith
micromanometers, hook gauges or similar lo��� pressure instrumcnts. Opening in
ducts for pitot tube insertion shall be sealed ���ith snap-in plugs after air balance
is complete. Outlet and inlel air quantities shall be determined b�' direct reading
��elocin� meters i❑ accordance «�ith outlet and inlet manufacturer's
recommendations.
1 December 1999
1 �200 - 12
CAI 99088.00
b. Total air quantities shall be obtained b�� adjustment of fan spceds. Branch duc�
air quantities shall be adjusted b�• volume or splitter dampers. Dampers shall be
permanentl�� marked after air balance is complete so that the�� can be restored to
their correct position if disturbed at am- time.
c. Volume adjusters ma� be used to balance air quantitics at outlets and inlets
providing final adjustments do not produce sound leti�els in excess of heretofore
speciGed limits, or objectionable drafts. Air quantity adjustments b}• outlet
dcflectors, �rids or air scoops ���ill not be permitted.
2. Mark balancing de� ices at final setling.
3. Replaccment of adjustable pulleys, installation of additional balancing dampers or pressure
taps, required to effect proper air balance shall be furnishcd and installed b.� the HVAC
contractor at no additional cost to the owner.
4. The air balance shall be recorded and submitted for e��aluation. Submit t��o (2) certified
copies of the complele air balance report. If requested, anv or all of the abo�•e field tests
shall be conducted in the presence of the Ow-ner's Representati��e.
END OF SECTION
�'I
1 Decembcr 1999 1�?00 - 13 CAI 990bb.00 ���,
�I
SECTION 16010
GENERAL REQUIREMEI�TTS FQR ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUNLMAR�'
A. Provide all labor, materials, supervision, tools, services, equipment and incidentals necessary
for complete and operationa] systems as specified under this division and as shown on the
Contract Drawings.
1.? DRAWiNGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Prior to submitting a bid:
Examine the Drawings.
2. Read the Specifications and other Contract Documents, including Addenda and
referenced material.
3. Visit the site of the work.
4. Become informed prior to bidding as to e�isting conditions and limitations of the
pro j ect.
B. Bring exceptions and inconsistencies in Drawings, specifications, addenda, referenced material,
other Contract Documents and site conditions to the attention of the Architect in writing seven
days before the bid opening; otherwise be responsible for changes and additions that become
necessary during construction.
C. Interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will be made by Addendum and will be
mailed or delivered to each Contract Bidder of Record.
D. Location of material, equipment, devices and appliances sho«m in the Contract Drawings are
approximate and are subject to such revisions as may be necessary or desirable at the time the
work is installed. Install the work in relation to existing conditions and be responsible for the
correcmess of the work with reference to finish elevations and surrounding conditions.
E. The Coniract Documents show the Reneral arrangements of the work. Should project
conditions require any rearrangement, or if equipment or accessories can be installed to better
advantage in a different manner, the Contractor may, before proceeding with the work, prepare
and submit five copies of shop dra�vin�s of the proposed rearrangement for the Architect's
re��iew.
F. If the Contractor proposes to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those
shown, he shall assume responsibility for the rearrangement of the space and shall have the
I December 1999 16Q 10 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
is
19
20
21
?�
23
?4
?j
26
27
28
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Architect review the change before proceeding with the work. The request for such changes
shall be accompanied by shop drawings of the space affected.
G. The accompanying Drawings do not indicate the existing electrical installations other than to
identiiy modifications and extensions thereto. Visit the site and ascertain the conditions to be
met and the work to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing work, and
installing the new work. Failure to comply with this shall not constitute grounds for any
additional payment in connection with removing or modifying any part of the existing
installations and/or installing any new or temporary work under this Division.
1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Execute the work in accordance with local, state and national codes, ordinances and regulations
having jurisdiction or authority over the work. Make any and all adjustments required by these
abencies without further cost to the Owner. In addition, conform to the applicable provisions
and recommendations of the following standards:
1
2
3
4
5
National Electrical Manufacturer Association (NEMA)
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
6. National Electrical Code (NEC)
7. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL)
8. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
9. Uniform Building Code (UBC)
10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
11. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
12. Local utility companies
B. Execute the work in accordance with the most current codes and standards in effect at the time
of bidding.
C. In the event standards and codes conflict with each other, the most stringent shall apply.
D. Conform to National Electrical Code rules. Provide material and equipment which is approved
by Underwriter's Laboratories, bears LTL label and is acceptable to Factory Mutual.
1 December 1999 16010 - 2 CAI 99088.00
�
�
�
�
�
1 E. It is specifically understood, however, that in those instances where capacities, sizes, etc., of
2 electrical equipment, devices or material as designated in these Specifications or on the
3 Drawings are in excess of the minimum requirements of the I�'ational Electrical Code, such
� designated capacities shall prevail.
5
6
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
l�
16
17 B. The submittals shall include sufficient descriptive material, such as catalog cuts, diaerams, and
18 other data published by the manufacturer, as well as evidence of compliance with safety and
19 performance standards, to demonstrate conforniance to the specification requirements; catalog
20 numbers alone �vill not bz acceptab]e. The data shall include the name and address of the
21 nearest service and maintenance orbanization that regularly stocks repair parts.
22
23
24
25
26
?�
�g
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4l
42
43
44
45
4G
47
�s
49
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings for all material furnished under this division of the ��vork. Refer to the
General Requirements for additional requirements. In addition to the quantity of Shop Drawing
copies required by the General Requirements, fumish one additional copy for the Electrical
Engineer's file. No material shall be fabricated, delivered to the jobsite, or installed which has
not been approved by the Architect through Shop Drawing submittals.
C. Deliver Shop Drawings to the Architect in sufticient time to avoid delay of the project. Allow
a minimum of one month for the Architect to review and return the submittals. Division 16
submittals shall be submitted at one time and shall be bound together in one common binder
or folder.
D. Submit samples for approval when requested by the Architect.
E. Before submitting Shop Drawings for revie«�, examine them and verify that they correctly
represent the material or equipment intended for this project. The Contractor's review of Shop
Drawings is not intended to take the place of the review of the Architect, and Shop Drawings
which have not been reviewed by the Architect shall not be used in fabricating or installing any
work.
F. List deviations and exceptions from the specified equipment in writing. Failure to do so will
be cause for rejection of submittals. Contractor agrees that if deviations, discrepancies, or
conflicts between Shop Drawing submittals and the Contract Documents are discovered either
prior to or after Shop Drawing submittals are reviewed by the Architect, the Contract
Documents shall control and shall be followed, unless deviations have been specifically
approved by the Architect.
G. The review of Shop Dra���ings or catalog data by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor
from responsibility for deviations from plans and specifications unless he has, in «�riting,
specifically called attention to such deviations at the time of submission and has obtained the
permission of the Architect thereon; nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for error of any
kind in Shop Dra«�ings. Wlien the Contractor does call such deviations to the attention of the
Architect, he shall state in his letter whether or not such deviations involve any extra cost. If
this is not mentioned, it will be assumed that no extra cost is involved for making the change.
1 December 1999
16010 - 3
••1:.11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
77
�$
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
H. Contractor agrees that Shop Drawing submittals reviewed by the Architect are not change
orders; that the purpose of Shop Drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the
Architect that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his
understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to fiarnish and install and
by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use.
2.2 STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS
A. It is the intention of these specifications to indicate a standard of quality for all materials
incorporated in this work. Manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are used to designate the
item of equipment or material as a means of establishing grade and quality. Where several
manufacturers are named, only the named manufacturer's products will be considered and the
Contractor's bid shall be based on their product.
B. Where the phrase br approved equal' or'or equal' or'equal to' or'accepted substitute' is used
in these specifications, the names or name mentioned are to be used as a basis of quality. Other
manufacturers will be considered if the quality of the proposed material is equal to that of
materials named, in the opinion of the Architect. Such unnamed manufacturers' products will,
however, be considered as substitutions and shall not be used as a basis for bidding.
C. Basis of quality shall include material, worlcmanship, weight, finishes, gauges of material,
appearances, capacity and performance. Manufacturer's representation as to availability of
equipment, replacement parts and service personnel in the area will be a factor in consideration
of submittals.
D.
E.
F.
G
H
All materials shall be fully warranted.
Furnish standard products and manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such
equipment.
Furnish manufacturer's latest standard design.
All equipment shall conform with applicable IEEE, UL, ANSI and/or NEMA Standards.
Obtain manufacturer's recommendations and instructions for all installed equipment including
installation instructions, preparation cleaning, tests and preservice checks, then ensure all have
been performed prior to completion of work.
2.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
1
r
�
�
A. Substitutions of equipment shall be approved by the Architect prior to installation. Substitution �
of equipment shall be in accordance with Division 1 of the specifications.
B. Vl'hen alternate or substitute materials and equipment are used, the Contractor shall be
responsible for space requirements, configurations, performance, changes in bases, supports,
structural members and openings in structure, and other apparatus and trades that may be
affected by their use.
1 December 1999 16010 - 4 CAI 99088.00
��
�
�
C. Contractor shall bear all additional costs resulting from the use of substituted materials. Such
changes shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate and direct the work under this division of the specifications with the ���ork under
other divisions of the specifications. Examine the Contract Documents and report any
discrepancies beri;�een divisions of the work to the Architect and obtain v��ritten instructions for
changes necessary in the work.
B. Before installation, make proper provisions to avoid interferences with the work under other
divisions of the specifications. Changes required in the work of the Contractor caused by his
neglect to do so shall be made by him at his own �xpense.
C. Haimonize the ���or'� under this division with the work under other divisions of the
specifications such that it may be installed in the most direct and workmanlike manner without
hindering, handicapping, or conflictin� with the work under other divisions of the
specifications. Piping interferences shall be handled by giving precedence to pipelines which
require a stated grade for proper operation.
3.2 PERMITS AND PEES
A. Secure and pay for all necessary permits, licenses and inspections required by law for the
completion of the Work. Secure and pay for all certificates of approval that are required and
deliver them to the Architect before final acceptance of the Work.
B. If any charges are made by a utility company in connection with the work under ihis division,
the Contractor shall advise the O��ier, so that the Owr►er can pay these charges. Advise the
Owrner of these charges in a timely manner, so as not to delay construction on the project.
3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate quantities of skilled worlanen who are trained and experienced in their crafts and
�vho are familiar ���ith the specified requirements and methods needed to perform the work in
this division.
B. Install materials and equipinent based upon actual dimensions and conditions at the project site.
Field measure for materials or equipment requiring exact fit.
C. Be responsible for the proper location and sizes of all slots, holes or openings in the building
structure pertainin� to the work in this division, and for the correct location of pipe slee��es.
D. Perform work in accordance with good commercial practice. The good appearance of the
finished work shall be of equal importance �vith its operation.
1 December 1999 16010 - 5 CAI 99088.00
1
2
4
5
6
�
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
is
i�
20
21
22
23
�4
25
26
27
28
��
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
4S
49
E. Isolate all conduit, transformers and motors to insure an acceptable noise level free from
objectionable vibration for all systems.
3.4 PRODUCT DELNERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
n
:
C
Follow the manufacturer's directions in the delivery, storage and handling of equipment and
materials.
Equipment and materials shall be tightly covered and protected against dirt, water, chemical
or mechanical injury and theft. Damaged equipment �i�ill not be accepted.
After materials are installed, protect the installation until the work is completed and accepted
by the O�mer.
3.5 CLEANING UP
A. Remove all shipping labels, dirt, paint, grease and stains from all equipment under this division
of the Work. Remove debris as it accumulates. Upon completion of the Work, clean all
electrical equipment and the entire elecirical installation in order to present a first class
electrical installation suitable for occupancy. No loose parts, scraps, tools nor debris shall be
left on the premises.
3.6 ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR TESTING
A. C'onstruct sufficient tcmporary electric service and connect to refrigeration machines, related
pumps, fans, fan coil units, elevators and other equipment furnished under other divisions of
tile specitications such that the equipment installers may begin testing 30 workdays before job
comp]etion deadline.
B. Notify the electric utility company with sufficient time in advance so they can construct their
portion of the permanent elecfic service entrance to this project. If the electric utility company
indicates that permanent service will not be installed when needed, notify the Architect in
writing immediately.
3.7 CU"i"TING AND PATCHING
�
�
�
A. Be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required in connection with the work under
this division of the specifications. �
B. Coordinate the work to eliminate unnecessary cutting of construction. Where it becomes
necessary to cut through walls, tloors, ceilings and other construction to permit installation of
the work, or to repair defective work under this division, the costs for such cutting and patching
shall be included in this division of the work. Comply with other applicable divisions of the
specifications concerning the quality of cutting and patching.
C. Where these openings are cut through masonry walls,provide lintels or structura] supports to
protect the remaining masonry. Provide adequate support during the cutting operation to
prevent any damage to the affected masonry.
1 December 1999 16010 - 6 CAI 99088.00
�
�
D. Cutting of structural members is not permitted unless specific vvritten permission is granted by
the Architect.
3.8 FLASHINGS, SLEEVES, INSERTS
A. Be responsible for maintaining the integrity of the waterproofing of conduit penetrations
through roofs, exterior walls and floors.
B. Be responsible for the installation of counterflashing on roof penetrations to provide a
weatherproof installation.
C. Install 22 gauge galvanized sheet iron sleeves for each conduit passing through floors. Extend
sleeves I-1/2 inches above the floor slab and cement watertight. The sizes of sleeves shall be
installed to permit tlie subsequent insertion of the proper size conduits or raceways.
D. Install galvanized wrought iron pipe sleeves around conduits and raceways that pass through
concrete beams or walls and masonry ehterior walls. The inside diameter of these sleeves shall
be at least 1/2-inch greater than the outside diameters of the service pipes. After the pipes are
installed in these sleeves, fill the annular space between pipes and sleeves with mastic. The
completed installation shall be watertight.
E. Be responsible for maintaining the fire rating of penetrations through «�alls, floors and ceilings.
F. Waterproofing and iireproofing work shall conform to the requirements of other applicable
sections of the specifications.
3.9 PAINTING
A. Maintain original factory finish on all material and equipment installed under this division of
the work unless specifically noted otherwise within the Contract Documents. Should the finish
be marred in transit or during installation, it shall be finished to present a neat, workmanlike
appearance. Leave equipment clean and free from any grease, dirt and rust and in a suitable
condition for painting.
3.10 EXCAVATION AI�TD BACKPILLING
A. Be responsible for all excavating and backfilling necessary for the installation of the work
under this division. Include shoring and pumping in ditches to keep them in dry conditions
until the work has been installed. Perform all shoring required to protect the excavation and
safeguard employees.
B. Make excavations to the proper depth, with allowances made for floor slabs, fornis, beams, etc.
Cornpact the ground under conduits before conduits are installed. Obtain approval of routing
of excavation from the Architect prior to executing the work.
C. Install exterior conduits with a minimum of 30 inches of cover below ihe finished grade, unless
otherwise indicated.
1 December 1999 16010 - 7 CAI99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
?4
?j
26
?7
Zs
?9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
48
D
E
F
Use selected soil for backfilling, free from rocks and debns, pneumatically tamped with 6 inch
layers to secure a field density ratio of 90 percent as defined by ASTM Designation D698-57T
(Proctor Soil Compaction Test).
Remo�'e from the site excavated materials not suitable for backfill and not used in the backfill.
Field check and verify the locations of all underground utilities. Avoid disturbing these as far
as possible. In the event ehisting utilities are damaeed, they shall be repaired to make their
operation equal to before any trenching was started.
Replace concrete, curbs, paving and other surface improvements cut dunng excavation to their
onginal condition. In a lime stabilized area, the lime stabilization shall be fully restored after
the excavation is complete.
Refer to Section 16111 for marking underground electrical work.
IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Identify electrical equipment in accordance with the NEC, local authorities and in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Use laminated three-ply engraved plastic nameplates with black surface and white interior core,
at least 1/16-inch thick. Engraved lettenng shall be condensed gothic at least 1/4-inch high and
properly spaced for legible and easy reading. Attach plates to equipment with chromium plated
scre�vs. Adhesive attachment is not acceptable. Identify the following items with engraved
nameplates, located as follows:
1. Each switch/fuse unit or circuit breaker in each main panel and each distribution panel
- adjacent to switch/fuse unit or circuit breaker.
2. Spares shall be labeled'Spare'.
3. Each branch circuit panel - on panel trim cover immediately above panel door.
4. Each safety switch, relay cabinet, time clock - on outside of cove.r.
5. Each exhaust fan switch - custom engraved on outside of switch coverplate (high and
low if required).
6. Each motor starter - on outside of cover.
7. Each motor starter in motor control center on outside of cover.
8. Outside light sv��itches - custom engraved on outside of switch coverplate.
9. Any s«�itch for load that cannot be seen from the control point - custom engraved on
outside of switch coverplate.
1 December 1999
16010 - 8
• ••1.. 11
C. Custom engraving on cover plates for items noted above shall be equal to custom engraving as
performed by Hubbell, or accepted substitute.
D. Branch circuit panelboard directories shall be completely and properly type«7itten, including
room numbers. Room numbers and names shall be as finally designated at the jobsite.
E. Refer to other sections of the specifications for conductor color coding requirements.
F. Refer to Section 16111 for identifying of under�round electrical work.
3.12 BALANCING OF PANELS
A. At the completion of the installation of the electrical system, check each phase of all panels
under full load and arran�e loads such that all phases carry the proper proportion of load.
3.13 LOC.'KING OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
A. Provide padlocks for exterior electrical facilities subject to unauthorized entry.
B. Furnish locks to match Owner's locking system. Key all locks alike.
C. Furnish Owner with two keys per lock up to a quantit}� of ten keys.
D. Install locks immediately upon installation of electrical facility.
3.14 ACCESS DOORS
A. VVherever access is required in walls, ceilings, or soffits to concealed junction boxes, pull boxes
or other electrical equipment installed under this division, provide and install access doors as
indicated herein.
B. Furnish and install hinged access door and frame with flush latch handle as follows:
1. Plaster surfaces - Milcor Style K, or accepted substitute.
2. Ceramic tile or drywall surface - Milcor Style M(witn '�s' label where required), or
accepted substitute.
3. Install panels in locations approved by the Architect and paint as directed.
3.15 RLCORD DOCUMENTS
A. Job set: Promptly following receipt of the Owner's Notice to Proceed, secure from the
Architect at no char;e to the Contractor, one complete set of all Documents comprising the
Contract.
B. Final Record Documents: At a time nearing the completion of the work, secure from the
Architect at no charge to the Contractor one complete set of sepia transparencies of all
Drawings in the Contract.
1 December 1999 16010 - 9 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
;
C. Maintenance of Job Set: Immediately upon receipt of the job set described in para�-aph above,
identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET".
D. Preservation:
1. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon
which the job set must be taken out for the new entries and for examination, and the
conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for
protectina the job set to the approval of the Architect.
2. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the
Architect, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
3. Maintain the job set at the site of Work as that site is designated by the Architect.
�. Making Entries on Drawings:
1. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the
change by graphic line and note as required.
2. Date all entries.
3. Call attention to the entry by a'cloud' drawn around the area or areas affected.
4. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes.
5. All equipment shall be clearly indicated in its installed location. Exposed items or
those easily accessible, as above lay-in ceilings, may be located to scale. Concealed
items not readily accessible,such as underground piping, shall be located by dimension.
F. Transfer of Data to Final Project Documents:
1. Approval of recorded data prior to transfer:
a. Following receipt of the transparencies described above, and prior to
beginning transfer of recorded data thereto, secure the Architect's approval of
all recorded data.
b. Make required revisions.
2. Transfer of Data to Drawings:
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Dra�vings to the
conesponding transparencies, coordinating the changes as required.
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other dra��ing a full descnption of
chanbes made during construction, and the actual location of items described
above.
1 December 1999
16010 - 10
CAI 99088.00
E
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a'cloud' around the area or areas
affected.
d. Make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper media to assure
longeviry and clear reproduction.
G. Review and Submittal:
Submit the completed set of Project Record Documents to the Architect as described
above.
2. Participate in review meetin�s as required.
3. Make required changes and promptly deliver the final Project Record Documents to
the Architect.
3.16 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Accumulate, as the job progresses, the following data, in duplicate, prepared in a neat brochure
or packet folder, and deli��er to the Architect for checking and subsequent delivery to the
O«�ner.
1. Manufacturers' «�arranties, guarantees, service manuals, and operating instructions on
equipment and materials covered by this division of the specifications.
2. Copies of approved Shop Dra�vings.
3. Any and all other data and/or Drawings required during consiruction.
4. Repair parts list of all major items and equipment including name, address, and
telephone number of local supplier and agent.
3.17 INSTRUCTION OF OWI�TER'S PERSONNEL
A. Provide the services of competent engineers or technicians acceptable to the Architect to
instruct representatives of the Owner in the complete and detailed operation of each item of
equipment, and each system. These instructions shall be provided for �vhatever periods may
be necessary to accomplish the desired results. Upon completion of these instructions, the
Contractor shall obtain a Letter of Release, aclrnowledged by the Owner or his Authorized
Representative, stating the dates on which the various kinds of instrtiction were given, and the
personnel to whom the instructions were given.
B. Be responsible for proper maintenance of equipment and systems until the instructions have
heen �;iven to the O�mer's personnel and the letter of release acknowledged.
C. In providing ihe instructions to the O���ner's persorinel, fotlo�� the ��Titten operating and
maintenance manuals in all instances, and familiarize the Owner's personnel with such manuals.
Operating and maintenance manuals used for instructions shall include wiring diagrams,
manufacturers' operation and maintenance manuals, parts lists (with sources identified), and
1 December 1999 16010 - 11 CAI99088.00
1
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
I1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
?s
�9
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
3.18
A.
3.19
A.
B.
3.20
3.21
other data as nYY��Y•;ate for each system, and as required elsewhere in the Specifications to be
furnished to the Owner prior to final acceptance of the project.
LOCAL PARTS AND SERVICE
Each item of equipment furnished on this project shall have local representation, factory-
authorized service, and an adequate stock of repair parts. "Local" shall be defined, for this
purpose, as "within 1 �0 miles of the project site".
II�TSTALLATION 1NSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
Obtain timely inspections of the installation by the constituted authorities. Remedy any
deficiencies to the satisfaction of the inspection authority.
Upon final completion of the Work, obtain certificates of acceptance from the constituted
authorities. Deliver the certificates to the Architect for iransmission to the Owner.
OPERATION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE
A. When any equipment is operable, and it is to the advantage of the Contractor to operate the
equipment, he may do so provided that he properly supervises the operation and retains full
responsibility for the equipment operated. Regardless of whether or not the equipment has or
has not been operated, clean the equipment properly, make required adjusrinents, and complete
punchiist items before final acceptance by the Ov�mer.
B. The date of acceptance by the Architect, for beneficial use by the Owner, shall be the beginning
date of the warranty period.
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
u
�
,
x
�
A. The Work, when completed, will be accepted in a finished, perfect and undamaged state only.
Provide for protection of the Work during its progress, and if damaged, do all patching or �'
replacing necessary to its full and satisfactory completion.
3 .22 W ARRANTY �
A. Furnish a written certificate, guaranteeing all materials, equipment and labor to be free of all
defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance by the Owner of the Work, �
and guarantee that if any defects appear within the stipulated guarantee period, such work shall
be replaced without charge.
B
C
3.23
This guarantee shal] be extended to include the capacity and integrated performance of all
component parts of the various systems.
Lamps for light fixtures shall be excluded from the guarantee requirements of this section
FINALLY
1 December 1999
16010 - 12
�
�
CAI99088.00 �
1 A. It is the intention that this Specification provide a complete installation. Include all accessory
? construction and apparatus necessary to the operation and testing of the ��'ork under this
3 division. The omission of specific reference to any part of the work necessary for such
4 complete installation shall not relieve this Contractor from furnishing and installing such parts.
�
8 E�TD OF SECTION
1 December 1999 16010 - 13 CAI99088.00
SECTION 16011
WORK IN E�ISTING BUILDING
P:�RT 1 - GE?�'ERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Fuinish all labor, materials, services, equipment, and appliances required in conjunction with
the work in existing buildings as indicated in the Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Use materials to match existing construction unless specified elsewhere in these Contract
Documents. Materials shall comply to local codes, UL, and be properly applied for their
intended function.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Inspect the jobsite prior to bidding and be familiar with all existing conditions. Include the cost
of the work required to accoinmodate the e�isting conditions in the bid proposal.
B. Obtain data related to existing facilities from existing documents, measurements, notations,
photographs, surveys and other observations at the site.
C. Relocate existing items as required to accommodate the new construction. Remove, relocate
and reconnect equipment and accessories that are to be reused.
D. Coordinate the Work �uith other divisions of the specifications. Determine «�hich items and
equipment are to remain, to be relocated or be removed, and perform all «�ork consistent with
the Scope of Work.
E. Loads �vhich are existing and are to remain shall be connected to the new distribution systein
as shown on the Dra«�ings or as required to maintain their proper operation.
F. Refer to other divisions of the specifications and determine equipment ���hicli requires po«�er
to be disconnected, power to be relocated and disconnect po��er and relocate po�ver to this
equipment.
G. Remove all conductors and exposed conduit rendered unused by this project.
1 December 1999 16011 - 1 CAI99088.00
1
2
4
5
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
2i
26
27
28
3.2 SALVAGE, DEMOLITION AND RELOCATION
A. General: �
1. Modify, remove, or relocate materials and items indicated in the Contract Documents �
and required by the installation of new facilities.
3.3
A.
13
2. Working jointly ��ith the work under other divisions of the specifications establish and
mark salvage and demolition items before commencing work; report items scheduled
for relocation, reinstallation or reuse, which are found to be in damaged condition;
await further instructions from the Owr►er's Representative and/or the Architect before
commencing with work.
3. Remove demolition materia] from the site and deliver salvage materials to destinations
on the premises, as directed.
NEW RACEWAYS
Provide new raceways where required to provide wiring as indicated in the Contract
Documents.
Where raceways must be exposed to view, use wiremold, securely fastened, and painted to
match surroundings. Provide number of coats of paint as required to cover prime coat of
original finish of wiremold.
' 1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
16011 -2
CAI 99088.U0
1
�
-,
�
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
l3
14
]5
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
?3
24
25
26
27
?g
�q
30
31
32
33
SECTION 16012
MECHANICAL AI�'D ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
P.4RT 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Refer to Section Section 15000 - General Requirements for Mechanical Work.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section descnbes the coordination betvveen the Mechanical and Electrical portions of the
work.
B. This Section is included under the Division 16 portion of the Specifications as Section 16012.
1.3 WORI� 1NCLUDED
A. Responsibility: Unless o2her«�ise indicated, motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place
and wired in accordance with the following schedule. This schedule may include equipment
and systems that are not required for this project. Only the equipment and systems that are
required on the dra�;�ings and/or specified elsewhere «�ill be required by this section:
ITEM
1. Equipment Motors
2. Magnetic Motor Starters
a. Automatically controlled, with
or without HOA s«�itches
b. Automatically controlled, with
or withour HOA switches and
furnished as part of factory
���ired equipment
c. Manually controlled
d. Manually controlled and
furnished as part of factory
ta�ired equipment
e. Fumished in Motor Control
Centers
1 December 1999
16012 - 1
FURNISH�D INSTALLED
UNDER UNDER
DIVISION DIVISION
15 IS
15 16
15 15
15
15
16
16
16
16
V,%IRED AND
CONNECTED
UNDER
DIVISION
16
Notes 1,2,3
Notes 1,3,5
Notes 1,3,5
Notes 1,3,5
Notes 1,3,5
CAI 99088.00
I■
26
�, 1
�1
2
��I 3
�
4
�
6
7
� g
i 9
i
10
i 11
12
13
14
(
�
V�'IRED AND
FURNISHED INSTALLED CONNECTED �
[JT�'DER UNDER UNDER
ITEM DIVISION DIVISION DIVISIOt�
3. Variable Speed (Frequency) AC 15 16 Notes 1,4,5 �
Drives
4. Line voltage thermostats, time 15 16 1 �
clocks, etc., not connected to control �
panel systems
5. Electric thermostats, time clocks, 15 15 15 �
remote bulb thennostats, motorized
valves, float controls, etc. which are
an integral part or directly attached to �
ducts, pipes, etc.
6. Temperature control panels and time 15 15 15
switches mounted on temperature �I
control panels �r
7. Motorized valves, motorized 15 15 15 �
dampers, solenoid valves, EP and PE
switches, etc.
8. Alarm bells furnished with 15 15 15 ;�
equipment installed by Division 15 �r
9. Wiring to obtain power for control 15 15 15 �
circuits, including circuit breaker
10. Lo�v voltage controls, 15 15 15
11. Fire protection system (sprinkler) 15 15 15 �
controls ��
12. Fire and smoke detectors installed on 16 15 Note 2 ��
mechanical units and in ductwork I`�
13. All relays required for fan shutdown, 15 15 15 �
motorized dampers, smoke control
devices, and other items integral with
HVAC equipment to provide �
operation and control fo HVAC
equipment
14. Boiler and water heater controls, 15 15 15 i�
boiler burner control panels. �
15. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights I 5 1 S 15 �
16. Heat Tape 15 15 16
1 December 1999 16012 - 2 CAI99088.00 �
�
26
1
?
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
10
I1
12
13
14
15
16
l7
18
19
20
21
2?
23
24
NOTES
WIRED AND
FURNISHED INSTALLED CONNECTED
UNDER UNDER UNDER
ITEM DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION
17. Disconnect switches, manual 15 1� Notes 1,5
operating switches fumished as a part
of the equipment
18. Disconnect switches, manual 16 16 16
operating switches furnished separate
from equipment
19. Multispeed switches 15 15 16
20. Thermal overloads 1 � 15 15
21. Control relays, transformers 15 15 15
22. Refrigeration cycle, colling tower IS 1� 15
and controls
23. Tamper switches for fire protection 15 15 16
(sprinkler) system
24. Flow switches for fire protection 15 15 16
(sprinkler) system
25. Fire and jockey pump controllers and 15 15 Note 6
automatic transfer switch
26. Alarnl bells or horns for fire 15 15 16
protection (sprinkler) system
27. Generator (underground) fuel tank 1 � 15 --
28. Generator fuel level indicator 15 15 16
29. Generator fuel piping from tank to 15 15 --
generator
30. Under�*round fuel tank leak detection 1 S 15 15
and monitoring system
(1) Power wiring as defined in Section 161G0 of the specifications shall be under
Division 16; control wiring as defined in Section 16160 of the specifications
shall be under Division 15.
(2) wiring from alarm contracts to alarm systems by Division 16; wiring from
auxiliary contacts to air handling system sontrols by Division 15. Division 16
shall provide power to smoke detector. Smoke detectors required for al] air
handling systems 2000 CFM or greater. Refer to other Division 15
specifications and Drawings for more specific requirements.
�
� I
��
1 December 1999
16012 - 3
CAI 9908�.00
y
1
2
3
4
J
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
2�
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
:
(3) For requirements for Magnetic Motor Starters, refer to Division 15 Section
15000 - GENERAL REQUIREMEI�'TS FOR MECHANICAL WORK.
(4) For requirements for Variable Speed (Frequency) AC drives, refer to Division
15 Section 15000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL
WORK.
(5) Disconnect switches, operating switches, starters and other similar items which
are factory-mounted as a part of complete assembly, shall comply with
applicable provisions of the National Electric Code. All such disconnect
switches shall be fused.
(6) Power wiring from energy source to controllers and automatic transfer switch
shall be under Division 16. Interconnection power and control wiring from
controllers and automatic transfer switch to pumps shall be under Division 15
and conforimg to Division 16. Control winng from automatic transfer switch
to generator starter shall be under Division 16.
CONNECTIONS: Make all connections to controls which are directly attached to ducts, piping
and mechanical equipment with flexible connections.
PRECEDENCE
1. In �eneral, piping systems which require a stated grade for proper operation shall have
precedence over other systems.
2. Precedence for pipe, conduit and duct systems shall be as follows.
a. Building lines
b. Structural members
c. Soil, waste and drain piping
d. Vent piping
e. Refrigerant piping
£ Steam piping
g. Condensate piping
h. Electrical bus duct
i. Supply ducrivork
j. Return ductwork
k. Exhaust ductwork
1. Chilled «�ater and heating water pipin�
m. Automatic fire protection sprinkler piping
n. Domestic hot and cold water piping
o. Natural gas piping
p. Electrical conduit
3. Lighting Fixtures shall have precedence over air grilles and diffusers.
1 December 1999
16012 - 4
. ••1.. 11
��
'
D. FINAL INSPECTION AND REPORT
�
3 1. At the completion of the work, there shall be a meeting of the Mechanical, Electrical
4 and Temperature Control Contractors, representatives of inechanical and electrical
5 equipment manufactures whose equipment was actually installed on the project, and
6 similarly-im�olved individuals, who shall thoroughly insp�ct all systems, and who shall
7 mutually agree that all equipment has been properly wired and installed, and that al]
8 temperature and safety controls are properly functioning. A written report of this
9 meeting, listing those in attendance, and the campanies which they represent, shall be
10 filed �vith the Owmer and Engineer.
11
12
13
14 END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 16012 - 5 CAI99088.00
SECTION 16111
CONDUITS
' : : el���:7�7_i,
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
Provide labor, materials, services, equipment, and appliances required in conjunction with the
installation of conduit systems as indicated in the Coniract Documents.
f��.Yi��/
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and product data for
products to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
w�► r:���:�r:��y
A.
B.
C.
D,
E.
F.
Rigid Metal Conduit: Hea�ry-wall, mild steel tube with metallic corrosion-resistant coating on
intenor and exterior, hot-dipped galvanized, free from defects and manufactured in accordance
with ANSI standards, and UL listed.
Electric Metallic Tubing (E.M.T.): Welded steel tubing formed of low carbon steel, electro-
galvanized exterior, inside coated �vith a thick, baked, tough elastic low-friction coating of
enamel, and UL approved.
Intermediate Metal Conduit (I.M.C.): Manufactured in accordance with U.L. 1242 with interior
coating of silicone epoxy ester lubricant.
Fleaible Metal Conduit: Single strip helically wound interlocking galvanized steel, UL listed,
liquidtight with extruded polyvinyl jacket.
Armored cable (AC, BX and MC) is specifically not allowed concealed in walls, but may be
used in accessible ceiling spaces in lengths not exceeding six feet if approved by local building
codes.
Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit:
1
?
Direct buried - Schedule 40, UL listed.
Concrete encased - Schedule 20, UL listed.
1 December 1999 16111 - 1 CAI990�8.00
��
�
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
?0
21
?2
23
24
25
26
27
?g
2)
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
G. Elbows and Bends:
1. Rigid nonmetallic conduit systems - rigid metal conduit.
2. Other conduit systems - same material as the conduit with which they are installed.
H. Bushings:
1. 1-1/4 inch and smaller - high-impact thermosetting phenolic insulation, 150 ° C., O.
Z./Gedney Type A.
2. 1-1/2 inch and larger - hot-dipped galvanized with thermosetting phenolic insulation,
150 ° C., O. ZJGedney Type B.
I
J
I.�
N
O
P,
•
I'
Locknuts:
1. 1-1;2 incli and smaller - zinc-plated heary stock steel, O. Z./Gedney.
2. 2 inches and ]arger - cadmium-plated malleable iron, O. Z./Gedney.
Hubs: Cadmium-plated malleable iron, tapered threads, neoprene 'O' ring, insulated throat, O.
Z./Gedney.
E.M.T. Connectors: Setscrew type, zinc-plated steel body, cadmium-plated malleable iron nut,
insulated throat, O. Z./Gedney.
E.I�4.T. Couplings: Setscrew type, zinc-plated steel body, O. ZJGedney.
Liquidtight Conduit Connectors: Cadmium-plated malleable iron body and nut, cadmium
plated steel ferrule, insulated throat, integrally-cast external ground lug, O. Z./Gedney Type
4QL.
Through-Wall and Floor Seals: Malleable iron body, oversize sleeves, sealing rings, pressure
clamps and hex-head cap screws, O. Z./Gedney Type FSK.
End Bells: Hot-dipped galvanized, threaded, malleaUle iron, O. Z.1Gedney Type T�1S.
Expansion Fittings: Hot-dipped galvanized, malleable iron with bonding jumpers.
1. Linear - O. Z./Gedney Type AX or TX.
2. Linear with deflection - O. Z./Gedney Type A1jiDX.
Escutcheons: Chrome-plated sectional floor and ceiling plates, Crane No. 10.
Accessones: Reducers, bushings, washers, etc., shall be cadmium-plated, malleable iron of the
forms and dimensions best suited for the application.
1 December 1999
16111 - 2
CAI 99088.00
S. Identifying Tape for Buried Conduits: 6 inches wide, polyethylene, with printing continous
along length of tape, Brady Identoline.
For buried electric power conduits- yellow with black letters.
2. For buried electric communication conduits - green v��ith black letters.
P.ART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Size conduits as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as required by the National Electrical
Code for the quantity and sizes of wires to be installed in the conduit. Do not use conduit sized
less than 1/2-inch unless specified otherwise.
B. No more than one three-phase circuit may be placed in a single conduit, unles specifically noted
on the drawings as such.
C. Conceal conduits from view in all areas except mechanical and electrical rooms and cra�vl
spaces. Should it appear necessary to expose any conduit:
Bring it to the attention of the Architect immediately and obtain Architect's approval
for location of exposed conduit.
2. Rearrange the work to facilitate an approved installation.
D. Install conduits at elevations to maintain headroom and at locations to avoid interference with
other work requiring grading of piping, the structure, finished ceiling, walls, etc. Avoid
crossing other work.
E. To prevent displacement, securely support conduits to be concealed in the building structure
and installed in advance of other work. Carefully lay out conduits installed within the structure,
such as floocs, beams,walls to avoid densities excessive for the construction.
F. Ream, remove burrs, and s���ab inside conduits before conductors are pulled in.
G. Cap or plug conduits with standard manufactured accessories as soon as the conduits have been
permanently installed in place.
H. Make bends and offsets in 1 inch and smaller conduits with approved bending devices. Do not
install conduits �vhich have had their walls crushed and deformed and their surface finish
damaged due to bending.
I. Where space conditions prohibit ihe use of standard ells, elbows, and conduits, use cast ferrous
alloy fittings of such forms and dimensions as best required for the application.
1 December 1999 16111 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
�
J. Make conduit joints mechanically tight, electncall}� continuous, and watertight. Pitch conduits
in areas where moisture may subsequently be present in a manner to avoid creating moisture �
traps; where unavoidable, provide junction box «�ith drain fitting at conduit low point.
K.
L.
M
N,
O.
Install insulated throat threaded hubs on conduits entering enclosures without threaded hubs.
Install and neatly rack exposed conduits parallel with and perpendicular to building w�alls.
Provide space for 25% additional conduit. Do not install e�:posed diagonal conduit runs.
Route and suspend conduits crossing expansion joints to permit expansion, contraction, and
deflection utilizing approved fittings to prevent damage to the building, conduits, and
supporting devices.
Do not install conduits exposed on the roof unless approval is obtained prior to installation.
Route conduit through roof openings for piping and duct-work where possible; othervvise, route
through roof jack with pitch pocket.
P. Do not place conduits in close proximity to equipment, systems and service lines, such as hot
water supply and return lines, steam pipes, which could be detrimental to the conduit and its
contents. Maintain a minimum of 3 inches separation, except in crossing, which shall be a
minimum 1 inch.
Q. Connect motors, equipment containing motors, equipment mounted on isolated foundations,
transfoiTners and other equipment and devices which are subject to vibration and which require
adjustment, with flexible metallic conduit from the device to the conduit serving it. Restrict
len�th of flexible conduit to 6 feet maximum unless specifically instructed in writing otherwise
by the Architect. Provide secure supports at the points of attachment on each side of the
connection. Use bonding jumpers as directed by the National Electrical Code and other
sections of these specifications.
f:�
�y
Install escutcheons on sight exposed conduits passing through interior floors, walls, and
ceilings.
Install fire seals on conduits passing through fire-rated partitions, floors and ceiling.
T. Install through-v��all seals on conduits passing through exterior walls or use standard galvanized
steel pipe sleeves, diameters 1/2-inch greater than the outside diameter of the sleeved conduit
and fill the annular space with mastic.
u
�
C+f
Install sleeves for conduits passing through interior floors.
Install insulated throat grounding bushings on conduits stubbed through slabs and foundations
into electrical enclosures.
Provide grounding of conduits, fittings and accessories. Refer to grounding section of
specifications.
1 December 1999
16111 - 4
• ••1.. 11
X. Feeder Circuits:
Install rigid metal conduit in damp and wet locations.
2. Install flexible metal conduit where specified above and where permitted by the
authorities having jurisdiction. Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit in damp and wet
locations.
3. Ehterior to the building and below grade, bury Schedule 40 nonmetallic conduit, where
permitted by the authorities having jurisdiction. If not permitted, use rigid steel
conduit in accordance with installation requirements stated below. Exterior to the
building and above grade, use rigid steel conduit and for elbows and bends greater than
30 ° regardless of whether conduit is above or below grade. Wrap buried metal
conduit portions w�ith .020 inch thick self-sticking, anti-corrosive PVC pipe wrapping
tape. Wrap tape half-lapped continuously around metal portions.
Y. Branch Circuits:
Install rigid metal conduit in damp and �vet locations.
2. Install electrical metallic tubing where concealed by building structure.
3. Exterior to the building and below grade, bury Schedule 40 nonmetallic conduit, where
permitted by the authorities having jurisdiction. If not permitted, use rigid stee]
conduit in accordance with installation requirements stated below. Exterior to the
building and above grade, use rigid steel conduit and for elbows and bends greater than
30 ° regardless of whether conduit is above or below grade. Wrap buried metal
conduit portions with .020 inch thick self-sticking, anti-corrosive PVC pipe wrapping
tape. Wrap tape half-lapped continuously around metal portions.
4. Install flexible metal conduit where specified above and where permitted by the
authorities having jurisdiction. Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit in damp and wet
locations. Limit flexible conduit to a length of 6 feet maximum unless specifically
instructed otherwise, in w�riting, by the Architect.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 16111 - 5 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 16120
Vl'IRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide conductors made of soft-dra��m annealed copper with a conductivity not less than that
of 98 percent pure copper.
B. Utilize conductors �vith ir.sulation rated at 600 volts and insulated with type'THHN' insulation
in dry locations and h�pe "THWN" in wet locations. Wire in fixture channels and other special
locations shall be as specifically rated for temperature in Article 300 in the ItiTEC.
C. Minimum wire sizes shall be in accordance with other requirements of the specifications and
as follows: For 20 ainpere branch circuits #12 gauge, except that home runs greater than 50
feet from the panel to the first outlet box on 120/208 volt shall be #10 gauge.
D. All wire shall be color coded. Mark conductors on each end with a 1 inch band of colored
pressure-sensitive plastic tape or by the use of brilliant waterproof lacquer, applied accordin�
to manufacturers instructions. Colors for each phase and the neutral shall be consistent
throughout the system in accordance with the requirements of this section.
E. Conductor sizes shown on the Contract Documents are selected based upon use with 75°C
terminations. Furnish tern�inations ���hich are UL listed for 75°C or derate conductors for use
at 60°C. Use of 90°C terminations is acceptable, but conductor must be sized at the 75°C rating.
Do not use 90°C rating of conductors.
F. Metal clad "MC" Cable
1. Factory assembled, individually insulated, multi-conductor cable with an overall
interlocking metal tape sheath. Number and size of conductors as shown on plans.
2. Fittings: Malleable iron, zinc plated, compression type.
1 December 1999 16120 - 1 CAI99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
is
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
��
1
PART 3 - EXECUTION �
3.1 GEI�7ERAL �'IRING METHODS
A. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase, neutral and �round of a czrcuit in same
race�vay or cable.
B. Splice only in junction or outlet boxes.
C. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
D. Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal.
E. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant for
pulling #4 gauge and larger wires.
F. When inserting conductors in race«-ays, comply with the following:
1. Raceways shall first be installed as a complete raceway system without conductors.
2. Do not install pull w�ires and conductors until the raceway system is in place.
3. Do not use cleaning agents and luUricants which have a deleterious effect on the
conductors.
4. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
G. Metal clad "MC" cable may be used for indoor, concealed branch circuits in existing partitions
and for connections to lighting fixtures.
3.2 PHASING
A. Identify wire and cable for feeders and branch circuits for general power and lighting with a
visible color code in accordance with the requirements of this section as follows:
l20/�0�, Volt
Phase A - Black
Phase B - Red
Phase C - Blue
Neutral - White
Ground - Green
B. Provide green or bare grounding conductor identification for grounding conductors.
Identification of all ungrounded conductors at junction boxes, wireways, and/or terminations
may be by means of colored tape or painting when color-coded conductors as specified above
are not available.
ember 1999
16120 - 2
• �I : . 1.1,
C. Phasing of the complete electrical installation shall be connected and maintained the same
throughout the power distribution system. Where the project is an addition or modification to
an existing facility, the electrical distribution system phasing sha11 be made the same as the
existing.
D. Switchgear, safety switches, motor starters, lighting and power panels and power receptacles
shall have all the same phase arrangements throughout the facility.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install conductors in a neat and workmanlike manner to meet code requirements and make runs
continuous without weld, splice, or joint between boxes. Do not install wires in conduit unless
the entire system of conduit and outlet boxes is permanently in place. Pull conductors using
a UL approved wire lubricant.
B. Provide conductors continuous from outlet to outlet with no splices except at outlets. Leave
sufficient ���ire at all outlets to make connections without straining.
C. Deliver cable and wire to the project in original packages. Conductors with insularion showing
deterioration within one year after final completion and acceptance of the Work shal] be
removed and replaced at no cost to Ovvner.
D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
E. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible �
temperature rise. '
F. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. �
G. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values.
H. VVhere outlets only are indicated, leave 48 inch leads of conductors, for connection to
equipment. Identify all conductars circuit numbers with Brady tape at terminals and junctions.
I. VJl�ere more than ttuee current-carrying conductors are installed in a raceway, use larger size
conductor and appropriate larger size raceway to comply with Article 310 of the National
Electrical Code.
J. Where conductor is installed in an environment where the ambient temperature will exceed
86°F, use larger size conductor and appropriate larger size raceway to comply with Article 310
of the National Electrical Code.
K. Test all circuits for grounds. Light and test each lamp. Prove and test energy available at the
load side of discoiv�ect switches and at the final point of connection to dri� en equipment. Make
all necessary and reasonable tests as required by the Architect to prove the integrity of work
and leave the complete electrical installation ready for operation.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 16120 - 3 CAI99088.00
SECTION 16122
WIRE CONNECTION AND DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
i�t.�lirl►�/�;ay
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
PART Z - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. M�':� cable and wire connections for splicing or terminating with compression deforming type
connectors as manufactured by Burndy Corp., Thomas & Betts Co., Inc., Dosse�t
Manufacturing Cocp., Ilsco Corp., or accepted substitute. Connectors for cable sizes 250 Kcrr :I
and larger shall be the lon� barrel type for double indentation. Soldered connections «ill not
be pertnitted. T���ist-on insulated connectors, of proper size, and resistant to vibration, may be
used. Use twist-on connectors as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co.,
Thomas & Betts Co., Inc., Ideal Industries, Inc., or approved equal.
B. Provide ternlinal connectors with the hole sizes and spacing in accordance with NEMA
standards. Provide terminal connectors with two holes in tongue for use on conductor sizes 250
Kcmil and larger. Terminal connectors are not required for connections to the circuit breakers
in the lighting and/or receptacle panels.
C. Insulate connections made with non-insulated connectors with three layers of plastic tape, each
layer being half-lapped. tlse No. 35+ plastic tape as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Co., or similar and equal plastic tape as manufactured by Plymouth Rubber Co.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 1NSTALLATION
A. R�ake all electrica] power and control connections to equipment furnished under other divisions
of the specifications and furnish wiring, conduit, outlet boaes, disconnect switches, etc., as
required for same. Check Genera] Construction, Controls, Plumbing, Heating, and Air
Conditioning, etc. plans and specifications to determine the amount of such wiring required and
include cost of same in bid. Verify locations, horsepower, voltages, ete., of all equipment as
the job pro2resses. If a conflict arises in wirin�, ask the [Architect] Engineer immediately for
clarification.
B. Provide branch circuits and corulections to all motors furnished to this project. Provide all
disconnect switches as sho�tn and where required by national or local codes. In general, all
��iring shall be in conduit, with a short section of flexible conduit at each motor. Securely
1 December 1999 16122 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
. �
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
I1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
C
D
E
attach conduit to flexible conduit. When the motor is an integral part of equipment, isolate with
a short section of flexible metal conduit to prevent vibration and/or noise amplification to the
building structure. If the motor is adjustable, an additional length of flexible metal conduit
shall be installed at the motor. Connect a ground wire from the conduit termination to the
motor frame on the inside of the flexible conduit. Use approved grounding lugs or clamps on
the conduit connection.
Branch circuits and connections to all electrically operated equipment are included in ihis
contract, whether or not specifically mentioned. Check, on the job, for further details on
Plumbing, Heating, and Air Conditioning equipment as project progresses. Ground equipment
in an approved manner.
Major equipment furnished under the mechanical and other sections of the specifications may
require different rough-in requirements than indicated on the plans due to the 'or equal'
equipment clause. Secure detailed drawings from the trade furnishing the equipment to
detennine actual rough-in locations, conduit and conductor requirements.
Before connecting equipment, check the nameplate data against the information shown on the
Drawings. Call any discrepancies to the attention of the Engineer.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
16122 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 16129
SEALII�TG OF PENETRATIONS
PART 1 - GEI�'ERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Samples: Provide samples upon written request.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
P.ART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Caulk and Putty: 3M's No. CP-2� and No. CP-303 s_ynthetic elastorners.
2. Wrap/Strip: 3M's 1�To. FS-195 organic/inorganic, fire resistive sheet with aluminum
foil on one side.
3. Composite Sheet: 3M's No. CS-195 organic/inorganic fire resistive elastomeric sheet,
bond;,d on one side with 28-gauge galvanized steel and the other side with reinforced
hexagonal shaped steel wire mesh and covered with aluminum foil.
4. Thunderline Model "LS/Link-Seal" seals, of the required size and number of links,
shall be used on all conduit penetrations of exterior walis. Similar fittings by
O.Z./Gedney shall be considered approved equivalents.
PART 3 - E�ECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Review the detailed requirements of the UL through penetration firestop assembly to be used
and verify dimensional requirements such as ma�:imum conduit size, conduit spacing,
maximum opening size, minimum length of sleeve, ete.
B. For sealing of sleeves on or below grade and in wet locations, install line seals around all
conduit penetrations properly sealing the annular space betvveen the sleeve and the conduit to
provide a «�aterproof seal.
C. For sealing of sleeves abo��e grade and in dry/damp locations, use specified firestop material
and install per manufacturer's insiructions and in conformance to UL requirements.
1 December 1999 16129 - 1 CAI99088.00
�
�
3
4
�
6
7
s
9
10
11
D. Attach an adhesive warning label identifying the firestop assembly and warning against
removal without proper resealing.
E. Provide sealing of penetrations in above b ade and in dry/ damp locations, both horizontal and
vertical, utilizing intumescent (expand when heated) materials designed to be applied as a fire,
cold smoke, noxious gas, and water sealant, and having a UL classified "through-penetration"
firestop system meeting Nos. 33, 49, 61 through 66, and 90 through 105, inclusive.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
16129 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 16130
OUTLET BO}iES
� • : e��ruo�:�-�
'..1 SUMMARY
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OUTLET BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/I�'EMA OS 1; �alvanized steel, with'/-inch male fixture
studs where required.
B. Cast Boxes: Cast metal, deep type, gasketed cover, threaded hubs. Use cast boxes for damp
and outdoor installation.
C. Provide boxes ��ith plaster nng where required. Boxes for installation in masonry walls shall
be special square corner masonry type.
D. Furnish boxes ��ith proper covers and device plates.
2.2 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS1; galvanized steel.
B. Use hinged enclosure for sheet metal boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension.
PART 3 - E�ECUTION
3.1 COORDINATIOI�T OF BOX LOCATIONS
A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on the Drawin�s, and as required for splices, taps, wire
pulling, equipment connections and code compliance.
B. Determine from dimensions showm on the Contract Documents and by actual measurements
on the site, the exact location of each outlet. Outlet locations may be modified from those
sho«m on the plans to accommodate changes in door s�vings, space changes or to clear other
interferences that arise or from job modifications. Make such modifications at no cost to the
O«ner as a matter of job coordination. Coordinate job conditions and notify the Architect of
discrepancies before proceeding with the installation of the work. Set v��all boxes in ad��ance
of wall construction blocked in place, and secure. Set ���all boxes flush with the finish. Install
extension sleeves as required to extend boxes to finished surfaces.
1 D�cember 1999 16]30 - 1 CAI99088.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
2S
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
48
49
D
The locations of equipment and outlets shown on the Contract Documents are approaimate.
Check and verify exact locations in the field. Coordinate installation with the Architect and
with the work under other divisions of the specifications.
Unless otherwise noted, location of outlet boxes measured to centerline of box shall be as
follows:
Fq�nment or Outlets Elevation
labove finished floorl
Toggle switches 4 feet - 0 inches
Pull Stations 4 feet - 0 inches
Receptacles 1 foot - 6 inches
Fire Alarms 6 feet - 8 inches
Control stations 4 feet - 0 inches
Thermostats in office 4 feet - 0 inches
Telephone outlets 1 foot - 6 inches
Circuit protective devices 6 feet - 6 inches
to top of enclosure
E. Locate and install boxes to allow access. Where installation is inaccessible, coordinate
locations and sizes of required access doors in accordance with other sections of the
specifications.
F. I�ocate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance.
3.2 OUTLL`I� BOX INSTALLATION
A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum 6 inch separation, except provide
minimum 24 inch separation in acoustic rated ���alls. Refer to architectural drawings for
locations of acoustic walls.
B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate
masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for bo�es.
C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings.
D. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are installed together; do not use
sectional boxes. Provide bamers to separate wiring of different voltage systems.
E. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation.
F. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches and
back splashes.
G. Position outlets to coordinate luminaire locations with ceilings.
H. In inaccessible ceiling areas, position outlets and junction boxes within 6 inches of recessed
luminaire, to be accessible through luminaire ceiling opening.
1 December 1999
1G130 - 2
� • �1 1.1,
�
t
1
2
3
4
5
6
s
�
10
I. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs,
accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thicl�ess. Use stamped steel stud bridges for
flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet
boxes.
J. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for s�vitches, thermostats and similar devices.
1 Decen�ber 1999
END OF SECTION
16130 - 3
• • il .. 1.1
J
SECTION 16133
CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SU;vIMARY
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufactui-er's specifications for products to be used.
YART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIA.LS
A. Provide balvanized code �auge steel cabinets �vith over-lapped welded comers with front edges
turned over to receive trim. Provide adjustable trim fastened to the cabinets with captive
hard�vare, continuous hinge doors, and a circuit directory on inside of door. The door shall
have cylinder tumbler type lock. Provide combination three-point catch and lock for doors
more than 48 inches high.
PA1ZT 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAI,LATION
A. Provide cabinets for surface mounting for all lighting panels, power panels arid elsewhere as
indicated.
B. Coordinate the work under this section ���ith the work of other divisions of this specification.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999
16133 - 1
;�L'3?ZI�:�'�17
SECTIO'�' 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Manufacturer�s Data: Submit cc��ies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
Manufacturer's catalog numbers listed are used to set the standard.
B. Acceptable Manufactwers: Hubbell, Le��iton and Pass & Se«nour.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
?.l SVt'ITCHES
A. Single pole, 1� an�p equivalent to Hubbcll #1101-W`�-I; P&S #CSI 1�-WH
B. Double pole, 1� amp equivalent to Hubbcll # 1102-WH; P&S #CS21�-WH
C. Three «�ay, 1� amp equi�-alent to Hubbell #1103-W�I; P&S #CS31�-WH
D. Four v�-ay, 1 � amp equivalent to Hubbell # 1104-WH; P&S #CS41 �-WH
E. Single pole, 20 amp equivalent to Hubbell # 1121-WH; P&S #CS 120-WH
F. Double pole, 20 amp equivalent to Hubbell # 1122-WH; P&S #CS220-WH
G. Three ���ay, 20 amp equivalent to Hubbell # 1123-WH; P&S #CS320-W�fi
H. Four w�ay, 20 amp equi��alent to Hubbell # 1124-WH; P&S #CS420-VVH
I. Provide 20 amp s���itches for loads e�ceeding 10 amps.
J. Use HP rated switches appro��ed for motor control or disconnect sen�ice ��hen controlling or
discotu►ecting motor loads in escess of 1/4 HP.
2.2 RECEPTACLES
A. Duples receptacle, 1� amp equivalent to Hubbell #�2�2-WH; P&S #�262-WH
3. Duples receptacle, ?0 amp equi��alent to Hubbell #>≥62-WH; P&S #�362-WH
C. Use 20 amp receptacle «�hen onl�• one receptacle is on a circuit by itself, or as othen��ise noted.
1 Deccmber 1999 1 G 140 - 1 CAI 99088.00
- -�
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
��
23
24
2�
26
27
?s
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
D. Weatherproof receptacle, equi��alcnt to Pass & Se�rmow #1�91-WH, ground fault circuit
interrupting (GFCI) «�ith Pass & Se�Tnour #4� 11 cover. Do not use feed-through feature. Install
GFCI device at each location. GFCI circuit breaker not acceptable.
E. Ground fault circuit interrupting, indoor, equi��alent to Pass & Se}�nour # 1 �91-SWH. Do not use
feed-through feature. Install GFCI device at each location. GFCI circuit breaker not acceptable.
2.3 VIWALL BOX PRESET DIMMERS
A. Pro��ide Lutron No��a T Scries dimmers ��-ith linear slide and on/off switch, sized for 1�0 percent
of the load, unless larger size is indicated. Pro��ide incandescent, fluorescent, or lo«� voltage n-pe
dimmer to match thc load application sho��n on the drawings. Provide single-pole or three-«�a_y
dimmers as indicated on plans. Pro��ide gang dimmers as required in accordance �ti-ith
manufacturer's directions. Provide dimmers ���ith white plastic coverplate.
2.4 COVERPLATES
n
:
Smooth ���hite thermoplastic equal to Hubbell 'P' Serics or P& S RP/SRP Series, 0.100 inch thick.
Scre��� heads shall have color to match plate.
Provide telephone and data coverplates same as above, e�cept blank.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COORDINATION
A. Delermine from dimensions sho«n u� the Contract Documents and by actual measurements on the
site the exact location of each �i�iring de��ice. The �;�iring device locations ma}� be modificd from
those shotim on the plans to accommodate changcs in door swings, space changes or to clear other
interferences d�a[ arise, or from other job modifications. Make such modifications at no cost to the
O��ner as a matter of job coordination. Nolify the Architect oCdiscrepancies before proceeding
Nith ihc installation of the ���ork.
3.2 1NSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES
A
:
C
D
Install receptacles and s«�itches only in electrical bo�;es ��hich are clean, free from excess building
matenals, debns, etc.
Install «�all mounted duplex receptacles, data and telcphone outlets 18 inches to centerline above
finished floor, unless notcd othen+•ise on the dra���ings.
Install s��itches at 48 inches to centerline abo��e finished floor unless noted othen��ise on the
dra�i�in�s.
S���itches installed at one location shall be ganged togethcr under one co��erplate.
1 December 1999
16140 - 2
CAI 99088.00
�
�
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
3.3 TESTING
A. Test «�u-ing devices to insure electrical continuit�� of �rounding thcn energize circuit to demonstrate
compliance «�ith requiremcnts.
1 December ] 999
END OF SECTION
16140 - 3
CAI 99088.0C1
SECTION 16160
MOTORS, MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROLS
P.ART 1 - GENLRAL
l.l DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction witli
installation of motors, motor starters and controls as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
1.3 ELECTRICAL REQUIR�MENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPM�NT
A. Electrical v��iring for mechanical equipment is separated into two main «�iring Divisions:
��Power Wiring�� and ��COIIil'OI VV1iI11�T��.
B. Power wiring is «-iring and conduit from the primary energy source and includes circuit
protective devices, motor starters or control]ers, conduit, wiring and safety disconnects
beginning at the power suppl}� and ternlinating at the motor or terminals on equipment.
C. Control wiring is «iring and conduit n��t included in "Power Wiring", including automatic
temperature control wiring. interlock �viring, pilot li�ht, signal wiring, ete., that is included for
proper operation or safety of ihe equipment.
D. Provide power wiring under Division 16 of this specification.
E. Control wiring will be provided under Division 15 of this specification in a separate conduit
raceway system.
F. Refer to Section 16012, Mechanical and Eiectrical Coordination, for directions concerning
coordination of th� �-ork between Divisions 15 and 16. Coordinate the work under this section
with the work under other divisions of the specifications.
G. Install power and control ���inng in compliance with National Electrical Code and this Division.
H. Diseonnect switches, except where furnished factory mounted, shall be supplied and installed
by the Electrical Contractor.
1 December 1999 16160 - 1 CAI 99088.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
I1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
24
25
26
�7
Zs
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise specified or required, contro] conductors with a potential of 120 volts shall
be a minimum of � 14 T'HWN stranded, and control conductors with a potentia] of less than 120
volts may be #16 TFFN, unless larger conductors are required to compensate for voltage drop.
:
C
D
[nstall control wiring in a separate conduit raceway system.
Color code conductors to coordinate with wiring schematics and diagrams.
Other materials shall be as specified in other sections of the specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Note that the electrical desi�m and drawings are based upon equipment furnished under other
divisions of the specifications as indicated in the Contract Documents. Should any equipment
change dictate changes to the electrical design the required chanees shall be made at no
additional cost to the Owner.
B. Verify the electrical capacities of all motors and electrical equipment furnished by other
Divisions and install wiring and equipmeni as required to completely connect all equipment.
C. Where possible, terminate conduits in conduit boxes on motors. Where motors are not
provided with conduit boxes, terminate the conduits in condulet fittings at the motors.
D. Where disconnect switches are not provided integral with the control equipment for motors,
provide disconnect switches required by these Specifications and the NEC. Generally,
disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, enclosed, externally operable, horsepower-rated
s�vitches. Each disconnect switch shall be installed where shown on the Drawings or as close
as possible to the motor. Each disconnect switch shall be within sight of its associated
controller.
3.2 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
A. Prior to providing power to equipment, obtain manufacturer's engineering and electrical data. �
B. Provide overcurrent protection of equipment in strict accordance with manufacturer's maximum
recommendations and specifications. Provide HACR circuit breakers and fuses in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
C. Install wiring in a separate conduit raceway system in harmony with other race���ay systems on
the project.
1 December 1999 16160 - 2 CAI 99088.00
�
�
�
�
�
1
?
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
D. Install starters, not furnished ��thin a motor control center on a 3/4-inch thick marine plywood
backboard painted to match the surrounding area. Apply a minimum of hvo coats of paint.
Install control and/or accessory devices on the backboard also, in mechanical equipment areas.
3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A. Provide electrical connections to each item of equipment requiring such connections.
�.4 EQliIYMEI�'T IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify starters, switches, pushbuttons and other control devices by the attachment of
nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic en� aved plastic three-ply with black surface
and white interior core at least 1/16-inch thick. En�-aved lettering shall be condensed gothic
at least 1/4-inch high and properly spaced for legible and easy reading. Attach plates to
equipment with chromium plated screws. Adhesive attachment is not acceptable.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
161G0 - 3
CAI 990R8.00
SECTION 16170
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction �vith
installation of disconnect switches as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fumish fusible Class'R' or nonfusible disconnect switches of ampere rating as required, or as
indicated on the Drawings. Furnish heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-break, three-phase, three-
pole switches, unless othervvise noted. Use NEMA 1 enclosures where installed indoors. Use �
NEMA 3R for outdoor enclosures. Provide enclosures with interlocking covers, externally !
front operated flange mounted switch ]evers, and provisions for use of three safety padlocks in
the'Off position. Provide horsepower rated switches for motor circuits. Disconnect switches I
shall be of the same manufacturer as the panelUoards. ,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 II�TSTALLATION
A. See Section 16010 General Requirements for Electrical Work paragraph: Identification of
Llectrical Equipment.
B. Install switches to comply with National Electricat Code and coordinate the �vork with the work
under other divisions of the specifications.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 16170 - 1 CAI 99088.00
SECTION 16180
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GEI�'ERAL
1.1 SLTMMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Itequirements for Electrical \'�'ork.
B. Furnish all laUor, materials, services, equipment appliances required in conjunction with
installation of overcurrent protective devices as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products to be used.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be current-limiting, ��ith 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes interrupting rating and
shall be UL listed. All fuses shall be of same manufacturer.
B. Fuses over 600 amperes shall be Class L, bolt-on t��pe, with time-delay and hold 500 percent
rated fuse cuiYent for minimum of 4 seconds and clear 20 times rated fuse cun-ent in .01
seconds or less. Puses shall have 'O' rin� seals between end bclls and glass inelamine barrel,
equal to Bussmann time delay KRP-C.
C. Fuses 600 amperes and smaller shall be Class RI�1, dual element. These fuses shall have
separated overload and short-circuit elements. The overload, time-delay element shall Ue
spring activated and utilize a eutectic alloy with a 284 degree F. melting point. The fuse shall
hold 500 percent of its rated fuse cun-ent for a minimum of 10 seconds, equal to Bussmann
dual-element LPN-RIC (250 volts or less rating) and LPS-RK (600 volts or less rating).
D. Fuses in motor circuits shall bc changed, if necessary, as follows: Fuses for not less than 1.15
service factor motors shall have an ampere rating 12� percent of motor full load current or next
higher fuse rating. Fuses for 1.0 service factor motors shall have an ampere rating 115 percent
of motor full load current or next higher fuse rating. Use special fusing sizing considerations
where motors are subjected to high ambient temperatures, ��here the motor drives an inertia
]oad causing starting current to be prolonged, where on-off cycles ]ess than 30 minutes, or
«�here special hermetically sealed motors have unusual startinb characteristics. When a
physically smaller fuse is required in a s���itch, then the fuse clips must be changed.
1 December 1999 16180 - 1 CAI99088.00
.�
1
2
3
4
5
6
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
?j
26
��
�g
29
30
2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on thermal magnetic rype with the quantity of poles and ampere
rating sho«m on the Dra«�ings. Circuit breakers shall be capable of interrupting the fault current
available to them. The use of series connected ratings with upstream devices is acceptable to
meet this requirement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 1NSTALLATION
A. Install overcurrent devices in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Coordinate the
work under this section with the work under other divisions of the specifications.
B. Fuses shall be installed in all switches as scheduled or noted on the Drawings, and shall be
Bussman, Chase Shawmut or an approved equal. Substitution of an appro��ed equal shall be
accompanied by a complete short circuit and coordination study.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, protective devices shall be mounted with top of cabinet or
enclosure 6 feet 6 inches above finished floor, properly aligned, and adequately supported
independently of the connecting raceways. All steel shapes, etc., necessary for the support of
the equipment shall be furnished and installed where the building structure is not suitable for
mounting the equipment directly thereon.
D. A fuse identification label showing type and size shall be placed inside the door of each fused
switch.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
16180 - 2
��\ L�l• 1.:�1:17
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all IaUor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction ��ith
installation of supporting devices as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's engineering brochures.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Kindorf
B. Unistrut
C. Superstrut
D. Powerstrut
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Continuous slotted channel: 12 gauge steel with electro-galvanizing and gold zinc dichromate
barrier bases and dimensions as required for application.
B. Hanger rods: Continuous thread, electro-galvanized, steel, with gold zinc dichromate barrier,
sizes as required for loads imposed.
C. Hex head cap screws and nuts: No. H-113 and No. 114, respectively.
D. One-hole pipe straps: Series HS-100, galvanized steel.
E. Single bolt channel pipe straps: Steel, «�ith machine screw and nut, Series G105 and Series
G106.
F. Lay-in pipe hanger: Series C-149.
1 December 1999 16190 - 1 CAI99088.00
1
2
,
�
4
J
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
I6
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?.�
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
Conduit and pipe hanger: Series 6H.
Beam clamps: Series �00, RC, EC and PC as applicable.
Concrete inserts, spot: Series D-256 or No. D-2�5.
Concrete inserts, channel: Series D-980 or Series D-986.
Riser clamps: Series C-210.
Cable supports: O.Z./Gedney Type S.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Carefully lay out supporting devices to coordinate with the work under other di��isions of the
specifications.
B. Securely fasten and support conduits and raceways to the building structure.
C. Suspend honzontal runs of conduits and raceways from the floor and roof consmiction by rod
hangers spaced 10 feet or less on centers for sizes 2-1/2 inches and greater, and 9 feet or ]ess
on centers for 2 inch and smaller.
D. Fasten single runs of conduit to the structure with one-hole pipe straps and beam clamps or
hang on rod hangers.
E. Support multiple runs of conduit and raceways from continuous channel inserts or from trapeze
hangers constructed of rod hangers and channels.
F. Fasten single conduits to rod hangers �vith adjustable ]ay-in pipe hangers or for conduits of
sizes 2 inches and smaller with Series 6H pipe ha�lgers.
G. Fasten conduits to channels with pipe channel straps.
H. Support conduits and race�vays within 3 feet of each bend,of each termination, and at other
intervals to maintain horizontal and vertical alignment without sag and defonnation.
I. Do not use cable, strap, or wire hangers and fasteners.
J. Provide riser clamps for conduits at floor lines. Provide wire and cable supports in pull boxes
for risers in accordance with NEC.
K. Install supports to permit equally distributed e�pansion and contraction of conduits and
raceways with exUansion joints. Use guides consisting of saddles, U-bolts and anchors
desi�ned for equal effectiveness for both longitudinal and transverse thrusts. Submit complete
details for review.
1 December 1999
16190 - 2
�: • :1:: 1.1
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
S
9
10
Il
12
13
14
1�
I6
li
1S
19
20
21
22
23
24
?�
26
27
�s
29
30
31
L. Do not support conduits and raceways from equipment connections.
I�1. Provide special supports �vith �-ibration dampers to minimize transmission of vibrations and
noises, where required.
I�T. Provide hanaers, racks, cable cleats, and supports for ��ires and cables in cable chambers and
other locations to make a neat and substantial installation.
O. Provide steel anQle and channel supports to the floor and structure for panelboards, cabinets,
pull and junction boxes. Provide independent support from entering conduits and raceways.
P. Provide supports as specified for conduits and raceways for outlet boxes and pull boxes 100
cubic inches and smaller.
Q. Paint all cuts, breaks, welds and other points ���here the rust inhibitin, coating of supports is
damaged.
R. Provide supports sized for the ultimate loads to be imposed.
S. Anchor supporting devices ���ith:
1. Wood screv��s on wood.
2. Toggle bolts on hollow masonry.
3. Bolts and expansion anchors in concrete or brick.
4. Machine screws, threaded rods and clamps on steel.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
161��-3
C�OI:1%�:�1:1]
SECTION 16420
ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE
PART 1 - GENERAL
l.l SL"MMARY
A
B
Refer lo Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Wark.
Furnish all labor, materials, ser��ices, equipment and appliances required in conjunetion v��ith
installation of the electric sen�ice entrance as indicated in the Contract Documents.
12 COORDINATION
A. Electrical services shown on the drawin�s reflect information obtained from the electric utility
company. Verify all data «�ith the electrical utility company and install facilities in exact
compliance with utility company requirements.
B. Refer to Section 1 G0 10 for directions concerning charges assessed by the electric utility
company.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A
�;�
Determine the ���ork that will be provided by the electric utility company and provide all other
work required for a complete installation of the electric service entrance.
Work shall include, but not be limited to, conductors, conduit, connectors, supports, excavation
and backfill.
C. Provide concrete «-ork as required by the electric utility� company.
D. Material shall be as specified in other sections of the specifications and as required by the
electric utility company.
PART 3 - E�LCUTION
3.1 1TISPECTION
a. Fully inspect the project site to determine the scope and check for any conflicts or obstructions
in installing the electrical service entrance. Perform work necessary to accommodate conflicts
and obstructions under this division.
1 December 1999 16420 - 1 CAI99088.00
1 B• Provide work in accordance «�ith other sections of the specifications, the National Electrzcal
2 Code, the Iti�ational Elecrrical Safety Code and the electric utility company. Coordinate the
3 work under this section with the work under other divisions of the specifications.
4
5 �
6
� E?�ID OF SECTION 1
1 December 1999 16420 - 2 �
CAI 9�J88.00
�
SECTION 16421
ELECTRICAL METERII�?G
PART 1 - GENERAL
l.l SLTMMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and Appliances required in conjunction with
the installation of electric service entrance metenng as required by the electric utility company
and as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1 ? SLTBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Subinit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials shall be as specifed in other sections of the specifications and as rec{uired by the
electric utility company. Furnish all materials required by power company for electric
metering.
PART 3 - E�ECUTION
3.1 INSI�AL,LA-1�ION
A. Verify all work required for the installation of electric metering «�ith the electric utility
company. Install all equipment furnished by power company and furnish other material and
labor as required by the power company to receive electric service.
B. Coordinate the work under this section v��ith the work under other divisions of the
specifications.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 16421 - 1 CAI99088.00
�
SECTION 16450
GROLTNDING
PART 1 - GEl`'ERAI.
1.1 SUMMARI'
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction with
the installation of a grounding system as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products used.
1.3 TESTS
A. Measure ground grid resistance with earth test megger and install additional ground rods and
conductors as required until resistance to ground complies with Code requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 M.4TERIALS
A. Provide a grounding system that includes all connections and testing of ground rods, ground
cables, ground buses, conduits, fittings, anchors, supports, thermite process materials and
equipment, and other materials as required for a complete installation.
B. Provide ground caUles composed of stranded bare copper of 98 percent conductivity encased
in conduits above grade, or buried to a depth not less t}lan 12 inches below grade. Install as
required to provide sufficient mechanical protection.
C. Pro��ide Burndy Corp., Type I�'E, Thomas & Betts Co., Inc., Catalog No. 3951, or approved
equal, ground fittings for bonding ground cable to its encasinc conduit.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 INSTALLATION
A. Ground electrica] work in accordance with NEC Article 250, local codes as specified herein,
and as sho«�n on the Dra��ings.
1 December 1999 ] 64�0 - 1 CAI 99088.00
�
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
s
9
l0
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
34
25
26
?7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
B. Install ground cables continuous between connections. Splices will not be allowed except where
indicated on the Drawin�s. Where ground cables pass throuah floor slabs, building walls, etc.,
and are not in metallic enclosures, provide with sleeves of approved nonmetallic material.
C
D
Use rigid metal conduit and electrical metallic tubin� as equipment grounding conductors.
Make-up couplings ��ench tight. Install grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways and
under floor ducts.
Install equipment grounding conductors in nonmetallic raceways. Install equipment orounding
conductors in metallic raceways where noted on the drawinbs.
E. Ground interior lighting fixtures v�-ith groundinQ conductor to rigid metal race«�ays serving
them. Flexible metal conduit in ]engths less than 6 feet 0 inches may be used as grounding
conductors when terminated with approved fittings on circuits of 20 amperes or less.
F. Where connections are made to motors or equipment with flexible metal conduit, grounding
conductor shall be stranded copper conductor ��ithin the conduit, bonded to the equipment and
to the rigid metal raceway system. Size conductor in accordance with NEC Table 2�0-95.
G. At each com�enience outlet, install a�noundin� clip attached to the outlet box and leave a
sufficient length of #12 wire with ��reen colored insulation to connect to the grounding terminal
of the receptacle. Grounding clip shall be equal to Steel City Type G. This requirement may
be deleted if automatic grounding clip receptacle meeting NEC Article 250-74, Exception No.
2,is used.
32 COMMUNICATION GROUNDING
�:�
Telephone:
1. Provide one No. 4 THW to ground bus from each telephone equipment room. Leave
12" pigtail at telephone board.
Fire Alarm and Detection:
l. Provide one No. 6 THW in 1/2-inch conduit to nearest ground bus.
3.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the work under this section with the work under other divisions of the
specifications.
1 December 1999
END OF SECTION
164�0 - 2
�
CAI9908E.00 �
,
SECTION 16471
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction v��ith
the installation of panelboards as indicated in the Contract Documents.
12 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturers' specifications for products used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
,A. Panelboards shall consist of a bo�, front, interior and circuit protective devices and shall be
manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and bear applicable L'L labels.
B. The box shall be fabricated of code gauge galvanized sheet steel in accordance with UL
standards, and shall have turned edges around the front for rigidity and for clamping on front.
Provide standard lrnockouts on panel enclosure. Fabricate the fi•ont from sheet steel and finish
with baked on �*ray enamel over a rust inhibitor. Each front shall have a door mounted on
semi-concealed hinges with a cylinder lock, index card and card holder. All panelboard locks
shall be master keyed and all index cards shall be properly completed on a type��vriter. Furnish
t�vo keys for each panelboard.
C. The interiors shall consist of a factory-assembled rigid frame supporting the rectangular bus,
the mains and the neutra] bar. The busing shall be arranged for sequence phasing ihroughout.
Bus bar shall be sized to limit the temperature rise in accordance with NEMA standards. The
insulated neutral bar shall be located at the opposite end of the structure from the mains.
Panelboards shall have either solderless lugs or a main circuit protective device as scheduled.
Each enclosure shall be provided �vith grounding lugs and uninsulated equipment � oundin�
terminals.
D. Busing shall be silver plated copper attached for sequence phasing throughout.
E. Panelboards shall be sin�le-phase, three-v��ire or three- phase, four-v��ire as scheduled or as
required. Panelboards shall contain sequence style busing and full capacity neutral, composed
of an assembly of Uolt-in-place molded case automatic air circuit breakers with thermal and
magnetic trip and trip free position separate from either "on" and "off' positions. Provide
circuit breakers which simultaneously open all poles on double and three-pole circuit breakers.
1 December 1999 16471 - 1 CAI99088.00
F
G
I'I
Provide panelboard and circuit breaker interrupting capacities and ratings equal to or greater
than the fault current available to each panelboard and as shown on the Drawin�s. Single-pole
circuit breakers serving fluorescent lighting loads shall carry the SWD markina.
Where required by local or national code, ordinance or other authority, provide NEMA 3R
enclosures for panelboards and switchboards where panelboards or switchboards are in rooms
«�ith fire protection sprinklers. Further, if required by local or national code, ordinance or other
authority, provide shields from sprinklers in working clearance in front of panelboards and
switchboards where panelboards and switchboards are in rooms with fire protection sprinklers.
Shields shall be constructed with same gauge metal as panelboard or switchboard enclosure and
shall have the same finish as panelboard or switchboard enclosure.
Voltage rating, phase, number of wires and ampere rating shall be as shown and scheduled in
the Contract Documents.
Approved manufacturers: Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D.
' : : ��:i�y���[i�l
3.1
1
?
3
4
� .
6
7
s
9
10
11
12
13 .
14
1�
16 .
17
18
19
?0
21
?2
23 .
?4
� 25
� 26
, 27
° 28
�9
30
, 31
� 32
33
34 D
35
36 E.
� 37
38
�' 39
% 40
� 41
n
:
C.
INSTALLATION
Instal] a panelboard at each location shown on the Drawings.
Each panel shall have a circuit index located on the inside of the cabinet door. This index shall
have each circuit identified, including spares and spaces. The identification index shall be
type«�-itten and covered with a plastic cover.
The various branch circuits servcd from the panelboards vary in loading. Carefully balance the
load on each phase when connecting the various branch circuits in each panelboard. When all
load is turned on and the system is operating a 100 percent demand, the initial unbalance shall
not exceed 10 percent.
Refer to Section 16010 regarding labeling requirements for panelboards.
Coordinate the work under this section with the work under other divisions of the
specitications.
END OF SECTION
�er 1999
� � .—....�;_ ,�
� —��
16471 - 2
CAI 99085.00
SECTION 16�00
LIGHTIT�G
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: Gcneral Requirements for Electrical V4'ork.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction ���ith the
installation of a li�hting system as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products used.
B. If required by Architect, submil samples of lighting fixtures for appro��al.
PART2-PRODUCTS
?.1 1�1ATERIALS
A. Lighting Fititures: Sec Schedule in Contract Documents.
B. Plastic lens for fluorescent fixtures shall be ��irgin acn�lic, minimum thicl:ness of 0.12� inches.
C. Where fi�tures are subject to moisture, pro��ide DL or VVL label on fixtures as required for the
location.
2.2 BALL.4STS
A. Linless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, ballasts for fluorescent lamps shall be
electronic, high pow�er factor, rapid start, dual protected, Class P, one or ri��o lamps as required �a�ith
10% THD, or less. Ballast factor shall be no less lhan 0.9. Pro��ide ballasts manufactured in
accordance ���ith CBM standards, ETL ccrtified, and LTL approved, and sound rated'A'. Providc
ballasts protecled by a built-in resettin� thermal protector.
B. Provide cold «eather ballasts in fixtures «�hich are subject lo lemperatures bclo��� 40° F.
C. Pro��idc ballasts of compatible design to lamps specified.
1 December 1999
16�00 - 1
CA1990b8.00
�
�
1
�
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
is
19
20
21
22
23
24
2�
2f
�7
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
�8
39
�0
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
2.3 LAMPS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Fluorescent: 3000 K, rapid start, T-8, 32 watt unless noled or scheduled other�ise, «�[h initial
lumens at least 28�0, Philips F32T8/TL730 or approved substitute.
Incandescent: Inside frosted, 130 volt, gencral service unless noted or scheduled othen��ise.
Metal halide: Phosphor coated, unless noted or scheduled othen�-ise. Use self-e�tinguishing tti�pe
���hich self-c�tinguish if outer glass envelope is broken.
Approved manufacturers: Philips, Syl��ania and General Electric.
2.4 EXIT LIGHTS
A. Furnish and install exit lights as indicated in the Contract Documents.
B. Provide single or double face unit as required for each location ��ith arro�i�s as required to clearh�
define ihe path of egress, «-hether sho«n on the dra« ings or not. Provide batter}� po���ered exit
lights if esit lights are not served «�ith an emergency power source.
C. Locale Fi�tures on ihe ceiling or �vall as required by the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 1NSTALLATION
A. Provide lighting fixlures as spccificd and scheduled in the Contract Documents. Pro��ide in
accordance with the n�pe designation sho��m in the Contract Documents. If a type designation is
omitled, verify fixture selection «�ith Architect prior to installation.
B. Check thc architectural finishes, and pro��ide fi�tures ���ith proper trim, £rames, supports hangers,
and other hard���are as required to coordinate ���ith proper finishes, regardless of specificd or
schedulcd calalog number, prefizes a��d suffises.
C
D
Coordinate ���ith Division 1� and other divisions of the specifications to avoid conilicts bet���een
lighting fi�tures, supports and fittings and mechanical equipment and other N�ork.
Fi�tures «�hich are tandem mounted and recessed in g�pboard or plaster ceilings shall be yoke
mounted.
E. Immediately before final inspection, clean all fixtwes, inside and out, including plastics and
glass���are, adjust all trim to properly fit adjacent surface, replace hroken or damaged parts. Lamp
and test all fi�lures for electrical as well as mechanical operation.
F. Provide ne"� lamps deli��ered to ihe job in the original packing cases and sleeves.
1 Dccember 1999
END OF SECTION
16�00 - 2
CAI 99088.00
SECTION 16� 10
MULTI-SCENE, PRESET DIMMING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requiremen[s for Electrical Work.
B. Refer to Section 16�00: Lighting.
C. Furnish all labor, materials, sen�ices, equipmenl and appliances required in conjunction �;ith the
installation of the dimming system(s) as indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products used.
B. Shop Drawin�s: Submit large scale shop dra��ings for connector strips, dimmer board ���ith controls,
and remote control stations. Submit one-line diagrams of system(s), indicating all interconnections
of components and control units.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Lutron - Grafik Eye 4000 series.
B. Approved equals.
2.2 DIMMING PANEL
A. Panel shall be ���all mounted NEMA grade, constructed of sheet steel.
B. Panel shall be completel�� pre-���ired by the manufacturer.
C. Panel shall contain br�mch circuit protection for each dinuning module. Branch circuit breal:crs
sh�ll be listed under U.L,. 489 and be thermal magnetic in construction for both ovcrload and dead
short protection.
D. Panel shall be shipped ���ilh cach dimmer in BYPASS position via a jumper inserled bet�veen thc
input and load termina;,s.
��
�
1 December 1999
]6�10- 1
CAI 9908R.00
1
2
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
?1
�2
23
��
��
26
27
�g
29
30
31
32
�
��
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
E.
F
Panel shall be cooled via free-convection, unaided by fans, and capable of continuous operation
��ithin an ambient temperature range of 0° C(32 ° F) to 40 ° C(104 ° F).
Panel shall be pro�•ide capability to electronicalh• assign each circuit to an}� zone in the dimming
s}�stem.
2.3 DIMMING MODULES
n
:
A positive air gap rela}� shall be employed with each dimmer to enswe that the load circuits are
open w�hen the "off' function is sclected at a control station.
All dinuners shall be voltage regulated so that a nominal change in line voltage shall not cause a
perceplible change in output voltage.
C. The silicon thyTistors used to control the po«�er furnished to the loads sha]I be both designed and
tested to «�ithstand surges, w�ithout impairment to performance, of 6000V, 3000A (equivalent to
a near lighining stril:e) as specified by ANSU IEEE std. C62.41.
D. Under full-load conditions in a 40°C em�ironment, all silicon thyristors shall operate a minimum
20°C safety margin bclo�v the component temperature rating.
E. Filtering shall be pro��ided in each circuit so that current nse time shall be at least 400 ;.tisec at �0%
rated dimmer capacin� as measured from 10 - 90% of thc load cunent �vavefornl a 90 ° conduction
angle, and at no point rise faster than 30mA/��sec.
F
G
Dinuner output voltage shall be at a minimum 9�% of input voltage at maximum intensity setting.
Dimmers shall operate the follo«�ing sources/load types w�th at a smooth continuous Squarc Law
dinuning curve. Dimmers shall also be capable of operating these sources on a non-dim basis.
Incandescent, Tungsten and Magnetic Low Voltage Transformer
2. Electronic Lo��� Voltage Transformer
3. Electronic Fluorescent Dimming Ballasts - Dimmer shall be rated to control ballasls for
T-12, T-12 high output, T-8 , and T-5 lamps as well as T-4 compact lamps. Ali lamps on
the same circuit must have the same current rating (i.c., T-8), but may be diCferent lengths
(i.e., 3' and 4'). Dimming range is to be do��m to I% light output (5% for T-� t«�in tube
lamps}. See Section 16�00 for ballast descriptions.
4. Neon and Cold-Cathode - Dimmcr shall pro��ide the ability to dim lamps do��n to 10% of
full light output v�-hen used «�ilh normal (lo��) po��er factor transformers. Transformers
shall be sized in accordance �i7th dimming system manufacturer's instructions.
�. Non-Dim/S«�itched Loads - Non-dim shall be rated to switch 16 amps of resistive,
tungsten, inductive, or capacitive loads. Non-dim shall incorporate an air gap relay to open
the circuit «�hen the load is off.
1 Decembcr 1999
16� 10 - 2
CAI 99088.00
H. Minimum and ma?timum lig}►t levels shall be user adjustable for each dimmer.
2.� CONTROL
A. Eight Scene Preset Control: Controls shall provide access to eight (8) preset li�hting scenes and
offer up to si�teen ( I 6) control zones. Scenes shall be changeable as required. Preset shall be set
�•ia raise/lo���er s«�itches, one raise/lo��er s��itch per zone. The intensity for each zone shall be
indicated via an illuminated bar graph. Programming of preset scenes shall be accomplished
«�ithout the use of an ENTER of STORE button. One or more -r.ones ma}� be lemporarily
overridden ���ihout alterin� the scene �•alues «thich are stored in memorv. Li�hting lcvels shall fade
smooihly bena�een scenes at time inlen•als of 0- 59 seconds or 1- 60 minutes. The fade time shall
be separatel_y selectable for each scene. Additionallv, control shall provide po��er failure memon�.
B. Accessory Control Options: Provide the follo��ing controls for use «�ith the preset control(s) as
sho�iro on the dra«�ings:
1. On/Off Conerol (scene 1)
2. Four Scene Control
3. Master Control
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 P�ISTALLATION
A. VVinng from dinuning panel to preset dimming control and accessory controls shall be low voltage,
Class 2 wiring, installed in conduit.
B. Fumish all equipment, labor, s��stem setup, and other ser��ices necessary for the proper installation
of the dcvices as indicated on the drati�ings and specified herein. System setup shall include
defining each dimmer's load n�pe, assigning each load to at a zone, and setting the control
functions.
C. Coordinate the work under tlus Section ��th the ��ork of other di��isions of this Specification.
D. Do nol use common neutrals on dimmer circuits.
E. Provide adjustment to dimming s��stems as required to render it a satisfacton� s��stem.
F. Fumish and install filters as required to eliminate objectionable interference as detern�ined b}� the
O���ncr.
�.2 TRATNING
1 Deccmbcr 1999 16� 10 - 3 CAI 99088.00
1 A. Train O��ner's personnel in the procedure invol��ed in operating, troubleshooting, servicing, and
2 preventative maintenance of the system. Pro��ide at a minimum of four (4) hours training.
3 Operators Manuals and Users Guides shall be provided at [he timc of this training. Schedule
4 training with O��ner through Architect, «•ith at least se��en (7) da��s ad��ance notice.
END OF SECT[ON
1 Dccember 1999 16� 10 - 4 CAI 99088.00
1
2
J
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
I3
1�
1�
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2�
��
�7
�g
29
30
31
32
��
��
34
3�
36
37
38
�9
40
41
42
43
44
4�
46
47
SECTION 16740
EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMM.ARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requirements for Electrical Work.
B. Furnish all labor, matenals, sen�ices, equipment and appliances required in conjunction w�th the
installation of empn� conduit systems for telephone, computer communication and other s��stems
as indicated in the Contract Documenls.
12 SUB'�-f ITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications for products used.
1.3 REFERENCE
A. This section shall refer to any empry conduit s��stem «�hich is installed in this project, including
telephone s��stems.
PART2-PRODUCT
2.1 M.ATERIAL
A. Pro�-ide 3/4 inch thick marine ply���ood painted with one coat of primer and h��o coats of latez
enamel to match surroundings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�.I 1NSTALLATION
A. Install 3/4 inch conduit from each telephone outlet to accessible ceiling space.
B. At each telephone board, install #6 copper ground �+�ire from nearest cold ���ater pipc to telcphone
board and leave 12 inch pigtail at telcphone board.
C. Install pull ��ire in all empty conduits or conduit s}�stems. Label pull �a-ire indicating the location
of the other end.
D. Quantity of bends and radius of cach bend for telephone conduit system shall be in accordance �rith
requirements as set forth b}• the telephone company.
1 December 1999 16740 - 1 CAI99088.00
1
2
�
�
4
�
7
E. Install junction and pull boxes in empty conduits for telephone system in accordance �-ith telephone
compan}� requirements.
F. Coordinate the �-ork in this section wzth the work under other divisions of the specifications.
1 Dcccmbcr 1999
END OF SECTION
16740 - 2
CAI 99088.00
,
�
�
'
SECTION 1�
MISCELLANEOi
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SL'MMARY
A. Refer to Section 16010: General Requiremen
B. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipm�
installation of miscellaneous items as describ�
PART2-PRODUCT
2.1 CONTACTORS AND RELAYS
A. As manufactwed b}� ASCO, or accepted substitute, mechanicall}' held with rela}�s as required to
operate on t�jo ��ire control circuits.
2.2 TIMECLOCK
A. Tork #DGLC, or accepted substitute.
?.3 PHOTOCELLS
A. Tork #2100, or accepted substitute.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply �i�ith manufacturer's specifications and National Electrical Code and other governing
authonties.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate ihe ���ork under this section w�th the work under other di�•isions of the specifications.
END OF SECTION
1 December 1999 168� I- 1 CAI99088.00
From: N5ke Mathews 817-871-SA88 To: L'mda Taybr Date: 1113/'ID0 Tims: 1926:06
Pags 'I of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM N0. 1
HISTORIC ROSELAND THEATER RENOVATION
Bid �pening Date: January 27, 2000 (NO CHANGE)
Prebid Walk Through: The theater and delicatessen will be opened from Noon to 1:30
PM on Tuesday, January 18, 2000 for inspection by interested contractors and
suppliers.
The published Notice to Bidders did not �equire attendance at the Prebid Conference. Therefor delete the
word "Mandatory" in the Notice to Bidders appearing in the bid documents.
The Prebid Conference was held at 10:�0 AM, January 11, 2000. The following attended:
Architect:
Paul Dennehy
City of Fort Worth:
Mike Mathews
Nancy Richardson
Jan Baker
Contractors:
Kenny Martin
Steve Daniels
Jo Murphy
Mark Hoeller
M. Joe Dempsey
Dale Sellars
Alan Odom
Phinetta Hunter
Randy Hughes
Linda Bly
Tom Gardner
Devin Dramer
Corgan Architects
Chief, Architectural Services
PM, Architectural Services
City Managers Office
Phone
33?-8786
871-8?74
871-8014
871-6188
Fax
332-8092
871-8488
871-8488
871-6134
Euless Mech. Contractors 817-267-7357 817-545-3430
P.O. Box 1144, Euless, TX 76039
Brookwood Construction 972-365-�250 972-354-5094
3811 Springhollow 75003-2423
Woodrose Co. 377-4477 377-4410
3531 Alta Mere. Fort Worth, TX 76121
Keck & Co. 469-6035 459-1452
1105 Colorado Ln., Arl., TX 76015
American Restoration 214-653-8366 214-653-8333
1201 Main St., Ste. 1619, Dallas, TY. 7520?
Phoenix I Restoration 214-353-1693 214-353-1631
6822 Maple Ave., Dallas, TX 75235
Phoenix I Restoration 214-353-1693 214-353-1631
6822 Maple Ave., Dallas, TX 75235
Creative 4 Construction 940-552-6553 940-552-6571
3320 Main St., Vernon, TX 76384
Mid-Continental Rest 498-7277 656-4764
4101 Murray, Ft. Worth, TX 66�01
DuPon[ Floor 284-2100 284-5494
2769 Wesley Way
Ari Ft. W orth 838-3170 838-3294
2220-P Solona, Ft. Worth 76117
TASCO 972-771-69'19 972-771-6825
2505 E. I-30, Rockwall, TX 75087
Addendum 1 Page 1 of 9
Raseland Theater
From: FTike INatAsws 817-811-8d88 To: I.a�da Taylor Date: 1H3H00 Tirtw: 19:27:09
John Myer Modem Contractors
P.O. Box 463, Keller, TX 76244
Jerry Moody Prime Construction Co.
905 N. Sylvania, Ft. Worth 76111
Kelli Hogg Southcrest
4639 Innng Bfvd. #314 Dallas 75247
Addendum 1 Page 2 of 9
Roseland Theater
431-9232 431-3648
831-1150 831-7363
214630-8388 214-630-4444
Pags 2 of B
From: IrUks MatJwws 817-S11-8488 To: Liida Taylor Date: 1H3H00 Tims: 19:27:31
Bill Henderson S.S.C.I
6625 Shelton Home Ct. Arl. 76017
Shannon Sistruak Trinity Hydro-Tech
409 Lillard #B, Arl.
Kefth Koeing Westerchil Const.
15851 N. Dallas Pkwy. Ste. 600, Dallas
Luis M. Rosileu G.P. WaterprooFing
P.O. Box 566142
516-8170 516�
461-3870 801 •
972-385-9181 972-385�
972-642-4335 972-642�
The Contract Documents and Speclflcations for the above referenced project are hereby revi
amended as follows:
Wage Rates: This project is partially funded by the Department of Housing and Urban Devel
Davis Bacon Wage Rates applicable to this job are enclosed. Delete the City of Fort Worth �
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Asbestos Abatement: The City of Fort Worth will engage a separate contractor to remove all the loose
and fixed asbestos material and seats in preparation for the renovation. Delete any requirements to
remove building debris or seating from this contract.
The following materiat will be removed by the Asbestos Contractor:
Roseland Theater
Damaged Ceiling tile mastic Gallery and Front Stage Area
Cement Asbestos Floor Planking Upper Projection Room floor
1 �36 N. Main
Wall Surface texturing Perimeter walls and bathroom walls
Cream 9"x9° floor tile and black mastic patches on west-side of building
The enclosed Drawings 1 and 2 show the areas of removal.
Acknowledge the receipt of this addendum on your Proposal.
RELEASE DATE:
,
2,990 SF
365 SF
1,052 SF
157 SF
H A. MALANGA, P.E.
DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS
�
Nancy Richarclson, Architectural Services
817-871-8014, Fax 871-8488
January 13, 2000
Addendum 1 Page 3 of 9
Roseland Theater
I
1
From: Nike Mathsws 817-871-8d88 To: L'nda Tayfor Oate: 1H3H00 Tims: 19:28:32
Davis Bacon Wage Rates
Roseland Theater
GENEP,AL UECISION TX99Q061 11/0S/99 T:{61
General Pecision N�_imber T}:9900�1
Supersed�� Geneial Uecision No. TX980061
Star_e: TEXAS
Construction Tj/pe:
BVILDING
Count�(ies):
JOHCJSON FARF;EF. T.°.F.RAPIT
EUILGING COCISTP.UCTIGtd PP.uJECT5 (do�� nor include single tamily
homes and apartments up to and inclu�ling 4 steries). Use curren
heavy and highraay General Wag� Geterrnination for Paving
Incidental to 6uildiny Constr�_iction in Tairant County and for
F�vin�� and Utilities incidentdl to Euildiny Construction in
rerr�aining CGLIClC125. )
P4oditication tJumber Publication Date
0 03/12/1599
1 04/i19/1999
� 04/lci/1999
� 0S/21/1999
4 06/0�1/1999
5 1��/U8/1999
G 11/05/1999
COU[1TY ( ies } :
JOHP1SO�1 PAP.i:EP. TAP.RAAIT
t 2P.T :0C�01G i i/oi�iQsa
Pdtcs FL'ingcs
Bricklayers 1b.05 3.U5
----------------------------------------------------------------
CARF1421A 05/01/1995 �
Rates Fringes
b1ILLWRIi�HTS 16 . 4 9 3. 9�
----------------------------------------------------------------
ELEC0116C 06/01/1998
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAhIS 18 . 3G 2. 20+1C� . S'k
CABLE SFLICEF.S 19.30 2.20+1C�.5$
----------------------------------------------------------------
IRON0263B 06/01/1999
P.ates
Addendum 1 Page 4 of 9
Roseland Theater
Fringes
Page 4 of 9
From: HGke Mathews 817371-Sd88 To: Lnda Taylor Date: 1H3/100 Tims: 19:28:15
Pags 5 oF 9
IROClWORF:ERS (Sr_ructural) 16.15 4.05
----------------------------------------------------------------
SFTX��d69A G4/Cil/1999
P,ates Fringes
SPP.IiJE<LEP. FITTEP.S �0.6^ 5.90
----------------------------------------------------------------
SUTX107'P. 11/01/1989
ACOUSTICAL IClST.5I,LERS
CAkPETJTER5 (Eticluding drywall
hanger�, acoustical installers &
bCltt InJUlatOYJ�
CdY�E11tEY5 CiUll'iU d1�'t.tdll l'i31'i�7111i�
only
CEMENT MASOtdS
DP.YGiALL FIFIISHEP.S
GLAZIEP,S
LAEOP.ERS (Inclu�9ing Mason
Ter�ders � F•ipelayersi
LAFIGSCAPE LAE•OP.EP.S
MECHANICAL ItJSULATOFS
F'AICITEP.S, BP.USH & SFP.A'f
(e;�r_l�.�din•7 C�ryuall Finishin�)
E'LASTEP.ERS
FLUMBEP.S � FIFEFITTEY.S (Including
HVAC work)
POJ7EP, E;;�VIE'h1ETdT OPERAT�P.S:
Baci:hoes
Crane:;
Poundation Urill uperators
��L a�9er�
P.��O PE P.S
SHEET METAL WOP.KEP.S (iPtCLUUI�IG
HVAC Uuct Ulorl;)
P.ates
11.?3
1 L . L 7
19.00
10.16
11.18
11.37
7.46
5.15
10.92
1n.4�
11.SG
13.34
12.30
14.?6
8.54
11.b9
9.50
12.b3
E'ringes
�-
L.L_
.76
2.21
1.31
1.00
1.00
L.�1
?.15
1.82
�.44
i.so
.99
2.10
6dELL�EP,S - P.eceive rate piescribed for craft performing operation
ro wt�ich waldin�� is incidental.
----------------------------------------------------------------
T�dELDEP.S - P.eceive rate prescribed for craft performing operation
to ti+hich weldin�3 is incidental.
trnlisted classification� needed for wor}: not included within
�"� the scope of the cla�sifications listed may be added after
°` award only as pLcvided in the labor standaids contract clauses
P (29 CER :.5(a)I1?tv}).
----------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing �bove, the "SU" designation means that rates
listed under th�t identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained waye and fring� benefit rat=:. Other designations
Addendum 1 Page 5 of 9
Raseland Theater
From: N5ke Mathsws 817-871-8d88 To: Liida Taylor Date: 1H3M00 Timr 14:30:03 Page 6 oF 9
indicate unions �rhose rates have been deteLmined to be
prevailing.
4dA�E DETEP,l�tItJATION APPEALS PP.00ESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
` an e::isting publishcd rrage datermination
{ a survey und$rlying a r+age determination
+ a WdCjC and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
; a conformance (additional classification and rete)
ruling
Gn survey r�lated rnatters, initial contact, includir�g requests
for SURIICIdY1�S of surveys, should bc ��ith the t�Tage and Hotir
P.egional Office for the arza in F;hich the survey aras conducted
because those P,egional Ofiices have res�cnsibility for the
Uavis-Eacon surve}• proqram. If the r�sponse from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and '+.) should be follo��ed.
47itt�i regard to an}� cther taatter not y�t ripe fer the formal
�tocess d?scribe�a here, initial conract �hould be with the Branch
oi Construction 4�ege Geterminations. Write to:
e�a�-�Cr� of Construction Waq2 DatErrnir�ation�
Wage and Hour Givision
U. S. C��partment of Labar
2�J0 Constitution Avenue, PJ. 4J.
Wd51'�111i�tori, D. C. 20�10
�,} If tY�e ansF,z1 to the question in 1.) is yes, then �n
interesr_ed party {those affected by thc a�=tion} can request
re�iew nnd reconsideration from the i�lage and Hcur .Administrator
(Se_ �9 CFR Part 1.3 and 29 CFP. Part 7). Write to:
4Jage and Hour Admini�trator
iJ.S. Gepartment of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, id. w.
washin�aton, U. C. LOL10
The request :=hould be accempanied by a full statement of the
1tttEYested paity's position ar�d by any inforn�ation {wage pa}nnent
data, proiect description, area practic� material, etc.) that the
requestor considers relevant to the is�ue.
3.} If the decision of the A�ministrator is not favorable, an
interested party ma� app�al directly to the A�r�inistrati�•e Revie�r
Board (tormerly tt�e wage Appeals Board). i�lrite to:
Adrr�inistrative F.2�. ievr Board
U. S. Department of Labor
Addendum 1 Page 6 of 9
Roseland Theater
Frort+: IWke Mathews 817-871-8488 To: Liida Taylor Date: 1H3H00 Tims: 19:30:58 page 7 of g
200 Constitution Avenue, P1. W.
w.sshington, U. C. 20210
4. ) All �ecisions by the Adrninistr�tive P.evie�r Board are final.
END OF GENEPAL DECISION
Addendum 1 Page 7 of 9
Roseland Theater
�
-- � ,
i ""�' � ��{����f��.fi0;%% ��i,� �, f�i �''�',�'''�
;��'fr fl�r ��� uea
�' �� �// /` /'� r f � �,
[ � � %.•;!/� ,ff ",�, �i�J�l.�` �,;/,� //rC,��'��;
� ;,/ �l,r.i.'ff,% "'��''�,p'r�,�fj'�i`;,��y=`+:�
� '/'�,�' '�� � f%.• ✓ �' !'r'''°��'��
/ � �{. 1t, },. ;'�f�'/•ff �f r,�'•.�
��/`= � '�r r'.�„•s�:��..if.�.rj//,
� � f f �/�,: • r�.?r` /.%'r�' .r° /r: j
�� r,/;�/�a ,.fiJ
i ,i�� r, ,��, ,� % it: � �� �;,� F :
��>ff�� 'j f,,� r,�'� v' `��� � f f//��ir �.
��/�I �/�i��� i%�'�'1� % i��.�. r {rif�r�/ %y
� I i i °��T',' �� A�w/
'fEf /j/ Jii/ � �"✓ ° frlf/'✓��.. ff `'
/ f{' �J/ /,
� � � �. �: f/ � ' 'f �!` f.! % /f ✓ � � ! / f� J"is� f! /�
�1 �/�jf/ �� �. .�/i���.�!'%J!i/+ !f�f �%r;,�
'�f i �ff/�!��r { f %r s ��� f'� %,s/�'�i'l �r,^'' � �+�h
I '� `. ��'�/EI� f.f f� ,��'�`?'jf�/� l�'��1.��'lr� r.
f�%:�r�J��i���;t..`�i !'.�`'/f f/;`'�:�i; f,r
� 1� /f -� j� � r' ��-��
I � �"O J°/•'f �f/!/i.
� �fI�p` (`�y�� rrFYl/f�✓ �
i � '��,� r � r�: /�
��f� IY�I�fYF�"�'-':��l�/i•`��r�i
UPPC�iLEVEL
LG1YERlEYEL
N�T�S
--a "rm°� ean+eK
G� -��w..,�.�„s.�,�.
� •��,kw�r�►r►wr..
a����s
�rt'�r�'1 + ApDfi�d'C��it5� 7r! Mea.tC
���� � C'.eminUWi Flaw Fa�dinD
. f,�A,i,`�� /�/ �f. /�1/
'�/!.r/�i - ,���1,/j t,. %%J"���r
�i� �', � ,� �, , /
�� �� � ! �° fri i /'/�
i�i/;,�1�, ., • r
r�''!ii: �r / �f; •r"�.r=' �
�neCif�cafian �rawin�
r��� r►,�.r. I k-�ST, �1"�C.
i�ae+r�wtn kt�� Sirm[
fws warui, 7eros
� �EF+tViFt�M'fAL
.. �.,.s,. t.0�_r.-rw_ corvsur.Tat��'s
0
ProJ.Ni. 72 i 01N43 �S 572SA+iPr�'�Y.S41ta�37D
6aaN.r. P�1utiTo$�M ��n.7w�e7bZ�1!
Drww�nyc #KF I I@aar. 1717�718{ TEL9T2-OR3^63A0
�Ax s�-a92-s�r4
Rcrwao cr• w,� I n.ua: +z+s�,9a
'�.w, a G � Adc�% �/ l
�
o�
c0 �
(A Q1
a F-
T �
� �
� �,
� �
c
N �
a
a
Q
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
n
m
M
�
�
g
e
:
t�
E
0
b
LL
�m�� wdi
�
i
��������FII �
r • C1� � �'�J' � ` �� f �
�
.A`/`J�! 62`^fd,r �D � �`�� �f
./a li{��: l��y° •�q J
e�}a ��4 i� Y b{
�j ;� a� u1 c R. (,) . CJ <
� 1 Pi
� ��'f `�{ � 1
1, ryM� / V I
L y ',
� F�oal Enfar�
� ` I� I �
� �\ >f'y> � � _�
�; � � \.ry'�r � « � �
� VC • . T .
� F n i } ly' (+ r �
�` �r �„� .
�� �� K � �,, ,r � ey . .
NEPA Exhauet <�' � .� `. Y y,/ ; }
-� .) `r*4- +\ ,,ti_ '"I IT \I I s�8A7TifIQ �Snee�odtYYab
� ►� ��s,�<t�' r
�f7� h. � � I —�
YYiYN^�'rwrvvN�.e-N.v^e' �. 1 .
�r
v�a w.�
{
.
COHC��
fL00FI
NOf6S
� - Tnreo-dape oeoontm,�roUon uo�l
2O -PAmry GrticN Banlen
17C 1- HEPA NegeOvs N Med�ne
�ca�
����� • DATd1ES OG ASBE6T05 CREPIN 9'x 9' FlOOR TII.E 8 BLACK NASTIC
J'�k � -AS�STOS WAU. SURFACE T'F)(TURlN6
NOTE: The Coritrador may choose Ir�cnrpot8te tho abetement under one oonlainment enclosure.
t
I
NORTH
$�TfjCI�IG��14N1 �1"criiti�fill�j
�,�eNoRairNioL°i�i"�°sr�r IHST, �iV�:.
fORT WORTH. TDfA9
� � ENVlRONMENTAL
��� il � �oNno-s� CONSULTANTS
Pm) 17t � OVVG it �1 eaza a�pano. s� 7ro
6oda +�_ Nat To SaM Daltac. Tws 7524d
Orown �y KAB Deb� 1 Vf9�BE TEL'�77'�92•9310
FA% 072�iB2-84T0
RM�d by. VJJR o�b: 12/OG�O
r�k.. �
�i�1►W}A.�t� �-�. �G� j' �fl�J
r
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Addendum 2
ADDENDUM NO. 2
TO
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
CITY OF FORT WORTH
ROSELAND/MARINE THEATRE
99088.00 (C-3)
Corgan Associate Inc.
512 Main Street, Suite 500
Fort Worth, TX 76102
The following items modify or supersede the provisions of the Project Manual, Drawings and
Addendum No. 2 and become a part of the Contract Documents.
Bidders must acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on their Proposal.
Items No. 2.1 through No. 2.43
PROJECT MANUAL
ITEM NO. 2.1. SECTION 01010 - SLJMMARY OF WORK
Page 2, Line 9 through 34, Delete in its entirety.
ITEM NO. 2.2. SECTION 07525 - MODIFIED BITLJMINOUS SHEET ROOFING
Page 3, Section 2.02 Roofing Membrane System, Revise to read:
`Equal to Intec GBSP-4-FR
ITEM NO. 2.3. SECTION 07525 - MODIFIED BITLTMINOUS SHEET ROOFING
Page 4, Section 2.06 Mechanical Fasteners, Revise to read:
A. Fasteners for Wood Deck: Provide Manufacturer Approved screws for fastening to
wood deck and as required for a Factory mutual (FM), Class I-90 Roof.
ITEM NO. 2.4. SECTION 07525 - MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING
Page 5, Section 3.04 Substrate Preparation, Add the following:
B. Rosin-Sized Sheathing Paper provide a dry sheet over the wood deck prior to
installation of specified roof materials.
ITEM NO. 2.5. SECTION 08212 - STILE AND RAIL DOORS
Page 2, Line 15, Add:
Eggers Hardwood - E103 (Doors 101 & 103)
Page 1 of 16
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Addendum 2
ITEM NO. 2.6. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
Page 11, Line 28, Revise to read:
HW3 - 101, 103, 106, 111, 112, 113, 117, 203, and 204
ITEM NO. 2.7. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
Page 11, Line 35, Add the following:
SET GASKETING (DOORS 106, 111, 113, 117 & 203)
#1130SDKB, Duraner Finish by NGP
ITEM NO. 2.8. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
Page 11, Line 36, Revise to read:
HW4 - 114, 115, 202
ITEM NO. 2.9. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
Page 11, Line 45, Add the following:
SET GASKETING (DOORS 114 & 115)
#130SDKB, Duraner Finish by NGP
ITEM NO. 2.10. SECTION 09511 - SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING
Page 2, Line 5, Add the following:
C. Fire Rated Exposed Tee Grid - Ceiling Grid Type 3: (At Corridors �#108 and #110)
1. Intermediate duty classification, 15/16" wide face flange dimension, fire rated,
commercial quality cold rolled steel with galvanized coating; components die-
cut and interlocking; cope cross runners lay flush with main runners.
2. Exposed Finish: Baked-on enamel, white satin finish
3. Acceptable Product:
a. Prelude Plus XL Fire Guard.
ITEM NO. 2.11. SECTION 09511 - SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING
Page 3, Line 28, Add the following:
B. Acoustical Panel - Type 2: Fire Rated Ceilings
1. Nominal size: 24" x 24" x 5/8"
2. Composition: Mineral Fiber
3. Finish: Factory applied vinyl latex paint, white color
4. Sound Transmission Coefficient: 35 - 39 db
5. Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.60
6. Light Reflectance: LR-1, over 75 percent
7. Edge: Square
8. Pattern: Textured
9. Acceptable Product:
Page 2 of 16
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Addendum 2
a. Minaboard Cortega with Fire Guard by Armstrong World Industries.
ITEM NO. 2.12, SECTION 10171 - PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS
Page 1, Line 54, Add:
4. Metpar
Page 2, Lines 16 through 20, Delete Entirely.
ITEM NO. 2.13. SECT.IQN 10705 - EXTERIOR SUN CONTROL DEVICES
Page 1, Line 25, Add the following:
3. Awning manufacturer/supplier is responsible for the detail and engineering of
connection to the building. Provide stamped and signed detail by an Engineer
Registered in the State of Texas.
ITEM NO. 2.14, SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
Page 2, Line 50, Delete
Page 3, Line 7, Add the following:
Provide one (1� soap dispenser at each sink in Rooms 112 and 113 (4 total).
Page 3, Line 31 through 36, Delete in it's entirety.
ITEM NO. 2.15, SECTION 12700 - MULTIPLE SEATING
Page 1, Line 43, Revise to read:
A. Manufacturer: American Seating Company
Erwin Seating Company
DRAWINGS
ITEM NO. 2.16. COVER SHEET. PROTECT INFORMATION
Revise Occupancy to read A-2.1
ITEM NO. 2.17. SHEET A-1, FLOOR PLAN
Floor Plan 01/A1, Revise the following:
Add Door #117, Refer to attached partial plan 01/A1 (SDR-1)
Add handrail at both sides of stair at Raised Platform #f106
Page 3 of 16
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Addendum 2
Partitions adjacent to Corridor #108, #110 and Vestibules #114 and #201 are full height to
roof deck - one hour rated.
ITEM NO. 2.18. SHEET A-1. FLOOR PLAN
Detail 08/A1, Add to note:
2-layers of 5/8" Type `X' gypsum board at ceiling.
ITEM NO. 2.19. SHEET A-1. FLOOR PLAN
DETAIL 09 - BOX OFFICE DETAIL, Revise base note to read:
`Ceramic Tile Base'
ITEM NO. 2.20. SHEET A-1. FLOOR PLAN
SECOND FLOOR PLAN 02/A1, Clarification:
Wall Type `P3' is used at ductwork chases only. Plaster walls at Room 201, 202, 203, and
204 are to be patched and painted.
ITEM NO. 2.21. SHEET A-1. FLOOR PLAN
First Floor Plan 01/A1:
Delete Wall Type P2 at rear wall of raised platform #106. Revise to read: Re-Plaster and
Paint.
ITEM NO. 2.22, SHEET A-2. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & DETAILS
Reflected Ceiling Plan 01/A2, Add note:
`One Hour Rated Ceiling at Rooms 102, 105, 106, 108, 110, 114 and 201' and `Provide a
fixture protection at light fixtures in 1-Hour Rated Ceilings. Enclosures to be fine sided
and of same material as ceiling. Protective fixture enclosure required at Rooms #102, 105,
106, 108, 110, 114 and 201.'
ITEM NO. 2.23. SHEET A-2. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & DETAILS
Reflected Ceiling Plan 02/A2, Add the following:
Provide a 24" x 24" Fire Rated Ceiling Access Panel at ceiling of vestibule #201.
ITEM NO. 2.24. SHEET A-3. ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS
Roof Plan 01/A3, Add note:
`Roof slope 1/4" per foot minimum.'
ITEM NO. 2.25. SHEET A-3. ROOF PLAN AND DETAIL�
Detail 12/A3 - Overflow Roof Drain, Add note:
Page 4 of 16
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Addendum 2
`Overflow Roof Drain to be 2" above roof drain.' (Refer SDA-2)
ITEM NO. 2.26. SHEET A-3. ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS
Parapet Detail 02/A3 and 04/A3, Revise as follows:
Delete Modified Base Flashing at Parapet note at parapet and replace with `Non-
Combustible' Flashing. (Refer SDA-3)
2" Thick Insulation to be 3/4" Perlite Board and 1.4" Rigid Insulation
�'EM NO. 2.27. SHEET A-4. EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
Elevation 03/Proposed Elevation, Add note:
Remove paint and patch all exposed cement plaster and concrete. Top coat over existing
cement plaster and concrete to be Thorocoat by Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc. or
equal. Color as selected by Architect.
ITEM NO. 2.28. SHEET A7.1. INTERIOR ELEVATIOI�
South Interior Elevation 02/A7.1
a. Provide Door #117 at Lobby #102.
b. Add note at Raised Platform handrail -`Provide handrail each side of steps.'
ITEM NO. 2.29. SHEET A7.1. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
Elevation 02/A7.1 South Interior Elevation, Revise note for Window Type `D' to read:
Strip patch, re-glaze and paint existing windows.
ITEM NO. 2.30. SHEET A7.2. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS /DETAILS
Detai103/A7.2, Add note:
`Platform Framing - Factory Fire Retardant per Specification Section 06100 (824 s.f.)
ITEM NO. 2.31. SHEETA7.3. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS/DETAILS,
Detai101 and 0S/A7.3
Revise wood furring strips to 25ga, 'h" x 2'/z" Resilient Furring Channels - Refer to
Specification Section 09260.
ITEM NO. 2.32. SHEET A-8. LEGEND AND SCHEDULES
Room Finish Schedule, Clarification:
Wood Base # 16, shall be Profile BAS -1032, with 4" applied shoe mould. Species Popular
(AWI-Custom Grade)
Page 5 of 16
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Addendum 2
ITEM NO. 2.33. SHEET A-8. LEGEND AND SCHEDULES
Door Schedule - Refer to Revised Door Schedule and Notes (Attached)
Finish Schedule - Add to Note �#2 `Sealer to be Safe-Seal #J-24 by Dayton Superior (Water Base
Acrylic Sealer) or equal.
ITEM NO. 2.34. SHEET A-8. LEGEND AND SCHEDULES
Detail 05, 06 and 08/A8, Add following note:
`All gypsum board Type `X; unless otherwise noted.'
ITEM NO. 2.35. SHEET A-8, LEGEND AND $CHEDULES
Detail 10/A8, Revise detail title to read:
10-WINDOW SECTION
ITEM NO. 2.36. SHEET P-1, FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR P�AN - PL,UMBING
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
Refer to revised schedule (attached).
ITEM NO. 2.37. SHEET P-1. FIR$T AND SECOND FLOOR PLAN - PLLTMBING
FIRST FLOOR PLAN 01/P1, Clarification:
Refer to Specification Section 15000 - General Requirements for Mechanical Work, pages
7 and 8, Section 1.9. for Trap Primer Access Door - Specification.
ITEM NO. 2.38. SHEET M-1. FIR$T AND SECOND FLOOR HVAC
First Floor Plan - HVAC 01/M1:
Refer to drawing XM-1 (attached) for revised ductwork
ITEM NO. 2.39. SHEET M-1. FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR HVAC
Second Floor Plan - HVAC 02/M-1:
Refer to drawing XM-2 (attached) for revised ductwork
ITEM NO. 2.40. SHEET E-1. LIGHTING PLANS & SCHEDULES
First Floor Lighting Plan (01/E1):
Refer to drawing XE-1 (attached) for revised exit lighting.
ITEM NO. 2.41. SHEET E-1. LIGHTING PLANS & SCHEDULES
Second Floor Lighting Plan (02/E1):
h
Page 6 of 16
20 January 2000
Roseland/Marine Theater, Rddendum 2
Refer to drawing XM-2 (attached) for revised exit lighting.
ITEM NO. 2.42, SHEET E-1. LIGHTING PLANS & SCHEDULES
LIGHTING PLAN 02/E1, Clarifications
Refer to use of `existing conduit' applies only to conduit cast into the concrete beam
housing the Type `J' fixtures.
ITEM NO. 2.43, SHEET E-1 AND E-2. ELECTRICAL PLANS
Locate Electrical outlets and switches in Rooms 202 and 204 in gypsum board furrouts as
shown on 02/A1.
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2
Page 7 of 16
: �� �� �� _. �� �� i: �� 9 P's��
� Drawn By:
Dst�
C0RGAN ASSOf IATE5, INC
lYY Y1Y+N 4Ti{17
f4�11 RCY
f0�} •64TN, r�R�l I�iil
lt7 M�1 tt;[
�MD
16 JAN OC
fJ��.,'r:�J N� _
No P1ementary Drawing
SCA-I
Pro)act No.: °�9C'?��+ GG
P�4�T1 �L �LOO�'c PL�4�1
5GALE. ��" = 1'-0"
��� � �
��,� Z
�t'�1�
i�
q�
,i�^•iO• (�,� L:��F�
- Drown By: PMrJ
CORGAN ASSOCIATES, INC
I�t Y�•�r {t�lli
����� i0•
�DIT Wtll�. tl��f T�IOt
Y�! i!1 4ti�
�
Date: Ib �A!v 00
fR;70P A5 6GNC17iJL��C!
�'` iRRn�A! LPATJ
/ bpTM 54pE5 t
.f iiPaT Y�IJ A4t.54�IG
'FIEW ;'i�j",K¢Q"%L � L9
L�Ap
DRAIAI �
7TR
$T,r�LL ALL NEw Rl�p► �IN3 IN
?�"7 PAR7 O� Ti� RC7GiM IN TMIC AR�A
kPIGATE6 YER1F'I EJ4.�'fi LC�G.%�T7L7�
tlT4+ �l6kNl��4 P4tOR, T�^i IP�4TALLATlOM
idp.11�! N �
Supplementary Drawinp
No. S�A-D�
Pro�ect Ne.: qqD88 OO
D@GK
�J�'W STIl1�ihEa.
f�W �GL.a+�iN�1 RIN6
h�iM0RA1�
RQC7PIN�
rMbAw7ir�5w
�or� �ta�� or�€RF�Q�v vr��a,r�
�`Q G� �" f+�BrO'V� RCJ�F t�Rf�ki+l
I I� � �'a�,/ 1' � �'�✓ ti./ � L/ I ��� l V
�v T.5
��-Z�"'„+c � rJr �4 O�
��S(� � r� �
� J,s
I .
CQk',MI J�SOCiATF5, UC
! ll f}�� ;Ti�tt
44ilt �r�
►��r w711T�, TRiii i��+:
M�i �sa �x��
Dra„n, gy: PMD
pare; Ib JAN 00
Supplementary Drawing
No. SDA-03
ProjeCt No.: ��o88.oc�
File: a-12
NEYR �R, 5FA F'R€1'7'�01�� d'N�LP� GA�
SE&�� [�VF'aIGC vY77 dA_6�++LV' GC]NR.
GLIi' 5ix4i1i67 74" OG.
- i% 1'RE,I�7EG � bL4�GACIFi6
SEf.IrCE i0 7QI' C� YNIt t]' Q G
�—� g�.IA�.E Il�Ip� �,h�C.� WMCC�"1Piig
1'W5F� I�J'IP 5�GIeE� I 2+F� G�
i� �rx f�r e� rti.Ywas�
�+ w �ro d�..Qcac�w�
zcrs+� t�) �rc►vs c+� �
C .. F" ♦" f7 .
0[hTt.�l,'� �'L.A�MkNb
?�1C+ 1
-�--_ 9' [�MrtrK� T4'�R G►Jf�'
� ,�e�a�.wv�s t•+orrr�e3rs Gw� �er
,r---'FY�C71P�� FIEL�7 Si$7
r
� f L-- ,�" IR�$I� IPiy`1V�LATION
f�
JD+� fl� B�MF.,E F�ET
1�P 1kQQnf I'APL'[[
�4�. 5TI�1GiaiA4.
��� PARAPET DETAIL
5�.xE i.'> �'-a-
MB^1 ]•i CItVRLI'dNl�/�] WM.L LI.A
56G�E �UT�ICE YV�.� �aA FrV�V 4C�fP
GLIP 5CGVRE�D 74" i7L
---- 7yt fft�1�5'� Y'K7 flLOCKIfVb
g�JIfL� YG Td� fJF YIA[1_ 17' d y
�' 5lSGAY� IIYSiP€ f`AGE �
HASHEIe.S *!� 5GP:l3�15 +� ��' O�G
�- LP7c EX� {ale6] PLt^�Y�JD �
r1.17�1f a^V F�CrC� �lr�lcHi5e
5€currt !s1 war6 a�
� MOlECQIYl11S'fA.91.� I i.A5di@I!5
---- �' �C7R{fifNi1C7Y.� 1"IBER LAIR
�--6R!'!N.��y� MfJC1�lE,D CAP 5►lEES
� �4pt7i�tEC FiEip 5F+EET I
�" RIS4p !l6l;AT7GW
�D� �Fl8E1tGELAgS ��� .Y.#�T
�p R[9g11N 1��►K'Cc
� 5171UCT'R/�L
�� PARaP�T DETAIL
scME 3.•= 1'�'
�
�
���.?a ���� �.�����
iv� rf�r � �r
j DOOR SC:--IE��`E
f DOOR
4 SIZE
i
� � m
I w a
, m \
� Q J
, Z O �4
� N x
r
r
W
a
O
o � � � �
� I� � PN� Y-B' �
I iQ�A I� PN7 5'-0'
' i03 PNT � Z�.e+
� 104 F HM PNT 9
, 105 G ST PNT ! 6�-�
106 0 WD PNT ( 6'�0'
� 101 G ST PYT 6'-Q
�. �9 C WD PNf � 6'-0"
i g e HM P�yT 3'-{�"
��0 A NiM PNT 0'
�. n � PUT �',o•
� �2 A � PY� -D`
I qJ A C PNT �`-0'
' fY� A �p PNT 1 3"-0`
k5 A �'� Pj� T 3'-Q'
�5 WD �'NT b'
if1 � wC PNT � �-�'
zo+
_20�-- � ..._wl7_ PNT 2'_8•
Z03 E W� �iT ����-��
20A E W0 PNT 2'- '
I N
�
r w
s Z
U 6Y,1
i �
6'-B' ; �"��
b�.g+ iV
6'-B' i �'
6'-8" i
6�-� 'I �.
1 � �.
��-e�
6'-B' I
6..8. � .
6�_6• � � t�
6',8' '�f'
8. y �
�-� I I�'
6 ' i i��
6�-1. ���
6'-8' _ .!'��'.
6'-8`' ii'.'
� FRAME
1
I
m
d
\
M
0
W
d
�
�
►
�DETA��S
J
a .
��z
w � v_�
Q Z J
� � � v,
WD � RNT
wD �J� T 01/aB
�0 I �NT QI/AB
WO aNT
NM ` PNT OI/AA
$TL � ?NT OI/A8
MM pNi 0�/ A8
STL � PNT 0IiAB
�Ip � PNT avae
� i PNt oiia8
HM I PNT 01/�A
HM i ?NT
HM : f�NT
NM i�NT
FiM PN'i �A4RBlE
NM PNF MAR@LE
HM PN
HM PN� QIlAB
Wp PNT MaRB�E
_
WD PNT
IFD P�T I
_ . . .,.. � _
. ._. _— --__ _ ----�----------
Gt7Oli 5GHC�Lr Ndig�s•
�, Tf? �N5VR�' �'►iC 1"RCJP�R 1'N6YALLATIC)h1 d9!°
T}I� 5P�GIFIED HARCiWItiRC MhICi' SIJR�
DDOR titaNUFAGTIJ►7:�R Y$ fNS7R�TEG Tf�
GORRGGTLY TC+ tloLl►"d� DO�;iR$ P�711� d 5?�4 °�
�IIN�y�fj hWERE APFLIG/�6�iE
A�LL AOfJR5 'CO R.�G�IV'� a'��T,�" GGMHEliGM14L
$I'�GK5ET FQR Lf�GK$
DooRs REClutrtlN�i cLc�ivERa M�Y 1R�r�ui1�
5P�GlAi REINY�ORG�C,'M'GMT
1 NERiF1' Elc15TVNf� FRM+sC GGN�fTION I^A7GN
NK�'.9 rRL�� Pd1R NEW Mlf�rL°�/OOOR
... . Afl. � • �
I `_
� W
i V �
= W
� �
a Q
� � N
�+�' p p w
�' Ir
� S L� 2 Z
Ex�5T;NG Ex15TING I j NOTE •2, •3 b, '5
EX�STING ExI5TINC i P,/�
_EKf5i'NG E1cl$TING � P��
ExiS11NG ExISTING 7 N67E '2. •3 6'5
4'_• i
EXiSTING EXISTINC 4� 6 AEfIN.EX15T,
CENIER CENTER 9C � N0rE •4
EMISTING Ex15TINC 47 6 REFiN. ExiST.
o�!a 04/p! i REfEA SMT. A-l0
• lee ot-e�� d5 a
8�-�� ae oz-a�na 4� z
-A/A8 02•A/AB 20 J Nf��� '4
02�A/48 02•A/{�B C 3 N0 •4
0Z-A/AB ��•4/p� ��i � N01E "!4
02-A/49 '+�/► 1 N0TE •4
02-A/48 �2-A/A8 20 / N0TE •4
Q2-A/AB N0 E •4
CENI�R CENTER 90 N0 E•4
--
�- s �SEo
ExiSTiNG Ex15TiNG 4 N01E •3
_•----- -- --•.. __. . -----------_
0?-3f66 d� -A/A8 20 3
EXi5TING EXISIING � N0TE •3 6 •4
�} PRL3YlDE 17" x I�" Vf�lTI�ATVpN �RILL�5 A+T
E?OQR!J ID�, IC3, �C:A. ��� �RNC ]O�
d PIqC+JIl7E �CK� 9�fi�CCTtN6 AT l7AC7R�i �f�b,l�f
117,919,114,f1S,ll7 ANp 2/��
� c�a� +�a+,�wc •+a� ro E'7� � Pi4[V,EI. C�t7GRS f�Cl� sre��
(a PPOR5 •1[7q A�kR3 t}ICt ��P�Ft 7R RL?RfL
�74,p4A 51M 511C�T � ra� �s�UGTUI[A�
FiGAI5�R
����
+�-dtd �r� rrd �
dl,�'i�
�
�
PLUMBING FIXTURE 5C�IEDU��
MAR�C Fp�� R0l1GN- f N SIZE
w v cw Nw
WG-I WATfR CLQ5ET, WAI.L 4 2
NUNG F.V. TYPE
NEWKT, 15" R1P'1 N�7C�T
d..�+�--ti,r
y�_� WATER GL05ET WALL IaUN6 ,� .
F.V. TI'PE NANDICAP � 4 2
NEIGI�It IT� R11"f
WC-3 WATER CL05ET FLD0R <♦ 2
5ET TAAIK TYPF �
NEI4NT I�!-I/6 RIM
U-I WALL NUN4 UWNAL -� 2 2
�
u-z wu.�. uu� uwra� � 2
MdJNT AT N.G. F1E7GIfir
�. : �. � �. s - -
DESGRIPI'1�1
�
�
fJ
C>
� _ �C0NLER K-4330 KINGSTaN VITRE0U5 CNINA, hIALL IaUNG
. FLt15N VALVE , U-IUti41 �t9500C 0PEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER �
?YPE� SLt7AN tt111 �.V. �
�'` K�ONI.ER K-�F330 KM�ST0N VfTRE0U5 GNINA, hWLL I�JNG �
FI.USN VALYf , CNURC.N �ooG aP9�l FfbOKf SEAT l.E56 GOVER {
TYPE� SL,QA►N �qll F.Y. I'iOUti� AT NANDICAP HEK�IT.
KONLER K-3422 VITRE�US CkIMA FLOAt S�ET
' TAMC TYPE 51P�I0k JET Fl.U5�I�i +
GE#1RGN t1�0i0 OpEN FR0�1T SEAT LES��a C�V�R.
CQ�1RM aIS7�MG WASTE R0UGH-M IS ic �
�.,.� ._ -r-
KONLER K-5016-ET VITRFAUS Q-�INA WALL NUNG �
" WIT�1 5L�0lAN FLUSN VALYE 16i-I
KW�ILRt iC-50ii-ET V�TREa1S 4lINA WALL NUNG
� WIT�I 5L�W F1.U51-I VALVE lei-I
L-1 ��E�� 2 1-i/2 1/2 1� �yA7pR7 �K 9�9 5�IN6�l.f�ILEVE'R fAUGEfi, 6RID 5TRAINFR
AND 1T GA. P-TRAP. PROVIDE fl�5ULATI0N PALKA�E.
L-2 �� �� 2 I-1/7 1r1 I/2 �� K-ZEiI, VITRE0l1S GNIMA hIALI NJN6, K-15199
LAVATaRI' 51NGLF LEVfR �AUCET GRID 5TRAINL-R AND Tl GA. P-TRAF'
1"15-1 MOP SI�iC
3 Z 1/2 1/2 � i7{D -�8" x?a° x 13" WITH C�ATED WIFik RIM GUARD, f-�06E t
FI0SE BRAGKET fAUCET K-8928
�lG-1 SPllt LEVEL fLfGtRIG ELKAY FIDD�L ESFATL-6 WALL M0Ut�ED EL£�TRIG WATER
M(A7ER GOOL.EFi. 2 I-1/2 I/2 U2 CA0LFR WITH STAiN1.E56 STEEL GABINEf Ji1ND APf�0N
M0UNT �I.G. Nf fC�iT
��D-f FL0DR ORAIN 3 2 - - .i05AM �30QOaA SER1e5� INSIDE GI1Ul.K C.A�WEGTION� SATIN BRnNZE tOP.
N�fES:
I. ALL FlXTURES S�IALL MEfT L0W WATER CON5UP1PTfG�1 RE�JiRE1'�TlT5.
2. PROdIDE ST0PS AT A1L FDfT1JRE5.
3. NANDIC� FIXTURE5 SI�AI.L HE i't0l�1TED AT �IANDICAP }�1G,NT PfR ADA AND TA5.
4. PROI/IDE UJUER FDfTURE INSULATI0N PACKAGE F0R AI.L NANDKJ�P FIXTURF5 WI'Tl�l
F.�'+Q5ED FfPINGr.
�
„�
0
6'� 5�► DUGT ° {'1�i 1
FIZO�h AL10VE �
P}ZOVtaE FIRE
�AP'IPER IN #--
FL�OR ABOI/E— �
4/1f �'1 I71.�GT uP'� �
P�[7yt[7€ �IR.E
Wrt'P�ft Il1.
FLG10ft A9OV/ �
a'0 SA D1KT
FTa01'1 I►BOVE
f`/7�1 Sl� qUC..'T UP' i
PR01/IDE FlRE
DA!"lPFR Ir1 l� �
FLO[7R ABOVC
a•e sn oucr �
FiLo19 Asr.h/e
FRWIDE FIRE
DAI'fPER IN
FL.G�OR �1BOt/E . �����
a- p
IZ/14 RA DtJGT UP.
PROVIDE FlRE
DAr'IPER IH
FLOOit AHOdE
� S
0
� �
�
�
� � " ,r/ L
�
- �rli'O �.__--� Fl ?SO -�� �
� i�
2°xl$') ( �"—��a r �ny � rcubo��' . � ,
t - - -- �..�r,�ip �-� I I -_ �—.
o a VOLJJHE OY1PR a Y
�,,, WIi�1� 1'iJl/N6 � ♦ �I � �
�T' i ' ���s ��i ��iv �-¢.r� � M�u,� � i f � i
I r `� F �a Z5p
� � c� �11 a `'-ii'• ¢ 1 � �� �, r 1 � �� � � �
� _ r41
�`-irF`!� ��T1IRF�D DUC� ��� �° �.M1 �' �� �
- l'FlRIJ TR1J56 �
��?'�rt2' �� � —(Tl�+l�_ ` �- --�� o� �� � _ -! ---.y'�",- _ � �,J _1,! �—._
„ J fl I
�j�.� �r , y� �� JL PlZA/IDE FIRE ER5 RADI� i TION 1� �� �
ABONE - - r4 _ I BLANKET AT ' 541PP1 T DI� 5�R -
� �-1(j"I � � '�+f'• MR7 RETURN � iLl.E IN C EILING � �
P'R6�.�FCTIOH � . 5FJ1TiNC DIREA II � �
lM�
a STAGE ARFJ1_ +f
+ - - _ .. . �
,_ 's - - - � - '- - - I � _ = . �=-� _ _� �-+�•f � �,!� -�� r 4r �.-��� ' p-'�---
L1 � f� O O +r
�, L_' L_""�J
C,ONTROiL5 RTU-3� �
u o ./o��n
4 6
�^��• �A/�Wv�.���
owuN nr+ • s�u
uvro rrap su+K---�
I' CaNDE]d_S4?E
FRDf1 RT'U '
PROJECT:
ROSELAND THEATER RENOVATION
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
�air� rn+ ro
a�is7�rtp�
aec ]
� �
,s � �� �
�
i TR1J I I ri�l ! 1 !
����� �
� _ -ev�-. i
�� �{� f1�1
�:� �/11 � `V - �T.
W/ voL
aAr+�at
J08 NO: 99088
DATE: 01 / 12/00
DRAWN B'Y: NK
CHECKED BY: LB
SHEEf NO
XM--i
af 2 KAI
G'0 E7(NAU57
VP l7fRIJ RrOiOF.
TEPJIINATE W/
�' VFNT C11P. DfHA1J5f � �
TO 7ERf11NATE A _
�- MINIrAJM OF 10'-0' �
fROr'f RTU OA INTNCE
r--� � `� +� _� 8
c-,
� e•o sn oucr �_ �,/` --�
�. Ta src. Rr+. e��..
� e'0 51. Ix1(.T DN.
TRAI�l5111Q1 70 G/10 IN
vExrrc�. �cr� �u
WALL NFJ�R FLA7it 70
OUT5IDE. TURN Di�l THRL
GEILIIJG aF TiGK£T H�O�TN
TO 5A REG�STE.R
II�IJIJ►.TE DUCT OifT51 DE
PER 5PEG5. I"fAKE C)L1�GT
WATER T1GNT. ��,
Pf�/IpE FIF2E DAI`IPFRY�
IN WALL � GFJUNG. �
I
T1/t8 A�C'All5TiCAL LIIV�D
T
- ,—qr5�2?/12 TX/GT C�f�NECTION TD R/1
EF-�� AIR DUGT. PRtl�VIpE FIRE DAMPER
� IN CEILING ABV. RA GRtLLE.
� I� - IG'0 RETURN AIR DlICT5
SEE FL�R PLAN ABOVE �
9'� SA DUCT DN. RT,i�I
TRA!lSITION TO i11I ���
IN VERTIGAL. �
LiG
�'� SA DtJGT DN. -! ��I?'�
TO STG. R!"1. BEL. I,
�
� ��ri � 1 �
��
12/14 RA DU�GT FROI'7
HEL. UP TNRV CE7LING
C�NN6LT TO REIIJRN —
AIR DUGT. PROVIDE FIRE
DAHPFR 1N CEIUNG _
�f`� SA DUGT DN. W�TH FlfLE
DAI'1PER IN GEIUNG. TRAN51TlON
ro cn� � vEx-r�a�.
o �REFER TO FIRST FL�OR
PLAN FA2 GOMTIFWATION
* N CLriDE1J`'.aATE
FiiUf1 RTU.
�u \
,�3t• 1-V4'
Ib'O
�
F ���
f � 16'�
67/10 5A PLiMJM UP TO
RTU. TRA�ITION AS RE�'D.
G7/20 SA PLEJiUI'1 UP TO
K7U. TRAI�L+ITION /�5 RELY'D.
REFER 70 FIRST FL�0�2
P1J►N FOR Gp�1TINW►i70N
I 1 `��+{p'"j 2�/2� Dl1GT �.ONNECTION
` TO RETi1RN /U R Dl1Cf
��•0 PROVIDE FIRE DMIPFR
IN GEIL�N6.
IL'v
- ' f-1/4' CAPmE!l�aATE
DRAfN DCb�N.
7?/I� AC�IJSTiC.AI LINED
RA DUGT A80dE GflLING
�� FLOOR PLAN - HVAG
s�E �rs -= t'�
PROJECT:
ROSELAND THEATER RENOVATION
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
�
NORTM
JOB NO: 99088
DATE: �t/12/QO
ORAWN BY: NK
CHECKm BY: L8
SNEET NO
XM-2
ar 2 xr
�J��G� MC)IJNT FIXTlJ1�ZE
r� �arrort c� �Ei��r�
(T1'P1+Ca4'� �d�s 9}
`�i � -
ti a � �,
' � 4G X �Ca
�� I
� �
� ��
j n�-s r�r-i�
r�r�
�i1
A1
DP•�,4,6
U11T1�1 '�m
� A�
�' G
�
A
.4
I�
�
A �,
M�NT C�Q?t N�XT t0
�' 'F�I� �A1'fiE1�6
� �
` _ Dft"'RMSNG °�'�'bT'E�•1 SGEN�,
I ��E'GTIc�N COr��R��.
/ 9T 4�' 9�tN
� � � �
'�
H
_i � x
1�T �L�C�R �.l�xl�T��lCx #�L�4'�
�1
l�41.�F I�i' - I'-e�
fi d [iL1 ��
Z
O
t
O
Z
W
oC
� N
�
�~
� �
c�
,.=3
s
��
&s
Na�r� i� e
I�) ��!
,�.t�+'�,�P �- ❑�1 �' � �
`r���
�,�,��� r� � 4
,
4�d�a=� 0��'c a�.�er ��'r
��
N
$ I �
�WN
� X �
PRC1vfD� NE4�----
��t�+��� r�
�Xi�6TING G�AIpUl7
tT'plGAL �vR '�,���
fEX'�L�R.�9).
",J", IN5"6A�,L f N
�x7�tt►� vur��-r
BC�?E f T�I�iGb�, {��
I� ),
i�
�
�ry er-� ar� ��-��
�, � � i
�; 1
� ��
d
' �'� _ 'v �I•a
Dt?l�i�l Tp @WEtGN
tJhl #�LOO'R B�LOW
-�.�,.._,�.a-� r� �e���
�
�,� �— �im��� ���T�rr
� M�BT�R C�lTRpL
; Si�ITIC�E
�.�
��
�I FixTUI� TiP� "E'�I" IlL�fi'�G1"�
� ea�.�,��t. ���reu.�. i�t cE��.�r�
a 5P�1�G�E !Tl'PfCa4L F+Q�'t 3�.
I L�-39
� VI4
��ar
�
�
@ D
i
i�lMC�E'I� rAhl'�L "'D���
0
<
O
Z
W
aC
V'1
�` �
4i ~
S •
� �
d Q
..��
�"�%' '��Q�� - � r�����+� ��►�'�`+� � o
�� &
�.A�.l� �'#• • I'•O'f nr � � r r�
OV d l�CI �N
.
� � � Ld� � 6
�❑ "�� 4�
1�/1� �� �;�r,
��dc��c ��Oc' ������� �W�
THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
ROSELAND/MARINE THEATER
FOIZTWORTH
-.. �-
���
KENNETH BARR
MAYOR
BOB TERRELL
CITY MANAGER
HUGO MALANGA, P. E.
DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS
RAMON GUAJARDO
ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER
Corgan Associates, Inc.
December 16, 1999
THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
RENOVATION OF THE
ROSELAND THEATER
KENNETH BARR
MAYOR
BOB TERRELL
CITY MANAGER
AL GODWTN, C.B.O.
C1TY BUILDITJG OFFICIAL, DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT
GARY LOVELL
SUPERINTENDENT, GENERAL SERVICES DIVISION, TPVV
MIKE MATHEWS, P.E.
CHIEF, FACILIT[ES DESIGN AND CONSTRUCi'lON SEC1"ION, TPW
HUGO MALANGA, P, E.
DIRECTOR - TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS
Corgan Architects
DATE
DA7L-
DATE
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
CONTRACT CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR
THE GEI�'ERAL RENOVATION OF THE
ROSELAND THEATER
Project Manual
Volume I - Architectural
Architect:
Corgan Associates, Inc.
512 Main Street, Suite 500
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 332-8786
Structural Engineer:
R.L. Woods & Associates
101 E. Randol Mill, Suite 201
Arlington, Texas 76011
(817) 277-6686
Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing Engineer:
Baird, Hampton, & Brown, Inc.
309 W. 7t`' Street, Suite 500
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 338-1277
Acoustical Engineer:
dP(A) Acoustics
9319 LBJ Freeway, Suite 215
Dallas, Texas 75243
(214) 644-2130
1 December 1999 Bidding Requirements CAI 99088.00
1
?
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
??
23
?4
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
45
Section
Number
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title
Number
of Pages
TitleSheet......................................................1
Tableof Contents ................................................4
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT
Noticeto Bidders ...........................................................1
Instructionsto Bidders .......................................................4
Special Instruction for Bidders (M/WBE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Proposal..................................................................d'r�
Experience Record ...........................................................
General Conditions ........................................................24
Housin� and Urban Development Compliance Guide and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
WeatherTable .............................................................1
Project Designation Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Wa�e Rates ................................................................1
Contract..................................................................2
Performance Bond ..........................................................2
PaymentBond.............................................................2
CertificateofInsurance .......................................................
Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010
01025
01030
01041
01045
01050
01060
01090
Summary of �t/ork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Measurement and Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alternates ......................................................2
Project Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cutting and Patching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Field Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Regulatory Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
References Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
01200 Project Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
01310 ProgressSchedule ................................................2
01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
01440 Contractor's Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1 December 1999 1 CAI 99088.00
�
ti
1
?
3
4
�
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1�
16
17
18
19
20
?1
?�
23
?4
?�
26
27
?g
29
30
31
3?
33
34
3�
36
37
38
39
40
41
4?
43
44
4�
01�00
01�60
01600
01630
01670
01700
01710
017?0
01730
01740
01750
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Construction Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ?
Material and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Products Options and Substitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Systems Demonstrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Contract Closeout ...............................................4
Final Cleaning ...................................................2
Project Record Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Operation and Maintenance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
�;/arranties and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
E�tra Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
0?070 Selective Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
02520 Portland Cement Concrete Walks and Drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
DNISION 3 - CONCRETE
03100
03?00
03300
Concrete Formwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Concrete Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cast-In-Place Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DNISION 4 - MASONRY
0�500 Brick Masonry Restoration & Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
04510 Masonry Cleaning ...............................................2
DIVISION 6- WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 Rough Carpentry ................................................3
06415 Plastic Laminate Faced Wood Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
DNISION 7- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07180
07270
07600
0752�
07631
07900
�Xjater Repellents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Through-Penetration Protection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Flashing and Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Modified Bituminous Sheet Roofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Gutters and Downspouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
JointSealers ....................................................7
1 December 1999
?
CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
?4
?�
26
27
28
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
DIVISION 8- DOORS AND WINDOVJS
08110
08?12
08213
08305
08710
ossoo
08830
Standard Steel Doors and Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Stile and Rail W'ood Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Flush Wood Doors ...............................................7
Access Doors ....................................................3
Door Harda�are ................................................11
Glazing....................................................... 9
MirrorGlass ....................................................2
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09220
09260
09300
09511
09520
09650
09685
09900
Portland Cement Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gypsum Board Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Tile...........................................................7
Suspended Acoustical Ceilings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
AcousticalPanels ................................................3
Resilient Tile Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SheetCarpet ....................................................6
Painting.......................................................13
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10171
10400
10420
10522
10705
losoo
10999
Plastic Toilet Companments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Identifying Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Plaques........................................................2
Fire Eatinguisher, Cabinets and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Exterior Sun Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Toilet and Bath Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Miscellaneous Specialties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ��
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11062 Stage Curtains and Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
1?700 Multiple Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1 December 1999 3 CAI 99088.00
1
�
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
?2
23
?.�
25
26
27
?g
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15000
15012
15100
15200
General Requirements for Mechanical Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Mechanical and Electrical Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Plumbing......................................................9
Heating, Ventilating � Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010
16011
16012
16111
16120
16122
16129
16130
16133
16140
16160
16170
16180
16190
16420
16421
16450
16471
16500
16510
16740
16851
General Requirements for Electrical Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
�Vork in Eaisting Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Mechanical and Electrical Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
Conduits.......................................................5
Wiresand Cables ................................................3
Wire Connection and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Sealing of Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
OutletBoxes ....................................................3
Cabinets.......................................................1
Wiring Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Motors, Motor Starters and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
DisconnectSwitches ..............................................1
Overcurrent Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Supporting Devices ...............................................3
Electrical Service Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Electrical Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Grounding.....................................................2
PanelBoards ....................................................2
Lighting.......................................................2
Multi-Scene, Preset Dimming Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Empty Conduit Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Miscellaneous Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
END OF DOCUMENT
1 December 1999
4
CAI 99088.00
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed bids for the Roseland Theater Renovation at 1438-40 North Main Street, Fort Worth, will
be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, 76102,
until 1:30 P.M., Thursday January 27, 2000, and will be opened and publicly read aloud
approximafely thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers.
A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held at 10:30 A.M., Tuesday, January 11, 2000 at the
Roseland Theater.
The Project consists of the partial demolition, renovation and re-roofing of the Roseland Theater
at 1438-40 North Main Street.
The MWBE Goal for this project is ?. Contact the MWBE office (871-6104) to obtain lists of
certified subcontractors and suppliers.
Contractors will be required to post Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors
General Liability and Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage.
Copies of the Project Manual and plans for this project may be obtained at the Department of
Engineering Plans Desk, City Hall, 1000 Throckmorton Street (817.871.7910) in return for a$50
deposit for each set. For additional information contact: Paul Denehy, Corgan Associates, Inc.,
817-332-8786.
Advertisemenf: Two dates, consecutive Thursdays
NTB - I
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: The following requirements are considered in judging the
responsiveness of a Proposal:
• Use the Proposal Form provided in the Project Manual.
• Entries on the Proposal Form may be handwritten or typed
• Write in contract duration if not specified
• Acknowledge all Addendums on the Proposal Form
• Have a Principal sign the Proposal
• Enclose a bid deposit of 5%. This can be in the form of a cashiers check or
standard bid bond. Personal checks are not acceptable. Note Project Name on
the check or bid bond
2. MINORITYNVOMENS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE)
If your bid is in excess of $25,000, the MWBE Program applies, and you have five City business days
following the bid date to prepare and submit your M/WBE Plan. Early submittal is encouraged. Be
aware that if you elect to provide documentation of a Good Faith Effort you will have to accomplish
each and every action in the S�ecial Instructions to Bidders. Minority and Women Business
Enterprises Specifications, included in this Project Manual. In order to meet all the requirements for
a Good Faith Effort you will have to start at least two weeks before the Bid date.
The lowest responsive, responsible, bidder meeting the M/WBE requirements will be recommended
for award. Information concerning participation of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises is not
required for Projects less than $25,000. All purchases from M/WBE suppliers, second tier
subcontractors and second tier suppliers may be included in M/WBE contribution toward meeting the
goal.
The Bidder shall submit the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM
and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate. The Documentation
must be received no later than 5:00 P.M. five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The
Bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing depa�tment to whom
delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City.
Successful Bidder will be required to submit co-signed letters of intent or executed agreements with
all M/WBE subcontractors and suppliers prior to receiving a Notice to Proceed.
3. BID SECURfTY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort
Worth, in an amount of five (5) per cent of the bid submitted. The Bid Security must accompany the
bid and is subjecf to forfeit fin the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents
within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. The Bid Securi#y shall be included in the
envelope containing the bid proposal. Failure to submit the Bid Security will result in the proposal not
being considered for this project. Bidder's bond will be returned if the City fails to award the contract
within 49 calendar days of receipt of bids, unless an extension is agreed to by the Bidder.
4. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: For projects in excess of $25,000, the
successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum
equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and
ITB - 1
6,�4!99
the surety shall be acceptable to the City. Ali bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements
of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended.
In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the
current U. S. Treasury List of Acceptable Sureties (Circular 870), or (2) the surety must have capital
and surplus equal to ten times the amount of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business
in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury
list or one-tenth of the total capital and surplus. If reinsurance is required, the company writing the
reinsurance must be authorized, accredited or trusteed to do business in Texas.
No sureties will be accepted by the City which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds
or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be
determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the Contractor to that effect
and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety to the City.
If the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump
sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been
competed and accepted by the City.
If the contract is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the
contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of
the work.
If the contract amount is in excess of �100,000, a Performance Bond shall also be provided, in the
amount of the contract, conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the
pians, specification, and contract documents. Said bond shall be solely for the protection of the City
of Fort Worth.
5. BOND SURETY: Preferred sureties for bonds required for the project are included on the
current U. S. Department of fhe Treasury - Fiscal Service list of companies holding certificates of
authority as acceptable sureties on federal bonds and as acceptable reinsuring companies (Circular
570). The limit of a bond written by any one acceptabie company shall not exceed the amount shown
on the Treasury list for that company. Alternate ratings are discussed in the General Conditions.
Surety must be admitted to do business in the state and have capital and surplus equal to ten times
the limit of the bond or any amount in excess of the ten percent limit must be reinsured by a company
or companies duly authorized, accredited or trusteed to do business in this state. Should any surety
for the contracted project be determined unsatisfactory at any time during Project. The Contractor
shall immediately provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City.
No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds
or which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms
furnished by the Owner, and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in
the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the owner. Each bond shall be properly
executed by both the Contractor and Surety Company.
6. PRE-BID SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a bid, the bidder shall examine the site(s) of
the work and the details of the requirements set out in these specifications to satisfy himself as to the
conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and quantity of the work to be
performed and materials and equipment required. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered
evidence that he has complied with these requirements.
ITB - ?
6/4; 99
7. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the
City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject
the proposal.
8. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates set forth in Contract Documents,
must be paid on this project.
9. POST BID - PREAWARD SUBMITTALS: Bidders are required to submit the following
information to the Architectural Services Section, Building Services Division, 3409 Harley Avenue,
817-871-8274, within five business days subsequent to bid opening (Normally Thursday following a
Thursday bid opening) in order to assist City staff in determining the Contractor's capability of
performing the work and in meeting City contract requirements:
Minority/Women's Business Documentation (for bids in excess of $25,000)
Contractors Qualification Statement (AIA Form A305)
Proposed Subcontractors
Assurance of Insurability for Workers Compensation Insurance
10. PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: Acceptance of the bid in no way requires the City to
accept the qualifications of the subcontractors. The Subcontractor lists are for use by the City in
preparing recommendations for award of the contract. The Contractor must provide and use
subcontractors listed unless requested or allowed to substitute by the City.
11. DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA:
Should a bidder find any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, or shou{d he be in doubt
as to their meaning, he shall notify the City at once and, if required, the City will then prepare a written
addendum which wil! be available to all Bidders at the Plans Desk or place designated for distribution
of Bid Documents by the Notice to Bidders. The Contracfor is responsible for determining if
addendums are available and for securing copies prior to submitting a proposal. Oral instructions
or decisions unless confirmed by addenda will not be considered valid, legal or binding. No extras
will be authorszed because of failure of the contractor to include work called for in the addenda.
Bidder must acknowledge addenda in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge addenda may cause the
Proposal to be ruled non-responsive. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Addenda and
include its information in the Proposal.
12. WORKERS CQMPENSATION INSURANCE: Bidders will be required to demonstrate that
coverage is in effect at time of Award of Contract. Sample Certificate of Insurance, or other proof that
Workers Compensation Insurance will be obtained, must be submitted within five working days of bid
opening.
13. TAXES: Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject
to State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991.
14. PERMITS: Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits
required by this project. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate
permits may be required for each work location.
15. CONTRACT DURATION: Time is of the essence. City will evaluate the bids based upon
construction cost and stated bid period of time for construction. Where time is proposed by the
Bidder, the City will evaluate the City's program needs in determining the acceptability of the
ITB-3
6f4!99
proposed contract duration. The City reserves the right to award the contract upon those terms
considered by the City to be in its best interests.
16. PLAN DEPOSIT: The City will deposit plan deposit checks to its account two weeks following
receipt of bids. Plans must be returned by all except the apparent low bidder prior to that time.
Contractors forfeit their plan deposit after that time.
17. ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTITIES: Where unit prices and estimated quantities are used to
compute the contract amount, the Owner may increase the quantities by an amount that is 20% of
the total cost for that section. Unit prices for adjustments to unit quantities in excess fo 20% may be
negotiated at the request of either party.
18. MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references
are descriptive, not restrictive. Bids on brands of like nature and quality will be considered.
Manufacturer's information and product sheets sufficient to establish comparable quality and function
shall be submitted within 14 days of receipt of bid for afl items other than reference specifications and
equivalent products listed in each section. At the City's request, a full size sample will be required
for review at a Fort Worth location within 14 calendar days of receipt of bid.
00O00
ITB-4
6/4/99
, ��ly of Fort Wo�th, µ aT n��'
- Minority and Women Business Enterpri'se `S'pecifications
: ���F�rINC/CFV�
MRE/WBE UTIUZATION
, �
° CO FE�3 f�� 7��
� �f-'�+�'�r� G��:4•� � ►�;, s ��o�: ,L,'U.�.�.�ni; �ti'IV �%. �
PRIME COMPAIIY NAME � BID DATE
��,���.-��.�� ,��'A�+►�� ��F�, �,�, �9088. o0
' PROJECT 11AME PROJECT NUMBER
� CITI"5 �1M'BE PROJECT COAL: �Q � � � AInVBE PERCEhTACE ACiIIC�'ED: I
� Failure to complele this form, In Its entirety wlth supporting documentation, and recelved by lhe Managing Departmem
on or be(ore 5:00 p.m. five (S) City business days ahe� bid opening, exclusfve of bid opening date, will result in the bid
being eonslde�ed non-responsive to bld spect�cations.
ATTACHMENT 1<
Pagc t of �
The undersigned bidder ag�ees lo enter into a forn►al agreement with the MBE and/or WBE firms for work listed In this
schedule, eonditioned upon ezecution o( a contract with lhe City o! Fo�t Wocth. The intentional andlor knowing
misrepresentation of facts Is grounds for conslderation of disqualification and will �esult ln ihe bld being consldered
non�esponslve to speclfications.
Company Hame, Gontact Kame, CerUfied Specify All ConVacting Specify Atl Items to be Dollar Amount
Address, a�d Telephone No. Scope o( Woric (') Suppfied(') �,.-.
� V F > = ir �
� OO �o
O� NF.
U �
Z
�
��
�
�� � -F,�,� �.�� ��, � .�-�-PPL y � ,NS���
.��"N���'T+�f�
r•U' � i�',� ��,CcTR�c.4�
_ �-
�oer �gTN ?l� �
�(n/.�'�
J �� i;W�t?-�_.. -�`�''/n �`,�tc/%+o.✓
�Fi�t��
�2� �'��� V
��9c[ rx�, T!�' '7� Zr7 �
Ziy- �9� � 5�f�Y(� ,
.A�-�- � �'t rn �c�
,l�/`--+RF6,�r►�r]►weR act�
��A
s�
7_.� z��.
�.� 1/,�. �
�S'
� M/WBEs musl be located In t�e 9(nine) county marketplace or currently dolnp buslness In lhe markelplace at lhe time ol bld. �
I() Speclfy aIl areas In �vhich MWBE's are lo be ulilized and/or Items lo bc supplied: I
(') A complete listinq of Items to be supplied is required in order lo receive credit lowa�d the MlWBE goal.
;, J Id�rntify each Tier level. Tier: Means ihe 4evcl ol subconSrsct3ng bcl4,+s� Yha pri�ne csrr�trsctarlcon�ultant„ I.e., a direct paym���
irom thr prime c�nirsc4or tq a subcontncC�r Is canslderrd S� tYer, a payrnent by a subcrrntncta+lo
Its svpplier Is cansldered 2"° i'rar.
THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BY Tf-iE MANAGING �EPARTMENT BY 5:00 p.m., FIVE (5) CITY BUSINESS DAYS AfTER BID
OPENiNG. ExC�U5ivE OF THE BI� OPENING OATE
Rcv G72/98
Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be received by the Managi�g �epartment
MWEiE-2
a
ATTACHMENT t
Pa9� 2 O( y
r_,_ c�ty of Fort Worth
t: Minority and Women gusiness Enterprrse Specifications
� - t�fBE/VYBE UTILIZATION,
" Company Hame, Co�t�ct Kame, CeNGed i Spedfy Ail ContncGng Spctlfy All Itcros to bc Doltar l,mounl
Address, and Telephonc No. Scopc o( Work (') Supplied(') L.i
� � �i �r
� g� �
� �F
� z ..
� ..._ _. _._ I
-�- --- i
�
��
�
The bidder further agrees to provide, di�ectly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regardinc
actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) andlor WBE(s) a�rangements submitted with this bid
The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or ezamination o( any books, records and files held by their company thai
will substanliate the actual work pertormed by the MBE(s) andlor WBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized oHicer o�
employee of the City. A�y intentiona� and/or knowing misrepresentation of facls will be grounds for terminati�g the
contract or debarment irom City wo�k for a period o( not less than three (3) years and for initiati�g action under Federal,
State or Local laws concerni�g talse statements. Any failure lo comply with this ordinance and creates a material
breach ot contract may result in a determination o( an irresponsible ofieror and barred from participating in City work
for a period o( time not less than one (1) year.
A�L MBEs and WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD
�,���� ; ,�, �o�y
A Grized 5i���are Printed Sig�ature
112J~r�5'r'L�i� �u�i
Title Contact Namc and Tillc (if ditfcrcnt)
��.�a,� �.,���,�v��i�N' �'��. �'l7 �'.�r-//�c�
Company Namc Tcicphonc �dumbcr (s)
��'' � � ���- ,r�•v fv � � ,�'r� �'l � �S /r �3Cv3
Add�css Faz Numbcr
�t� r` �iL'��'7X �/� �il7 /// Z—�— Oa
CitylStatefZip Codc Datc
THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVEO BY THE MANAGING DEPARTMENT BY 5:00 p.m.. FIVE (SJ CITY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER BIO
OPENING. EXCLUSIVE OF THE f31D OPENING DATE
Rcv 6�2J9B
Pagcs 1 and 2 ot Attachmcnt 1A musl bc rccc�ved by ihc Managing �cparlmcnl
MV1'BE - 3
N
O
a
a
M
O
..
O
O
O
�D
'O
r
J
�
D/IVI%'�TBE �E��FICAfiI�N
All-Fair Electric, Inc.
has filed with t1�e i�nc}r t�c approp�r�ate Atfir�ati�it aszd' is here� �ertifi�d as a
Disadvantaged Business EnterpriBe
providing service(s) in the Eolloaving areas:
1731-01
Electrical Contractor
n� t„�,gr 7 0 0 0
! h►s C.ertiiicatt� is �a1►ci beg�nning and supersedes any registranon or listing
previouslv issued. This cerEification must be updated annually by submission of a Recertification Application. At
any tinie there is a change in cyv,�nership or control of �1ie firm, ncxifir�tion must lx made imrne�eatel} to the
North Central Texa.s Rc�eionai Certificatic�n Agency.
i liis C:erti#ication expires �,n 4etober , f��� C�
lssued at Ariington, Texas October �� 9 9
C'.ER71F1CA"fiONNO. WFSD10385Y1000
��
_•�
� �
! ,,
' ertitication Administrat�r �
�I j
ATTACHMENT 1 g
Page 1 of 1
City of Fort Worth
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Spec'rfications
�F�Mmr� ,�-��r.�sT���� �i�r.�
Prime Company Name
�AN. Z7. 2�
Bid Opening Date
Prime Contractor Waiver
�/ , ,/,y -�-
L�!%��M�' l����CA�r,sn �/�A,I'l�nr.� %n�.tlTF�2
Project Name
� 4� ��`' o 0
Project Number
If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form).
All questions on thls form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. I(
the answer to either question is NO, then you mu�t complete ATTACHMENT 1C. This form is only
applicable i( both answers are yes.
.� Yi.+�.wYv .�.
�aI#�u�e�ts�i e,,a��rt�ra��tFii�'s r�rns �rti 'bts entlr�Cty � tbg ieceo'wecl�by���h��P�ynaain�n C`irn��rr��nt nr�`p r.
t�einrrtF �{s]��,,m;�a�ivr�j4��C�t�nr��awsF�+�t�r°r�c1►nmm�lnta exclus�v��.��t�:^i�3�ap��ninp d�t�
w—;n +�yw•�-� _�r.r-.�... -.�r itirc+�k�s,'{`�'Z—�.,., w "`'" "[�'�≤
I[:resu�t?1n,rthQ,bid�E eing considQrod o esponsy_elo,bid _ pe„ICcations:�;, �;.�,�,.x .. . ,Y,�;
. .._,.. . • �
Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? Yes v� No
If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of
this project, this ls your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of
your business.
Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? Yes vf No
If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of
this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of
your business.
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate
� .�information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) and/or
--4 WBE(s) on this contract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the original MBE(s)
and/or WBE (s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder afso agrees to allow an audit
andlor examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate
the actual work periormed by lhe MBE(s) and/o� WBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer
or employee of the City. Any intentional andlor knowing misrepresentation of tacts will be grounds
for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a perrod ot not less than ihree (3)
years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any
failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach oi contract may result in a
determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from paRicipating in City work for a period of
time not less than one (1) year.
` ` /�
A thrarized Sl'��jrratur�
f �'1'�.i'i /.�C"ri�' �
Title
! ,� � /1?� �-[w� T�(/G r'�O�J C-r; �.
Company Name
��!'.� ,/�1�. �y�+f/A',�1�A Hl�
Address.�¢i� �' T�,, T,b �C.//1
� �/"�i'4��-
Au,Yriorized Sic�nature
i �
�
, '' . �
�Jf �1� � �. �/G��G
Printed Signature `
Contact Name (if different)
�/]- �3/- �1�.���
Contact Telephone Number (s)
8!�- �3J- 7.���
Fax Number
/C�/s'7� ��s►�,s T�l�'�it?•�` �.
Company Name
Rev 612198
� � •
ATTACHMENT 1 C
Page 1 of 3
City of Fo�t Worth
Minority and Women Business Enterprise
GOOD FAfTH EFFQRT
fiI�++7+',� ��.ti,�r�c��,.r !%��.auv}� �iQ�,�, Z� ��29
Prime Company Name Bid Date
+��.�!',+��t.i� /��'�ti'�� � �J�}i��E� �I�+G���. �
Project Name Project Number
If you have falled to secure M/YYBE pa�ticipatlon and you have subcontracting andlor suppller opportunlUes or I`;
you� M/WBE participatlon Is less than the Clty's proJect goal, you m,ust complete thls form. • R
If the bidder's method of compfiance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a
"good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and
submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below,
shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, Intentional and/or
knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder.
Fatlure to complete thls form, in Its entirety with supporting documentation, and recelved by the
Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (S) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid
opening date, will result ln the bid being considered non-responsive to bid speclfications.
1.) Please list each and every subcontracting andlor supplier opportunity (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF
FIRMSI which will be used in the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided
by a M/WBE or non- MIINBE. j
(Use additional sheets, if necessar}�
List of: SubcontractinaQo�ortunities,
,r�'��''� � .._,
� > >"/� Fvl I�'1rL / /L�
r
,�i. urn �►,�t� , ���� �rT,�
�L ��.T� r c A t ,�'-�_ c�c�r� r� L,
n
�"i��'a�,����� /A�n,r��n�lc
,
[l��C>�L r Tlr.�rr !` ��i�/!✓�
i
JI/.tilAfarl.'�. �O+.�a+0 4�irV�d S
.
�� ,/�
�A�; �I� A �� A(�+� +�...�r��y�S
MWQE - S
List of: Suoolier O000rtunitig,�
,�J��of � ,� �rr,� /-�`A� n �«.4 r,' �
�
�
/�ar � � � �� �s�` . � �"�S
C�lUG2�TF , �t,rrY�il��I�
.
D �v �,•a« , S'�-,� Ti�`�
, ,
Rev. 6I2I98
ATTACHMENT 1 c
Page 2 of
2.) Did you obtain a current list o( MJWBE firms from the City's M/WBE Office7 The list is considered in
compliance, if it is not more than 3 months old from the date of bid opening.
� Yes Date of Listing � /� 3 / ��
No
3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, withln the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously
listed, ak least ten calendar days p�ior to bid oPening by mafl, exclusive of the day the bids are
openedl
� �Yes If yes, attach M/WBE mail listing to Indude name o( firm and address and a dated
� �No copy o( letter mailed.
4.) Dfd you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, withln the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously
listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bld opening by telephone, exclusive o( the day the bids are
opened?
v Yes If yes, attach list to (nclude name of M1WBE firm, person contacted,
No ahoyoe-number and date and time t�f contact.
� _�/: �TTi�c �J1�. ,�a�L� �
NOTE: A facs(mile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used (or both. If a facsimile
Is used, attach the fax confirmatfon, whlch Is to provlde MlWBE name, date, time, fax number and
documentation faxed.
NOTE: If a SIC list of M/WBE is ten or less, the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with
questions 3 and 4. If a sic list of MM/BE fs more than ten, the bidder must contact at least two-thlyds of
the list but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4.
S.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential MMIBEs or information regarding the locafion of
plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs?
�Yes
No
6.) If M/WBE bids were received and rejected, you must:
(1) Llst the M/WBE firms and the reason(s) for rejection (i.e., quotation not commercially reasonable,
qualificafions, etc.) and
(2) Attach a(fidavit andlor documen;ation to support the reason(s) listed below (i.e.. letters, memos,
bids, telephone calls, meetings, etc.)
(Please use addi(iona! shee:s, !/necessary, and attach.)
4
Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope o( Work
��vr+�n /�r�{� z,r 3s�..Z,x Pa�,� I���-►��b /-Jv'�r� f
�� � t+u'l.; �'�,°f2 S 3 �oi� f ,+�ti �� �ctrc^� �^.'t�
I—�+� ����t�" 1'��� �� �I?f C�'/'il�Jrt �0� ! 6a=Rm t t_
Reason (or
Rejection
I�u,�,��r, C,r�r,� lJ�; �'a - � -
�uo�F �; ��cuaPu:
�%/c� cT +�r i � -RY1liA
. �
Rev. 612/98
MWBE - 6
ATTACHMENT 1C '
Page 3 of 3
ADDfTIONAL INFORMATION�
Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforls to obtain
Ml1NBE parlicipation on this project.
� ��/�c%Y' r�-��;:���' � r� : ��,ar'���� . 4:, � l�l L�'��• .f-/4'r�T�G,I'��Tr4��N ,
.
`�/' .0�.9�.+fr-O ADD ,
�
�
� � J ��'+�.�'��� � d�Jl� �1ZF
/��i�!'� �i,�,►r7� .
$''Tt t � S'o�/[`/ I tNl9 �'.O� /�� �t
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and
accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment
thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid.
The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and
files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this
contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City.
Any intentional and/or knowing mis�epresentation of facts will be grounds for
terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three
(3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false
statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of
confract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from
participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year.
The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed
was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) (isted in
Attachment 1 C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by
the City's M/V1IBE Office.
- �j�'/y -�
/ �! � --�r .L /t� �/ rk • .��%k f i fiI
,� harized�nat�mre Printed Signature
�
i�'�Cr��,�,�,' i
TitKe Contact Name and Title (if different)
l,(��I)7� l�+r„�s���.�c`:rc�v ��. � 1,1- �i'a/-/,I�-�
Company hta��e Telephone Number(s)
����s N, S:,c ��, A fl�+�t- .
Address �
% o/' i G�.��,c ri� T ic �L: i/j
CitylState2ip
�l 7- �'� i - �� G�'
Fax Number
J � � � � � �'L�C�
Date
Rev. 6I2/9B
MWBE - 7
1' Sunday, January 16, 2000 / www.star-telegram.com / Section K, Page 19
Bids and Proposals 1357 Bids and Proposals 1357 Bids and ProDoa�s 1358
ons�sts of consiruo
two (21 cvcular con�
final claritiers. retum
wet well and pump
moddications to ex�
iinal clarilie�5, nstalla�
f coarse bubbie tl�f�
aerahon system, in�
g blowers,
Ilaneous yard Diping
�te grading antl pave�
�mprovements, and re�
appurtenances at Ihe
� Plantation Wastewa-
eatment Plant, in Hood
ry, Texas.forthe Acton
� pal UOlity Di5trict
DY.
uipment, ma[erials and
mansh�p must be in ac�
ance wrth the spealied
contract documents on
vrth the General Manag�
Acton MunlaOal Utdiry
rict otfice, Hood County,
�s.
�osrt ot S50.00 for each
of tlocuments is re-
�d. The depos�t is non-
idable.
ufied check on a solvent
n or bid bond Dy a satis�
ory surety in an amount
jl to 5% of the totai
unt of the bid must ac�
�pany each OroOosal as
surety.
nGtler may withdraw his
tor a Denod of 45 days
�r the date of opening of
I5.
Owner reserves the ngh[
re�ect any or all bitls and
warve rtregu�ardies there�
. to determ�ne which is low-
,t. responsNe bitlder. anA
� approve the Oond.
iON MUNICIPAL
�LITY DiS7RiCT
lHN CHISHOLM
eneral Manager
ADVERTISEMENT
OS tor the construction of
Admin�stration 8uilding and
Eag le Mountain Eiementary
Addrt�ons and Renovat�ons.
fort Worth, TX wJl be re�
ceived by [he bwner in the
8oard Room of the Eag le
Mountain-Sag �naw ISD Ad�
mmistrahon Bwltliing loca[ed
at 1200 Oid Decatur RoaG.
P O. Box 79160 Fort Worth.
TX, 76179 until'�:00 p m. lo�
cal time on Thursday, Fe�ru�
ary 3. 2000. 8�ds rece�ved
after this time wdl no[ be ac
cepted Bids shall be ad�
dressed to the Presitlent of
ihe Board of Education at
the ahove address and wJl
be ope�ed and read aioud at
the time and place men�
ho�ed above. Orawmgs and
specilicatlons may be ?�am�
�ned at the oHice ot Vesial�
Loftis�Kai�sta/ArchRecis.
inc.. 1161 Corporate Dnve
West, Ste 300. Arling(on, TX
76006. Cop�es of [he above
dccuments may be obtained
at the ofhce of fhe Architect
in accortlance wrth the Im
5trUctlon5 to B�tltler5. A pre�
��d conierence w�li be heid
at fhe Eaftle MounWin-SaRi�
naw ISO AdministraLon
BiCg , 1200 Old Decatur
Road. Fort Worl�, 7X.
761 /9 at 11 :00 am. on Jan-
uary 18. 2000. B�d Securiry
m ShP amount ot frve pelCen(
IS%1 0l the b�d sum must ac
comp any each bid. In awarA�
ina the contract, the DisVict
w�Il consider the following cn-
tena� 1�Purchase pnce; 2�
The reputation of ihe ventlor
antl of the vendor's goods
and services: 3�The qual�ly
n� the ventlor's goods or ser�
vices; 4-The extent to whlch
to goods or serv�ces meet
the District's needs; 5-The
vendor's past relaGonship
with the D�s[nct; 6-The im-
pact on [he ahility ol the D�s-
[nCt to Cofnply wrth laws re�
Ia[ing to hi5toriCally untleruli-
lized ousmesses; 7�The lotal
long�[erm cost to t�e D�sV��ct
to acquire the Roods or ser�
vices; B�Any othei relevant
factor that a prrvate hus�-
ness entity would consider m
selection a vendor. The Owm
er reserves the rig�t to re�
�ect any or all hitls and to
waive any fo�mai�ty in con-
nection therew�th.
CITV Of KELLER
INVITATION TO BID
Sealed L�ds w�ll be receivetl at
the Keller Gty Hall Anner.
640 Johnson Rtl., Keller.
Texas unui I 1�00 a.m. (locai
hmel, Monday. January 24,
2000. for the failowmg
1. Cold Water Meters
2. Printin 8 Distribution of
Ufility 81�s
The ��d instrucbons and spea-
ticatw� documents may be
obta�ned m person at the
City of Keller Finance Depart�
ment, 640 Johnson Rd.,
Keller. Texas. Requests tor
the hitl ins[rucUons and sDec
ification documents may b
made by telephone to Pa
la Funaerburg, Acco�
Manager, af (817) ��
0549. or by mail to 1 0l-
lowmg adtlress:
Technical ques[ions in � fer
ence to the D�d sp dica�
tions may be atldress ' to:
Cold Water Meters Terry
Hig hfill 1817)431�10
Utility Bills � Donna Ben
1817) 431 � 191 3
Bid
MailinQ Addrese:
Gty ot Neller
P.O. Box 77U
Keller. Texas 76244
INVITATION TO BID
The Gty of Copp ell is accep[�
ng bids for Dump Truck
52,000 GVW, Bid Number
Q-1299-01. Spec�f�caoons
may be o6tainetl from the
Purchasmg Agent. 25S Park�
way Blvd.. Coppell, Tezas,
o. telephpne f972)304-
3643. Blds will De aeeept-
ed until 1O:00a.m. local
tlme, Tuesday, January
25, 2000, at the Pur[has�
ing Cffice at Coppell Town
center, at wh�ch t�me ihey
will be publiUy oDened and
read aloud. Each Bldder
shall submif two identical
copies of this bid wifh the
City of Coppell Bid. No. Q-
1299-01 desiQnated
cleerly on the exterior of
the b�d envelope. All b�As
recervea wdl be presented to
� �e�
� ��i•
� ' � �
� '
725�
4�����()�
the C�ry Councd, at which
hme the Gry reserves �he
righ[ to accept or re�ect any
O� all bids.
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BiDS:
Project 899�UC�48-0001�46
OS,TARRANTCOUNTY
Seperate sealed bids for Mor-
gan Road paving, drainage
water & sewer improve-
ments, CITY OF MANSFIELO
wdl be recerved by TARRANT
COUNTY, COMMUNITY OE-
VELOPMENT DIVISION,
] 5098 SOUTH UNIVERSITY
DR. SUITE 276, FORT
WORTH. TEXA5, 76107, un-
til ]0�00 o'ciack AM 1ST)
WEDNESOAY, JANUARY 26,
2000, and then publicly
opened a�d read aloud. FEO�
ERAL FUNDS:
5105.000.00; 38% of cost.
Plans and specifications
may be PURCHASED AT THE
ABOVE ADDRESS FOR THE
NON�REFUNOABLE SUM OF
520.00 PER SET. 8id securi-
ry reqwred. Davis-Bacon
wage ra[es and Federa� EEO
reqwrements apply.
CITY OF RICHLAND MIlL5
CONCRETE DRIVE
The Cdy of Richland Mills is
seek�ng blds to construct a
conuete tlnve (132 sq.
yds.l. Specifica0on5 can be
ob[aine0 at the Publ�c Works
Oept., 6700 Rena Orive at
no cost. Call Chariotte al
81 7�299� 1830.
EAGLE MOUNTAIN-SAGINAW
ISD will accep[ bids �or Feno
mg unt�i 10�00 a.m . Febru�
ary 8. 2000 at t�e A�nis�
GC acce00ng M/WBE sub
b�ds for vanous projects.
181 71 831-I 1 50 for derads.
www. starteleg�am.com
On Tuesday even�ng, Febru�
ary I, at 7:30 P.M. io the
C�ry Councd ChamOers. 2nd.
floor. 200 South Main
Street, Grapev�ne. Texas.
the City Councd ana Plann�ng
antl Zoning Comm�ssion of
the Gty of Grapevine will
hoid a pubhc heanng �o corn
sider the following rtems
Case Number/Name�
CU99J7/DFW Honda
Apphcant Cra�g A. Wallendorf
Locahon: 235C Wiulam D.
Tate Avenue. Lot 2. Block 1,
Grayson/12l Adtlrtion
Current Zoning: �CC, Commu-
nqy Commeruai Distntt
Proposal: Req ueshng a Contl��
honal Use Permlt to estab�
lish a motorCyUe tlealer5hip
with sales antl service of
new and used power genera�
tors, iawn eqwpmenL scoot-
ers, ATV's and mororcyGes.
A copy of t�e site plan �s on
tile at the Oepartmeni ol Oe-
velopment Services.
�
�
ta al� Nodces
Case Number/Name� SU99�
16/Sou[�western Bell Wire�
less
Applicant: Skip ORIe
Location: 1201 Mmters Chap-
el / lot 1, Block ], OFW A�r
Freight Cen[re
Current Zoning: 'U' Light Im
dustrial
Proposal: Requesting a spe�
tial use permit fo revise the
oreviouslY aporoved sile
plan to allow the collocation
ot an antenna array on an ex�
isting 120-ft tower locatei�
at 1201 Minters C�ap ei
Road. A copy of [he sfte plan
i5 On file at the Dep artment
of Deveiopment Services
TAe prooerty is owned by
Lancaster TrusUl.
Case Number/Name� CU99�
76. Burger King
Applicant Robert Schneeberg
Location: Lot 3, Block A, Trm��
ry IndusVies AddiGon
Current Zoning� 'CC Commu
mty Commercial D�strict
Proposal: Tne applicant is re�
Questing a conditional ase
permrt lo estabhsh a drwe�
through restauranl. A copy
ol ihe site Olan is on file at
the Department of Oevelop
ment Serv�ces. 7he proDerty
is owned by Ludwig Part
ners.Ltd. �
AMENDMENTS TO THE
MASTER LAND USE MAP II
The Gry Counal and the Com
miss�on wdl cons�der amend-
ments and changes to the Mas�
ter Land Use MaD �I, relative tc
the IanO use des�gnaboa ol cer�
�t�a��n areas of the ory in wh�cn
�1e 2onmg of (he sites are not
ilconformance w�th the iantl
u Ces�gnation fhe srte. the
pu se ol which is to bnng
Ihe �ntl use desi�nauon oi
thes�s�tes into con ormance.
After al Darties have Deen g�ven
an oiportuniry to 5oeak. the
.pu �eanng w�li �e ciosed
the Comm�ss�on and Ihe
COUnCiI will d2li�erate [he
nd�ng matters. Please con�
tact the Department of Devei�
o0ment Services tuncerning
any questwns, 200 South Ma�r
Street, Grapev�ne, Texas.
76051 ar PA Box 9510a
Gra ev�ne. Texas, 76099.
81 �a10 3155
LEGAL NOTICE
Notice is he�e�y groen to all �n
terestetl persons that tha
Gty Councii ot the City of
SOuthlake, Texas. will hold a
puGl�c heari�g on Tuesda�y.
February l. ZOCO. at 6�.3i;
pm. m the Council Cham
6ers at City Hall, 667 North
Carroll Avenue, Sou[hlake.
Texas.
The purpose of the hear�ng �s
to consider a Rewsed Srtr
Pian tor Lots I& 2, Bicck 2,
Gateway Plaza Addition �n
properry iegally Aescnbetl
3s Lots 1$ 2, Blpck 2 Gale�
way Pla�a Addition. an aad��
tion f0 [he Gry Of SOuthlake.
Tarrant CouMy. Tezas. ac
cording to the plat recorded
�n Ca��net A Slitles 5365 8
5366, Plat kecords,Tar.ant
Counry. Texas, antl 6eing ap�
�i��� �,�
�
��,��
r'�5� �' ��� ��:-�: ���i�l'� 3���-����i
� �
�n�w���� ���c,� ��c�cL�� i'u�
n
�e+-�- ���,�a��
�� � �4'�{ ' ��I'� �� ��� -'��� �
,-, -
�\ ��.� i ��.. " �,i�� I 2-
n �
LQ fi � �'1-� S 5C�C�
����1C� � � �i�`� � `���"�j�����,
��
� � ;��m , l�2 �.�I�i �.. � �� �.� �' ,
� rr
�� ��►'�(�,����bl'1
� I �� � I �3-7�17
�I�_ r�c �-F7�� I
� � ��-���� _� �
a�� . �
,
�- ��, . �c - ,' �_-�����^��� �
_ ��
�� C� i��c� r�� (�i� � ��-I�er__ ��
� � ��
A I `�
�� . (� cl � � `�► I ��. , l hc . � � �-� �� � � � -'� � � � � 1,� � � k� )
� }/ / ,� �
�a �.�-`r Y������'� �� I�,� �C���I (�.���-..LL�-�-�--�� � �_� �� �1.,�- �G,11,
L � � �, � � 's�� r
�ti�,ll ��� �
,
`I�'� in���c I � Ir- �11�c . C_'��� � ��.��--���� � Nicic`�
(�, r f " `- j,= � ' ,
11:1 X' �b�.-��_ `.� 1� � ����'V_'�f_ " S C 5 � �� �-l- r ,� �
� z __- - � ,� � � �--C� , �(-�- - -- -� � � ___�. �-� �
�_ � � - � -
- ��!� � � ���� ��� ���ti� hti� �,��.�', ���-���,� , -�
,
�
(-��_� � 1����.�� �_ �-��,st � �_�f�_� �t :� �`����� �_ _
1��:�_��''�ir ����. �:�� h�c�d�nc�i 1-���__ �}�Y_5S _�i':E° � ��.��_ I' nc��.�i_�J�,Ex 1�1,�:. ��-� 1��
� � ,� ^ - - - � � L (, t�,i 4 ��t, ��-
�� � 1 �r � �; �.,E t �- I 11�55-. —. ��_ �' _
>
���;� ��'�''I��C�I�Cd��� i,��li�� T��t � ��� �"�'�� - �����' /
� �f -- -- — �- , -� --- ----- ,�
._;C.�. �L ��,�ze �� - -�cci� c���i� � In�� --� �- � � - �''�� �� I 4 jE11
I � Jj
_�`�__ � 11��.�'�CS�'� -'�--� � �� _ �C��-��i � 1C ---� ��'�y��,_�� r..-Ii����� /
n� (� � � \ .�,��
1'1' V� � I 1� '� �? k5 �� ,. — `--� �
- - - - ----- - - � - - -���� �
� I"+� � � � � �,�
4.� +�_(:�4��� � ��.I_`�__� �� _� % �� C �
��n✓1 r'Yl �( �i I� 1 i�l'�
� � ��
_ (�i���e� ��. �� � I t �����.�.�� �
�t, ��;C��� �,, ���,�.ti��,,�.
��' �-'`-�tk,l'4 I t�4.. �'.''^-
I.C;L� i
�
,J
i
.,�
'�
-_ -- - - -��, �
� �w' �,? .',��•`_ � I�'-�-�� C�, 6 � L� �n Cl
.f '
-- _— ��t4�l�l.�.
1 . � ��,���'�..
�� � ��,1�C
T _��� - — � - - --
f�� � - - -- _ - - ------- -
�,�� � � � ,,,,�� AX �C;��s�� _c� � i'� __"� � ��1��1� .x�
r 1 �E._ �.t �, � � � � �, � - � �.-,� t� �i �
' � c�' - --� > ,� �. � _ _--� — �.� � �
<
�� ���1_ �� \ , ��, ��1� -__l .� f�� �� 55�c-�. �'-- -�`�;I C�.��c��r�i e 11 i�.��l���
�� �, �y" a �
�' w � _ _ , i ,
_�.
�-
r---� � ,- .. --- - ---- _ � --- -- !_I_ �- _ c ���_- --
�,�; . - __ -- - -- , , -- - ____---_
�, ,.,� 4- '� � � .� _ �,
�_ � _-�`_c�� ���_��� I ���_ � L_��_��`�!� _llJ
- ,�
, - _- _-------_
�_ . -- - �.��� ��{�� . ____ -_ _ _--- --- - - - -
r� .., ,
- -- -_---- -- - — =-- - - -- --
�--- �� , �. d�� � U�F ������I,-- , � � � �� � '�� "����.�'�� � I �d�- � ►'� +Ctt- ���`55,
- `� _ �--- — ------- -- ---- - � ,
I-- _ ---- � 4� � � ��
_ __ ____ _ _ __ __
_ � - �
!__ (� �?�c�c�_� z �l,��c � �� 7� I � � � -��-��_� __:-�-��-'-� _� �� =>s ___ -- -- -
�-
� - -- -� -- , - =- -- --
� _
'j - - -- ---
.._____"�`����ISC.�� _. ^� `!'`� ,. .1���c�_ _-� ✓ � �.� �_.Y �' �_ !� � �r � � `��-F 1 i '/��'�•_ _ \ lV f�4'4��'L�R� •�v �
� - , � -
-- __ ___ _
� ����r-� I�'�� ��,�� �r-�
� — —
,
, _____ _��c_c__
— -- -- -�-- - _ _ _
.
�_ , , . I � -����C
0��.5�� __��,���----'J
_ l.�L�� __ Il.�'L� '��,
�- -
�
� . ---1, lti-� � I � � ���(
., _� i i n., � �
�" �f%'�L.�' - _ GLi l ti �c.�4 l
t
C ��.-� __i t �he�.a
I1 �
I �,�i � �� � --
� — . -- — — -- — _ _ _ _. _ _-- —
��l,�l �� � � ��� �...C'��� ����CC� .':�., ��� 1�� ���� -����'�'� I'�C�� � �L' � I 1 �C�..��---
�\ �( � _ � � _ _ �, __ ,,
� }ti� i �1��' � I C'. `�" 6n�`t�l �, —� �� � ��� ^ _� �1�--.�. ��.� �r' �- l_ � ��'� l�.�l..i.� �
f�,J
— - —__ . — - —
_ __.
1
_��- ���.: �t�,�.z cl��;�c ��.� �,c ����. �L � �� ����I -�1 s�(7 _ _ �
� � � - -
._ �.r� ��lrss. �'�C��(.. �c�J���-�-;�, ��Cll�.���,���L�.� - -
�
�'��.� �.�,1 � C � �' �� y C.� � �I � C� �;� ~�'� - �'� � � �,��� - I ��I - ��'. r' �.�,� �� - -
I �
1
i
,_
� 1
�.Gi�' I��C�I `���-f ��'i�l l�\�'�� ( �1rf �l Wy `-G�`�`7
_ ��/�,�C�� -
,
�����r� ���� ���'�. r - ���C���k � ���r� Qv ^,f5 _ , ; � �� � , ti,
��
�Go�C�n� �- A��� ---���� �� ���� {�!���. p
���u � �'�-f���_ ��'�'��. ct'1� ����-���c��:
� ,
�� ,
�����c�� ����n5��ti�. � ��-�f U-r��. l'11�SS�cC'�..
�,
1J1��" �"G�r° l,l+l� I�'1F� � (7� �S�-���o�
�
Le �- ��r���
,�
i �
� � �1�� ��,� �
'`�._
� �
������ Cl��,��z ��'�������- (!���.-�. �in� )����}- �`�'7��
1
1 F �-�_�! � ��, Y11��5 .
,
� _
I- � � ��41 `:� � 1�C ��,�: �1�.� � � ��� �� � ��� `� �?��� --- - ---- --- -- ---
� � --
, p'
C'� P (-' `-�� --t�; C �_ u }�i � �% (� � L _ � � `?� 'l' r`t �,�'�` �' (,!,, ; �'t � ( (C �.
_--�_'._�__.__ h_. �
L) , �
���� L i � � �c�,���� �.� ir �- .—_,_.1��� ��`?����' f—�I'�
� �
� � � �11(.������i.�_����� ���- 1 _L� � �`t�.,.���-' � � �-- � l �� ��,��
. � r � �
t��_�`' �1�' �C� G � �c��C � �(, ��(�-1-�. _. �r� `k--.
---------- ---
_ _ _� ___
�f�5�- -,
- — - --- ---- � _ _ __
. - f
_-
.. � � � }� L � �
_ __ _ -- -- �_�_�l�c��;� } �-� �ti �' � ���� 1 �'�l� � �_� l C a �l �—�� � ��-��c� �'� �'� --
�---- �'C��,�'n,��C� - l,L', � � �C_f; �� �� �� � ���;��ti�� i%L���1 Ci._ _C�C��
�
`�` �'�C.,1,2 .
i'�F 5�
L i !1
P
_� 1�`� ----I��������r�� _�- ���� � ��`������' �
. �,
� `�_ ��,�r��� i�.e�.����� � _ — ��-��—t— ���� �� � __�,�,� � 1 � � � r,�. �,�
�
� �� � � -�
- �:'U t I 4 �` ��'�� �:�...�..y �,.1 � I'�(� �r.� �,� ��� �� C�CI�' �_�� __ -
�r���C��k.�� ��c� (� r�.��� �
� �Tc, �c�,�-�
; ��+,;.� � ���.��C I��r��'.
�
I_�{ZCt�ti1 ��� �1 �-{- � � � -'��� �� � I� � �, C, ��C�-�1 ,�,�`h �� I' L'� C�.
J
-- �
�� �t � � �,� ��� r` � i.,- • C � � � � � � - � � � �
I�� �- m� �sc, ��.
_ —_-
_--- .__- _ _ - _
�— -- --
��1��c��E�l�s �xCc��,'. � ��;tiLc� n<<-I 3 �1-I (��I� ---
�
f - .� G�'lE1 ' _��1:����" --i'1� I n�G _`t'�12� � -� �[.`���S • _ -------
I
----' � -- � I _ Y - � - - ---- _ - ----
-,
Iv; � ' � ^��c�c,► � �� � ��. - ��� � - �. �..� 7 -�
- — -- � --„
- --- ---- — - -
�� �� �
_ ��� }� r .��5���C.
����a'��C��+���� —�u�� � ����---�� �{��FE�c��. ��'���� �,��� ����C ��-�
---- , _ _
i��. � r ^
r,��, ��(I/'� j,,r 'jL I
'-_ _---,�`� R1' ',T ��h �.� �C'^,"`-':.\� {�� I� �� 1�Q�� �1 �v�.✓ _l �.�-'� r!�- LC..��� �' �,� �C1, 61,�.
� � n r
_��-_K 1�������.I.�t-��►�- ---�i�l�_��I-�11�
i� --� --- ..-. _
- —__ — L r � .� �'�1.� 55C�C�,�. - -- -- �----- -- - -- - - - --
- ---
- -----
--
�
--- .� i��) �����I --`�' I'� (��,
�
_r 5����_���
��c�___ �L�
_.� _
1
� - - -- --- - -- -- -
n --.
'� f�l�� _ ����'� ✓'�� -C���,� L�r��- �C'�-�7a�3
. - .� ---
�-%1;�-�L �`+^.� 5�Ct�"�.. . --
- � -
___ �-f� �:I� I� �r�����c��-►�� �
-- ! }� �� - ���.�: � L ,'' �� � ��
--- � � � �
C��� �1� ��� l,� ��� I� �� ��;��_
��`��G1��L-`�`�i���
`� �p,�,�'
I � r�`�r. `.' ~'_ r Ll�' `. _l3�I .r�
: �� - L V �-y
����1'1��1% }�..
�G�'1�-�
�) I►�1�C'�����
� 1��1, ���-�� .
�
Y
- _ /
��� ���- a� ��
r
Y}1 �SSC�C`�
�� � ►�� �� 5-� �-^,�.. ��� � � � � �' � c �1 � `���i cl - �l � °� �
�, !
��������r�IC �J�.�(�����c��- - �,�-�� mcss.
r�
L ll�v' I S��C C I C�I %l,l T�- t�'� � y'��% ��`i'� -�P� ��� 1�
�
I��� uc �-�'� r� t-'� � r'1-�� �'� ��i- � c�
�
�C�1 ��� �'� �►�j�r�r5 %'���I -���I-C���
I���I I ��"I�c�r�u�S i��c�l Ier� - P�i �� ��f�r�5�ecfC�_
� � � �
� t C I�����C; 1�:� 1 I a s-�'� �'�,' ��� l�� �z -�� r`�- � c!� s
__ C��� �� �; �- 5 ��. , � � �' ►� �.� I. .
� �'-
1
/
r� �L� ���� � �� �� n� 4���� � -"�' �'� - � ���;, _ � .��; _� ' �i'1�- -��3- �c��
,
� ��� �<<���'s � , ��.�-- ss ���' _
� ��, - - ---- - - - - ---
. �
�U�;r"�.�, �E'l� ._ ��%. �'-i1, �-��~f � � c��� f _ __-L�.Cf--��-�'�'��%��
, ------ �=; � �T
-, F
�� � �� �1 �,� r� �-� +�i �� � � r � � �� `� �-' _ '����-`� _--- - - -- --
� �.
,
�,r�-� �'������
------------ ---- --
, ---- -- — - - — --
r,� _ _-- __ __ -
. � � " T . f ��,-� ��-, L�cJ,.l
c . i �1-�,,� � r �_, G,�� ��`� �_� � �,�,f � �.4 _ ��_ � �� �' -- � ��.1 �
- --- --- � � ---�-- r - --
---�^���t�;��= l.�fi �- �,:.��5 _ _ --
T ri�� I I�� � � I� � ���� ��_z L �� � -- _ � � `�I-- 3 � �I - y �"�`i
__�T�� ��� _r�►I�_�- L'� �I 1 Cc�l ( {���,�I�.
I
u
, __ _- - - --- ___ _- -e __�
�
--- -- ------ ----- --. __._. --- --- - - -- --- -- -------�
,
- _._ ---- --- - - _ . f�,
, _`,� ��.,,` `', ��,-^�, �-}� - .�1„` �^�� -V � � 1'���J --- -----'
� ' ' - � ---- - -----_ --_ _.
_�,,�,�(��,�� � ���- ��� �.���- ��. ����������� - -, ���1:� j� �.__�j '�--���1 ��`=�
' J
� _ _ _-- - - � - - --� -� 11 - -. _....._ _ __ � ---
1�-;'��.��1� ���1�� � � 1 �� � ("��� ����,7� ��. ��l �'��+� - �---��4���Y1� �.
� �� _,
- - ---------- -
_ __- -- __ -
� ti �� �' U'� � � �, �� �� � �� '�� I I � l,l I �� � ��.I l - -_ - ---
--- - - - - ---
----- ---- -- - --- ---
u
--- - _ _ ---- -- -- - - —.
��.���LrC1�� � �;-i �� �c,� '�� ��II � - � �.�1 �'�� � �1-� i 11�� 1 �; ;� i ��. � � �;� � .I - ---
-- --- --- �' -1- - - - _ � ----- - ---I
-. _ -__ _ f_._ _..�_' _ __'.__- _- . _.. .�_. t_.� - _
+.�`Jfc�� ' �.^,i� ���,T I�1 �L1'��i.��7C� ��1�i(,,� ��1�� � �'i.C��
c� I
--- -----f-- -- -- --; �; � — '�j���rJ s iJ� a,��1a11� -
���L,�����-hi� I � C1 � �
-- --f- � .-��.�, ������,--�'�������� �- - i
---- -------- -- _- ,�----
- ly_
_ t � 1 � �, �, � �= � � � � ���� c� � ���c� --- � - - ----- �
I ��"�-�'1�� " �! Q ��'�����,1. ��� i�f 1 �� �� a�-�-I�� � fiG i���� -�; ��� - �
- � , � �� �
�1�1�� "��U - �f� �;� ' ���'��J _�� ���}`� � __._ _-- ---�
�� }���� � � � �-� � �,� _ � � -�� � � + � 7
_ _ - _ -_
� �� � � � � � � ,�►� � -�,-_� � � .� �� � � � �� �, � s �:� f ,�� -�,� ru � ��. �� � � ��, � �. , �-�'��'� �� � � 1�, �
� J � v
- -- ,r �---
— —...__ �I�j `� -�-�' - r�� ���,-}-j �'� � �,�,���� � �'u �� �`7� �?�� �!�} ,
w � t� ;
—. - — �
� �' �, � - �'�� � -'�, � � �?.�-U1,1 � `' � �.�Z�4���
� �
r, � � ��.. `��4V`l'�' �
� �� �J ,��
� I � � �, �r � C �� � � � }��� �' fi�; .
��L' �, ��` �,'��, ��� �`� � �
�ti� � ��,
h�-� tl�c����ccLti � ��I-5�1c� �� �' �,'� �
n�� I�� ��1��� � ��C� ��.�u� �, ��t� c���� . - � ��� � ���c�<<; h -� �^�. 4�� ►�
- �, � ? �� � ,
��� �� �,�..c�,r� � - �,� � � 1 �.�c��ti�� ��� �� �L � � �.� �.�:�� .
t-�l�r��c���� �l�c%r�C. �I�I-3��g-iBC�C� a
- �C i - .
� � u� ��C;.! � ������ ��'_�? �a.� `ct� - ��,Y_`�� _��'��� '��
� � �
_ r�• ���Gr��l� �-C;r �c�lnS �;'%��.ti�. .
� ���n����..i�,� �I� c� �� � ca..� �1 ��-( ���c��{ (c 4
J i �rn - ��Ct� ��� n Uv � �'�c�c'� �;� - C. � i �� �-� C.�� �-� �c�C-�� r
_ � � r r
_ r� �; ��� ���� �; %�� l� � ��' � C�, ���;� 1�11C�i�`��`� hk�:�.��- ----
rI�C 5 ���,;�5 �c�l�= �I��"���`�
_ `i � �
_ I�E � c �c��z ���c��__c��1�_ k+�������_�!�_�_,_I.��t _ �������� __
�C:� �� � Cif� ► � � � I - � `� �1 � -- - - -- -- � - ----
--- --- -_ __
n
�-- I
� ��(� I��C,�— �k 4 i� i� i C. �
r�'_`— —_—_'�.__. ___.'__.'_'__. _n __.—_ ___ _ . _ _. . _ _ . __. "_ . � _ _ '_.
/�
/
_ � r ����� -1����� �es���r��� ro� �-� �-���� ��L c��_�.� ,�1�= � - --- --
��11 � � �1� �IC'.Ci"I�iC � I ��-'�'��`�, � � - �
- � �
,
� �
� r, �'� � ��L� I I I � i�� ��� �,�,' i � � �(, �� �, �
- --- - — _ j . . . _ _ _ ,-� _. _�
-- .
h��sf�j- �Jc�n r{,���ii�C�l ��'�''�I,IC�`? ���"�,��'� �C'i����(. -�-(���--�_�i___I��.-��Ctitii�
- � � � -
� - �(����-�C� C
��- �� � ��. C I � C�C�_.�. _
,� --- _ ---� -- — ----
_ �. G� i �' `� � �'1 C �,�.C� � �(,� I� �'� I 11�'c � �� 51�c' �_ �" _ � ' � _ - - - --- - -
� � �,�
_ ���<< �'�.c�c���.��..��- �,:���� � ���-'�-�����.���.� I�►��r��� __�r:�I�� � (���� �l��c���=��c� �
_.
. � _
� _ � . ,
� , n � '
,
�'1�� ��I z�z �, �EC . �`� � �`_----�- �- —�, �� I S C'�1� )'l�.C%� �� _ _ _ _ _-----
_ �,
___ -
_r � � c � � _� I � �--� - -- -!� �'7_�_�
�� '-' r
,
��fi,� �� ti�_���
l �ti�,1' ����._ <<
1,����,��_ [���� ('�i�+; (��'�C�- l��'���
�
C I C� � 5 �- � I_C�Z � _ I�� �� << ( �- �� .������____ -
__ `�-- - -
I ��,��� Clc�ss C�.�;. C.�i��3�(�-I�I��
� 1I l
�c�-� � n� c� - �� , I� CC�( ( hc; C IZ
� -- _
_ _. �
� � �� � ���:���r r'�� � �d �� � � �'� � "�5 �� � - �"� � �'j �'j
� �
L�-��- ����5ccc�- -
�
�
� �� ��,v�� ����1 s���c�C� �s �( �1 � - �I �I - I ���
� ���� (� � ������ - �� �� �� w� . n���Fs s�
� �
_I � � n � ��.c� � L ss �- �'1.��c,.� _ � � � '�'.� T 4 r - �-� �.� � -
— ��� „
����- � w� es5 . �; � ��� � � -- — ---- _ _---
--- - - -- --- __ -- --- --
, � C`7 � �,�, ,,
�-�,�_C ��11i_(�� � _ � ,�_�f7�_
- - u��c�l�( �. �.� � � ��. � ����_� cc�� l _ _C� ��� �; � �S _��'�����,�'L� ��_�- - C�cz.�..�. _ �.��� ��=�- � �
U
�- � �Ll,l. �'� � �`-r -' - ----- �- �
__ � _� � -- -
��,E�C ��Cl l �-�'�l�-" . �1�1�.� � � � � � � �1
��"� ry�,C� ��`��(��� ���� ��`� �i�`�.��_�Ff���
,� _ � � `� �
!;'���`� 1,.� �i" • I�.�l���� , y�'�`a� �'��tiu� � �
, �
�''i��� �,ti � I � _C�r�� , r�.� ��,�'�,c�� r� c���., � � ����.
r � - � J �
I-��,�� " � �����.�' r"'`,�j "��;��
= � �,��1 f e 1 � _ ' �
�` ►� I� �-1��1 �l �'� I l( �,��V�'l� ���I �'1�1 � �.�� I C C' `t c_:,
I �� �:. �'� �C���� r� l G� l '� . -- -
�
��fc� -����� �� �, I�� � T�s� �� i 1'��- �� 5-��(���f
� `
�
�� U ��C(�C� � �7� ��� � � I ' � ��� (�. � Yl (,t ��� � ���'L�ti� .�-�L1.
��' � I I C�,�I �� ����--�r�.� s�� �. '
,
� ���F��1S6� � n�. ��'��,�'1��I��'� � ��G r I� � C�'� -�� �
, �,
f�i��� I � fi�,�r'�� � ti � �kl� ��'�-h �--C�� 5_ _1�C1 �
J '
_ _ �� �m c �? r� � c.,i��_ - - - �I 4) �F � " �� `�� 3 � - - —
, � ,-
�e�
r^ ;
�- �i1'�, r_�' }�'�,��{� — - _ - - - --
��� � � r 4� N�'C:�1 ��� ��1��
n 1 1
I
�.,e�fi �t"1e� . �;� - ��Tl �..1.
�
� �i�r � � ���� �, � i -- - ---.
� c����Lf
------ 'r-.�._. ---- J---- --- -- ---- ..
- � -- - ---b r'1 � � 1 i 1 � ,�� �'� � i , � r � � � + r� r �;-�,
- ___ ��5��.:i_��fi ►-�� � � � � ��tr►_► i i �,,�� �,_�_�,7i -_��►_�.�
- - -- �,,�-�� __�i'�_��,,�C������► .� �_�r_---���'-+�.�
`l �L�� �— �:��' ��. � �,� �,��,�f �l �i l� i � C�� _
i �; t ��� �, ,, � y �
ti� �,,,��Y� ���A�1 l.,�ti���c�5�ti� S��;iC� ILG
.`
--� "� � i �'��� -C C �: C�
� �.
� : � � �,��� �,
� - �
C, �. . I������,�1 ,��t �,�� I� � 1 � �-�.- � � _� k�'� � � �.
- �i 4.. lu a�,t �!
��,�� �,,
_ _ �'
'� 4� � � �,1✓ �`�� - ,
�
�I'1��� rc �c��C�.��{r�� �� ���1�� �1��- 5���1
� _ ` .
�C-� c.. �� c� r I�.� �� ���,rr� k3�.�'
, ; ' � � .�
�'��� ��n� I��..cti�-� r�� � C ��1� ,��lF- �5� �
�
� J �
r
1.. �' i � - firu i �c� ►� L-� � C�.�r�� � `-� �, ��r r �"'�
J v .
1� ��n �-� �� o b l�: rn,s l� ���� � �� �° z �� ��� �� ���;� �5
�
��,� I 5 ��(k �� v � 5� C��. .
���D �� � ��I r �_��� . l �� "�'�� � � � � - �1 �� 3
i �„ ---
��"� ��.5� ���� Y�'�c�C�'u-�e. —
�, �; � _ �
��rc����.� �fi� �� Q r,l�c�. �!�� n-� �� �.—��� �� � ����� I���_
�.�-�fi �m�P Ss f_L��. �tit YV1.Cl.c�.�_,�--t�__ _ _ --- „ -- n�t
___ �I�, �!�av�-o� - ►� ��� -�_; ��,�,�,�_- �ti� �_� � _�.cc l� c�� l���l l -z�'�.��.�.� � cc�..
, r� .r-.!� �
5'C' ��.� h � I � P �C. � V" 1 �.�' r'-'" ' � � I % � � � f � � �` �'
_ --� --
n "
L�+��- �less _��r�lc�c�G�L�-�---��, -- - _
5�� ��kh. ����, s-� Y� F. r G-����� � cc�
�
l�-��- i ��.e�. � ���c�ci ����,�
�' �'���� ����-_����.
,
�(�,� �� � �' � �'� `',
Y�'� � � ���
'J Y��ia�,� ��
; � ��� r�� � �I �.e,�,�-�-
�� �
�
�
�1��� � � �' - ���:-=�
�J�-� 1��i C�,�,�� r1er
.�
�Ic���c�� i��'1�,5�.��� C�i�7,�s5�-��5�
� � . �
� � �; ��- ��1G1��(;i r 5 - w' � l I �� � c� —
4
��n�� � hc���.z �����,��� �� �� ���-1 �� ��
� � .
�,e,�+- ��� �s . c; �� m a� h � r� .�-
� � � LLCI�'`�`l ���IS�C�'1(� ���'� �� .� - r C��f ---
�
4� c� �►�51,� �� ti� C;' l��C�G���L� �--�
,� �,
� ��� ��?c�,��►�D�CC��� �j � (��.5� � � �I `���`� ) �,� y �: b- y �33 �
Y -J
r�� ���5��,'�,� C �� �'��C��,�L�`-�._ �
i Gr1�
n '" (
��A��� �>r�ti�fG� �� ��`�—�L�+�:� __
� �.1
- ---� (':� (,� 1.�! C Y' IC.i �- G� _(� � 5 C� �1Y1�s:T�: cl.� --- __-- - -- -
�� n
%-, , --- ---
�- f-� I�� � ���, ���� c� �� C � � � ` a �1 � � ��� � �
1����;� 5��� r;l�, �'��lCl`�C ��'� ��� -�� �� �� l�5 G� � �� iG�l� �t;CL��I. '� l! I�►� r� 15 Sf�L
�
� �� ,
� Y� .���,���,�" U?'r' �� � ��,'�G�.�i�
-- ,��.�� i1,"�;�I' I VII�C��I�,� � � � - -;�-; � - _ ____
i -�\ ----- ����lS CY� �=i.�----�� i_�1.��3�_5 �I-� - - --
_ �er-I-. �'�1��� � 'C 4 � _ , �' � �Lt;�h.�. -�:.� �� __ ���'���'��c. � � _ ---- -- -
— ,
-- ----- - -� — - - -- . -- - — — - -- -
---� 1 _ ---- —
. J l� 1 ,! �`/ � L ��,�� �� �� - - -- --- - - - - � f � � I � 1 "� � � L_ � L.r.J . . . _. . -- � -- _ . .
�--- - - -- � --- �_- ---' I .:
- �c� P,��►� �,�_�� I� n���� �St-� rti�a:.^��C.� c�'c<< --����--��=z� K. _ ---
� -.-I . - - ^
�
�` �C��,�S��.�:.'�?x., �l,�Sy �'1� `.S� . t., �'� � � - I`��.__ t ��L I' i �C I�� ��.,� C�K. �_
�
r�
� � �(�5��-; r� �t:ti��. ,
�
; � �_ � ��.
__ ��������,-����--��k=��f ��i�r� r�;Fr-� tr��".
� � � ,. ,
. I�� � d �.l"7�.�C1 �,� �` i � � �, `� ' � .�, �
� � �-- ----�-�� :���--- -�_�'�_ �; J�� �� ���-�-- .���-����
��-�t �Ylc? 55G� �� V�� l GC'M� L�, ��
:�
�
��'Yl � �� S�. �,�- , � � I �1-- �� � " � �-� - -
�
,�
,
� �u �1 � i ► 1 C, i ���-� .
i
; ti , , r�
�� � 1,��}_�'�1r1�hI��� _ ��I�l�_��� t�'�� �l.�l���;(�
.
I�I � � I ��� �`��i l � � �' I�� �t 1i'� � �'�� — � � C �
r �` �
l.�-�� �r � ��s �,- � �I� � I I � �
�-I � �'c� c�C r� � - � �rX Y'i- ! � � � �� " --- ?? r'� � '�' ��� �� ���
-.- � .
-. l �,
� ��%(,�,_ l,��J l I � �n �� �.. � �. " �_ _ _- -
; � � ---
� ,
' � '^ ( ��.. �� 1,�. ~ —I — L �L.��. �, _ ��. _��� � �'�'�..
-� ,, _ -,, - � �; � �t.� �-�-� �
�r��:�'' � �., `�` �"�'I���. �_�?�ti�1� ���.G i� • ��f'���} .� ' d�'; ���f
- �� ' - -� ,
:�� �y � �'�G� �;��,,. �� ��;��5� . ���` �`�X �1 �^�,} �
�
,� ._ _ ___ ___ _
� ' -,
�''�f'' Y�C��'�lC� '�� ���P�1�� ��C �,�� _ �I'� � � 3(�: -'� �_� �
, � '�
_� �-� i���3�r21
�
_- , t � r� � - - �: �� �4 ����� —
_ � � ��, }- ��� � � u�� � � . � � � �l .� � .�-�:�,� � � � � _ ---
-, � � , , �p
_ CC�� � • _ � 1 L � � I I � - �
_l u�r = f ��. �� � L I t i �� �� ���.. c� � � _- ----
� ,
,, , �
-- � ��dit�� -��-�� � _
I� �
. � „rS _ j � � I
� r �-r I il -� ��� ��•
____--
LCr `r � C� � ����1— -- �` �.�����'- �'� �'�--- --�------- - -
� r
��r-� ��i- ��� :��rss� S�,�<<E�� ���� � 1 I����I� Cc�.,�- �I�t..����
� � , ��
�;��.c� CC�� �.. • -.
'�.,���tiL I �...-� �. ���'-�.�'i���� � �-� I �-I � �� �7— �-{ �r7 �
� � �
-� (� ��5�_� �i ���:� � � ��� ���.�
1
� ►� `� � �.�:I�`�� � �.2 I �1 u ���-'i I ��
I;�. c �l � � �r� � L����, `� •
�.��� �
� �������� ���������►� �� � l �+� J �f i �-�;��� �
, .�
i �+��- m�.�5 . r����� ����r �u.�_ --
�
I��'I ���sfr�,���hr.�n �+��Y� � �i7� ����-�����
�
I�'� �.�l'1Ct �� -�� �� ((��;�L� h� �-� �—�.) �� r c�. V�'1 C� ��� r, �rV��c�e ��
,
�, C�C ��1�55Cc �c;� ��(,� h��% � Sl�'�e 5I�� � ln��, �J, i I
� 1 � �
��i'Q ► �' i � 5�'�(�� �i �. � � � C�, ��� l r � C� � C% r� n �'C --`��=- . _ _. ► '� C ' -C-�..
J
1
I c� ���; ��� �-�c; e�.�-� — ��: � � � c� �;� I �-c c �.�-) �c �'� �. �.<<-� , �- _
a
`�� � ti��.. ���� �- t �� c L� ��: �t � � � � �: �� � c� � — -- --
_ �
���..���t����������
�
� __
� —
�--
_ _ _ ..
�� I rY���-Y�-� �cu Pi�����������c_ _ ��� �-����=c����� ___ __
_ _ __ __ � _ _ __ _,�___ ____
--1 e E��-t --n��r �� = -�� 4'� _ _�c�c�"���'�. __---- -- - - ----
----- — ____ - - - - -- -- -- ------ --
—_ ������ �c���_��-�������, ��c. �'�'���� � � �-����'��� _- -------
�
-- - I�� �s hct 5_�-u.�� t� - ��� � --1-��. � w� ��� �- �� i�°�'� �'� l� r.� �c��� I� Y� ��-
- ^ _ J . i `�'�'-
_ �� � `��� �-o � _� ��._ c�.���,��,�1����-� �� P f ��� �1 � � cl s �
� �'_.�t���ze_� 1����b�r�c� ��v;� �aiy ) �14���.��5
f _ �
�� -�'�� � r�C _�I�L��l��1.� �L�' - ---
�
�.
�- � �
''��.����_�fc�n�'�'' �i�� k'�d c� fhc5���t,ti-�� �- ��ccl� �� +:��C�n�-���� LU��� /�
---- h , I - - ,
_ _ � cl��c�I� �' ����bi n C.,� ��►y � `��� � -�- �c� _ ________ _
f � n
_---- -� ��tc�,� ��I�_ �m�ss. �� ��,r�_�i���_�l�Cc��ols -- - ---- -
.� 4 �
- - - - - -- - - --- - -- - - ----------
# ��'
�� �'� �G ��,�C ��1Ctri1 CCIk ���'�(�<.� _,�n,�� �_���- ��� ____� ___
- --__- �------- - - � - f -- - --=f -----�--
_ � �,'�,. �..1 �. l � �i �t i_'� i�� �_ � � �
- - -- �`-'�� -- -- - "� ' �- �- � , �'G'��� `� �-��_��
, __ �,
� - -- - - - _ --_ .,
- -- - --- -----
� � - ,� - - --
_ __�� '`}��j l._._�_�irl5 �;, - - C+r��.
�-- --- --- -�Ct.����e. �� � G � Y�� 55_i� _
-�
— - -- _ .
�� ��_���'�'�
-_ �Y� �� _ _ - �, - _ - _ _ � - -- - - - -
IrG � c�� 1�nc • �-� �`i � � f- J 3�1 �
-- -- — - , _ _�__ . ---
- - ��c� wi�l cc��� hc���1� _►+ ��4f�;�� c��,��__I_c�;l� �.
_- - � --
,
p�c� �r��, �k, b�� -
___ __ : _ - _- --- - - - -
�1'1►�. I��«�r' � � f �� �'n I�� �1�� Cc_. _ � � ��1 �1-_�1_�I��2 ---
------- --- , �
-- I:��=�- --►rn{�55.--�;_4� rti�c�cl-�� ��e_ - ti�,�-�� � Im�C�_� ��c��.��.
.-
� �
_ - ,
---- �, I��� ��rl� � �i��r -���.,� _In��`���
--- [���C � � I ��r,������ � nr� �- �, ���� � � �- � �� �_ _ � 2 ►'-1 � � 1 �C � - I y `� � � -- --�
�, h � � � . . �L �' �ti' �. ��� � — �ti� i (1 �� r:. `�r, ���t- �;r `� � � c i� ��- � lCL �°�� � �- �'� � � 1
-- )- �
���� � ��n� ��� c�� � � �
--- ,
-- � C��n� n�� �>� �:ti��- � � i�-c 1��, I� C�. !� (_c����.v
�
� �,�,�� �1 C l i � �� �" '�.�,� � �,�" .
.� � ,
_ �,
r ,
�� � ��4� '�:� �++���}� ��� IJ 1 +��. ���� �� ���c� f `' � �. � � �_��_-_�- � ��
��r�,c� � ��-�_�_���-�.��� -�.-���� �.
— �
�
�..,�,�������.:���� I��?�l���c���e�.�. � �� �� �-���
� �
L���- ,�-�������� ���L ti��������.�,�. -
.
rI � ,�
" l �.Xc��1 �:�r�� �� �C,� t�; ti''�`� c . ��'� 1
� L�� � � �� �i -� ���
a
���.r`� Gr1 I'Y�CiChin�. ��I�1C� �� �C ���� ��.Cl�''� I�'�SSC�� %Y ��(', J�'���d5� �'�
�'�c� I c ����.1 G�1 Gt5 �I� � 5 � ����1h���'' - (� �� � I;l�e.�ct�'�., �c ►� I �,X,C�.�� �e �'��h 4�'�� �1u
��L�L� r � L L f � � � ��,�� � �1 � y ��� Ci-� t �`1 �� . � ? ��I �� �C�'� �I ��` �
, .
�,z�� ►�'��ss . �r.;r �?i�;� �,�.�►�ei''
�����. �.����s�-���.��-I,����� ��,�. ( ����� �.� �� - � � ��
_i -
r �
���� C� �� C �r I�� ��c� Y'� �� ►�� I���
���� 4�1F r S � V1��i�c� �Cl�l � cCL4 ��►��5���c�} �C�� i ( .�ly� � ��1- ��� �
/ � �
� ���`�- I � � 5 �� =_� �� _5� � G'f �_ � � �� C�. � � �'°�' � 1 � ��+CC���'� `�.�
�, �
�� ,
�-�C �: �� il'1� �S 4'( �� �����. �� I � ��� ��� 1� I� `1"i. (�,��;�4 C�..%�_���
�r�� �-��.���,�
I�- —
J
�C�I � �.I I
�
�/`,I�'�/� ^ fj�, '�'
4J l � I r `� � � � �. ! _ v
�c�_���o�r � _�, Sfe��5 ��� �i ��� - �3�I
.�- �----
������� �C������ ��� � ��`�� C �� - � �� �
r. � r � r,�
f 2C�:� �rec� y� i �� �.c�e.�C�tic�C. �' � 1 � � �.� , �;��
� ���cc �
�b����cx. �C'���'��. (�1�1� ) ���-�1���i�i
, � -
(YIEk�.� �� �� � � nc� �ti � c�L I�'"�- r I�► � Ci C�S
���L.��1 � � IC� ��'1�,5CC�y�. !- y�'LC<< ��1�. � I y� 3�'� ��C� 5%
,
No �, n���z�� IC���� �
,� ,
C ��r�c, �-c c �� nq-- � F ��.�.s--- ( �! ���_3 � r - ? i. c �
-- x
� � - yl.-�. �; �. ��� ss . -�c� �f �L��. �
-- -- - � �r ,�,,..�, --- _ _ _
(�� uC-��� ����c�,� i c�uEz� �� <<< C���� � bctcl�
�'] � � �
I 11� �'i 4'1 � !"�, I'� � � � �,,' �" l f� � �'�.,' . � � � '7 � � ��� ��� �" � ��
�,� . � � �
� _ _ ��_ -. _ _
I / G► � � � ��Li �l^�-tC� � G � G til' � �t, ��1� j'�"���<;�� -��� � � i�
—_ �-- - ,u, - —
,
r'^+ _� _
I� �'� .� 1 � �`_ �C c. �.-�� i� �� ��`� � � f�'� - � "� � �,� -- -
� — � —.
_'���c�,-`� — _��c�� _ ����^� �'����;��� C���' � ��,�-�r���'5��'c�
n
� -� � � , � ,
f �-`C' 11�:��r� '���'��.t5 � 1�1 l L �, �� ��,��
,�� � �4_�;Il�l� I r'I ��' I{ i� � � J �,� �^�' ��f ''7 �,�
�, �
_�__ t � � S_ � !� �-�. .
� � i � �. _ _i_ �_� � • �� � i_ � � � ,
`� / �,�[,` I /� I f 1III ��-�+ I {� `}{n
1 II
- - -----�L�'�-� _ L,`'��`�'�.'`� ��'l.S il� �`� L�l,� 4 l L\ � 4ij�,..��`,, l �_ `��J � �� ' °�� L�- 1 ' %-
_� �
--- 4� -_ _ __ -
I �
� P .. �-+ �� � � � � .�
._ ��� �,,�'� � � ��,1 �, �, t `�� � �; c ; �� �' � � � .�-.� , ` � �'� J � s � v-� .��;' —
-- �T_ M '
�--�- ���� E,�S G �'1 1� �1� _ _�"��C���A�� ��� --
_— �
�:;���� ����
�
_ C �' ��C�, � 1
� , _ __ .
�, 4� 4�k �� � rx ��r� �.� r .�r��� . � �'1 � ) � � � ( I C �I �
, , .�
, � ��,d�
�� � �._�Z � � Iz_ 1�1� s5C��1SZ. � �. ) ���2 �?h� �� -
�
,
�h � � �.�� ��� r ��tc�► ���� ( � � � u � 3 - �7 f C��
� ���51� c� -� C� IL (Y�` � � -� i� ��fx rn�1.� r.
�
n �
�'1 �-�.T �. �� c.�� F ► Y� �; C � � �-I }� �l �-I � - 3 �� �-
J' �
i� � C I�`�. CL �� i Cl � � 1 ��(;�-�.� C'�, l�
�^ � I �
�' � F �Y �� I�,�C11 � __�:- �� � l� �:r��' l C�,-� � � �'7 � �' � � - �f C,' � I
—�- .
� �.��� ��c�tit �,� �- �l � �� � � I _ l c_�� I< <�; _ -,
�� �-�� r15 d �r�t:�,� b
��r1: � �� C�(; (� �
�� �- ---
, � � _ � �_ � �
� �: � �1� � c�s_ �CG � -r �-�c� C'� _ _ � � � � �7 � �
.
-
,
.�%`� ��r, �n n f� A�?C�r�5 -�t��C � �' c� � �1'� —�l �I � � G� �i ��
------ � �
,
� 5;� rCS - l,t,���r� �, �,� ��'�.L
� _ �;CI���, I �._ �h��-�.� �'��CL� �� � �'l�i� � ��i�; - 2�-f ��� .
t �
,.
� c� l ���� 1_� ��'(�%� ��i�-��c�t��. C�,��, �, ��ti����.1(
i �
,�
� �� ��; ��C � �- I �'I Gh
� ��
1�!��c��� -�u����r� �
;
c���- c,�;� ��
(���'� ������I�
�
;, �;^ ; _ �.� , �
� � � ���� �
C�i�_�� C! ��I��� ��lcl � � �
��,��-���� � �
��
.
i ��
��� ,�,��
. ,
�Ic���� ���� �
�����.� �,� ��'� ��. �
����`� ���` �����`� �-
I a�c�- Q� �cC�.�IC�► G �� �l�e� � f'Y1��� ��C�C�ti���� �����c��� �" (��
�
�
�h,����.� S�u.,�, 5l� i� e� �� �c�.L � �IC
- �,� �� Y�� s ��� �, i� —
�
����)�c��-��i�
�
��cl� ����� l��n�� Cc����ti� c��� ����� � ��t�����-�
P � . _
;, � _ . _�
�� �-�� �l1 �'�G�-���, f��'�l YI'1 C��t C��1.,� tit-E.
�
�.
��� ��'� CC� ��l(�.�'lS� � �' 5 �i'iC- �1 �I �
d `. -
�. L1 �� � 5 I�tir�:� 1- � e�-�- ��_�C� V ��c� <<
'����� �����
�'ti�essc� .
� �
�e. � ct �I � ���� � �"�, e �,�- Y1'�� ���.� I����itc� . ��� y J ; �� - � � ��/
, �
,
�.�,-,\� � ��,�^��� �a� ��. C �i4; � r i��- I�;� G r` k �- �'�� �' ��l ��� ��-F���I� z�'' ' � � �,� ��
��(�C � � �.: ��c�_l.�c�
�" � ,
I` , I i� n J
�
r,���. �^ ; � �-t:; �► ��� � ��- � ��r_ ,: �: � � ��� .� �, � Icc� � � ---- -- -
� �-� �� 1- ��►,�t- � ���-� I� � c ��-�_ �� ��c� �� � ��? _� � � � � � �, � _�:. � � �- - --- ��
1 � � � � ' l � � � � ^ I�.
iti1, ��. I�� r�c� � r�� Inc�.� � c� l�: ��-Y � � S,_��c,� c�..__ ,.c�.v���r c�� $t; r���-�
—� .
_ ��1C��1 C� I es -; �G, j�`�' �r�� G'�l C��1�.�1�1��!' �_� r1E , I��C�t�;�__ ����� t�� r C'c�((,� '' �-
� _� , , � , �-> �-i- , n �, � � � , � � �.�F, � �.,
—��crc��n� --���.c�_ ,��1� _�IYct� ���►c� ��,� t�� �_ ��_-���-�-- —
�' — —
-- —� ��-t �� `Y-�C����' �; in __��.���'1`:.�,1�1 4 ICi_ { / I�i�Y� l► `-` -�- --- -
J I
, �_ ; -� -
.;� � �, _ ., .�
——— N�I i��,� � C�!L�'��" �ILt�I,� .11 �-- � `"11,� , �'�4,^— ��'' �:'�:
�
��. I� f 1;�� " � ti� �, {J�� � �`� � i; k t; �� a'�_ U� �1 � �� L_ �:; ��, t�(, �
� �.f �'i C; � C'� �
�
- - -- __ _ -- - -
��-5 ��'����-� �li-��l_� ' � I� C � �� ��Cc��
Y _
i� � � Y� � ��' � i�" �� �--� � �`� � � �n i +'1G� 5
,� -� �. � , � � �� _ ��t,�l_ler�ti �__ _ — _ �' � � - � �i _(, � - - - -
, : � � � ,�
__�i ��h�� _ ������� L� ���������� ��� � � _
.,:�_ - � - -��,,� � �C�� c� ��I'� ���� _��.� ��� ' f ��� �(�s - ,_ _ -
; - ,-, .�
�,-ti� �, � � c� �- �� I� i � — , i � . k F�
,
r
�� ����` ����C�G � �.-r���r��� ��� , � �', � � �°J r,�� �� ��� �7
—��ur�.�,, - _�► ��-1�Lc�� �rn+� - �J �: 5�?��-�- rn�.�c��l �c�-�.
�-
� , ,
' ��v� ��ryc�.tit �i �� V��l��nc�c�.� � `� � } i c � - F � c�5 �-hz���� < < �-�i��� �� r� ���
Tc�-�al �l � e���. T�� l �� �'� i y 3� �-'� �I'� � ��
; _ _ _ - ---
�!��-- i ���z.}�����e�, � S�� E�,'t- �'��}���.I �u(� ( i�.c�� r�� —.
� � �
� ch uc�� ��r,�_��� I c����:� - � �� A_c, l s�� ��� ;rn � �� ` ���� __ ��c�-
_ , � -
�1,� C� �►' IC. .
�
PROP0SAL
T0: MR. BOB TERRELL
CITY MANAGER
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
FOR: ROSELAND THEATER
1438-40 N. MAIN STREET
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans,
specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do
all the work and furnish all labor� equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all fhe work
as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director
of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth.
Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and,
if the contract amount exceeds �25,000.00, furnish Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved
by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the
following sum, to wit: ,�i- �r_ ( �
J►x I�I'�'��r �M�h'� Irlt/'1.t '�'�`.J *h�.! �',1 � t �d �
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS � ��,��" �''��'
r� ���
Base Bid: ��� / �� - :�'�'+~
/
Add Alternate 1: Remove existinq `Roseland' name in ceramic tile at Theater Entry and
reinstall with new ceramic tile. Refer to detail 03405-A1 for lavout. (In lieu of reusinq
existinq.) ��r � f � ��
"� .
Add Alternate 2: Provide and install Acousticaf Wall Panels Qer Interior Elevations 01 &
02/A7.1 and 02/A7.2 and Specification Section 09520. ���� *�
�
Add Alternate 3: Provide and install theater seatinq per drawinq 01/A.1 and Specification
Section 12700. fS •
��,�7�.O
Add Alternate 4: Provide and install staae curtain and track per drawinp and Specification
Section 11062. r,�" �
�g��� . �
The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within /`l�0 calendar days after the date of
Notice to Proceed.
The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed
for the above work.
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor
organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee
applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City
Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Warth City Code Section 13A-21 through
13A-29).
Residency of Bidders: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislat�re passed house Bill 620 relative to
the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded c
��
�
contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or
principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction,
improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident
bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident
bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non-residenYs principal place
of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all non-resident
bidders in order for your bid to meet specificatrons. The failure of out of state or non-resident bidders
Failure to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in
Section B.
A. �_� Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal
place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident
bidders by state law.
I_I Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required
to u�erbid resident bidders.
B. �� Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the
State of Texas.
Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the successful bidder will execute
the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond for the faithful performance of this
contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of Dollars ($_� is to become the
�
property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attacbfed Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event
the contract and bond are not executed within the ti�e set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and
additional work caused thereby. ��,� �,,��� ��i
MINORITY/WOMENS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE): (For bids in excess of �25,000)
• I am aware that I must submit information the Director, Transportation and Public Works,
concerning the M/WBE participation within FIVE BUSIyESS DAYS of submittal of this
Proposal in order to be RESPONSIVE.
Respectfully submitted,
1 f�,l !'Yrr� �'�'�'�'�a��( c.! �Sf J �
Company Name
By: �
Signature
�•��. f-�lo A*i--
Printed Name o� Principal
�- .�t..= .
Address: ��� � ��� (f.1�� �
Street �
�` '1+�a �e-i'J� �''�
City �7T
Phone: �I //SC Fax:
Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda:
AdJendu �+ /y �.
Addendurt5 N� � �'./�'"
� �
Addendum No. 3:
Addendum No. 4:
Gr= �
Title
�G ///
�'7 Zip
3�+ ?3 �. "�
P-2
�
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Transportation/Public Works Department
Building Services Division/Architecfural Services Section
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SECTION A
DEFINiTIONS, PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS
A-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. By lhe lertn Contract
Documents is meant all of the written and drawn documents
setting fo�th or affecting the rights of the parties, including but
not necessarily limited to, the Coniract, Notice to Bidders,
Proposal, Ge�eral Conditions, Special Co�ditions,
Specifications, Plans, Bonds and all Addenda, Amendments
signed by all parties, Change Orders, written Interpretations
and any writlen Field Order for a minor change in the Work.
A-2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The Contract Documents
represent the entire agreement between the Parties, and no
prior or contemporaneous, oral or written agreements,
instruments or negotiations shall be construed as altering the
terms and effects of the Contract Documents. After being
executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a
written Amendment signed by the Contractor and the Owner,
or Change Order, or by a written Field Order for a minor
change.
A-3 WORK. By the term Work is meant all labor,
supervision, materials and equipment necessary to be used or
incorporated in order to produce the construction required by
Contract Documents.
A� EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The Contract Documents shall be executed in six originais by
the Contractor and the Owner in such form as may be
prescribed by law.
A-5 FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK. Before
filing a bid, the bidder shall examine carefuliy the proposal,
pians, specifications, special provisions, and the form of
contract to be entered into for the work contemplated. He shall
examine the site of work and satisfy himself as to the
conditions that will be encountered relating to the character,
quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to
be furnished. The filing o4 a bid by the bidder shall be
considered evidence that he has complied with these
requirements and has accepted the site as suitable for the
work.
Claims for additional compensation due to variations between
conditions actually encountered in construction and as
indicated by the plans will not be allowed.
A-6 ONE UNIFIED CONTRACT. Insofaras possible, the
Contract Documents will be bound together and executed as
a single unified Contract, the intention of the Contract
Documents being to provide for all labor, supervision,
materials, equipment and other items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work. Words that have well
recognized technical or trade meanings are used herein in
accordance with such recognized meanings.
A-7 DIVISION OF WORK. The arrangement of
Drawings and/or Specifications into Divisions, Sections,
Articles, or other Subdivisions shall not be binding upon the
contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or
Trades.
A-8 INTERPRETATIONS. TheArchitectwillfumishsuch
Interpretations of the Plans and Specifications as may be
necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work.
Such Interpre'ations shall be fumished at the instance of the
Architect or at ;!�e request of the Contractor, or Owner, and will
be issued with reasonable promptness and at such times and
in accordance with such schedule as may be agreed upon.
Such Interpretations shall be consistent with the purposes and
intent of the Plans and Specifications and may be effected by
Field Order. In the event of any dispute between any of the
parties to the Contract and the Architect or each other involving
the interpretation of the Contract Documents, the evaluation of
work or materials performed or furnished by the Architect
Contractor, or any subcontractor or materialsman, or involving
any question of fault or liability of any party, the decision of the
Owner shall be final and binding.
In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the
following sequence for interpretatson shall be used in order of
precedence: Change Orders andlor Field Orders (by date of
issuance); Addenda (by date of issuance); Drawings; Notes
and dimensions on Drawings; Technical Specifications; Special
Provisions; Supplementary General Conditions; General
Conditions; and, Construction Contract.
A-9 COPIES OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. The Architect will furnish to Contractor
free of charge 15 sets of working Drawings and 15 sets of
Specifications. Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduction
for all other copies of Drawings and Specifications fumished to
him.
All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof fumished by
the Owner of the Architect are and shall remain the property of
the Owner. They are not to be used on any other project and,
with the exception of one Contract set for each Party to the
Contract, are to be retumed to the Owner on request at the
completion of the work.
A-10 MINORITY AND WOMENS BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE POLICY. The Ciry of Fort Worth has goals for
ihe participation of disadvantaged business enterprises in City
contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to meet
these goals is mandatory in order to be considered a
responsive bidder. The City policy and procedures to be
followed in submitting bids is included.
The City of Fort Worth MWBE Program will take precedence
over other subcontractor utilization programs on Block Grant
and other Federally funded Projects.
A-11 CORRELATION AND INTENT. In general, the
drawings indicate dimension, locations, positions, quantities,
and kinds of construction; the specifications indicate the quality
and construction procedures required. Work indicated on the
drawings and not specified of vice-versa, shall be fumished as
though set fo�th in both. Work not detailed, marked or
specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed,
marked or specified. If the drawings are in conflict or conflict
with the specifications the better quality or greater quantity or
work or materials shall be estimated and shall be furnished or
included. Dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over
GC-lofl
l 0i 11 /99
small-scaie drawings. Drawings showing locations of
equipment, piping, ductwork, electrical apparatus, etc., are
diagrammatic and job conditions may not allow installation in
the exact location shown. Relocation shall not occur without
the Architects approval.
A-12 AC�E In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the
Executive Branch of the federal government, Contractor
covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members,
agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors,
while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection
with the employment, advancementordischargeof employees
or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their
employment, discriminate against persons because of their
age excepl on the basis of a bona fide accupational
qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement.
Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers,
members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program partici-
pants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in
solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this
contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the
specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide
occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory
equipment.
Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will
defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims
orallegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against
City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'
alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy
concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agree-
ment.
A-13 DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of
the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor
warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not
unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision
of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms
and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment
with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
Contractor warrants itwill fully comply with ADA provisions and
any other applicable federal, siate and local laws concerning
disability and wsll defend, indemnify and hold City harmless
against any claims or allegations asse�ted by third parties or
subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or
its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the
above-referenced laws concerning disabiliry discrimination in
the performance of this agreement.
SECTION B
IDENTIN OF ARCHITECT
B-1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION. Where the term
"Architect" is used in the "General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction", it shall refer to the Director, Transportation
and Public Works or his designated Project Manager. The
Director, Transportation will designate a Project Manager and
Construction Manager to administer this contract and perform
the functions of the "Architect" as indicated in the General
Conditions. The design architect or engineer may also be
designated to perform the duties of "Architecf'.
B-2 TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION OF WORK:
The Owner has the right to terminate the Project for any
reason. If the project is terminated, the Contractor shall:
a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the
extent specified on the notice of termination.
b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as
may be necessary for the completion of the work not
terminated.
c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent
that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by
the notice of termination.
After termination as above, the Ciry wilf pay the contractor a
proportionate part of the contract price based on the work
completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on
termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced
by the portion thereof allocatable to the work not completed
and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any
otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts
due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30
days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or
controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any
portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or
controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City
Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City
Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding
upon all parties to this contract
B-3 DUTIES OF THE ARCHITECT As used herein, the
term Architect means the Architect or his authorized
representative. Nothing contained in these Contract
Documents shall create any privity of Contract between the
Architect and the Contractor.
B-4 ARCHITECT AS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
OWNER The Architect will provide general administration of
the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will have authority to
act as the representative of the Owner to the extent provided
in the Contract Documenls unless changed in writing by the
Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and
consultations with the Owner or the Contractor at all
reasonable times.
B-5 ACCESS TO JOB SITES. The Architect shall at all
times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation
and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such
access so the Architect may perform its assigned functions
under ihe Contract Documents.
The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize
himself with the progress and quality of the work and to
determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the
Contract documents. On the basis of on-site observations, the
Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the
Work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects
and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. Based upon
such observations and the Contractor's applications for
payments, ihe Architect will make determinations and
recommendations concerning the amounts owing to ihe
Contractor and will issue certificates for payment amounts.
B-6 INTERPRETATIONS. The Architect will be, in the
first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Plans
and Specifications and the judge of the performance
thereunder by the Contractor, subject to the final decision of
the Owner.
The ArchitecCs decisions in matters relating to artistic effectwill
be final if consisient with the intent of the Contract Documents.
GC-2of1
10/11/99
i�
B-7 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK. The Architect will
have authority to reject work that does not conform to the
Plans and Specifications. In addition, whenever, in its
reasonable opinion, the Architect considers it necessary or
advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent
of the Plans and Specifications, the Architect will have
authority to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any
portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the
Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, instalied or
completed.
B-8 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES OF ARCHITECT
Shop Drawinqs. The Architect will review Shop Drawings and
Samples as provided in Section D. Two copies of each
approved Shop Drawing and submittal will be provided to the
Owner by the Architect.
ChanQe Orders. Change Orders and Field Orders for Minor
Changes in the Work will be issued by the Owner through the
Architect in accordance with the provisions of Section L.
Guarantees. The Architect will receive on behalf of the Owner
all written guarantees and related documents required of the
Contractor. Upon completion of the project the Contractor shall
provide the Architect five copies of each guarantee. The
Architect will provide three copies of each guarantee to the
Owner.
Inspections The Architect will conduct inspections for the
purpose of determining and making his recommendations
concerning the dates of substantial completion and final
complelion.
Operation and Maintenance ManualsThe Architect will receive
on behalf of the Owner, six copies of all appiicable equipment
installation, operation, and maintenance brochures and
manuals required of the Contractor. The Architect will provide
ihree copies of this information to the Owner.
B-9 TERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT. In case of
the termination of the employment of the Architect by the
Owner, the Owner shall either assume the duties of the
Architect through the Director of the Department of
Transportation and Public Works, or shall appoint a successor
Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable
objection.
SECTION C
OWNER
C-1 IDENTIFICATION. By the term Owner is meant the
City of Fort Worth acting herein by its duly authorized
representatives in the manner provided by law. Authorized
representatives include the City Manager, Assistant City
Manager, the Dir�ctor and of Transportation and Public Works
Department and members of the Building Services Division.
Generally speaking a designated representative will be
identified from within the Building Services Division to act as a
point of contact for day to day contract administration.
C-2 DUTIES OF THE OWNER. The Owner shall furnish
surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limits and
utility locations for the sile of the Work; provided, however, that
the Contractor hereby covenants ihat he has inspected the
premises and familiarized himself iherewith and that the
locations of utiiities and other obstacles to the prosecution of
the Work as shown on the Owner's survey are for information
only, are not binding upon the Owner, and the Owner shall not
incur any liability for loss or damage by viRue of any
inaccuracies or deficiencies in such surveys. The Owner shall
secure and pay for title to the site and all necessary permanent
or construction easements. The Owner will cooperate with the
Contractor in the prosecution of the Work in such manner and
to such extent as may be reasonable and shall fumish
infortnation under its control with reasonabfe promptness at the
request of the Contractor.
C-3 INSTRUCTIONS. The Owner shall issue all
instructions to the ConUactor through the Architect.
C-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITE. The Owner shall at all
times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation
and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such
access so the Owner may perform its assigned functions under
the Contract Documents.
C-5 PROGRESS INSPECTIONS. The Owner and the
Architect will make visits to the Site to familiarize themselves
with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if
the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract
documents. On the basis of on-site observations and reports
provided by the Architect conceming the progress and quaiity
of the work, the Owner will approve and authorize the
Contractor's applications for payments.
C-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK. The Owner will
have authority to reFlect work that does not conform to the
Plans and Specifications. Whenever, in its reasonable opinion,
the Owner considers it necessary or advisable in order to
insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and
Specifications, the Owner will have authority to require the
Contractor to stop the work or any portion thereof, or,to require
the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to
require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not
such Work be then fabricated, installed or compleied.
C-7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION.
Upon agreement of the Contractor and Architect that the Work
is substantially complete, the Owner will schedule a
Substantial Completion Inspection to be conducted by the
Architect and attended by representatives of the Architecl,
Owner and Contractor. Items identified during this inspection
as being incomplete, defective or deficient shall be
incorporated into a punch list to be prepared by the Architect
and attached to the AIA document G704, which is to be
prepared and signed by the Contractor, and accepted,
approved and signed by the Owner.
C-8 RIGHT TO AUDIT:
Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of
three years after final payment under this contract, have
access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books,
documents, papers and records of the contractor involving
transactions reiating to this contract.
Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts
hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor
agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years
aRer final payment under the subcontract, have access to and
the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents,
papers and records of such subcontractor, involving
transactions to the subcontract. The term "subcontracY' as
used herein includes purchase orders.
Contractor agrees to photocopy such documents as may be
requested by the city. The city agrees to reimburse Contractor
for the cosis of copies at the rate published in the Texas
Administrative Code.
GC-3of1
10/11/99
is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it
were copies verbatim herein.
SECTION D
CONTRACTOR
D-1 IDENTIFICATION. The Contractor is the person or
organization identified as such in the Contract. The teRn
Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized
representative.
D-2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor shall
perform all work and services hereunder as an independent
contractor, not as an officer, agent, or employee of the City.
Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive
right to control the details of the work and services performed
hereunder, and all persons performing same, and Contractor
shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its
o�cers, agents, and employees. Nothing herein shall be
construed as creating a partnership orjointenterprise between
City and the Contractor, its officers, agents and employees,
and the doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply.
D-3 SUBLETTING It is further agreed that the
performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall
not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor
without the writfen consent of the Director of Transportation
and Public Works of the Ciry of Fort Worth.
D-4 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The
Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Agreement,
Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda
and modifications and shall at once report to the Owner and to
the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may
discover. The Coniractor shall do no work without Drawings,
Specifications and Interpretations.
D-5 SUPERVISlON. TheContractorshallsuperviseand
direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be
solely responsible for all construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all
portions of the Work under the Contract Documents.
D-6 LABOR AND MATERIALS. Unless otherwise
specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all
,i labor, maierials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and
�
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other
facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and
^ completion of the Work.
9 The successful low bidder will use its reasonable best efforts
to hire local laborers, workmen and materialmen. The general
i condition is not to be constructed as limiting the right of any
bidder to employee laborers, workmen or materialmen from
outside local area.
The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and
good order among his employees, and shall not employ on the
Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task
assigned to him.
D-7 PREVAILING WAGE RATE. The Contractoragrees
to pay not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem
wages for Work of a simitar character in the locality in which
the Work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing
wage of per diem wages for a legal holiday and overtime work
to all laborers, workmen a�d mechanics employed on the Work
under this Contract. The Contractor agrees to pay at least the
minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified
and set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which
D-8 WARRANTY. The Contractorwarrants to the Owner
and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished
underthis Contractwill be new unless othervvise specified, and
that all work will be of good qualiry, free from faults and
defects, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All
work not so conforming to these standards may be considered
defective. If required by the Architect or the Owner, the
Contractor shall fumish satisfactory evidence as to the kind
and quality of materials and equipment.
The warranty provided in this Section shall be in addition to
and not in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided
by law or the Contract Documents.
D-9 TAXES. The Contractor is exempt from State Sales
Tax on material incorporated into the finished construction,
Excise and Use Tax.
D-10 LICENSES, NOTICES AND FEES. The Contractor
shall obtain all Pertnits, Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections,
whether permanent or temporary, required by law or these
Contract Documents.
The CoMractor shall give all Notices and comply with all Laws,
Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public
authority bearing on the performance of the Work. If the
Contractor observes or becomes aware that bearing on the
performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or
becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at
variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly, notify the
Architect in writing and any necessary changes will be made.
If the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is in
violation of, or contrary to, any of such Laws, Statutes, Charter,
Ordinances, Orders or Directives, or Regulations without
furnishing Notice to the Architect, the Contractor will assume
full responsibility therefor and bear all costs attributable
thereto.
D-11 CASH ALLOWANCES. The Contractor shall
include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the
Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the net
cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at
the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling
costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and
other expenses contemplaled for the original allowance shali
be included in the Contractor Sum and not in the allowance.
The Contractor shall cause the Work covered by these
allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such
persons as the Architect may direct, but he will not be required
to employ persons against whom he makes a reasonable
objection. If the cost, when determined, is more than or less
than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order which will include additional
handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, field
ovefiead, profit and other direct expenses resulting to the
Contractor from any increase over the original allowance.
D-12 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor shall employ
a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who
shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of
the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the
Contractor and the Owner. The superintendent shall represent
the Contractor and all communications given to the
superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor.
ImpoRant communications will be confirmed in writing. Other
communications will be so confirmed on written request in
each case.
GC-4of1
10/11/99
�
D-13 RESPONSIBILITIESFOREMPLOYEESANDSUB-
CONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall be responsible to the
Owner for the acts and omissions of all his employees and all
Sub-contractors, their agents and employees, and all other
persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the
Contractor.
D-14 FAILURE TO COMMENCE WORK: Should the
Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the
time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same
according to the true meaning of the intent and terms oF said
Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the
Owner shall have The right to either demand the surety to take
over the work and complete same in accordance with the
Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the
work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if, in the
completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the
contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and
specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its
Surery shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth
and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof,
said excess cost.
D-15 PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor,
immediately after being awarded the contract, shall prepare
and submit for the Architect's approval, an estimated progress
schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related
to the entire Project. This schedule shall indicate the dates for
the starting and completion of the various states of
construction and shall be revised as required by the conditions
of the Work, subject to the Architect's approval. It shall also
indicate the dates for submission and approval of shop
drawings and submittals as well as the delivery schedule for
major pieces of equipment and/or materials.
The progress schedule shall be updated at least monthly by
the contractor and submitted to the Architect for approval with
the Contractor's monthly progress payment requests.
D-16 DRAWINGSANDSPECIFICATIONSATTHESITE.
The Contraclor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one
copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop
Drawings, Change Orders, and other Changes and
Amendments in good order and marked to record all changes
made during construction. These shail also be available to the
Architect. The Drawings, marked to record all changes made
during construction, shall be delivered to the Architect upon
completion of the Work, and the Architect wiil prepare, and
provide to the Owner, one complete set of reproducible record
drawings o( the work.
D-17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND 5AMPLES. Shop
Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules,
performance charts, brochures and other data which are
prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor,
manufacturer, supplier or distributor, and which illustrate some
portion of the Work.
Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to
illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to
establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval and
submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence
so as to cause no detay in the Work or in the work of any other
contractor, normally within the first 90 days of the work, six
copies of all shop Drawings and Samples required by the
Contract Documenls or subsequently by the Architect as
covered by changes or amendments. Shop Drawings and
Samples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the
Architect may require. At the time of submission the Contractor
shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop
Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the
Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and
verified all field measuremenis, field construction criteria,
materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and thal he has
checked and coordinated each shop drawing given in the
Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate
item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the
item functions.
The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and
Samples with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay.
but only for conformancewith the design concept of the Project
and with the infoRnation given in the Contract Documents. The
ArchitecYs approval of a separate item shall not indicate
approval of an assembly in which the item functions.
The Contracto� shall make any corrections required by the
Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected
copies of Shop Drawings or new Samples untit approved. The
Coniractor shall direct specific ariention in writing or on
resubmitted Shop Orawings to revisions other than the
corrections requested by the Architect on previous
submissions.
The Architect's approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall
not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation
from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the
Contractor has informed the Architect in writing of such
deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given
written approval to the specific deviation. Architect's approval
shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or
omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples.
No portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample
submission shall be commenced until the Architect has
approved the submittal. All such portions of the Work shall be
in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples.
D-18 SITE USE. The Contractor shall confine operations
at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and
the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber
the site with any materials or equipment. Until acceptance of
the work by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, the
entire site of the Work shall be under the exclusive control,
care and responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall take
every precaution against injury or damage to persons or
property by the action of the elements or from any other cause
whatsoever. The Contractor shali rebuild, repair, restore and
make good at his own expenses all injuries or damages to any
portions of the Work occasioned by any of fhe above, caused
before acceptance.
D-19 SAFE WORK PRACTICES. The Contractor shall
employ safe practices in handling materials and equipment
used in perfortning required work so as to insure the safety of
his workmen, City employees and the public. The Contractor
shall keep the premise free at all times from accumulation of
waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the work, the
Contractor shall remove all his wastes and rubbish from and
about the woric area, as well as his tools, equipment and
surplus materials and shall leave the area as clean and free of
spot, stains, etc., as before the work was undertaken.
GC-Sofl
10/11/99
D-20 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS The Contractoris not
required to provide a temporary field office or telephone for
projects under �500,000. Contractor shall equip the Project
Superintendent with a pager and provide 24-hour contacts to
the City.
D-21 TRENCH SAFETY The Contractor shall be
responsible for all design and implementation of trench shoring
and stabilization to meet regulatory requirements. If the
Proposal requires, the Contractor shall include a per unit cost
for trench safety measures in his bid. If not included in the
Proposal, the Contractor shall include a cost for trench safety
measures for all trenches over 5 feet in depth in his Schedule
of Values.
D-22 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK. The
Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work
that may required to make its several parts fit together
properly, and shall not endanger any Work by cutting,
excavating or othenvise aliering the Work or any part of it.
D-23 CLEAN UP. The Contractor at all times shall keep
the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or
rubbish. At the completion of the Work he shall remove all his
waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well
as all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus
materials, and shall clean all glass surfaces and leave the
Work "Broom-clean" or its equivalent, except at otherwise
specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving the
buildings "broom-clean", Contractor shall clean all glass,
replace any broken glass, remove stains, spots, marks and dirt
from decorated work, clean hardware, remove paint spots and
smears from all surfaces, clean fixtures and wash alt concrete,
tile and terrazzo floors.
If the Contractor fails to clean up, the Owner may do so, and
the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
D-24 COMMUNICATIONS. As a general rule, the
Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner
through the Architect, and in all other instances the Contractor
shall furnish the Architect a copy of any communication sent
directly to the Owner.
SECTION E
SUBCONTRACTORS
E-1 DEFINITION. A Subcontractor is a person or
organization who has a direct contract with the Contractor to
perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in
number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor
or his authorized representative.
Nothing contained in the Contract, Documents shall create any
contractual relation between the Owner and the Architect and
any subcontractor or any of his sub-subcontractors or
materialmen.
E-2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS. The bidder shall
furnish a list of the names of the subcontractors or other
persons or organizations (including those who are io furnish
materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)
proposed for such portions of the Work as may be designated
in the bidding requirements, or if none is so designated in the
bidding requirements, the names of the Subcontractors
proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the
award of the Contract, the Architect shall notify the successful
bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due
investigation, has reasonable objection to any person or
organization on such list. Failure of the Owner and Architect to
make an objection to any person or organization on the list
prior to the award of this Contract shall not constitute
acceptance of such person or organization.
If, prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner or Architect
has an objective to any person or organization on such list, and
refuses to accept such person or organization, the apparent
low bidder may, prior to the award, withdraw his bid without
forfeiture of bid security. If such bidder submits an acceptable
substitute, the Owner may, at its discretion, accept the bid or
he may disqualify the bid. If, after the award, the Owner or
Architect objects in writsng to any person or organization on
such list, ihe Contractor shall provide an acceptable substitute.
The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any
Subcontractor or person or organization that has been
accepted by the Owner and the Architect, unless the
substitution is also acceptable to the Owner and the Architect.
E-3 TERMS OF SUBCONTRACTS. All work performed
for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the
Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that:
1. preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the
Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to
be performed under the subcontract so that the
subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights;
2. require that such Work be performed in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents;
3. require submission to the Contractor of applications for
payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor
is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to
apply for payment;
4. require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of
time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to
subcontracted portions of the Work shall be submitted to
the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor where appropriate) in the manner provided
in the Contract Documents for like claims by the
Contractor upon the Owner;
5. waive all rights the contracting parties may have against
one another for damages caused by fire or other perils
covered by the property insurance, except such righis, if
any, as they may have to proceeds of such insurance
held by the Owner, and,
6. obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the
provisions of this Section
All of the provisions set out in this section shall be deemed to
have been included in every subcontract, and every
subcontract shall be so construed and applied as to the Owner
and the Architect, whether or not such provisions are physically
included in the sub-contract.
E� MINORITY AND WOMENS BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE (MlWBEI, Should the base bid be less than
�25,000, the requirements of this section do not apply.
In accordance with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No 11923, the
City of Fort Worth sets goals for the participation of minoriry
business enterprises and women business enterprises in City
contracts. Ordinance No 11923 is incorporated in these
Specifications by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be
obtained from the O�ce of the City Secretary. Failure to
GC-6of1
10/ 1 1 /99
comply with the Ordinance shall be a material breach of
contract.
The MNVBE UTILIZATION FORM, M/WBE GOALS WAIVER
FORM and GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM, as applicable,
must be submitted within five city business days after bid
opening. Failure to submit the post bid information shall
render the bid non-responsive.
The City will consider the contractor's performance on other
City Projects regarding its M/WBE program in the evaluation of
bids. Failure to comply with the City's M/WBE program, or to
demonstrate a"good faith effort", shall result in a bid being
considered irresponsible.
Upon request, Contractor must provide the City with complete
and accuraie information regarding actual work performed by
a Minority or Women Business Enterprise (MNVBE) on the
contract and proof of payment thereof. Contractor further
agrees to permit an audit andlor examination of any books,
records or files in ifs possession that will substantiate the
actual work performed by an M/ WBE. The misrepresentation
oi acts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the
commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for
termination of the contract and/or initiating action under
appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating
to false statement. Further any such misrepresentation (other
than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of
fraud will result on the Contractor being determined to be
irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a
period of time of not less than three years.
Contracfor shall provide copies of subcontracts or cosigned
letters of intent with approved M/WBE subcontractors prior to
issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also
provide monthly reports on utilization of the subcontractors to
the Construction Manager.
The Contractor may count first and second tier subcontractors
and/or suppliers toward meeting the goals. The Contractor
may count toward its goal a portion of the total dollar amount
of the contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of
the M/1NBE participation in the joint venture for a clearly
defined portion of the work to be performed. All subcontractors
used in meeting the goals must be certified prior to the award
of the Contract.
Whenever a change order affects the work of an MNVBE
subcontractor or supplier, the M/WBE shall be given an
opportunity to perform the work. Whenever a change order is
in excess of 10% of the original contract, the M/WBE
coordinator shall determine the goals applicable to the work to
be performed u�der the change order,
During the term of the contract the contractor shall:
1. Make no unjustified changes of deletions in it's M/WBE
participation commitments submitted with or subsequent
to the bid, and,
2. If substantial subcontracting and/or substantial supplier
opportunities arise during the term of ihe contract which
the contractor had represented he would perform with his
forces, the contractor shall notify the City before
subcontracts or purchase orders are let, and shall be
required to comply with modifications to goals as
determined by the City, and,
3. Submit a REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE
FORM, if the contractor desires to change or delete any
of the MNVBE subcontractors or suppliers.
Justification for change may be granted for the following:
1. Failure of subcontractor to provide evidence of coverage
by Workers' Compensation Insurance
2. Failure of subcontractor to provide required general
liability or other insurance.
3. Failure of subcontractor to execute a standard
subconiract form in the amount of the proposal used by
the Contractor in preparing his M/WBE Participatron plan
4. Default by the M/WBE subcontractor or supplier irt the
performance of the subcontract.
Other reasons at the discretion of the M/WBE Coordinator
Within ten days after final payment from the City the coniractor
shall provide the M/WBE O�ce with documentation to reflect
final participation of each M/WBE subcontractor and supplier
used on the project.
E-5 PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS. The
Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of
payment from the Owner, an amount equal to the percentage
of completion allowed to the Contractor on account of such
Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall also require each
Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors.
,
If the Architect refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for
any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault
of a particular subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay that
Subcontractor on demand, made at any time afler the
Certificate for Payment would otherwise have been issued, for
his Work to the extent completed, less the retained
percentage.
The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of
any insurance monies received by the Contractor, and he shall
require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his
Subcontractors.
The Architect may, on request and at its discretion, furnish to
any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding
percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on
account of Work done by such SubconUactors.
Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation
to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any
Subcontractor.
SECTION F
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
F-1 OWNER'S RIGHT. The Owner reserves the right to
award separate contracts in connection with other portions of
the Work. When separate contract are awarded for other
portions of the Work. "the Contractor" in the Contract
Documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs
each separate contracl.
F-2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS.
The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable
opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials
and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall
properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs.
GC-7of1
10/1 I/99
If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper
execution or results upon the work of any other separate
contraclor, the Coniractor shall inspect and promptly repoR to
the Architect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such
work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and
results. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report shall
constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit
� and proper to receive his Work, except as to defects which
, may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the
execution of the Contractor's Work.
Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property
of any separate contractor on the site, ihe Contractor shall,
± upon due notice, settle with such other contracior by
agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues
the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so
� sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall
defend against such suit at the Contractor's expense, and if
any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the
Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment and shall
reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and
i expenses which the Owner has incurred in connection with
such suit.
F-3 CUTTING AND PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE
CONTRACTS. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or
patching of his Work that may be required to fit it to receive or
be received by the work of other contractors shown in the
Coniract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any
work or any other contraclors by cutting, excavating or
otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work
of any other contractor except with the written consent of the
Architect.
Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne
by the party responsible therefor.
F� OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP. If a dispute
arises between the separate contractors as to their
responsibility for cleaning up, the Owner may clean up and
charge the cost thereof to the several contractors as the
Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works
shall determine to be just.
SECTION G
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
G-1 CONFLICT OF LAWS. The law of the place where
the site is located shall govem the Contract. The Contractor
must familiarize himself and strictly comply with ail Federal,
State, and County and City Laws, Statutes, Charter,
Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives controlling lhe action or
operation of those engaged upon the work affecting the
materials used. He shall indemnify and save harmless the City
and all of its officers and agents against any claim or liability
arising from or based on the violation of any such Laws,
Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives,
whether by himself, his employees, agents or subcontractors.
G-2 GOVERNING LAWS. It is mutually agreed and
understood that this agreement is made and entered into by
the parties hereto with reference to the existing Charter and
Ordinances of the City of Forl Worth and the laws of the State
of Texas with reference to and governing all matters affecting
this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with
all the provisions of the same.
G-3 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS.
In performing their duties under the Statutes of the State of
Texas and the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort
Worth in connectron with ihis Contract, or in exercising any of
the powers granted the Owner herein, the o�cers, agents and
employees of the City of Fort Worth are engaged in the
performanceof a governmental function and shall not incur any
personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder,
except for gross negligence or willful wrong.
G-4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Coniractoragrees the
comply with all laws, Federal, state and local, incfuding all
ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Fort Worth,
Texas. Matenals incorporated into the finished Project are not
subject to Stale Sales Tax.
Contractors are responsible for obtaining construction pertnits
from the goveming agencies. Contractor shall schedule all
code inspections with the Code Inspection Division in
accordance with the permit requirements and submit a copy of
updated schedule to the Construction manager weekly.
Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical building permits
are issued without charge. Water and sewer access fees will
be paid by the City. Any other permit fees are the
responsibility of the Contractor.
G-5 INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor covenants and
agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their
personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence.
In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify,
hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its
officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal
injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of,
the work and services to be performed here�nder by
Contractor, its o�cers, agents, employees, subcontractors,
licensees or invitees, whether or nof anv such iniurv.
damaqe or death is caused, in whole or in part, by !he
neqlipence or alleqed ne,qli,qence of Owner, its o�cers,
servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and
against any and all in}uries to Owner's officers, servants and
employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of
the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms
and conditions of this Contract, whether or not anv such
iniury or damaqe is caused in whole or in part bv the
neqliqence or alleqed neqli.qence of Owner, its o�cers.
servanfs or employees.
In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages
against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final
payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor
either(a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim
has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved,
or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability
insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the
insurance carrier.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept
bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor
against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result
of work performed under a City Contract.
G-6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Exceptas provided
in Paragraph E-2, this contract shali be binding upon and
insure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their Successors or
Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of
this Contract or his rights or duties hereunder without the prior
written consent of the Owner. Any such purporled assignment
or subletting without the prior written consent of Owner shall be
void.
GC-8of1
10/ 11/99
G-7 WRITTEN NO710E. Written Notice shall be deemed
to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual
or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for
whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered
or certified mail to the last business address known to him who
gives the notice.
G-8 SURETY BONDS: Surety Bonds are required on all
City contracts in excess of $25,000. The Coniractor agrees.
on the execution of this Contract, and before beginning work,
to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good
and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the
terms and stipulatio�s of the Contract and for the payment to
all claimants for labor and/or materials fumished in the
prosecution ot the work, such bonds being as provided and
required in Articie 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas,
as amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents,
and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price,
and the said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally
authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and
acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth.
Bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by or otherwise
acceptable to the City. Each bond shall be properly executed
by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. Bonds
required by the City shall be in compliance with all relevant
local, state and federal str'.utes.
To be an acceptable surety on the bond the name of the surety
should be included on the current U. S. Treasury List of
Acceptable Securities [Circular 570J, and must be authorized
to do business in Texas. Surelies not listed in Circular 570
may write performance and payment bonds on a project
without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and
surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligation over 10
percent. The amount in excess of 10 percent must be
reinsured by reinsurers who are duly authorized, accredited, or
trusteed to do business in the State of Texas.
Should any surety for the contracted project be determined
unsatisfactory at any time during same, the Contractor shall
immediately provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City.
G-9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK.
If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out ihe Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform
any provision of the Contract, the Owner may, without
prejudice to any other remedy he may have, enter the site and
make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments
then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting
such deficiencies, including the cost of the ArchitecYs
additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or
failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor
are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contract shall pay
the difference to the Owner.
G-10 ROYALTIES AND PATENT5. The Contraclor shall
pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or
claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the
Owner harmiess from loss on account thereof and shall be
responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process
or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified; however, if the Contractor has reason to believe that
the design, process or product specified is an infringement of
a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he
promptly gives such information to Architect.
G-11 TESTS. If ihe Contract Documents, Laws,
Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any Work to be inspected,
tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect
timely notice of its readiness and the date arranged so the
Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval.
The Owner shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests and
approvals unless otherwise provided.
If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner or Architect
determine that any Work requires special inspection, testing or
approval not included above, the Owner or the Architect, �pon
written authorization from the Owner, will instruct the
Contractorto order such special inspection, testing or approval,
and the Contractor shall give notice as required in the
preceding paragraph. If such special inspection or testing
reveals a failure of the Work to comply (1) with the
requirements of the Contract Documenis or (2) with respect to
the performance of the work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter,
Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority
having jurisdiction, the Contracior shall bear all costs thereof,
including the Architect's additional services made necessary by
such costs; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued.
The Contractor shall secure certificate of inspection, testing or
approval, and three copies will be promptly delivered by him to
the Architect. The Architect will review the certificates and
fonvard one copy of each with his recommendation(s) to the
Owner.
If the Architect or Owner wish to observe the inspections, tests
or approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly
and, where practicable, at the source of supply.
Neither the observations of ihe Architect or the Owner in their
administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections,
tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall
relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
G-12 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
SERVICES. The Contractor shall perform the work under this
Contract with a minimum of outage time for all utilities.
InteRuption shall be by approved sections of the utility. In some
cases, the Co�tractor may be required to perform the work
while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility service
may be interrupted only when approved by the Owner. When
it is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities, the Contractor
shall notify the Owner in writing at least ten days in advance of
the time that he desires the existing service to be interrupted.
The interruption lime shall be kepi to a minimum. Depending
upon the activities at an existing facility that requires
continuous service from the existing utility, an interruption may
not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the
Contractor. In such cases, the interruption may have to be
scheduled at a time of minimum requirements of demand for
the utility. The amount of time requested by the Contractor of
existing utiliry services shall be as approved by the Owner.
G-13 LAYING OUT WORK. The Contractor shall verify
dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work.
Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing
conditions shali be referred to Architect for adjustment before
work affected is performed. Failure to make such notification
shall pface responsibility upon Contracior to carry out work in
satisfactory workmanlike manner at the Contractor's sole
expense.
GC-9of1
10/11/99
The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and
elevation of all the construction contemplated by lhe
Construction Documents.
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully
compare and check all Archiiectural, Structural, Mechanical an
Electrical drawings; each with the other that in any affects the
locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and
should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report
the same to the Architect for verification and adjustment. Any
duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on his
part to comply with this function shall be done at the
contractors sole expense.
G-14 MEASUREMENT5: Beforeorderinganymaterialor
doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements
at the siie or at the building and shall be wholly responsible for
the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will
be allowed on account of any difference between actuai
dimensions and dimensrons indicated on lhe drawings. Any
difference which may be found shall be submitted to the
Architect for consideration and adjustment before proceeding
with ihe project.
G-15 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND
WORK. The Contractor shall carefully check the site where
the project is to be erected and observe any existing overhead
wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved, replaced
or protected, as required, whether or no shown or specified at
the contractor's sole expense.
Attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other
underground improvements that may or may not be shown on
the Drawings. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to
preserve and protect any such improvements whether or not
shown on the Drawings.
Location of existing underground lines, shown the Drawings
are based on the best available sources, but are to be
regarded as approximate only. Exercise extreme care in
locating and identifying these lines before excavation in
adjacent areas.
G-16 ALIGNMENT OF JOINTS IN FINISH MATERIALS.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain
in the installation ofjointed floor, wall and ceiling materials that:
1. preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the
Architect under ihe Contract with respect to the Work to
be performed under the subcontract so that the
subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights;
2. Place joints to relate to all opening and breaks in the
structure and be symmetrically placed wherever possible.
This includes heating registers, light fixtures, equipment,
etc.
If because of the non-related sizes of the various materials and
locations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the
above, ihe Contractor shall request the Architect to determine
the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall
establish centerlines for all trades.
G-17 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK. The Contractor
shall protect all existing street and other improvements from
damages.
Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate
vicinity of the new work and shall not in any interfere with or
obstruct the ingress or egress to an from existing adjacent
facilities.
Where new site work is to be connected io existing work,
special care shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb
or damage the existing work more than necessary. All
damaged work shall be replaced, repaired and restored to its
original condition at no cost to the Owner.
G-18. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CERTIFICATION: It is
the intent of the contract documents, whether expressly stated
or not, that nothing containing hazardous materials, such as
asbestos, shall be incorporated in to the project. The
contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to
ensure thai asbestos-containing materials are not incorporated
into any portion of the project, including advising all materials
suppliers and subcontractors of this requirement. The
contractor shall verify that components containing lead do not
contact the potable water supply.
G-19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING.
Drawing showing location of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc.
are diagrammatic and job conditions may not always permit
their installation in the location shown. When this situation
occurs, it shall be brought to the ArchitecYs attention
immediately and the relocation determined in a joint
conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the
relocating of any items without first obtaining the ArchitecYs
approval. He shall remove and relocate such items at his own
expense if so direcled by the Architect. Where possible uniform
margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and or
adjacent wall, floor or ceiling surfaces.
G-20 OVERLOADING. The Contractor shall be
responsible for loading of any part or parts of Structures
beyond their safe carrying capacities by placing of materials,
equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No
loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have
attained their permanent and safe strength.
G-21 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Where it is
required in the Specificatrons that materials, products,
processes, equipment, or ihe like be installed or applied in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions, direction or
specifications, or words to this effect, it shall be construed to
mean that said application or installation shall be in strict
accordance with printed instructions furnished by the
manufacturer of the material concerned for use under
conditions similar or those at the job site. Six copies of such
instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and his approval
thereof obtained before work is begun.
G-22 CLEANING UP. The Contractor shall keep the
premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish
caused by employees or as a result of the work.
At completion of work, the General Contractor shall,
immediately prior to final inspection of complete building,
execute the following final cleaning work with trained janitorial
personnel and with material methods recommended by the
manufactures of instalfed materials.
1. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base, and vacuum
carpeting.
2. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar finished
materials.
3. Clean all cabinets and casework.
4. Dust all ceilings and walls.
GC - 10 of 1
l0/1 1/99
5. Dust, and if necessary wash, all plumbing and electrical
fixtures.
6. Wash all glass and similar non-resilient materials
7. All hardware and other unpainted metals shall be cleaned
and poiished and all equipment and paint or decorated
work shall be cleaned and touched-up if necessary, and
all temporary labels, tags, and paper coverings removed
throughout the buildings. Surfaces that are waxed shall
be polished.
8. The exterior of the building, the grounds, approaches,
equipment, sidewalks, streets, etc. shall be cleaned
similar to interior of buildings and left in good order at the
time of final acceptance. All paint surfaces shall be clean
and unbroken, hardware shall be clean and polished, all
required repair work shall be completed and dirt areas
shall be scraped and cleared of weed growth.
9. Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of putty, paint
materials, etc., without scratching or injuring the glass
and leave the work bright, clean and polished. Cost of this
cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor.
10. Cleaning, polishing, scaling, waxing and all other finish
operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the
Specifications shall be taken to indicate the required
condition at the time of acceptance of all work under the
Contract.
11. Burning: Burning of rubbish on the premises will not be
permitted.
G-23 DUST CONTROL. Precaution shall be exercised at
all times to control dust crealed as a result of any operations
durrng the construction period. If serious problems or
complaints arise due to air-borne dust, or when directed by the
Architect, operations causing such problems shall be
temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken to control
the dust.
G-24 FIRE PROTECTION. The contractor shall at all
times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk
of fire damage or injury to workmen. All scrap materials,
rubbish and trash shall be removed daily from in and about the
building and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent
property.
Suitabie storage space shall be provided outside the
immediate building area for storing flammabie materials and
pafnts; no storage will be permitted in the building. Excess
flammable liquids being used inside the building shall be kept
in closed metal container and removed from the building during
unused periods.
A fire extinguisher shali be available at each location where
cutting or welding is being performed. Where electric or gas
welding or cutting work is done, interposed shields of
incombustible material shall be used to protect against fire
damage due to sparks and hot metal. When temporary heating
devices are used, a watchman shall be present to cover
periods when other workmen are not on the premises.
The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance
with the recommendations and NFPA Bulletins Nos. 10 and
241. However, in all cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers
shall be available for each floor of construction.
G-25 CUTTING AND PATCHING Wherever cutting and
removat of portions of the existing work is indicated, such work
shall be neatly sawed or cut by contractor in a manner that will
produce a neat straight line, paraliel to adjacent surfaces or
plumb for vertical surfaces. Care should be exercised not to
damage any work tfiat is to remain.
At no time shall any structural members be cut without written
consent from the Architect.-
G-26 PROJECT CLOSEOUT.
Final Insaection. Record Drawinqs: Attention is called to
General Conditions Section + entitled, "Payments and
Completion."
Maintenance Manual: Sheets shall be 8%z" x 11", except pull
out sheets may be neatly folded to 8%" x 11 ". Manuals shall
be bound in plastic covered, 3 ring, loose leaf binder with title
of project lettered on front and shall contain:
1) Name, address and trade of all sub-contractors.
2) Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and
telephone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's
local representative, for each piece of operative
equipment.
3) Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves, water heaters,
heating and cooling equipment, temperature control, fan,
electrical panels, service entrance equipment and light
fixtures.
�
4) Manufacturer's name, type, color designation for resilient
floors, windows, doors, concrete block, paint, roofing,
other materials.
Submit six copies of Maintenance Manual, prior to request for
final payment.
Operational Inspection and Maintenance Instruction: The
Contractor shall provide at his expense, competent
manutacturer's representatives to completely check out all
mechanical and efectrical systems and items covered by the
Drawings and Specifications. This requirement shall be
scheduled just prior to and during the initial start up. After all
systems are functioning properly the representatives c: �all
insiruct maintenance personnel of the Owner in the prcper
operation and maintenance of each item.
G-27 GUARANTEE AND EXTENDED GUARANTEE.
Upon completion of the Project, prior to final payment,
guarantees required by technical divisions of Specifications
shall be properly executed in quadruplicate by subcontractors
and submitted through the Contractor to Architect. Delivery of
guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation
assumed under Contract.
The Contractor shall guarantee the enlire Project for one year.
In addition, where separate guarantees, for certain portions of
work, are for longer periods, General Contractor's guarantee
shall be extended to cover such longer periods.
Manufacturer's extended warrantees shall be included in this
contract.
Guarantees shall become valid and operative and commence
upon issuance of Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by
Owner. Guarantees shall not apply to work where damage is
result of abuse, neglect by Owner or his successor(s) in
interest.
GC-Ilofl
10/ I 1 /99
The Contractor agrees to warrant his work and materials
provided in accordance with this contract and the terms of the
Technical Specifications contained herein. Unless
supplemented by the Technical Specifications or the
manufacturers normal extended warrantees, the Contractor
shall warrant all work materials, and equipment against defects
for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. The
Contractor further agrees to bear all costs of making good all
work that is found to be defective or not provided in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Additionally if the
facility or contents are damaged due to defective materials or
workmanship of the Contractor, the Contractor further agrees
to bear all cost of repairing and/or replacing damaged items
and components to bring such items back to at least their
original condition.
G-28 Y2K COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS The
Contractor warrants that each hardware, software and firmware
product delivered for incorporation into the Work be able to
accurately process date/time data between the years 1999 and
2000, including leap year calculations and as described below:
1. Date/time data between the information technology
incorporated into the Work shall transfer accurately to and from
information technology purchased separately from the Work
but intended to be used in association with warranted products
or systems.
2. Where the contract documents require that products
must perform as a system with respect to date/time data
transfer, the warranty described herein applies to the
performance of the system rather than to individual products.
3. The duration of this warranty and the remedies
available io the Owner for ihe breach of this warranty shall be
as defined in and subject to, the terms and limitations of the
Contractor's standard commercial warranty or warranties.
4. The remedies available to the Owner under this
warranty shall include repair or replacement of any product or
system whose noncompliance is discovered and made known
to the Contractor, in writing, within one year following the date
of substantial completion.
5. Nothing in the provisions of this warranty shall be
construed to limit any rights or remedies the Owner may have
with respect to defects discovered in the Work not related to
compliance requirements of this section.
The contractor agrees to correct defective Work within a one
year period after Date of Substantial Completion, and provide
one year warranty for accurate transfer of date/time dala
between the years 1999 and 2000 as described within this
section.
G-29 RECORD DRAWINGS. Upon completion of the
Work and prior to application for final payment, one print of
each of the drawings accompanying this specification shall be
neatly and clearly marked in red by the Contractor to show
variations between the construction actually provided and that
indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. The
annotated documents shall be delivered to Architect. Where a
choice of materials andlor methods is permitted herein and
where variations in the scope or character of the work from the
entire work indicated or specified are permitted either by award
of bidding items specified for ihat purpose, or by subsequent
change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define the
construction actually provided. The representation of such
variations shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall
include supplementary notes, legends and details which may
be necessary for legibility and clear portrayal of the actual
construction. The record drawings shall indicate, in addition,
the actual iocation of all sub-surface utility lines, average depth
below the surface and other appurtenances.
G-30 CONSTRUCTION FENCE. At the Contractor's
option, he may provide a substantial chain-link construction
fence around all or a part of the site. The fences and gates
must be maintained throughout the construction period.
Remove the fences and gates upon completion of the Project
and restore the site to the required original or contract
condition.
G-31 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING.
The Contractor shall handle, store and protect materials and
products, inciuding fabricated components, by methods and
means which will prevent damage, deterioration and loss,
including theft (and resulting delays), thereby ensuring highest
quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery
schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-tertn storage at
project site prior to installation.
G-32 REMOVAL OF SALVAGED MATERIAL. The
Contractorshall remove salvaged material and equipmentfrom
the Project site and dispose of it in accordance with the law.
Equipment or material identified in the Specifications or Plans
for Owner salvage shall be carefully removed and delivered to
the Owner at any location in within the City limits as directed
by the City.
SECTION H
CONTRACT TIME
H-1 DEFINITIONS. The Contract Time is the period of
time allotted in the Contract Documents for completion of the
Work.
GC-12of1
4
The date of commencement of the Work is the date
established in ihe Notice to Proceed. If
there is no notice to proceed, it shall be
the date of the Agreement or such other
date as may be established therein.
The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or
designated portion thereof is the Date
certified by the Architect with the approval
of the Owner that construction is
sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, so the Owner
may occupy the Work or designated
portion thereof for the use (or which it is
intended. Final acceptance of the
completed work or any portion thereof
can be made only by the City Council of
the City of Fort Worth or iYs designated
Assistant City Manager, and no other
form of acceptance will be binding upon
the Owner.
A calendar day constitutes 24 hours of time and is
any one of the seven days of a week,
including Sunday, regardless of whether
a"Working Day" or not, and regardless of
weather conditions or any situation which
might delay construction. An extension of
contract time shall be in accordance with
this Section. Extensions of time will be as
recommended by the Architect with final
approval by City of Fort Worth.
A working day is defined as a calendar day, not
including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
holidays, in which weather or other
conditions not under the control of the
10/11/99
��
Contractor permit the performance of
work for a continuous period of not less
than seven hours be'.ween 7:00 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. However, nothing in these
Contract Documents shall be construed
as prohibiting the Contractor from working
on Saturdays if he so desires. Should the
Contractor choose to work on Saturdays,
one day will be charged as contract-
working time when weather or other
conditions permit seven hours of work as
delineated above. Legal holidays are
defined as being New Year's Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day,
Memorial Day, and Veteran's Day.
H-2 PROGRESSANDCOMPLETION. Allthetimelimits
stated in the Contract Documents are of essence to the
Contract.
The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of
commencement as defined in this
Section. He shall carry the Work forvvard
expeditiously with adequate forces and
shall complete it within the Contact Time.
H-3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
If the Contractor is delayed at any time in
the progress of the Work by any act or
neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or
by any employee of the Owner, or by any
separate contractor employed by the
Owner, or by any separate contractor
employed by the Owner, or by changes
ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes,
fire, unusual delay in transportation,
unavoidable casualties or any causes
beyond the Contractor's control, or by any
cause which the Architect determines
may justify the delay, then the contract
time may be extended by Change Order
for such reasonable time as
recommended by the Archilect and
approved by the Owner. 1Nhen the
Contractor is delayed due to abnormal
weather conditions, the weather table
provided as VYT-1 in these Contract
Documents shall be used as the basis for
providing a fair and equitable adjustment
of the contract time.
All claims for extension of time shall be made in
writing to the Architect no more than
fifteen days after the occurrence of the
delay; otherwise they shall be waived.
If no schedule or agreement is made stating the
dates upon which written interpretations
shall be furnished, then no claim for delay
shall be allowed on account of failure to
furnish such interpretation until fifteen
days after demand is made for them, and
not then unless such a claim is
reasonable.
H� NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY. No
payment, compensation or adjustment or
any kind (other than the extensions of
time provided for) shall be made to the
contrector for damages because of
hindrances or delays from an cause in the
progress of the work, whether such
hindrances or delays be avoidable or
unavoidable, and the contractor agrees
that he will make no claim for
compensation, damages or mitigation of
liquidated damages for any such delays,
and will accept in full satisfaction for such
defays said exiension of time.
SECTION I
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
I-1 CONTRACT SUM. The Contract Sum is stated in
the proposal as accepted and is the total amount payable by
the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work
under the Contract Documents.
I-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES. Before thefirstApplicable
for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a
Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work,
including quantities if required by the Architect, aggregating the
total Contract Sum, divided so as to facilitate payments io Sub-
contractors, prepared in such form as specified or as the
Architect and the Co�tractor may agree upon, and supported
by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect
may require. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include
its proper share of overhead and profil. This Schedule, when
approved by the Architect and the Owner, shall be used as a
basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
I-3 ADJUSTMENTOFQUANTITIES. Whereunitprices
and estimated quantities are used to compute the contract
amount, the Owner may increase the quantities by an amount
ihat is 20% of the total cost for that section. Unit prices for
adjustments to unit quantities in excess to 20% may be
negotiated at the request of either party.
I-d PROGRESS PAYMENTS. On the first day of each
month aker the first month's work has been completed, the
Contractor will make current estimates in writing for review by
the Architect of materials in place complete and the amount of
work performed during the preceding month or period and the
value thereof at the prices contracied for as shown on the
approved Schedule of Values and Progress Schedule.
If payments are to be made o� account o( maierials or
equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and
suitably stored at ihe site or in an independent, bonded
warehouse such payments shall be conditioned upon
submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other
procedures satisfaclory to the Owner to establish the Owner's
title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the
Owner's interest including applicabie insurance and
transportation to the site.
The Contractor warrants and guarantees ihat title to all Work,
materials and equipment covered by an Application for
Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass
to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the
Contractor, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests
or encumbrances hereinafter referred to as "liens"; and that no
Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for
Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any
other persons performing the Work at the site or furnishing
materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement
under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is
retained by the seller or othenvise imposed by the Contractor
or such other person.
GC- 13of1
10/ 11 /99
k
The Contractor shall prepare each appiication for payment on
AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate for
Payment", and attached thereto AIA Document G703,
"Conlinuation Sheef', to indicate the progress made to date
and the period or month for which payment is requested for
each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. A copy of the
revised monthly work progress schedule must be attached
before the pay request can be accepted.
I-5 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT. Ifthe Contractor
has made Application for Payment as above, the above, the
Architect will, with reasonable promptness but not more than
seven days after the receipt of the Application, prepare a
Certificate of Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such
amount determined to be properly due, or state in writing
reasons for withholding a Certificate.
The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a
representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the
Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising ihe
Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the
point indicated; that the quaiity of the Work is in accordance
with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the
Work as a functioning whole upon Substantial Completion, to
the results of any subsequent tests required by the Contract
Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents
correctable prior to completion, and to any specific
qualifications stated in the Certificate); and recommendations
to the Owner that the Contractor be paid in the amount
certified. In addition, the Architect's approval of final payment
assures the Owner that the conditions precedent to the
Contractor's being entitled to final payment as set forth in this
Section have been fulfilled.
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the
Owner shali approve or disapprove same within ten days after
it has been delivered to the Director of the Department of
Transportation and Public Works. For contracts less than
$40C,000, Owner shall pay 90% of the approved estimate to
the Contractor within seven days after its approval, and the
remaining 10% of each such estimate will be retained by the
Owner until the final estimate is approved and the Work is
accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. For
contracts in excess of �400,000, the Owner will retain only 5%
of each estimate until the final estimate is approved and work
accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth.
No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress
payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the
Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any
Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, or
relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or
responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The
Contractor shall promptly remedy any defects in the Work and
pay for any damage to otherwork resulting therefrom that shall
appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified.
I-6 PAYMENTSWITHHELD. TheArchitectmaydecline
to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold his
Certificate in whole or in part if in his opinion he is unable to
make the representations to the Owner as provided in this
Section. The Architect may also decline to approve any
Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently
discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, may nullify the
whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously
issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to
protect the Owner from loss because of:
1) defective work not remedied;
2) claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probabie
filing of claims;
3) failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to
Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment;
4) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the
unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
5) damage to another contractor;
6) reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed
within the Contract Time; or
7) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor.
When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed,
payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
The Owner reserves the right to withhold the payment of any
monthly estimate, without payment of interest, if the Contractor
fails to pe�form the Work in accordance with the specifications
or instructions of the Architect.
I-7 UNRESOLVED CLAIMS: In the event a written
claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors
remains unsettled at ihe time all work on the project has been
completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the
Transportation and Public Works Department, as evidenced
by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not
be recommended by the Director of the Transportation and
Public Works Department for a period of 30 days after the date
of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit
written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has
been settled and a release has been obtained from the
claimant involved.
Although the claim concerned remains unsettled at the
expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be
deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work
completed, such semi-final payment to be in an amount equal
to the total dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any
written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of the
performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may
then be recommended by the Director.
The Director shall not recommend final payment to a
Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is
outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the
acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor
submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that:
1) The claim has been settled and a release has been
obtained from the claimant involved, or
2) Good faith efforts have been made to settie such out-
standing claims, and such good faith efforts have failed.
If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month
period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to
the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is met at any
time within the six-month period, the Director may recommend
that the final payment to the Contractor be made. At the
expiration of the six- month period the Director may
recommend that final payment be made if all other work has
been performed and all other obligations of the Contractor
have been met to the satisfaction of the Director.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept
bids on other Transportation and Public Works Deparlmenl
contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for
damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a
City contract.
GC-14of1
] 0/ 11; 99
�
I-8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The deduction for
liquidated damages shall be as follows:
Amount of Contract Liquidated Damages Per Day
�15,000 or less $45
$15,001 to 525,000 $ 63
$25,001 to $50,000 �105
�50,001 to $100,000 5154
S100,000to $500,000 S210
�500,001 tc�1,000,000 i315
$1,000,001$�,000,000 �420
52,000,001$6,000,000 i630
�5,000,00�16,000,000 S840
over�10,000,000 �980
I-9 FAILURE OF PAYMENT If, without fault on the part
of the Contractor, the Architect should fail to issue any
Certificate for Payment within seven days after receipt of the
Contractor's Application for Payment, if the Contractor's
Application for Payment, or if, without fault on the part of the
Contractor, the Owner should fail to approve such estimate or
to pay to the Contractor 90% or 95% (as applicable) of the
amount thereof within the period of time specified, then the
Contractor may, upon seven (7) days additional written notice
to the Owner and to the Architect, stop the Work until payment
of the amount owing has been received.
I-10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL
PAYMENT Prior to the request for final payment, the
Contractor must meet all provisions for Project Closeout. When
the Contractor determines that the Work or a designated
portion thereof acceptable to the Owner is substantially
complete, the Contractor shall prepare the submission to the
Architect a list of items to be completed or corrected. The
failure to include any items on such list does not alter the
responsibility of the Contractor to comptete all Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect,
on the basis of an inspection, determines that the Work is
substantially complete, he then will prepare a Certificate of
Substantial Compietion (G704) which, when approved by the
Owner, shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion,
shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor
for maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance, and shall fix the
time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed
therein, said time to be within the Contract time un(ess
extended.
Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final
inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final
Application for Payment and upon receipt of a final application
forpayment, providing the record drawings have been received
by the Architect, lhe Architect will conduct such test andlor
inspections as he deems necessary, and if in his opinion the
Work has been compleied in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Architect will promptly issue a final CeRificate
of Substantial Completion stating that to the best of his
knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis o( his
observations and inspections, the Work has been completed
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the
Contractor is due and payable. Final acceptance can be made
by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth or iYs designated
representative, and no other form of acceptance will be binding
upon the Owner. Final payment and release of the retainage
amount will become due within fifteen days following approval
of the City Council of the City of Fort Worth in accepting the
work as complete.
Neither the final payment nor the remaining retained
percentage shall become due untii the Contractor submits to
the Architect:
1) Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims
(G706) stating that all payrolls, bills for materials and
equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the
Work for which the Owner or his property might in any
way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise
satisfied,
2) Consent of Surety to Final Payment (G707), if any, to
final paymeni,
3) Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (G706A), and,
4) Other data estabiishing payment or satisfaction of all such
obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of
liens arising oui of the Contract, lo the extent and in such
form as may be designated by the Owner.
If any Subcontractor, materialman or laborer refuses to furnish
a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may,
at the election of the Owner, furnish a bond satisfactory to the
Owner to indemnify him against any right, claim or lien which
might be asserled by such Subcontractor, materiaiman or
laborer. If any such right, claim or lien remains unsatisfied after
all payments are made. The Contractor shall refund to the
Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay to
discharging such right, claim or lien, including all costs and
reasonable attomey's fees.
The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all
claims by the Contractor excepl those previously made in
writing and still unsetiled.
SECTION J
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
J-1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS The
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and
supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection
with the Work. The Contractor shall designate a responsible
member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the
prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's
superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the
Contractor to the Architect.
J-2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY. The
Contractor shall take ail reasonable precautions for the safety
of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent
damage, injury or loss to:
(1) all employees on the Work and all other persons who
may be affected thereby;
(2) all the Work and all materials and equipment to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or-off the site,
under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or
any of his Subcontractors or Sub-contractors; and
(3) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including
trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,
structures and utilities not designated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and
care of the Contrador, and he shall take every precaution
against injury or damage to the Work by the action of the
elements or from any other cause whatsoever, whether arising
from the execution or (rom the non-execution of the Work. The
Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good, at his
own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the
GC - 15 of 1
10/11/99
Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before its
compietion and acceptance.
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws,
Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or
properry or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He
shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and
progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and
protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings
against hazards, promulgating safery regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent utilities.
When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous
materiais or equipment is necessary for the execution of the
Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall
carry on such activities under the supervision of properly
qualified personnel.
All damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding
paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any
of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, including damage
or loss attributable to faulty Drawings or Specifications and
acts or omissions of the Architect or anyone employed by him
or for whose acts he may be liable, and not attributable to the
fault or negligence of the Contractor or anyone claiming
through the Contractor for such damage or loss.
The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to
' be loaded so as to endanger its safety.
J-3 HARD HATS. Hard Hats will be required at all
construction siles i�cluded in this Contract from start to
completion of work. Each Contraclor, employee and visitor at
any construction site included in the Contract will be required
to wear a hard hat. The Contractor shall enforce the wearing
of hard hats by Contractor, employees and visitors. These
I requirements are in addition to the Accident Prevention Clause
in the General Conditions of the Contract. Contractor shall
provide ten hard hats for use by the consulting Architects and
Engineers and visitors.
J-4 EMERGENCIES. In any emergency affecting the
safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at his
discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any
additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the
ConYraclor on account of emergency work shall be deiermined
as provided in Changes in the Work.
SECTION K - INSURANCE
K-1 Insurance Required. The Contractor shall not
, commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all
, insurance required under this Section and such insurance has
' ' been approved by the City of Fort Worth, nor shall the
Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work to be
performed under this Contract until all similar insurance of the
Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved.
K-2 Workers' Comaensation Insurance:
1) General
a) Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance.
Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner (City) a
certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of
workers compensation insurance covering each of
its employees employed on the project in
compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed
will be issued until ihe Contractor has complied with
this section.
b) Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance.
Contractor a9rees to require each and every
subcontractor who will perform work on the project
to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor
stating that the subcontractor has a policy of
workers compensation insurance covering each
employee employed on the project. Contractor will
not pertnit any subcontractor to perform work on the
project until such certificate has been acquired.
Contractor shall provide a copy of all such
certificates to the Owner (City).
c) By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is
representing to tfie City that all employees of the
contractor who will provide services on the project
will be covered by worker's compensation coverage
for the duration of the project, that the coverage will
be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage
agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured,
with the Texas Worker's Compensation
Commission's D"+vision of Self-Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may
subject the contractor to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil
actions.
d) The contractor's failure to comply with anY of these
provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor
which entitles the City to declare the contract void if
the contractor does not remedy the breach within
ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
City.
2) Definitions:
GC-lbofl
a) Certificate of coverage ("cerlificate"). A copy of a
certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to
self-insure issued by the Texas Workers'
Compensation Commission, or a coverage
agreement (lYVCG81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or
TWCC-84), showing statutory workers'
compensation insurance coverage for the person's
or entity's employees providing services on a
project, for the duration of the project.
b) Duration of the Project. Includes the time from the
beginning of the work on the project until the
contractor's/person's work on the project has been
completed and accepted by the City.
c) Persons providing services on the project
("subcontracto�' in section 406.096)-includes all
persons or entities performing all or part of the
services the contractor has undertaken to perform
on the project, regardless of whether that person
contracted directly with the contractor and
regardless of whether that person has employees.
This inciudes, without limitation, independent
contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies,
motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any
such entity, or employees of any entity which
furnishes persons to provide services on the project.
"Services" include, without limitation, providing,
hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or
providing labor, transportation, or other services
related to a project. "Services" does not include
10/ 1 1 /99
�
activities unrelated to the project, such as
food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and
delivery of portable toilets.
3) Requirements
a) The contractor shall provide coverage, based on
proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,
which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for alt employees
of the contrector providina services of the project, for
the duration of the projc. '
b) The Contractor must provide a certificate of
coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
c) If the coverage period shown on the contractor's
current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to
the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate
of coverage with the City showing that coverage has
been extended.
d) The contractor shall obtain from each person
providing services on a project, and provide to the
City:
i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person
beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entitywill have on file ceRificates
of coverage showing coverage for all persons
providing services on the project; and
ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the
contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage
period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the
project.
e) The contractor shall retain all required certificates of
coverage for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter.
� The contractor shall notify the City in writing by
certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10)
days after the contractor knew or should have
known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing
services on the project.
g) The contractor shall post on each project site a
notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Worker's Compensaiion Commission,
informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and
stating how a person may verify coverage and report
lack of coverage.
h) The contractor shall contractually require each
person with whom it contracts to provide services on
a project, to:
i) provide coverage, based on proper reporting
on ihe classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which
meets the statutory requirements of Texas
labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its
employees providing services on the project,
for the duration of the project;
ii) provide to the contractor, prior to that person
beginning work on the project, a certificate of
coverage showing that coverage is being
provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
iii) provide the contractor, prior 10 the end of the
coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage
period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
iv) obtain from each other person with whom it
contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other
person beginning work on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage
period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
v) retain all required certificates of coverage on
fiie for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter.
vi) notify the City in writing by certified mail or
personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the
person knew or should have known, of any
change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
vii) contractually require each person with whom it
contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs h-i) - vii), with the certificates of
coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
4) Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage.
GC - 17 of 1
10/ 1 U99
a) The contractor shall post a notice on each project
sile infoRning all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and
stating how a person may verify current coverage
and report failure to provide coverage. This notice
does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed
by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other
Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules.
This notice must be printed wlth a title in at least 30
point bold type and texi in at least 19-point normal
type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker
population. The text for the notices shall be the
following text, without any additional words or
changes:
"REQUIRED WORKER'S
COMPENSf,TION COVERAGE
The law requires that each person
working on this site or providing services
related to this construction project must
be covered by worker's compensation
insurance. This includes persons
providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment or materials, or providing labor
or transportation or other service related
to the project, regardless of the identity of
iheir employer or status as an employee".
I
Call the Texas Worker's Compensation
Commission at 512-040-3789 to receive
information on the legal requirement for
coverage, to verifywhetheryouremployer
has provided the required coverage, or to
report an empioyer's failure to provide
coverage."
K-3 UnBiunr IN5uctANCE. The Contractor shall procure
and maintain during ihe term of this Contract such Liability
Insurance as shall protect him, the City of Fort Worth and any
Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract, from
claims of damage which may arise from operations under this
Contract, including blasting, when blasting is done on, or in
connection with the Work of the Project, whether such
operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the limits
of such insurance shall be not less than the following:
1) Automobile Liability: 51,000,000 each accident, or
reasonably equivalent split limits for bodily injury and
property damage. Coverage shall be on "any auto"
including leased, hired, owned, non-owned and borrowed
vehicles used i� connection with this Contract.
2) Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 each
occurrence. Coverage under the policy shall be as
comprehensive as that provided in a current Insurance
Services Office (ISO) policy form approved for use in
Texas and the policy shall have no exclusions by
endorsement unless such are approved by the City.
3) Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance: When the
Project specifically requires the removal of Asbestos
Containing Materials, the Conlractor shall be required to
maintain Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance as
follows: $1,000,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000
aggregate limit. The coverage shall include any pollution
exposure, including environmental impairment liability,
associaled with the services and operations performed
under this contract in addition to sudden and accidental
contamination or pollution liability for gradual emissions
and clean-up costs.
K� BUILDER�S RISK INSURANCE.
Unless stated otherwise in the Proposal or Invitation, the
Contractor shall procure, pay for and maintain at all times
during the term of this Contract, Builder's Risk Insurance
against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm, hurricane, hail,
riot, explosion, civic commotion, smoke, aircraft, land vehicles,
vandalism, and malicious mischief, at a limit equal to 100% of
the Contract Sum.
The policy shall include coverage for materials and supplies
while in transit and while being stored on or off site. If
specifically required in the Instructions to Bidders, the policy
shall include coverage for flood and earthquake. Different sub-
limits for these coverages must be approved by the City.
Consequential damage due to faulty workmanship and/or
design performed by the Contraclor or his agents shall be
covered.
Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall notify the
City of Fort Worth in writing before terminating this insurance.
K-S PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE. The CO�ff2ClOf
shall provide a certificate of insurance documenting the
Transportation and Public Works Department, City of Fort
Worth as a"Certificate Holder", and noting the specific
project(s) covered by the Contractor's insurance as
documented on the certificate of insurance. More than one
certificate may be required of the Contractor depending upon
the agents an/or insurers for the Contractor's insurance
coverages specified for the project(s).
K-6 OTHER INSURANCE RELATED REpUIREMENTS.
1) The City of Fort Worth shall be an additional insured, by
endorsement, on all applicable insurance policies.
2) Applicable insurance policies shall each be endorsed with
a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Fort Worth.
3) Insurers of policies maintained by Contractor and its
subcontractor(s), if applicable, shall be authorized to do
business in the State of Texas, or otherwise approved by
the City of Fort WoRh, and such shall be acceptable to
the City of Fort Worth insofar as their financial strength
and solvency are concemed. Any company through
which the insurance is placed must have a rating of at
least A:VI I, as stated in current edition of A. M. BesYs Key
Rating Guide. At the City's sole discretion, a less
favorable rate may be accepted by the City.
4) Deductible limits on insurance policies and/or self insured
retentions exceeding $10,000 require approval of the City
of Fort Worth as respects this Contract.
5) The City of Fort Worth shall be notified in writing a
minimum of thirty days prior to an insurer's action in the
event of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in
coverage regarding any policy providing insurance
coverage required in this Contract. �
6) Full limits of insurance shall be available for claims arising
out of this Contract with the City of Fort Worth.
7) The Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to
the City prior to commencement of operations pursuant to
this Contract. Any failure on part of the City of Fort Worth
to request such documentation shall not be construed as
a waiver of insurance requirements specified herein.
8) The City of Fort Worth shall be entitled, upon request and
without incurring expense, to review the insurance
policies including endorsements thereto and, at its
discretion, to require proof of payment for policy
premiums.
9) The City of Fort Worth shall not be responsible for paying
the cost of insurance coverages required herein.
10) Notice of any actual or potential claim and/or litigation
that would affect insurance coverages required herein
shall be provided lo the City in a timely manner.
11) "Other insurance" as referenced in any policy of
insurance providing coverages required herein shall not
apply to any insurance policy or program maintained by
the Ciry of Fort Worth.
12) Contractor shall agree to either require its subcontractors
to maintain the same insurance coverages and limits
thereof as specified herein or the Contractor shall provide
such coverage on the Contractor's subcontractors.
GC- 18of1
SECTION L
CHANGES IN THE WORK
10/ I 1 /99
�
L-1 CHANGE ORDER. The Owner, without invalidating
the Contract, may order Changes in the Work within the
general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions
or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Coniract Time
being adjusted accordingly. All Such Changes in the Work shall
be authorized by Change Order, and shall be executed under
the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.
A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by
the Contracior, Owner and the Architect, issued after the
execution of the Contract, authorizing a Change in the Work or
adjustment in the Coniract Sum or the Contract Time. The
Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by
Change Order.
Any changes in work required due to changed or unforeseen
conditions, or by request of either the Contractor or the City,
shall be coordinated with the Director, Department of
Transportation and Public Works. A change order must be
written and duly negotiated and executed prior to performing
changed work.
The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a Change in the
Fort Worlh shall be determined in one or more of the following
ways:
1) by mutuat acceptance of a lu�np sum property itemized,
including the aliowance to Contractor for overhead and
profit stipulated in the original contract proposal;
2) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon; or
3) by cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage
fee.
If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon,
the Contractor, provided he receives a Change Order, shall
promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such
work shall then be determined on the basis of the Contractor's
reasonable expenditures and savings, including a reasonable
allowance for overhead and profit as indicted in the original
contract proposal. In such cases, the Contractor shall keep and
present, in such form as the Architect shall prescribe, an
itemized accounting togetherwith appropriate supporting data.
Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on
account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate of
Payment as approved by the Owner.
If after the contract has been executed, the Architect, requests
a price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change in
scope of the work, Contractor shall process such proposal
within seven days of receipt and return the price quote to the
Architect in writing. The Architect shall review the price
quotation and if approval is recommended, fonvard the
proposed change order request and price proposal to the
Owner for approval. If the Architect will attempt to negotiate
with Contractor to revise the proposal to a figure which is fair
and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If
the negotiaiions do not result in an equitable solution, the
Architect shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Order with a
price-not-to-exceed figure for approvai by the City and require
specific documentation to be provided by Contractor in
accordance with the paragraph above.
Contractor is advised tl�a₹ according to City of Fort Worth
Charter, that when the cumulative effect of Change Orders
results in an increase in cost of the contract amount by over
53,000, the City Council must approve all such Change Orders
which will exceed this limit. Normal processing time for the City
Staff to obtain City Council approval, once the recommended
change order has been received at the City, is approximaiely
thirty (30) days . Owner, Architect and Contractor shall
endeavor to iden6fy Change Order items as early in the
Construction process as possible to minimize their impact on
the construction schedule.
If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally
contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order
that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of
Work proposed wltl create a hardship on the Owner or the
Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably
adjusted to �r; event such hardship.
If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time is invoived
because of (1) any written interpretation issued pursuant to
Section A, (2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the
Work pursuant to Section B, where the Contract was not at
fault, or (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work,
the Contractor shall make such claim.
L-2 CLAiMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME. If the
Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the
Contract Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, he shatl
give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable
time after the occurrence of the event that gave rise to such
claim. This notice shall be given by ihe Contractor before
proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency
endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shail
proceed in accordance with Section J. No such claim shall be
valid unless so made. Any change in the Contract Sum or
Contract Time resulting from such claim, if approved by the
Owner, shall be authorized by Change Order.
L-3 OVERHEAD ALLOWANCES FOR CHANGES:
Should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the
following applicable percentage shall be added to Material and
Labor cosis to cover overhead and profit:
1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for
extra work perfom+ed Ly the Contractor's own forces shall not
exceed fifteen percent 15% .
2. Aliowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for
extra work performed by a Subcontractor and supervised by
the Conlractor shall not exceed ten percent 10% .
L-4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK. The Architect
shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not
involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension
of the Contact Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the
Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field
Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be
confirmed in writing by the Architect and shall be binding on
the Owner and the Contractor.
L-5 FIELD ORDERS. The Architect may issue written
Field Orders which interpret the Contract Documents in
accordance with Section A, or which order minor changes in
the Work in accordance with Section L without change in
Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out
such Field Orders promptly.
SECTION M
UNCOVEF2ING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
M-1 UNCOVERING OF WORK. if any Work should be
covered contrary to the request of the Owner or Architect, it
GC-19of1
10/11/99
must be uncovered for observation and replaced, at the
Contractor's expense.
If any other work has been covered which the Owner or
Architect have not specifically requested to observe prior to
being covered, the Architect or the Owner may request to see
such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such
Work be found in accordance with the Plans and
Specifications, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall,
by appropriaie Change Order, be charged to ihe Owner. If
such work be found not in accordance with the Plans and
Specifications, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be
found ihat this condition was caused by a separate contractor
employed by the Owner.
M-2 CORRECTION OF WORK. The Contractor shall
promptly correct all work rejected by the Owner or Architect as
defective or as failing to conform to the Plans and
Specifications whether observed before or afler Substantial
Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or
completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting
such rejected Work, including the cost of the ArchitecYs
additional service thereby made necessary.
If, within one year aker the Date of Substantial Completion or
within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law
or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents, any of the work is found to be
defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written
notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has
previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such
condition, describing same specifically and not generally. The
Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the
condition.
All such defective or non-conforming work under the preceding
paragraphs shall be removed from the site where necessary,
and the work shall be corrected to comply with the Contract
Documents without cost to the Owner.
The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of
separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal
or correction.
If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non-
conforming work within a reasonable time fixed by written
notice from the Architect or the Owner, the Owner may remove
it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of
the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such
removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may
upon ten additional days' written notice sell such work at
auction or at private sale and shall account for the net
proceeds thereof, after deducting ali the costs that should have
been borne by the Contractor including compensation for
additional architectural services. If such proceeds of sale do
not cover all costs that the Contractor should have borne, the
difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments
then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover
such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the
Owner.
If the Contractor fails to correct such defective or non-
conforming work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with
Section G.
The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shafl be in
addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed
upon him by special guarantees required by the Contract
Documents or otherwise prescribed by law.
M-3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-
COJJFORMING WORK. If the Owner prefers to accept
defective or non-confortning work, he may do so instead of
requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change
Order will be issued lo reflect an appropriate reduction in the
Contract Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final
payment, it shall be paid by the Contractor.
SECTION N
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
N-1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. If the
work is stopped for a period of 30 days under an order or any
court or other public authority having jurisdiction, through no
act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents
or employees or any other persons performing any of the work
under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be
stopped for a period of 30 days by the Contractor for the
Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in
Section I, then the Contrac[or may after the end of such period
of 30 days and upon seven additional days' written notice to
the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract.
N-2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER. If the contractor
is adjudged as bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment
for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on
account of his insolvency, of if the Contractor refuses, except
in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply
enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he
fails to make prompt payment to Subcontracto�s or for
materials or labor, or fails to comply with al Laws, Statutes,
Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction, or othenNise is guilty of a
substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents,
then the Owner, on its own initiative or upon ce�lification by the
Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may,
without prejudice to any rights or remedy and after giving the
Contracfor and his surety, if any, seven (7) days' written notice,
terminate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools,
construclion equipment and machinery thereon owned by the
Contractor and may finish the work by whatever method he
may deem expedient. In such case the Conlractor shall not be
entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is
finished.
If the costs of finishing the Work, i�cluding compensation for
the Architecfs additional services., exceed the unpaid balance
of the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the
Owner.
The City of Fort Worth may terminate this contract in whole, or
from time to time, in part, whenever such termination is in the
best interest of the City. Termination will be effected by
delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying
to what extent performance of the work of the contract is being
terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt
of termination the contractor shall:
a) Stop woric under the Contract on the date and to the
extent specified on the notice of termination.
b) Piace no further orders or subcontracts except as may be
necessary for the completio� of the work not terminated.
GC - 20 of 1
l 0i 11 /99
�
c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that
they relate to the performance of the work terminated by
the notice of termination.
After t��rmination as above, the City will pay the contractor a
proportionate part of the contract price based on the work
completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on
termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced
by the portion thereof allocatable to the work not completed
and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any
otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its ciaim for amounts
due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30
days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or
controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any
portion of such claim under this paragraph, such d+spute or
controversy shall be -esolved and be decided by the City
Council of the City o� i=ort Worth, and the decision by the City
Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding
upon all parties to this contract
SECTION O
SIGNS
The Contractor shall construct and install the project
designation sign as required in the Contract Documents and in
strict accordance with the Specifications for "Project
Designation Signs." This sign shall be a paR of �his Contract
and shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid for the
Project.
SECTION P
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
P-1 SCOPE. l, e Contractor shall furnish, erect, and
maintain facilities and perform temporary work required in the
performance of this Contract, including those shown and
specified.
P-2 USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES. All temporary
facilities shali be made available for use by all workmen and
subcontractors employed on the project, subject to reasonable
directions by the Contractor as to their proper and most
e�cient utilization.
P-3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL. The Contractor
�hall maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe operating
and sanitary condition for the duration of the Coniract. Upon
completion of the Contract, all such temporary work and
facilities shall be removed from the premises and disposed of
unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder.
P� FIELD OFFICES AND SHED. The Contractor shall
provide a temporary field office building for himself, his
subcontractors and use by the Architect. For construction
contracts with a bid price in excess of $1,000,000.00. the
Contractor shall provide a separate field office for the Gty's
field representative (but the separate office may be in the same
structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the
weather, and each office shall have a lockable door, at least
one window, adequate electrical outlets and lighting, and a
shelf large enough to accommodate perusal of the project
drawings. Openings shall have suitable locks. Field offices
shall be maintained for the full time during the operation of the
work of the Contract. During cold weather months, the field
offices shall be suitably insulated and equipped with a heating
device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit temperature during
the workday. During warm weather the offices shall be
equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain
temperature below 75 degrees F. Upon completion of the work
of the Contract, the Contractor shall remove the building from
the premises. In addition to the drawing shelf, provide for the
City field representatives office: one deck, four chairs, plan
rack and a four drawer filing cabinet (with lock). Each office
shall contain not less than 120 square feet of floor space.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds, other
temporary buildings or trailers on the project site as required
for his use. Location of sheds and trailers shall be as approved
by the Architect. Remove sheds when work is completed, or as
directed.
P-5 TELEPHONE. TheContractorshaliprovideandpay
for telephone installation and service to the field offces
described above. Service shall be maintained for the duration
of operations under this contract. The Contractor shall provide
forand payfor an automatic telephone-answering device at the
site office for the duration of the project. The contractor shall
provide a separate telephone line, and instrument for use by
the City's field representatives.
P-6 TOILET FAClLITIES. The Contractor shall provide
proper, sanitary and adequate toilet fac !ities for the use of all
workmen and subcontractors employee ��n the project.
P-7 UTILITIES. Contractor shall make all necessary
arrangements and provide for temporary water and electricity
reouired during the construction. Contractor shall provide and
install temporary utility meters during the contract construction
period. These meiers will be read and the Contractor will be
billed on this actual use. The Contractor shall provide all labor
and materials required to tap into the utilities. The Contractor
shall make the connections and extend the service lines to the
construction area for use of all trades. Upon comple�ion of the
work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs made to the
existing lines. Only utilities at existing voltages, pressures,
frequencies, etc. will be available to the Contractor.
Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for all
purposes of construction at a point convenient to the projecl or
as shown on the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of
supply to all points where water will be required. Provide
sufficient hose to carry water to every required part of the
construction and allow the use of water facilities to
subcontractors engaged on the work. Provide pumps, tanks
and compressors as may be required to produce required
pressures.
Electric Service. Provide adequate electric service for power
and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, eleciric
service shall be of suffcient capaciry and characteristics to
supply proper current for various types of construction tools,
motors, welding machines, lights, heating plant, air
conditioning system, pumps, and other work required. Provide
sufficient number of electric outlets so that 50 foot long
extension cords will reach all work requiring light or power.
Liqhtinq. Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work
of all trades may be prope�ly and safely performed, in such
areas and at such time that day-lighting is inadequate. Provide
at least 0.75 watts of incandescent lighting per squqr4e foot
and maintain a socket voltage of at least 110 voits. Use at
least 100 watt lamps. In any event, the lighting intensity shall
not be less than 5 foot candles in the viciniry of work and traffic
areas.
P-8 HEATING. Heating devices required under this
paragraph shall not be electric. The Contractor shall provide
heat, ventilation, fuel and services as required to protect all
work and materiais and to keep the humidity down to the
extent required to prevent corrosion of any metal and to
GC-21of1
10/ 11 !99
prevent dampness or mildew which is potentially damaging to
materials and finishes. All such heating, ventilation and
services shall be provided and maintained until final
acceptance of all work. In addition, the Contractor shall provide
heat ventilation prior and during the following work operations
as follows:
a) At all times during the placing, settfng and curing of
concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of
the spaces involved to not less than 40 F.
b) From the beginning of the application of drywall and
during the setting and curing period, provide sufficient
heat to produce a temperature in the spaces involved of
not less than 55 F.
c) For a period of seven (7) days previous to the placing of
interior finish materials and throughout the placing of
finish painting, decorating and laying of resilient flooring
I materials, provide su�cient heat to produce a
temperature of not less than 60 F.
P-9 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT
AND PROTECTION
The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon
completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding,
hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes, ladders to roof, barricades
around openings, and all other temporary work as required to
complete all work of the Contract. Contractor shall coordinate
the use and furnishing of scaffolds with his sub-contractors.
�
The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon
completion of the work, or sooner, if authorized by the
Architect, all ferces, barricades, lights, shoring, pedestrian
walkways, temporary fire escapes, and other proleclive
structures or devices necessary for the safety of workmen, City
employees, equipment, the public and property.
All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to all
regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of the
authorities having jurisdiction, including insurance companies,
with regards to safety precautions, operation and fire hazard.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain pumping facilities,
including power, for keeping the site, all times, whether from
underground seepage, rainfall, drainage of broken lines.
The Contractor shall maintain provision for closing and locking
the building at such time as possible to do so. If this is not
feasible, maintain a night
� The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades or
enclosures, required to protect the work in progress from
� outside elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of
' work under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive,
shall meet the approval of the Architect and shall be
maintained for the duration of the construction period or as
required to provide for the protection as specified.
P-10 PROJECT BULLETIN BOARD. The Contractor
shall furnish, install and maintain during the life of the project
a weather-tight bulletin board approximately 3 feet high by 5
feet wide having not less than two hinged or sliding glass doors
with provisions for locking. The bulletin board shall be mounted
where and as approved by the Architect, in a prominent place
accessible to employees of the Contractorand sub-contractors,
and to applicants for employment. The bulletin board shall
remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by
him upon completion of ihe Contract work. The following
10/ 11 /99
information which will be furnished by the City lo the
Contractor, shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be
maintained by the Contractor in easily readable condition at all
times for the duration of the Contract.
The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice
Nondiscrimination of Employment (Standard Form
38).
Wage Rate Information Poster (Form SOL 155), with
the Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as
required by the Davis-Bacon Act.
Satety Posters.
SECTION Q
VENUE
Should any action arise out of the terms and conditions of this
contract, venue for said action shall lie in Tarrant County,
Texas.
GC-22of1
�
GC - 23 of 1
] 0/ l l /99
GENERAL CONDITIONS
INDEX
�
r_�
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
B
B-1
B-2
B-3
B�
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
C
C-1
G2
C-3
C-4
G5
C-6
C-7
C-8
D
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
D-5
D-6
D-7
D-8
D-9
D-10
D-11
D-12
D-13
D-14
D-15
D-16
D-17
D-18
D-19
D-20
D-21
10/11/99
DEFINITIONS PROCEDURES AND
INTERPRETATIONS
Contract Documents
Entire Agreement
Work
Execution of the Contract Documents
Familiarity with Proposed Work
One Unified contract
Division of Work
Interpretations
Copies of Working Drawings and
Specifications
Minority and Women's Business Enterprise
Policy
Correlation and Intent
Age
Disability
IDENTITY OF ARCHITECT
Contract Administration
Termination and Suspension of Work
Duties of Architect
Architect as Representative of the Owner
Access to Job Site
Interpretations
Authority to Stop Work
Miscellaneous Duties of Archiiect
Termination of Architect
OWNER
Identification
Duties of the Owner
Instructions
Access to Job Site
Progress Inspections
Authority to Stop Work
Substantial Completion Inspection
Right to Audit
CONTRACTOR
Identification
Independent contractor
Subletting
Review of contract Documents
Supervision
Labor and Materials
Prevailing Wage Rate
Warranty
Taxes
Licenses, Notices and Fees
Cash Allowances
Superintendent
Responsibility for Employees and Sub-
contractors
Failure to Commence work
Progress Schedule
Drawings and Specifications at the Site
Shop Drawings and Samples
Site Use
Safe Work Practices
Field Offices and Sheds
Trench Safety
D-22
D-23
D-24
E
E-1
E-2
E-3
E-4
E-5
F
F-1
F-2
F-3
F�
G
G-1
G-2
G-3
G�
G-5
G-6
G-7
G-8
G-9
G-10
G-11
G-12
G-13
G-14
G-15
G-16
G-17
G-18
G-19
G-20
G-21
G-22
G-23
G-24
G-25
G-26
G-27
G-28
G-29
G-30
G-31
G-32
H
H-1
H-2
H-3
H-4
I
I-1
I-2
GC-24of1
Cutting and Patching of Work
Cleaning Up
Communications
SUBCONTRACTORS
Definition
Award of Subcontracts
Terms of Subcontracts
Minority and Women's Business Enterprise
(M/WBE)
Payments to Sub-Contractors
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
Owner's Right
Mutual Responsibility of Contractors
Cutting and Patching Under Separate
Contracts
Owner's Right to Clean Up
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Conflict of Laws
Goveming Laws
Personal Liability of Public Officials
Compliance with Laws
Indemnification
Successors and Assigns
Written Notice
Surety Bonds
Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work
Royalties and Patents
Tests
Interruption of Existing Utilities Services
Laying Out Work
Measurements
Existing Ovefiead or Underground Work
Alignment of Joints in Finish Materials
Integrating Existing Work
Hazardous Material Certification
Location of Equipment and Piping
Overloading
Manufacturer's Instruction
Cleaning Up
Dust Control
Fire Protection
Cutting and Patching
Projecl Closeout
Guarantee and Extended Guarantee
Y2K Compliance Requirements
Record Drawings
Construction Fence
Producf Delivery, Storage. Handling
Removal of Salvaged Material
CONTRACT TIME
Definitions
Progress and Completion
Delays and Extension of Time
No Damage for Delay
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
Contract Sum
Schedule of Values
I-3 Adjustment of Quantities
I� Progress Payments
I-5 Certificates for Payment
I-6 Payments Withhe�d
I-7 Unresolved Claims
I-8 Liquidated Damages
I-9 Failure of Payment
I-10 Substantial Completion and Final Payment
J PRO7ECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
J-1 Safety Precautions and Programs
J-2 Safety of Persons and Property
J-3 Hard Hats
J-4 Emeryencies
K INSURANCE
K-1 Insurance Required
K-2 Workers' Compensation Insurance
K-3 Liability Insurance
K-4 Buiider's Risk Insurance
K-5 Proofoflnsurance
K-6 Other Insurance Related Requirements
L CHANGES IN THE WORK
L-1 Change Order
L-2 Claims for Additional Cost or Time
L-3 Overhead Allowance for Changes
L-4 Minor Changes in the Work
L-5 Field Orders
00O00
M
M-1
M-2
M-3
N
N-1
N-2
O
P
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
P-6
P-7
P-8
P-9
P-10
Q
GC - 25 of 1
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF
WORK
Uncovering of Work
Correction of Work
Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming
Work
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
Termination by the Contractor
Termination by the Owner
SIGNS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Scope
Use of Temporary Facilities
Maintenance and Removal
Field Offices and Sheds
Telephone
Toilet Facilities
Utilities
Heating
Temporary Construction, Equipment and
Protection
Project Bulletin Board
VENUE
�
10!11/99
HOUSING AND URBAN
DEVEL�PMENT
COMPLIAI�CE GUIDE
SPECIFICATIONS
=�
�
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
COMPLIANCE GUIDE
Department of Housing and Urban Development Contract Requirements
Certification of Bidder Regarding Equal employment Opportunity
Certification Regarding Lobbying
Certificate of Owner's Attorney
Contractor Information Worksheet
Subcontractor Information Worksheets, 3 copies
Section 3 Attachments
Attachment B— Self Certification Form, Socially or Economically
Disadvantaged
A`+.achment D— Statement of Release
Attachment E— Preliminary Statement, Work Force Needs
Statement of Policy on Equal Employment Opportunity
Affirmative Action Plan
Section 3 Clause, 24 CFR, Part 135.20 and HUD Grant Agreement
Subcontractor's Certification Concerning Labor Standards and
Prevailing Wage Requirements
EEO Poster
�
HUD 1-16
HUD 17
HUD 18
HUD 19
HUD 20
HUD 21 - 23
HUD 24
HUD 25
HUD 26
HUD 27
HUD 28
HUD 29 - 38
HUD 39
HUD 40 - 42
HUD 43
� �r�71.r • . • . : .�. 1: - : . . �I� .� • ��a.r ,� ►r�: : �r • ' p1r1�4,1
Contractor agrees to cort�ly vith the requirements of the Housing and Drban
Development Act of 1968, as amended, and with the regulations promulgated
thereunder. S�ecifically, Contractor shall comply with the following Acts and
Orders and thewr regulations:
1. FXECLr_rIVE O�ER 1124b. EOCT1�t,� OPPORTLnJITY CL.AUSE; SECTION 202,
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follova:
a. The Contractor will not diacriminate against any employee or applicant for
em�loyment becauee of race, color, religion, sex or aational origin. The
Contractor rrill take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are
employed and that ecrtployeea are treated during employment �+ithout regard
to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: employment; upgrading;
demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection
for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to posb in
conspicuous places, available to ecrtployees and applicants for employment,
notices aetting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.
b. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees
_.` placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified
applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to
race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
c. The Contractor will
with which it has
understanding, a
representatives of
shall post copies
employeee and appl'
send to each labor union or representative of aorkers,
a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or
notice advising the said labor union or aorkers'
the Contractor's commitment under this section, and
of the notice in conspicuous places available to
icants for employment.
d. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of F�cecutive Order 11246 of
September 24, 1965, and with the rules, regulations and relevant orders of
the Secretary of Labor.
e. The Contractor will furaish all information and reports required by
F�cecutive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations and
orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and Will permit
access to its books, records and accounts by the Department of Fiousing and
Urban Development ("the Department') and the Secretary of Labor for
purposes of investigation to ascertain complia.nce with such rules,
regulations and orders.
f. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination
clauaes of this Contract or with any of the said rules, regulations or
orders, this Contract may be cancelled, ter�r.inated or euspended in whole
or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further
1
government contracta in accordance with procedurea authorized in Executive
Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation or order of the
Secretary of Labor, or as otheraise provided by law.
g. The Contractor will include the sentence irtanediately preceding Paragraph
a and the provisions of Paragraphs a through g in every subcontract or �
purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the �
Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246
of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions vill be binding upon each �
subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with �
respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department may direct
as a means of enforcing such proviaions, including sanctions for
noncompliance. Provided, however, that, in the event the Contractor �
becomes involved in or is threatened with litigatioa vith a subcontractor
or vendor ae a result of auch d.irection by the Depa.rtment, the Contractor`
may requeat the United States to enter into such litigation to protect th� �
interest of the United States.
h. The Contractor shall aubcnit a certification and ahall require each of its �,
subcontractors to submit a certification that all facilities provided for �
employees of Contractor or any subcontractor shall be fully integrated,
and Contractor shall not permit ite em�loyees to perform their aervices in �
any locations under its control where segregated facilities are main- �
tained.
i. The Contractor and each aubcontractor shall permit access during normal
� business hours to its premises for the purpose of conducting on-site
compliance reviews and for inspecti.ng and copying euch books, records,
accounts and other material as may be pertinent to compliance with the
order and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto by the
City. Infora�ation obtained in thia manner shall be used only in
connection with the administration of the Order, the administration of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended) and in furtherance of the purposes
of the Order and the Act.
:r. \I .� �� .�/
a. In performance of all contracts, the Contractor vill comply with the
Affirmative Action Guidelines of Executive Order 112�6 and the implement-
ing regulations and documents thereof.
b. In performance of all contracts in the amount of $10,000 or more:
Contractor will comply with Section 3 of the Housing and IIrban Development
Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u, and the implementing re9ulations
and documents and shall have on file a written affirmative action policy,
which has the stated work force goals of 18.2t minority persons and 6.9t
females, and must follow the hiring practices specified in Subsection C,
below. Additionally, Contractor agrees to the folloaing provisions:
(1) The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project
assisted under a program providing direct Pederal financial
��, assistance from the Department of Housing and Orhan Development and
is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban
Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1'701u. Section 3
��u"►L�-z-
requirea that, to th� greatest extent feaeible, opportunities for
training and employment are given to lover income residents of the
project area and contracts for work in connection vith the project
are awarded to business concerns which are located in or owned in
subatantial part by persons residing in the area of the project.
(2) The parties to thi9 Contract will comply with the provisions of said
Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development set forth in 24 CFR 135
and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued
thereunder prior to the e�cecution of this Contract. The parties to
this contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual
or other disability which would prevent them from complying with
these requirements.
(3) The Contractor xill eend to each labor orga.nizaCioa or representa-
tive of �rorkers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement
or oeher contract or understanding, if a.ny, a notice advising the
said labor organization or workers' representative of his comm.it-
ments under this Section 3 clause and shall post copies of the
notice in conspicuous placea available to ecrtployees and applicants
for employment or training.
(4) The Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcon-
tract for aork in connection with the project and r+ill, at the
direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial
assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to the subcontract upon
a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of regulations
issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as set
forth in 24 CFR 135. The Contractor will not subcontract aith any
subcontractor Where it has notice or knowledge that the latter has
been found in violation of regulations under 24 CFR 135 and will not
let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided it
with a preliminary statement of ability to cortsply �+ith the require-
ments of these regulations.
(5) Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set
forth in 24 CFR 135, and all applicable rvles and orders of the
Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the Contract
shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided to
the project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such
aeaiatance, its auccessors and assigns. Failure to fulfill these
requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contrac-
tors and subcontractors, ite succesaors and asaigns, to those
sanctions specified by the grant, loan agreement or contract
through Which Federal assistance is provided and to such sanctions
as are specified by 24 CFR 135.
c. Zn performance of all contracts in the amour�t of $50,000 or more, �n�
where the Contractor employs more than twenty-five non-construction
employees, the Contractor must promulgate a specific affirmative 'action
plan, and mu9t take specific affirmative action to ensure equal ertiployment
opportunities. Contractor shall implement affirmative action steps at
least as extensive ae the following:
N �� �-3-
(1) Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment,
-- intimidation and coercion at all sitea and in all facilities at
which the Contractor's employees are asaigned to work. The
Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superinten-
dents and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and are
car=ying out the Contractor's obligations to maintain such a vorking
environment, with specific attention to minority and female
individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. The
Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more Women to each
construction project.
(2) Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female "
recruitment sources and provide written notification to minority and �
female recruitment sourcea and to community organizationa r+hen the
Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, �
and maintain a record of the organizations' responses.
(3) Maintain a current file of the aames, addresses aad telephone
numbers of each minority and female off-street applicant and
minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or
coasnunity organization and of what action was taken with respect to
each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union
hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor
by the union or, if referred, not eatployed by the Contractor, this
shall be documented in the file xith the reasoa therefore, along
with whatever additional actions the contractor may have taken.
�' (41 Provide immediate written notification to �he City when the union or
unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining
agreement have not referred to the Contractor a �ainority person or
woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other
information that the union referral process has impeded the
Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.
(5) Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in
training programs for the areas r+hich expressly include minorities
and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeships and
trainee programs -relevant to the Contractor'e employment needs,
especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of
Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these progra�s to the
sources compiled under subsection (2) above.
(6) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the
policy to unions and training programs and requesting their
cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obliga-
tions; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargain-
ing agreement; by publicizing it in the coc�any newspaper or annual
report; by specific review of the policy with all management
personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once
a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin bo,�rds
accessible to all ecnployees at each location where construction aork
,� is performed.
�
1
�}-�,� � - a -
(7) Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affizmative
action obligations under these specifications with all employees
having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, lay-off, termina-
tion or other employment decision, including specific review of
these items r+ith on-site supervisory personnel, such as superinten-
dents and general faremen, prior to the initiation of construction
work at any job site. A �rritten record shall be made and �raintained
identifying the name and place of these meetings, per9ons attending,
subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter.
(e} Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including
highlights of it in any advertising in the newa media, specifically
including minority and female news cnedia, and providing written
notification to, and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with,
other contractors and subcontractora r+ith whom the Contractor doea
or anticipates doing business.
(9) Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and �+ritten, to minority,
female and cortununity organizations, to schoola r+ith minority and
female atudents, and to minority and female recruitment and training
organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and
employment needs. Not later tha.n one month prior to the date for
the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training
by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send vritten
notification to organizations such as the above, describing the
openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection
procese.
J
(10) Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other
minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after-
school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female
youths, both on the site and in other area of the Contractor's work
force.
(11) Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is
an obligation to do so under 41 CFR, Part 60-3.
(12) Conduct, at leaet annually, an inventory and evaluation of all
minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and
encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through
appropriate training, such opportunities.
t13) Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assign-
ments and other personnel practices do not have: a discriminatory
effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment-
related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contrac-
tor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out.
(14) Ensure that all facilities and ccxnpany activities are non-segregated
except as separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing
facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the_sexes.
(15) Document and maint"ain a record of all solicitationa for subcontracts
- from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers,
W"L1� -S-
including circulation of solicitations Co minority and female
contractor associations and other business associations.
(16) Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence
to and performance under the Contractor'9 EEO policy and affirmative
actian obligations.
d. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all
employment-related activi[ies to ensure that the company EEO policy is �
being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as
may be required by the City and to keep records of the same. Records for
each employee shall at least include: the e�c�ployee's name; address;
telephone number; constructioa trade; union affiliation, if any; employee �
identification number where assigned; aocial security number; race; eex;
status; datea of changes ia status; hours worked per wcek in the indicated �
trade; rate of pay; and locations at which the xark aae perfozmed.
Records shall be maintained in a.n easily vnderstandable and retrievable
form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this require-
ment, Contractor shall not be required to maintain aeparate records. �
�
��•73�i : .�• : .r . ;•= : •TiT•r�
In any contract involving construction or repair, Contractor agrees to comply,
and shall require its subcontractora to comply, with the provisions of the
Copeland "Anti-Kickback Act" (18 O.S.C. 874), as supplemented in Department of
Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3). This Act providea that each Contractor or
� aubgrantee shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed
in the construction, cocs�letion or repair of public �+ork to give up any part of
the compensation to which he or she is otherti+ise entitled; and, if found guilty
of doing so, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five
(5) years, or both.
In any contract for construction in excess of $2,000: Contractor agrees to
comply, and shall require its subcontractors to comply, with the provisions of
the Davis-Bacon Act (40 tJ.S.C. 276a to a-7). This Act requirea contractors to
pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not lesa than the minimum wages
specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor and to pay wages
not less often than once a week. Specifically, Contractor agrees to co�ly vith
the following Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part S):
a. Minimum Hages
A11 laborers and mechanics ert�loyed or working upon the site of the vork
performed pursuant to this contract will be paid uaconditionally and not
less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on
any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regula-
tions iseued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act), the full
amount of wages and bonafide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof)
due at the time of payment, cocr�puted at rates not less than-those
� contained in the wage deterniination of said Secretary of Labor (vhich is
_ attached hereto and made a part hereof), regardlesa of any contractual
relationship r�+hich may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such
� l.`1 �- 6 -
laborere and mechanica. Contributions made or coata reasonably anticipat-
ed for bonafide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon
Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to auch
laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Paragraph d of this
clause; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than
a weekly period under plans, funds or program which occur the particular
aeekly period, are deemed to be cor.structively made or incurred during
such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanica shall be paid the
appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the vage determir.ation for
the classifications of work actually performed xithout regard to skill,
except as provided in the clause entitled •Apprentices and Trainees.'
Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may
be cocnpensated at the ra�e specified for each claseification for the time
actually worked therein; provided, that the employer's payroll recorde
accurately set forth the time spent in each classificatioa in which wrk
is performed. The wage determination (iacluding any additional classifi-
cationa and wage rates conformed under Paragraph b of this clause) and the
Davis-Bacon poster shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and ita
subcontractors at the eite of the work in a prominent and accessible place
Where they can easily be seen by the �+orkers.
b. Employment of Laborers or Mechanics not listed in Aforesaid Kage
Determination Decision
(1) The City shall require that any claes of laborers or mechanice which
is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed
under this Contract shall be classified in conformance with the xage
dete=mination. The City shall approve a.n additional classification
and �rage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following
criteria have been met:
(a) The work to be performed by the classification requested is
not performed by a classification in the wage determination;
(b) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction
industry; and
(c) The propoaed wage rate, including a.ny bonafide fringe bene-
fits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage ratee
contained in the wage detezmination.
(2) If the Contractor and the la.borers and mechanics to be employed in
the classification or their representatives and the City agree on
the claesification and wage rate, including the amount designated
for fringe benefits, where appropriate, a report of the acLion taken
shall be sent by the City to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour
Division, E�nployment Staiidards Administration, United States
Department of I.abor. The Administrator, or an authorized represen-
tative, will approve, modify or disapprove every additional
classification action within 30 days or receipt and so advise the
I City or will notify the City within the 30-day period that addition-
al time is necessary.
I
�}-U � -�-
�
t3) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be
--y employed in the classification, and the City do not agree on the
proposed classification and wage rate, including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, vhere appropriate, the City shall
refer the questions, including the reviews of all interested parties
and the recommendations of the City, to the Administrator for
determination. The Administrator of the Kage and Hour Divisions, or
an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30
days of receipt and will so advise the City or will notify the City
within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(4) The wage rates determined pursuant to the above provisions shall be
paid to all vorkers performing work in the classification under this
Coatract from the first day on xhich work is performed in the
claseification.
c. Fringe Benefita Not Expressed as Hourly F7age Rates
whenever the minimum vage rate prescribed in this Contract for a claes of
laborerB or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as
an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as atated in
the wage determination or ehall pay either bonafide fringe benefits or an
hourly cash equivalent thereof.
ei. Anticip3ted Costs of Fringe Benefits
� If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or third person, he ^'
may conaider as part of the Wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of
any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a plan �
or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision
of the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this Contract, provi.ded,
however, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the �+ritten request of the 1
Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been �
met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a
separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or �
program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor with r
respect to fringe benefits being provided by the Contractor must be
eubmitted to the City with the first payroll filed by the Contractor
subsequent to receipt of the findings. �
e. Underpayments of Ftages or Salaries
�. The City ahall, upon its own action or upon written request of an
1 authorized representative of the Department of Lai�or, vithhold or cause to
� be withheld from the Contractor vnder this Contract or any other federal
� contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other federally-assisted
contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held
by the same prime Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances
as may be considered necessary to pay la.borers and mechanics, including�
apprentices, trainees and helpers ecnployed by the Contractor or any
subcontractor, the full amount of wages required by this Contract. �n the
+ � event of Contractor'e failure to properly pay any laborer or mechanic,
. including any apprentice, trainee or helper eccg�loyed or working on the
site of the work, the City may, after �+ritten notice to the prime
�.�- �.� 7 - s -
�
�
f.
.�
�
�
Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause a suspension of
any further payment, advance or guarantee of funds until such violations
have ceased. The amount so vithheld may be disbursed by the City, for and
on account of the Contractor or the subcontractor, to their respective
laborers or mechanics to uhorn the same is due or an their behalf to plans,
funds or pragrams for any type of fringe benefit prescribed in applicable
wage dete nnination.
Payrolls and Basic Payroll Records of Contractor and Subcontractors
{1) Payrolls and basic records relating to the ti+ork performed under the
ter� of this Contract shall be maintained by the Contractor during
the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years
thereafter for all la.borers and mechanics working at the site of the
vork. Such records ahall contain the name, address and social
security numk�er of each such �rorker, his or her correct claseifica-
tion, hourly rate of wages paid (including rates of contributions or
costs anticipated for bonafide friage benefits or cash equivalents
thereof), daily and weekly numi�er of hour9 worked, deductions made,
and actual wagea paid. Frhenever the Secretary of La}�or has found
that the �+agea of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of
costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or
program described by the Davis-Bacon Act, the Coatractor shall
maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such
benefits ie enforceable, that the plan or program is financially
responsible, that the plan or program has been cortQnunicated in
vriting to the laborers or a►echanics affected, and the cost
antiCipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits.
Contractors employing agprentices or trainees under approved
programs 9ha11 coaintain written evidence of the registration of
apprenticeship prograras and certification of trainee programs, the
regi9tration of the apprenticeships and trainee9, and the ratios and
wage rates prescribed in the applica.ble program.
(2) (a) The Contractor shall submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to
the City if the City is a party to the Contract, but if the
City is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the
payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may
be, for transmission to the City. The payroll submitted shall
set out accurately and completely all of the information
required to be maintained under Paragraph (1) of Chis Section.
The information shall be submitted in a form approved by the
City. The Contractor is responsible for the submission or
copieB of payrolls by all subcontractors.
(b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a"statement of
cocnpliance^, signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his
or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons
employed under the Contract and shall certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the
infornlation required to be maintained under Paragraph
(1) of this Section and that such information is correct
and complete;
�
�
J•
ll
�
(ii) That each laborer or mechanic employed on this Contract
during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly
wages earned, without rebate, either directly oz
indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either
directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other
than pezmissible deductiona.
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less
than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or
cash equivalent for the classification of c+ork per-
formed, a9 specified in the applicable wage determina-
tion incorporated into this Contract.
(c) The falsification of any of the above certifications may
eubject the ContracCor or eubcontractor to civil or criminal
proaecution under Sec. 1001 of Title XVIII and Sec. 231 of
Title XXXI of the United States Code.
(3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required
under Paragraph (1) of this aection available for inspection,
copying, or transcription by the City or the Department of Labor or
their authorized representatives. The Contractor and aubcontractors
shall pezznit auch representatives to interview employees during
working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails
to submit the required records or to make them available, the City
may, after written notice to the Contractor, take auch action as may
be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance
or guarantee of fund.s. Flirthermore, failure to submit the required
records upon request or to make such records available may be
grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
Employment of Apprentices and Trainees
(1) An�rentices will be peYmitted to work at less than the predetermined
rate for the work they performed ahen they are employed pursuant to
and individually registered in a bonafide apprenticeship program
regiatered with the U.S. Department of Labor, �rployment and
Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or
with a state apprenticeship agency recognized by the bureau, or if
a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary
employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who
is not individually registered in the program, but aho has been
certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and TYaining or a State
Apprenticeship Agency to be eligible for probationary employment as
an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprenticea to journeymen on
the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than
the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force
under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at
an apprenticeship wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise
employed as stated above shall be paid not less than the applicable
wage rate on the wage determination for the classification�of vork
actually performed. In addition, any apprentice perfonning work on
the job site in exces9 of the ratio permitted under the registered
program shall be paid not less than the aonlicable aacre rate on the
E-� L I �-1G-
�
�
�
�
�
wage determination for the ti+ork actually performed. ithere a
Contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality
other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and
wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly
rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered
program shall be observed. �ery apprentice must be paid at no less
than the rate specified in the registered program for the appren-
tice'e level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journey-
man hourly rate specified in the applica.ble aage determination.
Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits ia accordance r+ith the
provisi.ons of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship
program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be pa.id
the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination
for the applica.ble classification. If the Admiaistrator of the Hage
and Hour Division determiaes that a different practice prevail8 for
the applicable appreutice clasaification, fringes shall be paid i.n
accordance aith that determination. In the event the Sureau of
Appreaticeehip and Training, or a atate apprenticeship agency
recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship
program, the Contractor will no longer be pennitted to utilize
apprentices at less than �e applicable predetermined rate for the
work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
, (2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees �.rill not be
permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work
performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced
-,,,.� by formal certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, F�ployment
and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on
� the job site shall not be greater thaa pe=mitted under the plan
approved by the �nployment and Training Administration. Every
trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
� approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as
a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the
applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe
' benefits in accordance with the provisians of the trainee program.
If the trainee program does not mentioa fringe benefits, trainees
shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits lieted on the Wage
' determination unlesa the administrator of the Wage and Hour Division
determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated vith
the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination
which providea for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices.
� Any employee listed on the pa.yro21 at a trainee rate who is not
s registered and participating in a training plan approved by the
�uployment and Training Administration ahall be paid not less than
the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classifi-
� cation of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee
performing work on the job aite in excess of the ratio permitted
' under the registered program shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination of the Work actually
performed. In the event the F�ployment and Training Administration
,� withdrawe approval of a training program, the Contractor will no
'� longer be pe�itted to utilize trainees at less than the applica.ble
' �u r�-��-
�
�
__ predetermined ratc for �+ork performed until an acceptable program ie
j approved. �
(3) F.�a �innlovment oflDo r„nirv. The utilization of apprentices,
trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity vith �
the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order
11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.
h. Posting Wage Determination Decisions and Authorized Wage Deductions
The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, United States
Department of Labor, and the applicable wage determination decisions of '�
said Secretary of Labor With respect to the various clasaificationa of �
laborers and mechanics employed and to be employed upon the work covered
by thia Contract, and a statement ahowing all deductione, if any, to be a
made from r+ages actually earned by persons so emgloyed or to be ecnployed �
in auch classifications, ia accordance with the proviaiona of this
Contract, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuoue points at the site of
work. �
i. Claims and Disputea Pertaining to Hage Rates
Claims and dieputes pertaining to wage rates or to the classification of �'
laborers and mecha.nics ecnployed upon the work covered by thia Contract
shall be promptly reported by the Contractor in rrriting to the City for ,�,
referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and IIrban I�
� Development to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor,
whose decision shall be final with respect thereto. �
5. CONTRA� FIORK HOCiR.5 a_rm SAFETY STANDARnS ACT �
Contractor will coc�ly with all provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327-332), as supplemented by Department of Labor
Regulations (29 CFR, Part 5). Specifically, Contractor will comply with the
following standards:
a. Overtime Compensation
No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract �
work which may require or involve the employment of la.borers or mechanics,
including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any such laborer or
mechanic in any work�.+eek in which he or she is employed on such work to ';
work in excess of t0 hours in such workweek, unless such laborer or '�
mechanic receives coc�ensation at a rate not less than one and one-half
times his or her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of �o �
hours in such workweek. �
b. Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages
In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in Paragraph a of
this section, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor
� shall be liable to any affected ecnployee for his or her unpaid wages. In
" addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United
States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages ahall be computed
�
�
� vt�-�2-
_ with respect to each individual laborer or mectunic in the aum of $10 for
� each calendar day on which such ert�ployee was required or permitted to work
in excess of the standard workweek of �0 hour9 without payment of the
overtime wages required by the clause set forth in Paragraph a of this
section.
c. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages
The City shall, upon its oan action or upon written request of an
authorized representative of the Department of I.abor, withhold or cause to
be withheld from any monies payable on account of work performed by the
Contractor or subcontractor under any contract or any other Federal
contract with the same Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted
contract aubject to the Contract Fiork Hours and Safety Sta.ndard9 Act,
which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sutaa ae may adminietra-
tively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any lia.bilitiee of euch
Contractor or aubcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damagea as
provided in Paragraph b of this aection.
1
1
�
1
d. SubcontractB
The Contractor ahall insert in all aubcontracts Che clauses set forth in
Paragraphs a, b, and c of this Section and alao a clause requiring the
eubcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts
which they may enter into, together xith a clause requiring this insertion
in any further aubcontracts that may in turn be made. The prime
Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or
lower tier subcontractor with the provisions set forth in this section.
�. � :�: :�r
Contractor will comply �+ith [he Child Labor provisions of the Fair Labor
� Standard9 Act, 29 U.S.C. 212-319 and that Act's irtg�lementing regulations, found
at 29 CFR 570. This Act prohibits the paid or unpaid employment of individuals
under the age of 18 years on any construction project.
�
f:�
�
Y � � � i � � \
Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Etnployees
No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other la.bor standards
provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any
other maruzer discriminated againat by the Contractor or any subcontractor
because auch employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to
be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in
any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable under
this Contract to his employer.
Questions Concerning Certain Federal Statutes and Regulations
A11 questions arieing under this Contract vhich relate to the application
�, or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti-Kickback Act, (bf the Contract
- Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis-Bacon Act,
(d) the regulatione isaued by the Secretary of Labor, United States
� �a���-�3-
_ _.. _ ___ _- r!
'
_ Department of Labor, purauant to said Acts, or fe) the labor etandards
�� provisions of any other pertinent Federal atatue, ehall be referred,
through the City and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to
the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, for said
Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation vhich shall be authorita-
tive and may be relied upon for the purposes of this Contract.
„ ��
�
c. Provisions to be Included in Subcontracta
The Contractor or subcontractor shall in9ert in any Subcontract the above-
specified clauses entitled "3. COPELSA►??� A�?'I'I-KIC'F�ACK ACT, ••4. DAVIS-
BACON ACT," "5. CONTRACT WOFZK HOC�?S A2�iD SAFE'I'Y STANDA7�S ACT," •6. S�iILI2
LA.BOR ACT, ""7. M2SCELI��t�OUS PROVISIO2dS' and such othe7r clausea as the
City may by appropriate instructionH require, and also a clause requiring
the subcontractora to include these clausea in any lower tier aubcon-
tracts. The prime Contractor shall be reeponeible for compliance by any
subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor vith all the contract clauses
cited a.bove.
d. Breach of Foregoing Federal Labor Standarde Provisions
e.
In addition to the causes for termination of thie Contract, as herein
elsewhere aet forth, the City reserves the right to terminate �this
Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor vhose subcontract covers
any of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of the foregoing
Federal Labor Standards provisions. A breach of these Federal Labor
Standard9 provisions my also be grounds for debarment, as provided by the
applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor. United States
Department of La.bor.
Employment Practices
The Contractor shall (1), to the greatest extent practicable, follov
hiring and employment practices for work on the project which will provide
new job opportunities for the unemployed and underemployed, and (2) insert
or cause to be inserted this provision in each construction subcontract.
f. Contract Termination; Debarment
h.
A breach of any'of the Acts or regulations specified in Paragraph c,
a_bove, may be ground.s for termination of thie Contract and for debarnent
as a Contractor and a subcontractor, as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
Disputes Concerning Labor Standards
Disputes arising out of the Labor Standards provisions of this Contract
shall not be subject to the General DispuLea Clause of this Contract.
Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the
Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR, Parts S, 6 and 7. Disputes,
within the meaning of this Clause, include disputes between the Contractor
or any of its subcontractors; and the City, the II.S. Department of Labor,
their employees or representativea.
Certification of Eligibility
�-1-�1f� -14-
�
��
�
�
�'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Lr
♦
�
t
r'.
I
(:) By entering into thiB Contract, th� Contractor certifiea that
neither it nor any peraon or firm who has an interest in the
Contractor's firm is a peraon or firm ineligible to be ar+arded
government contracts by virtue of Sections 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon
Act or 29 CFR 5.12 (a) (1) .
(2) No part of this Contract shall be subcontracted to any person or
firm ineligible for ar✓ard of a goveriunent contract by virtue of the
above-mentioned sections.
. . .n . � . �r
a. Contractor ahall comQly with all requirementa of Section 114 of the Clean
Air Act, as amended (42 D.S.C. 1857� et eeq. ). and Sectioa 308 of ihe
Federal Water Pollutiou Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251, et eeq.) relating to
inspection, monitoring, entzy, reports and information, as well ae other
requirements apecified in Section 114 and Section 308 of the Air Act and
the Water Act, respectively, and all regulations a.ad guidelines iaeued
thereunder before the axard of this Contract.
b. No portion of the work required by this Contract vill be performed in a
facility liated on the EPA List of Violating Facilitiea on the date when
this Contract was awarded unless and until the EPA eliminates the name of
such facility or facilities from such listing.
c. Contractor ehall use its best efforts to comply with clean air standards
and clean water etandard9 at all facilities ia which the Contract is being
performed.
d. Contractor shall insert the substance of the proviaions of this clause
into any non-execnpt subcontract, including this Paragraph.
:� � �r .: :�
In all contracta for conatruction or rehabilitation of residential structures,
� the Contractor and all subcontractora ahall comply with the Lead-Based Paint
regulations found in 24 CFR 35 and ahall comply with the proviaions for the
elimination of lead-based paint hazards under Sub-Part B thereof.
� .�. � • •.rr:�r►�: ::� . : •�:
Contractor will cocnply with the requiremente of the City of Fort Worth's Fiscal
Department, Intergovezzimental Affairs and Grants Management regarding the
compiling and reporting of atatistical information required by the Federal
regulatione outlined above. Specifically, Contractor agreea to submit all
completed reports according to the instructions and requirements of the Fort
Worth Fiscal Servciea Department/Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management,
and Contractor understands the failure to do so may be cause for termination of
th.is contract.
� (/�� -15-
-- �
`•,
�
11. CEBTIFICATION A*�?� ACI4�T4HI`fTX�Pr7"f'
I certify that Z have read and understand the iafo=-mation regardiag cay
obligations as a Contractor oa a project fund�d by the Uaited States Department
of Housing and Urban Development, which is contained ia the preccding Contract
provisions. I understand that, should I have any queations regarding my
obligations, I will as soon as possible contact the Fort Korth Fiscal Services
Department/Intergove rnmental Affairs and Grants Management ataff inember who is
assigned to monitor this Contract.
1 �. 1
��►�e ��� ��G��c�� �.��� n�
Contractor �
By: � �
�
Title ����^'�'-
k--�-v� � - �6 -
ti
�
�
�
.:��,��.� �
PROJECT
Contractor
Address
CERT[FICAT'IONS
DEPARTMENT OF H(�US1NG AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANTS
�i��3���N�� � �''��I���. � �"`�l�'C����.
�,� ,
��i �1 t� �f �V� �� �"� �?� �,�w� i,.,.�'7�.�'l�l
u� " �yQ • - u
�-t� ' {)r ?TY� "�l�JiI)
Telcphone �+ � • - (f�'� Fax JS� �i ' XSi—+r'� �o Ni€�i
Federal ID No. r'i �r - d 17�� 1i � 67
OfTicers of Corporation �� y r� ��
Pres�dent
Vice President �,. � Sn� t t �rhfli '
Secretary �SQ n +'�+ �1A 1
Treasurer: ,a f� dr . �
If sole Oti�ncr or Partncrship, list o�+ners:
Bidder hu participateJ in a previous contract or subcontract subject ro the Equal Opport ity Ciause. ✓ es _no. If yes identify most recent
contract Compliance reports .��ere required t�odSe filed in connection with such contract _; es _no. Bidder has filed all compliance reports under
applicable instnictions including SF-100. V1�es _no. If no, explain in detail on separate documcnt.
CERTIFICAT[ONS
I ccnify that 1 have read and understand the in(ormation regarding
my obligations as a Contractor on a project fundcd by the United
States Dcpartmem of Housina and Urban Developmcn[, which is
contained in the Contract Provisions. l undersland tliat, should I
have any question re��arding my obligations, I will as soon as
possible contact the fort worth tiscal Services
DepartmenUlntergovernmental Affairs and grants Management
s�aff inembcr who is assigned to monitor diis Coniract.
1 certify that at the time of cxecution neither my company nor my
corporate officers arc listed n the list of Debarred, Suspended, and
Ineligible Conlractors maintaincd by the Department of Housing
and Urban Development (fiUD)
f�a•ill not subcontract any �vork in connection with diis project
unless 1 first receive the prior written approval of the fiscal
Scrviccs Dcpartmcnt, Intergovcrnmcntal Affairs and Grants
Managcmen[ Division of thc city of Port Worth.
EQUAL EMPLOYM[NT OPPORTUNITY
It ���ill be lhe policy of this firm to not discriminate a�ainst any
applicant for emplo}�ment, or any employee, because of race,
creed, color, a�e, sex, or national origin. This firm will insure that
this policy is continually enforccd with regard to employment,
promotion, up�rading, demotion, transfer, rccruitment, arid
recrui[ment advertising, lay off and termination, compensation,.
training, and working conditions. We will make it understood by
all with whom w�e deal, and in all our employment opportuniry
announcemcnCs that the foregoing is our policy. All applicants and
emplo�ees will bc jud�ed solely on the basis of their skill, devotion
loyalty, reliability and inte�riry.
This certificauon is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246
(30 CFR 12319-25). The implementing rules and reoulations
provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their
proposed subcontractors, shall state as an initial pan of the bid or
negotiations of the Contract whcther the}� have participated in any
pre��ious contract or subcomract subject to the Equal Opportunity
Signature:
Office (President or Vice President):
Date:
Clause; and, if so, whether they have filed all compliance reports
due under applicable instruc[ions.
Where the ccrtification indicates that the bidder has not filed a
compliance report due under applicable instructions, such bidder
shall be required to submit a compliance rcport within seven
calendar days after bid �pening. No contract shall be aHarded
unless such report is submitted.
CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYfNG
The undcrsi�ned cenifies, to the best of his or her I:noH�ledge and
belief, that:
(t) No Pederal appropriatcd funds have bccn paid or will
be paid, by or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undcrsigned, to
any person for in0uencing or attempting to intluence an officer or
employee of any aeency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Con�ress
in connection with the aHarding of am� Federal contract, ihe raking
of any Federal �rant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering
inro of any cooperalive agreement, and the cxtension,
continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal
contract, grant, loan or cooperative a�reement.
(2) If any funds other than Fcdcral appropriatcd funds have
been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or
attempting to influence an officer or cmployee of any agency, a
Membcr of Con�ress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an
employee of a Membcr of Congress in connection with this Federal
contract, erant, loan, or cooperative a�reement, ihe undersi�ned
shall complete and submit Standard Form-111, 'Disclosure Form to
Report Lobbyin�," in accordance �+ith its instructions.
(3) The undersianed shall require that thc lan�uaae of this
cenification be inciuded in the a�card documents for all suba�ti�ards
at all tiers (includin, subcontracts, subgrants, and contracu under
erants, loans, and cooperative a�recmcnts) and that all
subrecipienu shall certify and disclose accordin�ly.
��
,-��.��y-a:
U.S. OEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid o� will be paid� by or will be
paid� by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any pe�son for influencing or
attempting to influence an officer o� employee of any agency� a Member af
Cong�ess. an officer or employee of Cong�ess. or an employee of a Member of
Congress in connection with the awa�ding of any Federal co�tract� the
maki�g of any FeGeral gra�t..-the maki�g of any Fede�al loan, the entering
into.�of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation,
�enewal, amendment, or aadification of any Fede�al cont�act, g�ant� loan or
cooperative ag�eement.
(2) If any funds othe� thnn Fede�al appropriated funds have been paid or will
be paid to any person for influencing or attertipting to i�flue�ce an officer
o� employee of any agency, a_Member of Cong�ess. an officer o� employee of
Cong�ess� or an employee of a Member of Co�g�ess in connection with this
Fede�ai cont�act, g�ant, loan. or coope�ative agreement. the undersigned
shail com�lete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Oisclosure For`m to Repo�t
Lobbying� in acco�dance with its instructions.
(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certificatio� be
included in the awa�d documents for all subawards at all tiers (including
subcontracts, subgrants, anG contracts under g�ants, loans� and cooperative
ag�eements) and that all sub�ecipients shall ce�tify and disclose
accordingly.
����� �
i natu�e
�" 9
����/��rG�� �
Title
E - � `,� - l.�'z�
Date
�
�
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEYELOPMENT
CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY
���
I, the undersigned,
acting legal representative of
as follows:
, the duly authorized and
, do hereby certify
�i have examined the attached Contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of
execution thereof, and I am of the option that each of the aforesaid agreements
has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly
authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power and
authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the �espective parties named
thereon; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding
obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with terms�
conditions and provisions Lhereof.
Date:
�`�U � - 19 -
LI
��'RACTOR [NFORMATION
r /' �
� �����
� I7ace ;
PROJECT:
1. Contractor:
2. Address:
3. c�ry:
4. Telephone:
l�� Q, I il.l� � I Y 4��%I ►'�i �'1(�. �� Pl',I tP �,�
�
��� ��1 �. �nl�5�rc,��i o h � V�� a6�
�. P y
C� 0 5 IJ ��� � ���v� i a J�v'e •
�or� I�,�o r�h � Tx .�i l� I i �
���r! ��✓I�II�1V Fax� �1 1 �� �I " I r�
5. Federal I.D. #: � �?" � � i � �� � � �
6. Officers of the Corporation:
President: `1 QI�1�t� �- ��Qd(?I y
Vice President: �1..� �� I/� ���'[Y,I.�'
Secretary: V�.� � GI �� , I'�`-��,���
Treasurer: I., 4�1�i � � Y V l- �� (�Y ��
�
7. If sole owner or partnership, list owner (s):
r�����tu,t� o��n�P:
� - wn�c� ���,
2 - Black Amcrican
3 - Tiativc Amcrican
4 - Iiupanic Amcricsn
S - Asian/f'aciC�c Amcrican
6 - Hasidic Jew
I certify at the time of execution, hereof, neither my company nor my cocporate officers (if
incorporated) are listed in the list of Debarred, Suspended, and Ineligible Contractors mainta.ined by
the Department of Housing and Urban Development (�ND).
���; �- 1,��4�l�����`
,! S i ature �
•�
1
i
Si1BCONTRACTOR INFORMATION
(To be completed by contractor)
PROJECT: ��,I I ����) Q�t� C C�,I � r
� � r� �� �. n
1. Subcontractor: �` I' r�l r � 1 ec�-r� C-
2. Contract Amount: � �� , � � � • � �
,� .
3. Address: �� I,i�X ��7 I 1,'���
4. c��: ��,� 1�`� �� ��� ��� ,��C . � � I � �
5. Telephone
6. Federal I.D. #
���-����� �����
��' ������ �
RaciaU Ethnic Ownership:
1 - White American
2 - Black American
3 - Native American
4 - Hispanic American
5 - AsianlPacific American
6 - Hasidic Jew
�
�
F
�--! U I..� �
SUBC(�'$,p,CTOR INFORMATION
(To be completed by contractor)
� ��' f � ��
" Dat�
�-
PROJECT: �iU�� UI,�� I Y�I(A.1`�lili ����(.�.���
I �}��
1. Subcontractor: ��(�.� I � � � � l ���(�� � �'`(��
r,� dU
2. Contract .Ar�ounf: '�� � . l � )�,i .
� -
3. Address: �, � ��i � �Q(`,k ,�,hIL
4. c�ty: ��i r,�,� �r� � ��C � � � 35�i
5. Telephone: �, ' I��? � 1�i I I v
�
(`�� � �`
� 6. Federal I.D. #: I, l' �J L� � r� ,� �
t
RaciaV Ethnic Ownership:
1 - White American
2 - Black American
3 - Native American
4 - Hispanic American
5 - Asian/Pacific American
6 - Hasidic Jew
SUBCONTRACTOR INFORII�I TI�ON
(To be completed by contractor)
�
, �
PROJECT: ���V��,Ia.�d � �'U'��'� � e �I�eal QI
. - l
1. SUPPLIER: ��(�l�i[ i'I� ' k ��
. � �
G�
2. Contract Amount: � n,�� i�� ,
�
3. Address: l�; I r7��', I ���d 1�.C.�11 ��
4. ��ty: ��� � s�� I 1�. ���.v��l�u �f ����
I
� �, �
5. Telephone: � � � ' � � � � � � ��
6. Federal I.D. #: �(� I 0`;' ,/ I� ��
RaciaUEthnic Ownership:
1 - White American
2 - Black American
3 - Native American
4 - Hispanic American
5 - Asian/Pacific American
6 - Hasidic Jew
� �
�I�G Ibo
Date
J
N-U� Z�
� • � l � • l.l
�
SECTION 3 ATTACHIVIENTS
Please Complete and Return Within Seven ('� Days
' � NI e ' : � 1 ' . � �
�+ � 1� Z L}
�
Ciri of Fort Wor[h Af�rrmalive Ac�ion Plan / 1 D
ATTACI-BVIENT B
SELF- CERTIFICATION FORM
SOCLALLY OR ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED
Business/ Agency Name:
Address:
Zip Code
I am a member of the following tninority group: (Circle One)
Black American Indian/ Asian/ Spanish -
Alas[can Nadve Pacific Islander Surnamed
I own at least 51 percent of the above business:
Date: Signature:
Title:
SELF-CERTIFICATION FORM
NON-PROFIT ORGAMZATION
This nrganization is a non-profit organization.
Business/ Agency Name:
Address:
Zip Code
Date: Signature:
B-1 T'itle:
Other(Specify)
�■
1
� � �� . •� %/ ii! �I � !I
ATTACI-�vIENT D
Statemcnt of Relcasc
I will not subcontract any work in connection with this project unless I first receive the prior written approval of
the Fiscal Services Department, Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management Division of ihe City of Fort
Worth. �
Businessl Agency Name: � � �� �, �� [ 1�,� �,�C���'iU� _ �"�� �.�
� �
Type of Businessl Organization: � � �i � � I�� � � ���'� �1�'� � �� �
Address: � V J I�i J I 4�a.Y I I Gl ��� 4
4 .
!�� �' }�1 �-X - r� �,p � � �
(City) (State) (Zip)
! ����r//��
Signature:
1 �
Title: ,,�,��/Q�,�,% s
D-1
'
�
ATTACHIvf�,NT E
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
WORK FORCE NEEDS
§'f� fi1e l.L'Ii51�la.('i'I�t� ���`�� �{�
Contractor's Name � �
qo.� nS• S�►����f��a �t�'e .
ddress
�� -� �X . '�ll�ll I
r� - �q-��; '
Date
Employment Classification OCCUPIED PERMANENT POSITIONS
CONSTRUCTION:
Foremen
Journeyman
Apprentices
Laborers
O�i�i� � /`�"�i'.vn.�,��
GRAND TOTAL
TOTAL
� Male Female
� ��
�
�
_.L
!
VACANT POSITIONS '"*
MINORITY* TOTAL MINORITY'" * Minority
Male Female Male Female Male I Female - Black
� I - Spanish-American
i- American Indian/
Alaskan Native
- Asian/Pacific
Islander
"" Show section 3 goals
for lower income, area
� � � residenLs p�l�under the
� I I Grand Total lincs.
SUBMITTED BY ����
- ,,, I s
Title: ,I�,�'...�'�'l()I�-
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
It will be the policy of this firm to not discriminate against any applicant for employment, or any employee,
because of race, creed, color, age, scx, or natlu-al origin. This firm will insure that this policy is continually
enforced with regard to employment, promotion, upgrading, demotioa, transfer, recruitment, and recruitment
adveriising, lay off and term.ination, compensation, training, and working conditions. We wil! make it
undecstood by all with whom we deal, and in all our employment opportunity announcements that the foregoing
is our policy. All applicanis and employees will be judged solely on the basis of their sicill, devotion loyalty,
reliability and integrity.
'� I'�''�(1� �'I�Y�„� :�.'��"� '� �'� �`
- � �
CompanyName
�� .�i .-� , ! �F..� lk��+ i
/ s�'nacure
�
— - -- - � �- - �
I:�� :u: : •►' :►
1`1 �%'� �'��Z�7�� � � �'�'� � ,y
� ��L �,�'�'�+l��l� ,'1� l� In compliance Executive Order
11246, and Section #3 of the Housing and l'lrban I�evelopment Act regarding Equal
Employment Opporhulity hereby gives notice that no person in the United States shall on
the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, or national origi be denied em loyment and
fiuther assurance is also given that ��'w �'�� ���`j��`i�,tC i t �;�'1 �G'fti'�C�l1�� will
immediately take any measures necessary to effectuate this policy will be placed irr'pla.in
sight on the job location for the benefit of interested parties and all subcontractors are so
notified. All Equal Opportunity posters will be posted as required.
i� � l�
l� ���Q,i� 1/ ���J�C(,� has been appointed as the Equal Employment
Opportunity Officer to coordinat�"company efforts, to advise and assist key personnel and
staff, officially serve as focal point for complaints, etc. Attachment #2 reflects present
employment of the company and percentage goals for projected hiring and lower-income
residents, minorities and women.
/:L'i�li�� : 1: • : : 1►
In accordance with paragraph 135.20 of Section 3, Attachment #1 reflects anticipated
subcontractors needs (by c�ft) and apRroximate dollar amounts in each category for the
_ ' duration of this project. �� ('�'I� �' (;y��,{"i�� ,(.��� � � �) �L��f,�,�� l,T will use the
HLJD business registry, as iar as possible in ihe project area and inform�ubcontractors of
the need to be in the HLJD registry. Specific efforts will be made to contact and use
minority-owned business to the maximum extent feasible. Section #3 requires that each
applicant, recipient, contractor, or subcontractor undertaking work on a Section #3
covered project azea or business concerns owned i.n substantial part by persons residing in
the Section #3 covered azea and such language will be in each subcontract bid andlor
proposal for work on this project. We will require Section #3 and Executive Order
111246 compliance by covered subcontractors and Section #3 programs form all
subcontractors of $10,000 or more.
UTI .I 1N � O .R INCOM� R_F.STn_F.NTS= M1NnRTIES AND WOMEN
�f ' I
To the maximum extent feasible 4 ��'�- ( � � � � ' � ��ti+''� ,k d� � � � �'1 ���+ �� '`�' �
� � ��� � � �
and any subcontractors will use lower-income residents as trainees, apprentices,�and �
workers (if qualified) to complete the work on this project. Special outreach efforts will
be made to various public and private recruitment sources as follows:
TEXAS EMPLOYMENT COMMISSION:
Sp�ial emph��is will also be made�to recruit minorities and women.
5� ( U_(_� n�� Ui and all its subcontractors will
determine by craf't andlor position ihe ap oxima,L`e manpo�ver needs to complete the
�-�--� � � f
project. The manpower needs will be made known to the recruitment resources named
above. Attachment # 1 and #2 shall be completed by
and each subcontractor to assure that reasonable goals and
target dates aze a formal part of any contract or subcontract. Attachment #2 indicates
current work force and shows project work force needs and goals for lower-income
residents, minorities and women. Attachment # 1 is for use in establishing goals as far as
subcontracting is concerned.
PROMOTION, DEMOTION, PAY RATES, LAYOFFS, ETC.
All personnel actions of the company will be made on a nondiscriminatory basis without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. We will inform each subcontractor
of these affirmative action requirements and insure compliance.
REPORTS AND REC0R.DS
_�
The company will submit all reports required in a timely fashion. The company shall
also assure that all subcontractors shall submit required reports as needed in the same,
timely fashion.
� �1�� �� _;�����uc�ic��
Company Name
By: ����
/
Title: ,+�'��/���1�/�
z
WEATHER TABLE
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
ANNUALLY
Average Inches of Snow/Ice
Days of Rain Rainfall Pellets
7
7
7
8
8
6
5
5
7
5
6
6
77
(1) Mean number of days rainfall, 0.01" or more
(2) Average normal precipitation, in inches
(3) Mean number of days 1.0 inch or more
"� Less than 0.5 inches
1.80
2.36
2.54
4.30
4.47
3.05
1.84
2.26
3.15
2.68
2.03
1.82
32.30
1
.
,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
*
1
This table is based on information reported from Dallas-Fort Worth Regional Airport, Texas. Latitude 32
deg 54 min north, longitude 97 deg 02 min West, elevation (ground) 551 ft.
Average number of days of rain, snow, and ice are based on records covering 27 years. Precipifation is
based on record of 1941-1970 period.
This table is to be used as a basis for calculation of excess rain or weather days for projects with duration
in calendar days. If the site records indicate that the Contractor was unable to carry out operations due to
weather, it is counted as a weather day. If the number of weather days exceeds the number of average
rain days plus the snow/ice-pellet days for a given month, the contract period will be adjusted by Change
Order.
WT-1
PROJECT DESfGNATlON SIGN
�-��2„
3"'
3"
4"
�_���
�
�
�
,
—_—=� ��
�� �..r- '
.�� i� , rr� � � � „
. ii ���Iw'� III � �
� � � I i
1-1/2'.
P ro ject Titl�
Contractor:
Contractors Name
FUNDED BY
�; * w * ,� � � �r �e �r � ,�
SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE
YEAR
4'-0"
. �
�
SIGN IS WHITE WITH BLUE BORDER AND LETTERING IN PMS 288. PROJECT TITLE,
CONTRACTOR, BOND AND COMPLEf1ON DATE INFORMATION IS IN HELVETICA.
CITY OF FORT WORTH LOGO IS AVAILABLE IN A VECTOR FORMAT FROM THE CITY OF
FORT WORTH REPROGRAPHICS DEPT. ALL COPY IS IN PMS 288. THE LINES THAT
COMPOSE THE "STAR" ARE PMS 167.
� a
1999
BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION TR.ADES
STANDARD WAGE RATE
FOR TARRANT COUNTY
CLASSIFACTION
HOURLY RATE CLASSIFACTION
AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC
AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC HELPER
ACOUSTIC CEILFi�'G INSTALLER
ACOUSTIC CEILING It�STALLER HELPER
BRICKLAYERISTONE MASON
BRICKLAYER/STONE MASON HELPER
CARPENTER
CARPENTER HELPER
CONCRETE FINISHER
CONCRETE FINISHER HELPER
CONCRETE FORM BUILDER
CONCRETE FORM BUILDER HELPER
DRYWALL TAPER
DRYWALL TAPER HELPER
ELECTRICIAN JOUR1�'EYMAN
ELECTRICIAN HELPER
ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN
ELECTROMC TECHNICIAN HELPER
FLOOR LAYER (CARPET)
FLOOR LAYER (RESILIENT)
FLOOR LAYER HELPER
GLAZIER
GLAZIER HELPER
II�SULATOR
INSULATOR HELPER
LABORER COMMON
LABORER SKILLED
L.ATHER
LATHER HELPER
ME1"AL BUILD[NG ASSEMBLER
METAL BUILD[NG ASSEMBLER HELPER
PAiNTER
PAINTER HELPER
PIPEFITTER
PIPEFITTER HELPER
� 15.96
8.81
13.82
9.79
13.25
9.56
I 3.00
9.34
12.00
9.44
1 I .59
s.s�
� i.s�
8.25
16.29
I 0.20
12.86
12.67
13.58
14.48
8.56
13.66
9.26
15.59
9.46
7.82
9.66
15.80
11.75
1334
7.85
11.93
8.30
14.33
] 0.93
HOURLY RATE
PLASTERER
PLASTERER HELPER
PLUMBER
PLUMBER HELPER
REINFORCING STEEL SETTER
REINFORCING STEEL HELPER
ROOFER
ROOFER HELPER
SHEET METAL WORKER
SHEET METAL WORK.ER HELPER
SHEETROCK HANUER
SHEETROCK HANGER HELPER
SPRINKLER SYSTEM II`'STALLER
SPRiNKLER SYSTEM 1NSTALLER HELPER
STEEL WORKER STRUCTURAL
STEEL WORKER STRUCTURAL HELPER
WELDER
WELDER HELPER
HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
CONCRETE PUMP OPERATORS
CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE,
DERRICK, D'LIi`'E SHO
FORKLIFT OPERATOR
FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR
FRONT END LOADER OPERATOR
TRUCK DRIVER
13.29
8.63
16.26
9.39
i i.sg
9.18
13.17
7.82
15.87
9.29
12.'I0
9.71
I 6.93
7.81
14.66
7.91
14.57
9.67
I 4.66
13.30
13.03
10.34
11.66
I 1.60
9.80
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
THE STATE OF TEXAS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF TARRANT
This agreement made and entered into this the 22nd day of February AD, 2000,
by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized
and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adapted by the qualified voters within said City on the
11th day of December, A.D. 1924, under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home Rule" provision) of
the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular meeting of the City
Council of said city, hereinafter called OWNER, and Prime Construction Companv of the City of Fort
Worth County of Tarrant State of Texas hereinafter cailed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be
made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date
herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
RENOVATION OF THE ROSELAND THEATER
That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools,
appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with
the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth,
which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this
contract the same as if written herein.
The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10)
days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner.
The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement
thereof and to fully complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Transportation
and Public Works Director of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a
period of 140 calendar days.
The agreed upon total contract amount shall be $686,492.00.
The Contractor will provide a Certificate of Insurance listing the City of Fort Worth & Transportation and
Public Works Department as certificate holder, showing the required General Contractors Liability coverage,
Auto Liability, Builder's Risk and Workmen's Compensation coverage. If this Contract is in excess of
$25,000, the Contractor shall provide Payment Bond. If the Contract is in excess of $100,000 Contractors
shall provide both Payment and Performance Bonds for the full amount of the Contract. Contractor shall
apply for all City for Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth
Permit fees are waived. Separate permits will be required for each facility.
City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work,
and for stated additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the
successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments
upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the
Contractor.
C-1
If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract
Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Condi-
tions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the liquidated
damages outlined in the General Conditions, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and
his Surery shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency.
I certify that I have read and understood the information regarding my obligations as a Contractor on a project
funded by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, which is contained in the
Contract provision contained in the Project Manual. I understand that, should I have any questions regarding
my obligations, I will as soon as possible seek clarification and interpretation from the responsible staff
member at the Fort Worth Fiscal Services Department/Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management
Section.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in SIX (6)
counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the
corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its
duly authorized o�cers in SIX (6) counterparts with its corporate seal attached.
Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the 22nd day of
�
� i�'��, ��I��`��"���� ����i C��� �G �u tn ��
Contractor � J
�y: ��� �
Narrae �
�
/ ���= �l'� �''%
Office
APPROVAL RECOMMENDED:
�'° ,� ` � , , � , .+ " � �� � ��s���,.�•.�' ' '� • ,.-�x* .
By: � � � - �-
Transportation and Public Works
APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY:
�
By:
Assrstant'� Att�rney
February , RD, 2000 .
APF'RQVEd:
�
By :
Assistan# City Manager �
C'2
R�CQRDEI�:
r � -
��
g '�'��.�-fi,� �-'�"�
Y�
City Secret�ry
.'� = 1 �� ' �� ��
Date
. . � ... /�1g 71
��n�:�+�C'G Authorization
.�- - �.a� � " �"C- °
C�i+� � �
FEB-2B-2000 M0N 04�55 PM PRIMEC0NSTRUC,TI0N�0MPRNY FAX N0. 817 831 11�.� � P, 03/07
FEB-28-00 M0N 04:36 PM � � FAX;8718092 � PAGE 7
�
PERFORMANCF� BOND
w�
THE S'1'ATE UF '1'�.XAS
;,,, CUUNTY OF TARR.nNT
Bond # 757322
K.NO�V ALL MEN BY THESE P��SENI': Th�t ws (1) Prfmc Construction
�;, Comeanv (2) G,ompgb�of Te�s_ hereinafter called Principal and (3)
���-,; r�� Tnrlomni ty ���^r�ti^r.
, a corporation organized and existing tinder the laws of the Stnie and fully autharizcd to
�„ tronsact business in Ihe State of'fexas, as Surety, ere hald and firmly bound unto the City o₹'F�rt Wt,rth,
a munlcipal corporation organized and existing under the Iaws of tha Stare of 1'ex.as hereinafter culled
Owncr, in the penal sum of�
L7
Slz Hundred EiQhtv Six Thou�and, Four Hundred Nin¢tv Two Dollsrs & No Ccnts
�686,492_00 Dollars in lawful moncy of the U�►�ted States, to be paid in Fort Worth, '1'arrant County,
� Tcxas, for thc payment of wh;ch sum wcll and truly be made, we horoby bind ourselves, our heirs,
exeeutors, admioistrators, and successors, jointly and sevarally, firmly by these p�csents.
" THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whareas, the Principal entarad into a
ccrtain contract with the City of Fort Worth, thc Owner, dated the 22nc� day of �ebru�ry , z000 , a
copy of which is hcreto attached and made a part hereof, for the const�ueNor� uf_
u
RENOVATION OF ROS�LAND TIIEATER
� dcsignated as Project Number (�R7�013Z061170�0 _ a copy of which contract is
hercto attached, rcferred to, and made a part hereof as fully nnd to the yemC tlxlerlC es if eopics at lengd�
�
I��roln, such project anJ c:ongtructian being hercinaftcr referred to as the'tivork".
NOW 1'HEREFORE, if the Principel shall wall, Uu1y and faithtully perform the work in
eccordance with tha plans, speci�cation, and contract ducument during the original torm thereof, and any
" c�tcnsions thcreof whicli may be granted by the Owner, with oc without notica to the Surety, ;�nd if he
shall satisiy all claims and demands incurrcd under such contraet, and shall fully indemnify and save
harmless d�c Owner from all costs and damages wfiich it may suffer by reason of failure t� do so, and
�"' shall rcimburse and repay tho owner all outlay and cxpensa which the Owner may �acur in making good
any default, then this obligation shall be void; othcrwiso to remain in fu11 force and ettect.
L PRnV1DED l�'URTHER, that it any lebal action be tiled upon this bond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, State of Tcxas_
��
AND PROVIDEU HURTHER, that thc said S��rely, for valuc rcceivcd, hereby stipulates and
agroes that no change, extension of time, alteration or additao�� to the terms of the contract or to the work
►_, to be performed thereunder oC tha speaifications heoom(�anying the same shall in any wisc a4�ect its
obligation on this bond, e.nd it does hereby walve notice of �ny euoh change, eMtension of timc alteration
or addition to thr tcTms of the contract or to tho work or to the specifications.
4./
lJ
A:14PERBOIJD.FRM
PERFORMANCE BOND
TFiE STATE O� TEXAS
COUNTY OF TARRANT
KNOW ALL MEN QY THESE PRESEN"I�: That we (1) Prime Construction
Compan�� (2) Companv of Texas herein�fter called Principal and (3)
, a corporation organized and existing under the la�vs of the State 1nd fully authorized to
transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound iu�to the City of Fort Worth,
a municipal corporation or�anized and esisting under the la�vs of the State of Texas hereinafter called
Owner, in the penal sum of:
Six Hundred Eiahtv Six Thous�nd, Four Hundred Ninetv T�vo Dollars & No Cents
�686,492.00 Uollars in la�vful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant Count}�,
Texas, for the payment of which sum �vell and truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs,
e�ecutors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, tirmly by these presents.
THE CONDIT[ON OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Vb'hereas, the Princi�al entered into a
certain contract �vith the City of Fort Worth, the O�vner, dated the 22nd day of February , 2000 , a
copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the construction of:
RENOVATION OF ROSELAND THEATER
designatcd as Project Number GR76-013206117010 , a copy of �vhich contract is
hereto attached, referred to, and made a part hereof �is fully �nd to the same extent as if copies �t len�th
herein, such project a��d �o��s[ruction beina hereinafter referred to as the "�vork".
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform the work in
accordance �vith the plans, specification, and contract document durinb the original term thereof, and any
extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, ��ith or without notice to the Surety, and if he
shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such conh�act, and shall fully indemnify 1nd save
harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and
shall reimburse and repay the owner all outlay and eYpense which the O�vner may incur in maksng good
any default, ihen this obligation shall be void; other�vise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, State of Texas.
AND PROVIDED FUR'1'I-IER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby� stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work
to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any� wise affect its
obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such chinge, extension of time alteration
or addition to the tenns of the contract or to the �vork or to the specifications.
A:14PERBOND.FRM
�
FEB-28-2000 MON 04�56 PM PRIMECONSTRUCTIONCOMPANY FAX N0, 817 831 1150
FEB-28-00 MON 04:36 PM FAX:8718092 PAGE 6
P, 04/07
.a
��
IN WITNESS WHEk�,UF, this instruriient is executed in G Counterparts cach ono of which
shall be detincd an original, this thc 22nd day of Febraary ,�( Q�
�
A"1'tES'C� � � � ��
� � �� �� "�� L� �' �� L`�
(Principftl) Secretary
.�
r.�
(AddrCS5)
Prime Construction Company
Principal (4)
��_ �-�� , .
� �.4 � � r�^ i � � • �r'��� �[ �'.�� �i ^�? � i r���� �
-� (Prit�tc�rl Tlarrgc�il�)
�`G� � . � I� fGt. r1V�2 •
ADDRESS
rd��- ��cc�
�W a��h T�c�
CITY/STATE/7.TP
Capitol Indemnity Corporation
(Surety)
A1�1'ES'f:
,•�
i'�� �
(Surety) Secretary fi �,
�y; �_�, �� (''.� I __,''t":�,;�=-
' (Attarney-in-Fact) (S}
� �S� ' ,� �� _
� �" r
--�,� ��.'�.-��c�: �_�:.� `-i'
, �,
� Wi�a�css �� `�t� ��
Staci Gross _Attorney-in-Fact
(Printed Attorney-in-Fact)
No1a; Dara qJBo�rd aeu.rr nur ba prlor !o du�o of
(,'anfroct
(I) Corrdu! npml df COrilroC�O�
(2) A Gor�oratlon, a Yarmnrhlp w and
lndlvldunl, o� car� m� br
(3) Corrticr NaMe oJS'urary
(fJ aCanl�acfOr !t parlrk��hrp pI( Parfneia
,thouidr�ncutr bund
(S) A 1ru� eopy oJPower q%AJ�o�ncY .tkall be
uuachrd ra bara/ by Artornry-�n-Facr
IN WITNESS WHEREOFP-inis i�strument is e�ecuted in 6 Counterparts each one of which
shall be deemed an original, this the 22nd day of February , 2000.
ATTEST:
(Principal) Secretary
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
(SEAL)
( Address)
(Surety) Secretary
Witness as to Surety
By�
�y:
Principal (4)
(Printed Name/Title)
ADDRESS
CITY/STATE/ZIP
(Surety)
(Attorney-in-Fact) (5)
(Printed Attorney-in-Fact)
Note: Dalc o%l3o�rd mus[ not be prior to date qj
Conlrac!
(l) Carrect name ojContrucror
(?J A Corporution, a Yurmershrp or and
Indivrdrrul, us cuse muv he
(3) Correc! A'uuie r�f Sure!}�
(�lJ ff ('onvaGor fs parn�er.clrip u!( Purlrters
sl�o�dd erecu�e bond
(�j �I Irue copl' of Pou'er of A1lorney .rl�a!! be
allacheJ ro bn�td by� �I �ro��ncy-in-Fuc!
FEB-28-2000 MON 04:56 PM PRIMECONSTRUCTIONCOMPANY FAX NO, 817 831
GEB-28-00 MCN 0�.36 FM FAX:8718092 '
w
� PAYMENT BOND
THF, $TATE OF TF,XAS
CUUN7'Y UF'CARRANT
1150
PACE 9
Bond # 757322
13OND NU, 141503264
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESES PRESENTS; That wo, �rime Construction Comnanv a
corporation of Turrsnt County, ��� , hareinaRer called Principal
�' xnd (3) Capitol Indemnitv Corporation
, s corporatlon orga�ized er►d existing undc� the laws of thc State and f�lly authurized to
transact husincss in ihe State of Texas, as Surety, are hcld and 6rmly bottnd unto the City of Fort Worth,
" a municipal corporation organized and existing undcr the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called
Uwner, end unto 111 persons, firms, and corporations who may flarnlsh macerlals for, or perform labor
�
upon, the building or improvements horeinafter referred to iii the penal 5um of:
Slx Iiuodr�d Ei�hy SI= T�uuss+nd, �'our Hundced h'inety Two Dollars & No Cents
`' �686.492,00 lawflil monoy of the Uuited States, to be paid in Port Worth, Tarrant County, Tcxas, for d�e
paymcnt of which sum well and tnrly be madC, wC bind ourselves, our heirs, oxecutors, adminisirators
a,�d successors jointly and sevcrally, firmly by the9e presents.
THE C�NDITION OF T1�lIS O}3LCOATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a
certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, tha Owner dated the ZZnd day of _�'ebruarv, Z000, a
e.� copy of which is hercto attached and mgde a pnct hCteof, for the construction of:
RENUVAI'YON OF THF: ROSELAND T�iEAT�R
designated as ProjeetNumber GR76-013206117010 copy of'which contrnct is hereto
attsched, reforrod to, and made a part hereof as fi�lly and to thc same extent as if copied at l�ngth herein,
�a such project and construction being hereinaRer refarred t� As the "wo�ks".
NOW, THEREE'ORE, the condition of the obligation is such that, if Ihe Principal sl�all promptly
►-� make payment to all clai�nants as defined in Article 5160 of the Kavised Civil Statut�s of Texas,
supplying labor nnd materials in the prosecution of ihe work provided for in said Contrae� than this
, obligation 5ha11 be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
r,�
THIS BOND IS MADG ANll �,NTERED i�it� solaly for thc prc�teccio>> of all claimants supplying
labor and materiat in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, as claimants are defined
,..,� in sai<1 Articic 5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct right of action unde� thc bond as providod
in ArtiCle S 160 of the Kovised Civi! S�tutcs.
�:, PROVII�ED FtJRTHER, that if any (egal actlon bc filed upon this bond, vcnuc shall lic in
1'arrant County, Statc of Texas, and that the 9aid Surety, for vAlue reeeived, hereby stipul�ltes and agrees
� ihat no cliange extension of time, �lteration 4r 8ddition to the CCrms of the aontract or to thc work to bo
,� perforined thereunder or the specification accompanying thc same shall in any wiee afl°ect its obligations
on this bo��d, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, oxtcnsion of time, alteration or
aAdition to the terms of d�e eontract or to thC work c,r the specifications.
.a
�
PROVTDED F11RT[(EK, thut no final settlement betwcen thc Owner and the Contractor shall
abridge the right of any beneficiary hcrcundor whose claim shell be tu�s�tisfiec�.
A:15PAY80ND.FRM
P. 05/07
�
�
PAYMENT BOND
THE STATE OF TEXAS f3OND NO. 14150326=�
COUNTY OF TARRAN"T
KNOW ALL MEN BY Tl-[ESES PRESEN`CS: That �ve, Prime Construction Comn�nv a
corporation of T��rrant County, Tex�is , hereinafter called Principal
and (3)
, a corporation oraanized and existin� under the laws of the State and fully authorized to
transact business in the State of Te�as, as Surety, are held 1nd firmly bound unto the City of Fart Worth,
a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State ofi Texas, hereinafter called
Owner, and �mto all persons, firms, and corporations who may furnish materials for, or perform labor
upon, the building or improvements hereinafter referred to in the penal sum of:
Six Hundred EiQhv Six Thousand, Fow- Hunclred Ninet�� Two llollars & No Cents
$686,492A0 I�wful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Te�as, for the
payment of which sum well and truly be made, �ve bind ourselves, our heirs, e�ecutors, administrators
and successors jointly and sever111y, tirmly by these presents.
'i'HE CONDITION OI= THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a
certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner dated the 22i�a1 day of Februarv, 2000, a
copy of which is hereto attached and made a p�rt hereof, for the construction of:
RENOVATION OF THE ROSELAND THE�ITER
designated as Project Number UR7G-013206117010 copy of which contract is hereto
attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein,
such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the "�vorks".
NOW, THEREFORE, tlle COI1CIli1011 Of ille O�II_ation is such that, if the Principal shall promptly�
make payment to all claimants as dcfined in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas,
supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided fur in said Contract, then this
obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
THIS BOND IS MADE ANU ENTERED into solely for the protection of all claimants supplyin�
11bor and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, as claimanis are defined
in said Article 5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct ri;ht of action under the bond as provided
in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, State of Texas, and that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and aorees
that no change e�tension of time, alteration or addition to the tenns of the contract or to the work to be
performed thereunder or the specification accompanyino the same shall in any «�ise affect its obligations
on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, estension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or the specific�tions.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that no f1111I settlement between the O�vner and the Contractor shalt
abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim shall be unsatisfied.
A:\SPAYBOND.FRM
FEB-28-2000 MON 04;56 PM PRIMECONSTRUCTIONCOMPRNY FRX N0, 817 831 1150
F�B-28-0C !�10N 04.37 PM � FAX;8718C92 PAGE 10
P, 06/07
�
IN WITNESSETH 1N�iEREOF, this instrumont is executed in � counterparts, each onc of which
shall be deemed an origlnal, thls the 22nd day of FebruArY . Z000.
�
� A �,ST:
l t i�`� V�'�� Y I���'�J`1�
� � � (Principal) Secrotary
'�J �JL.�1L,
�
u
(Address)
yJ
�
A'fTEST;
�
(Surety) Secrctary
YL J
������
�� _ �- � �- ��� E<��� _ �� _ � , � � � �;:.
Vw'itn�s�s ss to ��irck� �
S.i
Prime Construction Company
Priiicipal (4)
�
�x. '�����
� e�r� �. ��:vc.� � U���� de��-
� (Printed Name/1'i�e�J
�05 i� ,�� r i ��a�� � c�, A��e �
�DRESS
�G r�- ��������-��� �� � � I f I
CI1'Y/ST',4T�;/ZIP
Capitol Inderrmity Corporation
(Surety)
r;�
;�� � _ ,;
��: �-%�� �-r� , �_, � .� ��.� r �. �� �
4Attarncy-i�-�act} {5}
Staci Gross Attorney-in-Fact
(Printed At�orncy-in-f act)
Nolr� Ua1e qf l7ond mu.rt nu! be p�ior fo data qJ
C 4nr►ocl
(1) Gonau nan�e ojConl.uuor
rd) A Corpe•arton, a Porinershfp or artd
l�Jdfvldual, er eaer may bv
(3) C.'nrnc� Numr u/Survly
(Q j/ Cvnl.acrpr Lr Yartnarshlp u!f Porfnerl
ahou�d �tcurs bond
w
��
IN WITTIESSETH WHEREOF, this instrument is erecuted in 6 counterparts, each one of �vhich
shall be deemed an original, this the 22n� day of February , 2000.
ATTEST:
(Principal) Secretary
(SEAL)
(Address)
ATTEST:
(Surety) Secretary
(SEAL)
I3Y:
sy:
Principal (4)
(Printed Name/Title)
ADDRESS
CITY/STATE/ZIP
( S u rety)
(Attorney-in-Fact) (�)
(Printed Attorney-in-Fact)
Witness as to Surety h'ole� Uale ojUond mtrs� no� be pt•ior !o dale o�
Co�rlruc�
(!1 Corrcct nanrc afContrac�or
(?) :I Corporalro�i, u Purinership or und
Inclivrdr�nl. us cuse mny be
(3) Correct A'ru�re oJS�uret��
(�J) /j Conlruclor is Purt�tership ulI Puriners
slro�dd esc cr�1e bard
1
,
.
' � � INDEMNITY CORP�R��'ION
4610 UNIVERSITY AVENUE, SUITE 1400, MADISON, WISCONSIN 53705-0900
PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO P.O. BOX 5900, MADISON, WI 53705-0900
PHONE (608) 231-4450 • FAX (608) 231•2029
POWER OF ATTORNEY
No: 538191
,
Know ail men by these Presents, That ihe CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a
CO(()Ot'a�i0l1 C . . �. . ,.,,;����:i`l. �'d`�';i ;``I I i I;_ :�i� _ � .�'�c_ i ?I. _ . �'_i_�_�.
and appoint
--- STACI J. GROSS, LAURA A. ESPINOZA, STEVE DEAL OR DONAL BOLEY -----------
its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, to make, exe .ute, � �^�l ���a ��._i��� �� _,�� ar �,��;t, as surety, and as its act and
deed, any and all bonds, undertakings and coniracts of suretyship, provided .r���i r�u co�-�d or undertaking or contract of
s���retyship executed und�r thi� authority shali excPed in amount'.he sum of
------------------------------------------------- NOT TO EXCEED $4,000,000.00 ---------------------------------------------------
This Power o1� Attorney is grantec and :s �i��i;:�d ancd sealed by facsimil� under an�l by the authority of the fol;o�rding
Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION at a meeting duly called and held
on the 5ih day of May 1960:
"RESOLVEU, that the President, and Vice-President, the Secretary or Treasurer, acting individualiy or otherwise, be and they hereby are granted the power
and authorization to appoint by a Power of Attorney for the purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakmgs, and other writings obligatory in the
nature thereof, one or more resident vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and attomey(s)-in-faci, each appointee to have the powers and duties usual to such
offices to the business of this company; the signature of such officers and seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate
relating ihereto by facsimiie, and any such power of atlorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seai shaU be valid and binding upon the
Company, and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid a�d binding upon the Company in the future with
respect to any oond or undertaking or oiher writing obligatory in thQ nature thereof to which it is attached. Any such appoiniment may be revoked, for cause, or
without cause, by any of said oHicers, at any time."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION has caused these presents to be signed by
its officer undersigned and its corporate seal to be hereto affrxed duly attested by rts Secretary, this 1st day of June, 1999.
A1#est:
�.
YPrgMin6 t�A. Schu?oe. Secratary
sra�� o� wascar���r�
CO�JNTY O� DAN€
�
.:�'�'� � ��°< ,
�• ,
4 COR€'�RATE , -
�S SfAL � �
��,.z�-
JIAIl44i�
CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION
r� %� ,�
• Ci�nrt�• , l �,4�l. Rcrldcrkre
On the 1 st day of June, A.D., 1999, before me personally came George A Fait, to me known, who being by me dufy
swarn, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Dane, State of Wisconsin; that he is the President of
CAPITOL lNDEMNITY CORPORATION, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he
knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed
by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
srar� �� v���cac�s�N ���+��^^�, �J1• �
.T' + ��_ � � •
\..
C4l.VNi'Y �� DA�1� � ` �'�"E �
♦ F • ,kartie F: E�e�dres
� ErobnES Mot�ry Pubi�c, Dene Ca, WI
� .,_ �,., : Mty Co�mm4�sio�n �xpicee Nfarch �3. 2003
,, , .��,
�nrmms
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, duly e{ected to the office stated belaw, now the incumbent in CAPITOL INDEMNITY
CORPORATION, a Wisconsin Corporation, authorized ta make this certiticate, DO HEREBY CERTIFY ihat the foregoing
attached Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the Resolution of the
Board of Directors, set forth in the Power of Attorney is now in force.
Signed and sealed at the City of Madison. Dated the 22nd
„�,n�lianua�.�.,.
",. _ , V, �
�, �
a 'CGF�'ORA7E! .' �
�e�SEAL ���
M•�
���
��a� cf �� , 2(�0�.
/'�
Paul J R�ai r, �Tn�zsa�r9��
This power is valid only if the power of attorney number printed in tha upper right hand corner apears in red. Photocopies, carbon copies
or other reproductions are not binding on the company. Inquiries concerning this power of attomey may be directed to the Bond Manager at the
Home Office of the Capitol Indemnity Corporation.
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH
WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Pursuant to Article 8308-3.23 of Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes, Contractor, Prime Construction
Comnany certifies that it provides �vorker's compensation instirance coverage for all of its employees
employed on City of Fort Worth pro_ject Renovation of the Roseland Theater pro.ject number, GR76-
013206117010.
� �' : �-�///?'h
J',,
• �-
- / �'' %
Tlt�e
���" ��y�
Date
STATE OF TEXAS 3
COUNTY OF TARRANT 3
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
�� �
.QV �'L� �- ir�f��%G�� , kno�vn to me to be the person
whose name is subscrib. �d to the foregoin� instriiment, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as
� j �j ' - !f� �_ ,r�'1
the act and deed of ���'�! d'd�? �'�T � I �%1� l.Ca �'�`��� �.� GTl �l'`? l.'�';�4 �'.I li'°'f �� , for
E
the purposes and considerations therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated.
GIVEN LTNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this Z� day of
� G.i'��' , � ���_ -- _ ,
_ _. ....---- � f-- _� �
�—. - - R D HO�AN Y � �` `� .,
�
a,�;'r�.:�, N�TARY PUBLlC � , _
;� r'.�'�: ��=��� �"��X�s Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
'�?a�'' C�r�. ��, t1•12-200'1�
- � • --- .�C
(a) Contractor agrees to provide to the City a certificate show�ing that it has obtained a policy
of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees on the project in compliance
���ith state law. No Notice to I'roceed �vill be issued until the Coiltractor }las complied �vith this
section.
(b) Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who �vill perform work on the
project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a
policy of �vorkers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project.
Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform �vork on the project until such certificate
has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the City.
A:13WORKCOM.FRM
��
�
�'
.�